District Policies

Section 100 - School District

101 LEGAL STATUS OF THE SCHOOL DISTRICT

A. Purpose

It is a primary principle of this nation that the public welfare demands an educated and informed citizenry. The power to provide for public education is a state function vested in the state legislature and delegated to local school districts. The purpose of this policy is to clarify the legal status of the school district.

B. General Statement of Policy

The school district is a public corporation subject to the control of the legislature, limited only by constitutional restrictions. The school district has been created for educational purposes.

The legislature has authority to prescribe the school district’s powers and privileges, its boundaries and territorial jurisdictions.

The school district has only the powers conferred on it by the legislature; however, the school district’s authority to conduct the business of the school district includes implied powers in addition to any specific powers granted by the legislature.

C. Relationship to Other Entities

The school district is a separate legal entity.

The school district is coordinate with and not subordinate to the county(ies) in which it is situated.

The school district is not subservient to municipalities within its territory.

D. Powers and Authority of the School District

1. Funds: The school district, through its school board, has authority to raise funds for the operation and maintenance of its schools, and authority to manage and expend such funds, subject to applicable law.

The school district has wide discretion over the expenditure of funds under its control for public purposes, subject to the limitations provided by law.

School district officials occupy a fiduciary position in the management and expenditure of funds entrusted to them.

2. Raising Funds: The school district shall, within the limitations specified by law, provide by levy of tax necessary funds for the conduct of schools, payment of indebtedness, and all proper expenses.

The school district may issue bonds in accordance with the provisions of Minn. Stat. Ch. 475, or other applicable law.

The school district has authority to accept gifts and donations for school purposes, subject to applicable law.

3. Property: The school district may acquire property for school purposes. It may sell, exchange, or otherwise dispose of property which is no longer needed for school purposes, subject to applicable law.

The school district shall manage its property in a manner consistent with the educational functions of the district.

The school district may permit the use of its facilities for community purposes which are not inconsistent with, nor disruptive of, its educational mission.

School district officials hold school property as trustees for the use and benefit of students, taxpayers, and the community.

4. Contracts: The school district is empowered to enter into contracts in the manner provided by law.

The school district has authority to enter into installment purchases and leases with an option to purchase, pursuant to Minn. Stat. § 465.71 or other applicable law.

The school district has authority to make contracts with other governmental agencies and units for the purchase, lease or other acquisition of equipment, supplies, materials or other property, including real property.

The school district has authority to enter into employment contracts. As a public employer, the school district, through its designated representatives, shall meet and negotiate with public employees in an appropriate bargaining unit and enter into written collective bargaining agreements with such employees, subject to applicable law.

5. Textbooks, Educational Materials, and Studies: The school district, through its school board and administrators, has the authority to determine what textbooks, educational materials, and studies should be pursued.

The school district shall establish and apply the school curriculum.

6. Actions and Suits: The school district has authority to sue and to be sued.

101.1 NAME OF THE SCHOOL DISTRICT

A. Purpose

The purpose of this policy is to clarify the name of the school district.

B. General Statement of Policy

Pursuant to statute, the official name of the school district is Independent School District No. 363. However, the school district is often referred to by other informal names. In order to avoid confusion and to encourage consistency in school district letterheads, signage, publications and other materials, the school board intends to establish a uniform name for the school district.

C. Uniform Name

1. The name of the school district shall be the South Koochiching/Rainy River School District.

2. The name specified above may be used to refer to the school district and may be shown on school district letterheads, signage, publications, and other materials.

3. In official communications and on school district ballots, the school district shall be referred to as Independent School District No.363 (South Koochiching/Rainy River), but inadvertent failure to use the correct name shall not invalidate any legal proceeding or matter or affect the validity of any document.

Adopted: MSBA/MASA Model Policy 102
Orig. 1995
Revised: Rev. 2024
102 EQUAL EDUCATIONAL OPPORTUNITY

[NOTE: School districts are required by statute to have a policy addressing these issues.]

I. PURPOSE

The purpose of this policy is to ensure that equal educational opportunity is provided for all students of the school district.

II. GENERAL STATEMENT OF POLICY

A. The policy of the school district is to provide equal educational opportunity for all students. The school district does not discriminate on the basis of one or more of the following: race, color, creed, religion, national origin, sex, marital status, parental status, status with regard to public assistance, disability, sexual orientation, including gender identity and expression, or age. The school district also makes reasonable accommodation for students with disabilities.

B. The school district prohibits harassment and discrimination of any individual based on any of the protected classifications listed above. For information about the types of conduct that constitute violation of the school district’s policy on harassment and violence and the school district’s procedures for addressing such complaints, refer to the school district’s policy on harassment and violence (Policy 413).

C. The school district prohibits discrimination of students with a disability, within the intent of Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973 (“Section 504”), who need services, accommodations, or programs in order to receive a free appropriate public education. For information as to protections that may apply pursuant to Section 504 and the school district’s corresponding procedures for addressing disability discrimination complaints, refer to the school district’s policy on student disability nondiscrimination (Policy 521).

D. The school district prohibits sexual harassment discrimination of any individual on the basis of sex in its education programs or activities. For information as to the protections that apply pursuant to Title IX and school district’s corresponding procedures and processes for addressing sexual harassment and discrimination, refer to the school district’s policy on Title IX sex nondiscrimination (Policy 522).

E. The school district shall provide equal opportunity for members of each sex and to members of all races and ethnicities to participate in its athletic program. In determining whether equal opportunity to participate in athletic programs is available for the purposes of this law, at least the following factors shall be considered to the extent that they are applicable to a given situation: whether the opportunity for males and females to participate in the athletic program reflects the demonstrated interest in athletics of the males and females in the student body of the educational institution; whether the opportunity for members of all races and ethnicities to participate in the athletic program reflects the demonstrated interest in athletics of members of all races and ethnicities in the student body of the educational institution; whether the variety and selection of sports and levels of competition effectively accommodate the demonstrated interests of members of each sex; whether the variety and selection of sports and levels of competition effectively accommodate the demonstrated interests of members of all races and ethnicities; the provision of equipment and supplies; scheduling of games and practice times; assignment of coaches; provision of locker rooms; practice and competitive facilities; and the provision of necessary funds for teams of one sex.

F. This policy applies to all areas of education including academics, coursework, co-curricular and extracurricular activities, or other rights or privileges of enrollment.

G. Every school district employee shall be responsible for complying with this policy.

H. Any student, parent, or guardian having a question regarding this policy should discuss it with the appropriate school district official as provided by policy. In the absence of a specific designee, an inquiry or a complaint should be referred to the superintendent.

Legal References: Minn. Stat. § 121A.03, Subd. 2 (Sexual, Religious, and Racial Harassment and Violence Policy)
Minn. Stat. § 121A.04 (Athletic Programs; Sex Discrimination)
Minn. Stat. Ch. 363A (Minnesota Human Rights Act)
20 U.S.C. § 1681 et seq. (Title IX of the Education Amendments of 1972)
42 U.S.C. § 2000d et seq. (Title VI of the Civil Rights Act of 1964)
42 U.S.C. § 12101 et seq. (Americans with Disabilities Act)

Cross References: MSBA/MASA Model Policy 413 (Harassment and Violence)
MSBA/MASA Model Policy 521 (Student Disability Nondiscrimination)
MSBA/MASA Model Policy 522 (Title IX Sex Nondiscrimination Policy, Grievance Procedure and Process)

103 COMPLAINTS – STUDENTS, EMPLOYEES, PARENTS, OTHER PERSONS

A. Purpose

The school district takes seriously all concerns or complaints by students, employees, parents or other persons. If a specific complaint procedure is provided within any other policy of the school district, the specific procedure shall be followed in reference to such a complaint. If a specific complaint procedure is not provided, the purpose of this policy is to provide a procedure that may be used.

B. General Statement of Policy

1. Students, parents, employees or other persons, may report concerns or complaints to the school district. While written reports are encouraged, a complaint may be made orally. Any employee receiving a complaint shall advise the principal or immediate supervisor of the receipt of the complaint. The supervisor shall make an initial determination as to the seriousness of the complaint and whether the matter should be referred to the superintendent. A person may file a complaint at any level of the school district; i.e., principal, superintendent or school board. However, persons are encouraged to file a complaint at the building level when appropriate.

2. Depending upon the nature and seriousness of the complaint, the supervisor or other administrator receiving the complaint shall determine the nature and scope of the investigation or follow up procedures. If the complaint involves serious allegations, the matter shall promptly be referred to the superintendent who shall determine whether an internal or external investigation should be provided. In either case, the superintendent shall determine the nature and scope of the investigation and designate the person responsible for the investigation or follow up relating to the complaint. The designated investigator shall ascertain details concerning the complaint and respond promptly to the appropriate administrator concerning the status or outcome of the matter.

3. The appropriate administrator shall respond in writing to the complaining party concerning the outcome of the investigation or follow up, including any appropriate action or corrective measure that was taken. The superintendent shall be copied on the correspondence and consulted in advance of the written response when appropriate. The response to the complaining party shall be consistent with the rights of others pursuant to the applicable provisions of Minn. Stat. Ch. 13 (Minnesota Government Data Practices Act) or other law.

104 DISTRICT PHILOSOPHY

The South Koochiching/Rainy River Public School system believes that the primary purpose of education is to provide the environment for preparation of the student for useful citizenship. This environment will enable all children, youth, and adults to acquire information, skills, knowledge, worthy ideals and attitudes, appreciations, and understanding which are conductive to successful and fruitful living in a changing world. Inherent in this concept of education is the provision of self-realization, human relationship, economic efficiency and socio-civic responsibility according to individual needs, interests, and abilities.

The best possible educational program will influence the growth of each individual so that the person will be able to achieve personal happiness and self realization within the culture and accepted patterns of our society, and reciprocally that the person will contribute to the improvement of society through the person’s own cooperative purposeful activity in the interest of all.

The school responsibility entails not only providing an adequate general background upon which the student can build in achieving more specific goals, but also the necessity of discovering and developing those talents which meet the more specific needs of labor, agriculture, business, and the professions. The school should be cognizant that students differ in interests and mental and physical capacity, and these differences must be considered in planning the curriculum. Subject matter and the instruction should be sufficiently varied in scope and difficulty to challenge each student to achieve according to his/her ability.

The school, as an institution of our social order, is organized to promote and perpetuate the fundamental aims of our democratic society by providing quality educational opportunities for all the children of all the people regardless of race, color, creed or economic status.

Adopted: MSBA/MASA Model Policy 104
Orig. 1997
Revised: Rev. 2024
104 SCHOOL DISTRICT MISSION STATEMENT

I. PURPOSE

The purpose of this policy is to establish a clear statement of the purpose for which the school district exists.

II. GENERAL STATEMENT OF POLICY

The school board believes that a mission statement should be adopted. The mission statement should be based on the beliefs and values of the community, should direct any change effort and should be the basis on which decisions are made. The school board, on behalf of and with extensive participation by the community, should develop a consensus among its members regarding the nature of the enterprise the school board governs, the purposes it serves, the constituencies it should consider, including student representation, and the results it intends to produce.

III. MISSION STATEMENT

To prepare communities of tomorrow by promoting lifelong learning, positive values, school pride, mutual respect and individuality.

IV. REVIEW

The school board will review the school district’s mission every two years, especially when members of the board change. The school board will conduct a comprehensive review of the mission, including the beliefs and values of the community, every five to seven years.

Legal References: Minn. Stat. § 120B.11 (School District Process for Reviewing Curriculum, Instruction, and Student Achievement Goals; Striving for Comprehensive Achievement and Civic Readiness)

Cross References: None

Section 200 - school board

201 LEGAL STATUS OF SCHOOL BOARDS

The constitution of the State of Minnesota provides for the establishment of the public school system as follows:

Article VIII School Funds, Education and Science, Uniform System of Public Schools.

Section 1. The stability of a republican form of government depending mainly upon the intelligence of the people. It shall be the duty of the legislature to establish a general and uniform system of public schools.

The constitution and statutes of the State of Minnesota also provide for the establishment of local boards of education: Minnesota Statutes 123B.09 Boards of Independent School Districts:

Subdivision 1. The care, management, and control of independent districts shall be vested in a board of directors, to be known as the school board…..

Minnesota Statutes 123B.02 General Powers of Independent School Districts:

Subdivision l. The board shall have the general charge of the business of the district, the school buildings and of the interest of the school thereof.

Subdivision 8. The board shall provide by levy of tax necessary funds for the conduct of schools, the payment of indebtedness, and all proper expenses of the district.

As a body created under law by the State of Minnesota, the board of education has full authority within the limitations of federal and state law to carry out the will of the people of the district in matters of education. In all cases where laws or the regulations of the MN Department of Education do not provide, permit or prohibit, the board shall consider itself the agent responsible for establishing educational activities. Board members have no authority over school affairs as individuals. They have authority only when acting as a body duly called in session.

201.1 ELECTION OF SCHOOL BOARD MEMBERS

Revised: April 11, 2007

Unless a different date is permitted under the provisions of subdivision 22, the election in independent districts shall be held on the first Tuesday after the first Monday in November.

Voting Precincts
To be the same as state/county precincts.

Polling Hours
The polls are set to be open as determined by state/county.

Three members will be elected during each even numbered calendar year school board election.

Candidates who are elected shall file the acceptance of election and oath of office form within thirty days of being elected and shall take office at the annual organizational meeting which is held at the regular business meeting of the Board of Education on the second Wednesday of January each year.

Candidates for the board must be residents of the district, qualified voters, twenty one years of age or older, and able to read and write the English language.

201.2 ORGANIZATION

A. School Board Membership

The care, management, and control of independent districts is vested in a board of directors, to be known as the school board. The term of office of a member shall be four years commencing on January 1st and until a successor qualifies. The membership of the board shall consist of six elected directors together with such ex-officio member as may be provided by law.

The board may submit to the electors at any school election the question whether the board shall consist of seven members. If a majority of those voting on the proposition favor a seven member board, a seventh member shall be elected at the next election of directors for a four-year term and thereafter the board shall consist of seven members.

At the annual organizational meeting in January the board shall elect in the following order a chairperson, vice-chairperson, treasurer, and clerk who shall hold office for one year and until their successors have been elected and instated in their positions. The board may appoint an assistant secretary or clerk to serve annually or for such a period of time as the board may deem wise. Vacancies in the above mentioned offices occurring during the year shall be filled by the board of education at its discretion.

The superintendent shall be a non-voting member ex-officio of the board. Only when the board is considering his/her contract renewal or salary shall he/she be absent.

202 DUTIES OF OFFICERS OF THE SCHOOL BOARD

Revised: December 8, 2010

Revised: November 14, 2012

202 DUTIES OF OFFICERS OF THE SCHOOL BOARD

I. PURPOSE
School board officers are charged with the duty of carrying out the responsibilities entrusted to them for the care, management, and control of the public schools of the school district. The purpose of this policy is to delineate those responsibilities.

II. GENERAL STATEMENT OF POLICY
A. The school board shall meet annually and organize by selecting a chair, a clerk, a treasurer, and such other officers as determined by the school board. At its option, the school board may appoint a vice-chair to serve in the temporary absence of the chair.

B. The school board shall appoint a superintendent who shall be an ex officio, nonvoting member of the school board.

III. ORGANIZATION

The school board shall meet annually on the first Monday in January, or as soon thereafter as practicable, and organize by selecting a chair, a clerk, a treasurer, and such other officers as determined by the school board. These officers shall hold office for one year and until their successors are elected and qualify.
A. The persons who perform the duties of clerk and treasurer need not be members of the school board.
B. The school board by resolution may combine the duties of the offices of clerk and treasurer in a single person in the office of business affairs.

IV. OFFICER’S RESPONSIBILITIES
A. Chair
1. The chair when present shall preside at all meetings of the school board, countersign all orders upon the treasurer for claims allowed by the school board, represent the school district in all actions, and perform all duties a chair usually performs.
2. In case of absence, inability, or refusal of the clerk to draw orders for the payment of money authorized by a vote of the majority of the school board to be paid, the chair may draw the orders, or the office of the clerk may be declared vacant by the chair and reasurer and filled by appointment.

B. Treasurer
1. The treasurer or treasurer designee shall deposit the funds of the school district in the official depository.
2. The treasurer shall make all reports which may be called for by the school board and perform all duties a treasurer usually performs.
3. In the event there are insufficient funds on hand to pay valid orders presented to the treasurer, the treasurer shall receive, endorse, and process the orders in accordance with Minn. Stat. § 123B.12.

C. Clerk
1. The clerk shall keep a record of all meetings in the books provided.
2. Within three days after an election, the clerk shall notify all persons elected of their election.
3. On or before September 15 of each year, the clerk with the superintendent’s assistance shall:
a. file with the school board a report of the revenues, expenditures, and balances in each fund for the preceding fiscal year.
b. make and transmit to the commissioner certified reports, showing:
(1) revenues and expenditures in detail, and such other financial information required by law, rule, or as may be called for by the commissioner;
(2) length of school term and enrollment and attendance by grades; and
(3) other items of information as called for by the commissioner.

4. The clerk shall enter into the clerk’s record book copies of all reports and of the teachers’ term reports, and of the proceedings of any meeting, and keep an itemized account of all expenses of the school district.

5. The clerk shall furnish to the county auditor, on or before September 30 of each year, an attested copy of the clerk’s record, showing the amount of proposed property tax voted by the school district or the school board for school purposes.

6. The clerk shall draw and sign all orders upon the treasurer for the payment of money for bills allowed by the school board for salaries of officers and for teachers’ wages and all claims, to be countersigned by the chair.

7. The clerk shall perform such duties as required by the Minnesota Election Law or other applicable laws relating to the conduct of elections.

8. The clerk shall perform the duties of the chair in the event of the chair’s and the vice-chair’s temporary absences.

D. Vice-Chair
The vice-chair shall perform the duties of the chair in the event of the chair’s temporary absence.

E. Superintendent
1. The superintendent shall be an ex officio, nonvoting member of the school board.
2. The superintendent shall perform the following:
a. visit and supervise the schools in the school district, report and make recommendations about their condition when advisable or on request by the school board;

b. recommend to the school board employment and dismissal of teachers;

c. annually evaluate each school principal assigned responsibility for supervising a school building within the district;

d. superintend school grading practices and examinations for promotions;

e. make reports required by the commissioner; and

f. perform other duties prescribed by the school board.

203 CODE OF ETHICS FOR SCHOOL BOARD MEMBERS

Revised: December 8, 2010

203 CODE OF ETHICS FOR SCHOOL BOARD MEMBERS

A. PURPOSE

The purpose of this policy is to assist the individual school board member in understanding his or her role as part of a school board and in recognizing the contribution that each member must make to develop an effective and responsible school board.

B. GENERAL STATEMENT OF POLICY

Each school board member shall follow the code of ethics stated in this policy.

1. AS A MEMBER OF THE SCHOOL BOARD, I WILL:

a. Attend school board meetings.

b. Come to the meetings prepared for discussion of the agenda items.

c. Listen to the opinions and views of others (including, but not limited to, other school board members, administration, staff, students, and community members).

d. Vote my conscience after informed discussion, unless I abstain because a conflict of interest exists.

e. Support the decision of the school board, even if my position concerning the issue was different.

f. Recognize the integrity of my predecessors and associates and appreciate their work.

g. Be primarily motivated by a desire to provide the best possible education for the students of my school district.

h. Inform myself about the proper duties and functions of a school board member.

2. IN PERFORMING THE PROPER FUNCTIONS OF A SCHOOL BOARD MEMBER, I WILL:

a. Focus on education policy as much as possible.

b. Remember my responsibility is to set policy – not to implement policy.

c. Consider myself a trustee of public education and do my best to protect, conserve, and advance its progress.

d. Recognize that my responsibility, exercised through the actions of the school board as a whole, is to see that the schools are properly run – not to run them myself.

e. Work through the superintendent – not over or around the superintendent.

f. Delegate the implementation of school board decisions to the superintendent.


3. TO MAINTAIN RELATIONS WITH OTHER MEMBERS OF THE SCHOOL BOARD, I WILL:

a. Respect the rights of others to have and express opinions.

b. Recognize that authority rests with the school board in legal session – not with the individual members of the school board except as authorized by law.

c. Make no disparaging remarks, in or out of school board meetings, about other members of the school board or their opinions.

d. Keep an open mind about how I will vote on any proposition until the board has met and fully discussed the issue.

e. Make decisions by voting in school board meetings after all sides of debatable questions have been presented.
f. Insist that committees be appointed to serve only in an advisory capacity to the school board.

4. IN MEETING MY RESPONSIBILITIES TO MY COMMUNITY, I WILL:

a. Attempt to appraise and plan for both the present and future educational needs of the school district and community.

b. Attempt to obtain adequate financial support for the school district’s programs.

c. Insist that business transactions of the school district be ethical and open.

d. Strive to uphold my responsibilities and accountability to the taxpayers in my school district.

5. IN WORKING WITH THE SUPERINTENDENT OF SCHOOLS AND STAFF, I WILL:

a. Hold the superintendent responsible for the administration of the school district.

b. Give the superintendent authority commensurate with his or her responsibilities.

c. Assure that the school district will be administered by the best professional personnel available.

d. Consider the recommendation of the superintendent in hiring all employees.

e. Participate in school board action after considering the recommendation of the superintendent and only after the superintendent has furnished adequate information supporting the recommendation.

f. Insist the superintendent keep the school board adequately informed at all times.

g. Offer the superintendent counsel and advice.

h. Recognize the status of the superintendent as the chief executive officer and a non-voting, ex officio member of the school board.

i. Refer all complaints to the proper administrative officer or insist that they be presented in writing to the whole school board for proper referral according to the chain of command.
j. Present any personal criticisms of employees to the superintendent.

k. Provide support for the superintendent and employees of the school district so they may perform their proper functions on a professional level.

6. IN FULFILLING MY LEGAL OBLIGATIONS AS A SCHOOL BOARD MEMBER, I WILL:

a. Comply with all federal, state, and local laws relating to my work as a school board member.

b. Comply with all school district policies as adopted by the school board.

c. Abide by all rules and regulations as promulgated by the Minnesota Department of Education and other state and federal agencies with jurisdiction over school districts.

d. Recognize that school district business may be legally transacted only in an open meeting of the school board.

e. Avoid conflicts of interest and refrain from using my school board position for personal gain.

f. Take no private action that will compromise the school board or administration.

g. Guard the confidentiality of information that is protected under applicable law.

204 OPERATION OF THE SCHOOL BOARD

Revised: January 13, 2009
Revised: December 8, 2010

204 OPERATION OF THE SCHOOL BOARD
A. Board By-Laws (to be reviewed at July meeting each year)

1. Members shall be reimbursed:

Regular or special meeting = $50.00 per meeting

Continuation Meeting of a regular or special meeting = $50.00 per meeting
(Board officers, including Clerk, will not qualify for any additional compensation for continuation mtg)

Negotiation meeting (each meeting up to eight hours) = $100.00 & $10.00/hour after eight hours.

Clerk = additional $45.00 per meeting

Chairperson = additional $70.00 per month

Vice Chairperson acting as chair = for 1/2 meeting & over an additional
$45.00 per meeting: for less than 1/2 meeting an additional $22.50 per meeting

Treasurer = additional $70.00 per month

Pro tempore Chair = for 1/2 meeting & over an additional
$45.00 per meeting: for less than 1/2 meeting an additional $22.50 per meeting

Required school business or meeting = $50 for 1/2 day (4 hrs)
over 1/2 day = $100.00 (maximum)

a. A meeting shall be considered a required meeting if any one of the three following requirements are met:

i. The meeting directly related to a committee assignment that was designated to the board member at an organizational meeting;

ii. The meeting has the approval of the entire board during an official school board meeting;

iii. The meeting has the approval of the chairperson and clerk of the school board.

2. Effective January, 11, 2010, members shall be reimbursed mileage at the rate of $0.445 per mile when a school vehicle is not available and the reimbursement voucher is signed by the head mechanic. If a school vehicle is available and the member chooses to use his/her own vehicle, the mileage reimbursement will be $0.20 per mile and for actual expenses while on school business trips and attending meetings or conventions.

3. Rules of order for school board meetings shall be as follows:

a. Minnesota statutes where specified;

b. Specific rules of order as provided by the school board consistent with Minnesota statutes; and

c. The board shall observe Robert’s Rules of Order, Revised (latest edition) except that the chairperson may comment, vote, and move with regard to all matters before the board or as otherwise provided by law.

4. The board shall meet on the second Wednesday of each calendar month with the meetings held over ITV beginning at 7:00 p.m. and the other meetings beginning at 8:00 p.m. Whenever the regular meeting falls on a legal holiday, the meeting shall be held on the next business day. All meetings are to be held in the schools, alternating between Indus and Northome or held on ITV.

5. The length of a regular meeting shall be approximately three hours. Items on the agenda requiring extended deliberation shall be taken up at a special meeting or the following regular board business meeting.

6. 51% or more members present shall constitute a quorum.

7. School board meetings are open to the public. It is the policy of the school board to announce in advance whenever possible through the newspapers and such other means as may appear appropriate the date, time, and location of meetings. All citizens shall be especially encouraged to attend all budget meetings of the board. School personnel are also invited to attend board meetings.

8. Notice of all regular meetings of the board with the agenda shall be mailed to each member at least three days prior to each meeting. The agenda and supporting materials, including a list of bills to be acted upon, shall be distributed to members also at least three days prior to the meeting at which they are to be considered. All correspondence shall be made available to members of the board.

9. Any business item that requires board approval shall be in the possession of the board for their consideration at least 72 hours in advance of the meeting. Any variance from this policy shall require a board motion to override this rule and then the business item can be considered.

10. The First National Bank Deerwood (Northome Branch), First National Bank of Bemidji, Border State Bank of International Falls, Wells Fargo, Wells Fargo Investments, MSDLAF (Liquid Asset Fund), US Bank, First National Bank of Walker and Bank Forward of Walker are designated as official depositories of District #363 funds.

11. The Northome Area News, Northome, Minnesota shall be the official newspaper of the district effective January 11, 2010.

12. A blanket surety bond shall be executed for the members of the board in the amount of $1,000,000.

13. Board minutes shall be prepared in a timely manner by the clerk, with the assistance of the office secretary and copies shall be mailed to each school board member, placed in the faculty room, and distributed to the principal following each meeting.

14. The minutes of the preceding meeting(s) shall be approved by the school board as the first act of official business of the next regular meeting.

15. A copy of all motions shall be carefully recorded. The names of those who make motions, those who second motions, and those who vote “yes” and “no”, whenever the vote is not unanimous, shall be recorded.

16. Publication of the minutes shall be made in the official legal newspaper according to law. The official minutes shall be kept in the office of the superintendent.

17. Health insurance shall be available to all board members with full cost to be borne by board members.

18. Petty cash funds for Indus School shall be maintained at $2,500.00 per month. Northome School petty cash funds shall be maintained at $2,500.00 per month.

19. The law firm of Knutson, Flynn & Deans will represent the district.

B. Committees

1. It is the policy of the school board to designate school board committees or subcommittees when it is determined that a committee process facilitates the mission of the school board.

2. A school board committee or subcommittee will be formed by school board resolution which shall outline the duties and purpose of the committee or subcommittee.

3. A committee or subcommittee is advisory in nature and has only such authority as specified by the school board.

4. The school board will receive reports or recommendations from a committee or subcommittee for consideration. The school board, however, retains the right and has the duty to make all final decisions related to such reports or recommendations.

5. The school board also may establish such ad hoc committees for specific purposes as it deems appropriate.

6. The school board reserves the right to limit, create or abolish any standing or ad hoc committee as it deems appropriate.

7. A committee of the school board shall not appoint a subcommittee of that committee without approval of the school board.

8. The school board will establish, by resolution, for each standing or ad hoc committee the number of members, the term and the charge or mission of each such committee.

9. The school board chair shall appoint the members of each standing or ad hoc committee and designate the chair thereof.

10. Procedures for School Board Committees:

a. All meetings of committees or subcommittees shall be open to the public in compliance with the Open Meeting Law, and notice shall be given as prescribed by law.

b. A committee or subcommittee shall act only within the guidelines and mission established for that committee or subcommittee by the school board.

c. Actions of a committee or subcommittee shall be by majority vote and be consistent with the governing rules of the school board.

d. The committee or subcommittee shall designate a secretary who will record the minutes of actions of the school board committee.

e. The power of a committee or subcommittee of the school board is advisory only and is limited to making recommendations to the school board.

f. A committee or subcommittee of the school board shall, when appropriate, clarify in any dealings with the public that its powers are only advisory to the school board.

204.1 SCHOOL BOARD MEETING AGENDA

A. Agendas

The clerk or his/her designee shall prepare the agenda for each board meeting. Whenever a matter involving policy consideration is placed on the agenda, the superintendent shall advise the board of any policies previously adopted affecting such matter. Any member of the board may submit suggestions for items to be included on the agenda.

Individuals wishing to be heard at a board meeting shall advise the superintendent in advance. The agenda shall always allow for recognition and introduction of guests together with remarks for the good of the school district by any board member. All business items shall be submitted in writing and received in the superintendent’s office at least six days before the meeting in order to insure being included on the written agenda.

The addendum agenda will be reserved for those items of an emergency nature only, as defined by the school board or superintendent.

Items of business not on the agenda may not be suggested from the floor for discussion and/or action at the same meeting except at the discretion of the chairperson or a majority of members present.

A ten minute time limit for each item on the agenda has been set with the option to increase time limit by board approval if necessary.

B. Consent Agenda Policy

1. Purpose: The purpose of this policy is to allow the use of a consent agenda.

2. General Statement of Policy: In order for a more efficient administration of school board meetings, the school board may elect to use a consent agenda for the passage of noncontroversial items or items of a similar nature.

3. Consent Agenda:

a. The superintendent, in consultation with the school board chair, may place items on the consent agenda. By using a consent agenda, the school board has consented to the consideration of certain items as a group under one motion. Should a consent agenda be used, an appropriate amount of discussion time will be allowed to review any item upon request.

b. Consent items are those which usually do not require discussion or explanation prior to school board action, are noncontroversial and/or similar in content, or are those items which have already been discussed and/or explained and do not require further discussion or explanation. Such agenda items might include ministerial tasks such as, but not limited to, the approval of the agenda, approval of previous minutes, approval of bills, approval of reports, etc. These items might also include similar groups of decisions such as, but not limited to, approval of staff contracts, approval of maintenance details for the school district buildings and grounds or approval of various schedules.

c. Items shall be removed from the consent agenda by a timely request by an individual school board member for independent consideration. A request is timely if made prior to the vote on the consent agenda. The request does not require a second or a vote by the school board. An item removed from the consent agenda will then be discussed and acted on separately immediately following the consideration of the consent agenda.

d. Consent agenda items are approved en masse by one vote of the school board. The consent agenda items shall be separately recorded in the minutes.

C. Form of Agenda

Unless changed by a two-thirds vote of those present at each regular and adjourned business meeting of the board the order of business shall be as follows:

1.0 Call to Order by Chairperson
1.1 Roll Call
1.2 Pledge of Allegiance

2.0 Approval of Agenda
2.1 Main Agenda
2.2 Addendum Agenda

3.0 Approval of Minutes
3.1 Regular Meeting

4.0 Approval of District Invoices

5.0 Recognition of Visitors

6.0 Recognition of Accomplishments

7.0 Action Items
7.1 Consent Items
7.2 New Business
7.3 Old Business

8.0 Discussion Items

9.0 Addendum

10.0 Administrative Reports
10.1 Treasurer’s Report
10.2 Committees
10.3 Board Concerns
10.4 Principal’s Report
10.5 Superintendent’s Report

11.0 Next Meeting Date

12.0 Adjournment

MSBA/MASA Model Policy 204
Orig. 1995
Rev. 2024

204 SCHOOL BOARD MEETING MINUTES

[NOTE: The provisions of this policy are required by statute.]

I. PURPOSE

The purpose of this policy is to establish procedures relating to the maintenance of records of the school board and the publication of its official proceedings.

II. GENERAL STATEMENT OF POLICY

It is the policy of the school district to maintain its records so that they will be available for inspection by members of the general public and to provide for the publication of its official proceedings in compliance with law.

III. MAINTENANCE OF MINUTES AND RECORDS

A. The clerk shall keep and maintain permanent records of the school board, including records of the minutes of school board meetings and other required records of the school board. All votes taken at meetings required to be open to the public pursuant to the Minnesota Open Meeting Law must be recorded in a journal or minutes kept for that purpose. Public records maintained by the school district must be available for inspection by members of the public during the regular business hours of the school district. Minutes of meetings shall be available for inspection at the administrative offices of the school district after they have been prepared. Minutes of a school board meeting shall be approved or modified by the school board at a subsequent meeting, which action shall be reflected in the official proceedings of that subsequent meeting.

B. Recordings of Closed Meetings

1. All closed meetings, except those closed as permitted by the attorney-client privilege, must be electronically recorded at the school district’s expense. Recordings of closed meetings shall be made separately from the recordings of an open meeting to the extent such meetings are recorded. If a meeting is closed to discuss more than one (1) matter, each matter shall be separately recorded.

2. Recordings of closed meetings shall be preserved by the school district for the following time periods:

a. Meetings closed to discuss labor negotiations strategy shall be preserved for two (2) years after the contract is signed.

b. Meetings closed to discuss security matters shall be preserved for at least four (4) years.

c. Meetings closed to discuss the purchase or sale of property shall be preserved for at least eight (8) years after the date of the meeting.

d. All other closed meetings shall be preserved by the school district for at least three (3) years after the date of the meeting.

e. Following the expiration of the above time periods, recordings of closed meetings shall be maintained as set forth in the school district’s Records Retention Schedule.

3. Recordings of closed meetings shall be classified by the school district as protected non-public data that is not accessible by the public or any subject of the data, with the following exceptions:

a. Recordings of labor negotiations strategy meetings shall be classified as public data and made available to the public after all labor contracts are signed by the school district for the current budget period.

b. Recordings of meetings related to the purchase or sale of property shall be classified as public data and made available to the public after all real or personal property discussed at the meeting has been purchased or sold or the school district has abandoned the purchase or sale.

c. Recordings of any other closed meetings shall be classified and/or released as required by court order.

4. Recordings of closed meetings shall be maintained separately from recordings of open meetings, to the extent recordings of open meetings are maintained by the school district, with the exception of recordings that have been classified as public data as set forth in Section III.B.3. above. Recordings of closed meetings classified as non-public data also shall be maintained in a secure location, separate from recordings classified as public data.

5. Recordings of closed meetings shall be maintained in a manner to easily identify the data classification of the recording. The recordings shall be identified with at least the following information:

a. The date of the closed meeting;

b. The basis upon which the meeting was closed (i.e.: labor negotiations strategy, purchase or sale of real property, educational data, etc.); and

c. The classification of the data.

6. Recordings of closed meetings related to labor negotiations strategy and the purchase or sale of property shall be maintained and monitored in a manner that reclassifies the recording as public upon the occurrence of an event reclassifying that data as set forth in Section III.B.3. above.

IV. PUBLICATION OF OFFICIAL PROCEEDINGS

A. The school board shall cause its official proceedings to be published once in the official newspaper of the school district within thirty (30) days of the meeting at which the proceedings occurred; however, if the school board conducts regular meetings not more than once every thirty (30) days, the school board need not publish the minutes until ten (10) days after they have been approved by the school board.

[NOTE: In 2024, the Minnesota legislature enacted two laws regarding publication of school board minutes. Under Chapter 109 (2024), five school districts are authorized to publish their minutes on their websites; this section expires on August 1, 2026.

Under Chapter 115 (2024), the Minnesota legislature enacted the following:

(a) Notwithstanding any law to the contrary, when a qualified newspaper designated by a school district ceases to exist for any reason except consolidation with another newspaper, the school district may publish its proceedings on the school district’s website instead of publishing the proceedings in a newspaper. The school district must also request that the same information be posted at each public library located within the school district for the notice’s publication period. This section expires August 1, 2026.

(b) If, before August 1, 2026, there is a newspaper located within a school district’s boundaries that is qualified to be designated as the school district’s official newspaper pursuant to Minnesota Statutes, section 331A.04, then the exemption provided in this section shall not apply, provided that the qualified newspaper’s legal rate is not more than ten percent above the rate charged by the school district’s previous official newspaper and the qualified newspaper provides some coverage of the activities of the school district that is publishing the notice.

[NOTE: MSBA has not inserted paragraph (a) into this model policy because its application is limited to specific circumstances and for a defined period. School districts that meet the conditions in paragraph (a) may choose to publish on the school district’s website.]

B. The proceedings to be published shall be sufficiently full to fairly set forth the proceedings. They must include the substance of all official actions taken by the school board at any regular or special meeting, and at minimum must include the subject matter of a motion, the persons making and seconding the motion, a listing of how each member present voted on the motion, the character of resolutions offered including a brief description of their subject matter and whether adopted or defeated. The minutes and permanent records of the school board may include more detail than is required to be published with the official proceedings. If the proceedings have not yet been approved by the school board, the proceedings to be published may reflect that fact.

C. The proceedings to be published may be a summary of the essential elements of the proceedings, and/or of resolutions and other official actions of the school board. Such a summary shall be written in a clear and coherent manner and shall, to the extent possible, avoid the use of technical or legal terms not generally familiar to the public. When a summary is published, the publication shall clearly indicate that the published material is only a summary and that the full text is available for public inspection at the administrative offices of the school district and that a copy of the proceedings, other than attachments to the minutes, is available without cost at the offices of the school district or by means of standard or electronic mail.

Legal References: Minn. Stat. § 13D.01, Subds. 4-6 (Meetings Must be Open to the Public; Exceptions)

Minn. Stat. § 123B.09, Subd. 10 (Boards of Independent School Districts)

Minn. Stat. § 123B.14, Subd. 7 (Officers of Independent School Districts)

Minn. Stat. § 331A.01 (Definitions)

Minn. Stat. § 331A.05, Subd. 8 (Form of Public Notices)

Minn. Stat. § 331A.08, Subd. 3 (Computation of Time)

Op. Atty. Gen. 161-a-20, December 17, 1970

Ketterer v. Independent School District No. 1, 248 Minn. 212, 79 N.W.2d 428 (1956)

Cross References: MSBA/MASA Model Policy 205 (Open Meetings and Closed Meetings)

205 PUBLIC PARTICIPATION IN SCHOOL BOARD MEETINGS/COMPLAINTS ABOUT PERSONS AT SCHOOL BOARD MEETINGS AND DATA PRIVACY CONSIDERATIONS

Revised: April 11, 2007
Revised: October 13, 2010

Revised: November 14, 2012

205 PUBLIC PARTICIPATION IN SCHOOL BOARD MEETINGS/COMPLAINTS ABOUT PERSONS AT SCHOOL BOARD MEETINGS AND DATA PRIVACY CONSIDERATIONS

I. Purpose
A. The school board recognizes the value of participation by the public in deliberations and decisions on school district matters. At the same time, the school board recognizes the importance of conducting orderly and efficient proceedings, with opportunity for expression of all participants’ respective views.
B. The purpose of this policy is to provide procedures to assure open and orderly public discussion as well as to protect the due process and privacy rights of individuals under the law.

II. General Statement of Policy
A. It is the policy of the school board to encourage discussion by citizens of subjects related to the management of the school district at school board meetings. The school board may adopt reasonable time, place and manner restrictions on public expression in order to facilitate free discussion by all interested parties.

B. The school board shall, as a matter of policy, protect the legal rights to privacy and due process of employees and students.

III. Definitions
A. “Personnel data” means data on individuals collected because the individual is or was an employee or applicant for employment. For purposes of this policy, “employee” includes a volunteer or an independent contractor.
B. Personnel data on current and former employees that is “public” includes:

Name; employee identification number, which must not be the employee’s social security number; actual gross salary; salary range; contract fees; actual gross pension; the value and nature of employer paid fringe benefits; the basis for and the amount of any added remuneration, including expense reimbursement, in addition to salary; bargaining unit; job title; job description; education and training background; previous work experience; date of first and last employment; the existence and status of any complaints or charges against the employee, regardless of whether the complaint or charge resulted in a disciplinary action; the final disposition of any disciplinary action as defined in Minn. Stat. § 13.43, Subd. 2(b) together with the specific reasons for the action and data documenting the basis of the action, excluding data that would identify confidential sources who are employees of the public body; the terms of any agreement settling any dispute arising out of the employment relationship, including a superintendent buyout agreement, except that the agreement must include specific reasons for the agreement if it involves the payment of more than $10,000 of public money; work location; a work telephone number; badge number; honors and awards received; and payroll time sheets or other comparable data that are only used to account for employee’s work time for payroll purposes, except to the extent that release of time sheet data would reveal the employee’s reasons for the use of sick or other medical leave or other not public data.
C. Personnel data on current and former applicants for employment that is “public” includes:

Veteran status; relevant test scores; rank on eligible list; job history; education and training; and work availability. Names of applicants shall be private data except when certified as eligible for appointment to a vacancy or when applicants are considered by the appointing authority to be finalists for a position in public employment. For purposes of this subdivision, “finalist” means an individual who is selected to be interviewed by the appointing authority prior to selection.

D. “Educational data” means data maintained by the school district which relates to a student.

E. “Student” means an individual currently or formerly enrolled or registered in the school district, or applicants for enrollment, or individuals who receive shared time services.

F. Data on applicants for appointments to a public body, including a school board, collected by the school district as a result of the applicant’s application for appointment to the public body are private data on individuals, except that the following are public: name; city of residence, except where the appointment has a residency requirement that requires the entire address to be public; education and training; employment history; volunteer work; awards and honors; and prior government service; and any data required to be provided or that is voluntarily provided in an application to a multimember agency pursuant to Minn. Stat. § 15.0597. Once an individual has been appointed to a public body, the following additional items of data are public: residential address and either a telephone number or electronic mail address where the appointee can be reached, or both at the request of the appointee; provided, however, any electronic mail address or telephone number provided by a public body for use by an appointee shall be public. An appointee may use an electronic mail address or telephone number provided by the public body as the designated electronic mail address or telephone number at which the appointee can be reached.

IV. Rights to Privacy
A. School district employees have a legal right to privacy related to matters which may come before the school board, including, but not limited to, the following:
1. right to a private hearing for teachers, pursuant to Minn. Stat. § 122A.40, Subd. 14 (Teachers Discharge Hearing);
2. right to privacy of personnel data as provided by Minn. Stat. § 13.43 (Personnel Data);
3. right to consideration by the school board of certain data treated as not public as provided in Minn. Stat. § 13D.05 (Not Public Data);
4. right to a private hearing for coaches to discuss reasons for nonrenewal of a coaching contract pursuant to Minn. Stat. § 122A.33, Subd. 3.

B. School district students have a legal right to privacy related to matters which may come before the school board, including, but not limited to, the following:
1. right to a private hearing, Minn. Stat. § 121A.47, Subd. 5 (Student Dismissal Hearing);
2. right to privacy of educational data, Minn. Stat. § 13.32 (Educational Data); 20 U.S.C. § 1232g (FERPA);
3. right to privacy of complaints as provided by child abuse reporting and discrimination laws, Minn. Stat. § 626.556 (Reporting of Maltreatment of Minors) and Minn. Stat. Ch. 363 (Minnesota Human Rights Act).

V. The Public’s Opportunity to be Heard
The school board will strive to give all citizens of the school district have a right to an opportunity to be heard and to have complaints considered and evaluated by the school board, within the limits of the law and this policy and subject to reasonable time, place and manner restrictions. Among the rights available to the public is the right to access public data as provided by Minn. Stat. § 13.43, Subd. 2 (Public Data).

VI. Procedures

A. Agenda Items
1. Citizens who wish to have a subject discussed at a public school board meeting are encouraged to notify the superintendent’s office in advance of the school board meeting. The citizen should provide his or her name, address, the name of group represented (if any), and the subject to be covered or the issue to be addressed.
2. Citizens who wish to address the school board on a particular subject should identify the subject and identify agenda item(s) to which their comments pertain.
3. The school board chair will recognize one speaker at a time, and will rule out of order other speakers who are not recognized. Only those speakers recognized by the chair will be allowed to speak. Comments by others are out of order. Individuals who interfere with or interrupt speakers, the school board, or the proceedings may be directed to leave.
4. The school board retains the discretion to limit discussion of any agenda item to a reasonable period of time as determined by the school board. If a group or organization wishes to address the school board on a topic, the school board reserves the right to require designation of one or more representatives or spokespersons to speak on behalf of the group or organization.
5. Matters proposed for placement on the agenda which may involve data privacy concerns, which may involve preliminary allegations, or which may be potentially libelous or slanderous in nature shall not be considered in public, but shall be processed as determined by the school board in accordance with governing law.
6. The school board chair shall promptly rule out of order any discussion by any person, including school board members, that would violate the provisions of state or federal law, this policy or the statutory rights of privacy of an individual.
7. Personal attacks by anyone addressing the school board are unacceptable. Persistence in such remarks by an individual shall terminate that person’s privilege to address the school board.
8. Depending upon the number of persons in attendance seeking to be heard, the school board reserves the right to impose such other limitations and restrictions as necessary in order to provide an orderly, efficient and fair opportunity for those present to be heard.

B. Complaints
1. Routine complaints about a teacher or other employee should first be directed to that teacher or employee or to the employee’s immediate supervisor.
2. If the complaint is against an employee relating to child abuse, discrimination, racial, religious, or sexual harassment, or other activities involving an intimidating atmosphere, the complaint should be directed to the employee’s supervisor or other official as designated in the school district policy governing that kind of complaint. In the absence of a designated person, the matter should be referred to the superintendent.
3. Unresolved complaints from Paragraph 1. of this section or problems concerning the school district should be directed to the superintendent’s office.
4. Complaints which are unresolved at the superintendent’s level may be brought before the school board by notifying the school board in writing.

C. Open Forum
The school board shall normally provide a specified period of time where when citizens may address the school board on any topic, subject to the limitations of this policy. The school board reserves the right to allocate a specific period of time for this purpose and limit time for speakers accordingly.

The school board may decide to hold certain types of public meetings where the public will not be invited to address the school board. Possible examples are work sessions and board retreats. The public will still be entitled to notice of these meetings and will be allowed to attend these meetings, but the public will not be allotted time during the meeting to address the board.

D. No Board Action at Same Meeting
Except as determined by the school board to be necessary or in an emergency, the school board will not take action at the same meeting on an item raised for the first time by the public.

VII. Penalties for Violation of Data Privacy
A. The school district is liable for damages, costs and attorneys’ fees, and in the event of a willful violation, punitive damages for violation of state data privacy laws. (Minn. Stat. § 13.08, Subd. 1)

B. A person who willfully violates data privacy is guilty of a misdemeanor. (Minn. Stat. § 13.09)

C. In the case of an employee, willful violation constitutes just cause for suspension without pay or dismissal. (Minn. Stat. § 13.09)

206 ANNUAL CALENDAR OF THE SCHOOL BOARD

The following significant actions will normally be accomplished at board meetings no later than the month indicated below:

July: Rules and By–Laws

August:

September: Publish Annual Budget
Curriculum Review
Seniority List

October: Buildings and Grounds Maintenance Review

November: Facilities Needs Review
Annual Election of School Board Members

December: Staff Review
Transportation Review

January: Board Organization
Staff Programs Review

February: Consideration of Staffing Needs for Upcoming Year

March: Final Decision on Probationary Teachers
Review of Proposed Budget & Consideration of Future Financial Plan

April:

May:

June: Approve Final Current Fiscal Year Budget

207 SPECIAL MEETINGS OF THE SCHOOL BOARD

Special meetings of the board may be called for either of the following reasons:

1. To enable the board to concentrate and take action on a single problem or set of problems, or

2. To enable the board to take emergency action between regular meetings.

A special school board meeting is one called at times other than at regular or recessed board meetings for the purpose of considering items that are specific in nature.

Notice for special school board meetings should be given no fewer than three days in advance to the members of the board. However, if three days notice is not possible, a notice of not fewer than twenty four hours before the meeting is permissible. This notice shall indicate the purpose of the meeting. Only items mentioned in the notice shall be considered at special meetings unless all board members are present and unanimously agree to include other items.

Special meetings may be called by the chairperson or clerk or any other member of the board. All special meetings are open to the public and the news media. No public discussion shall be held on items other than those related to the call of the meeting except by a unanimous vote of the full board.

208 RECOGNITION OF RETIRING BOARD MEMBERS AND EMPLOYEES

In recognition of his/her service to students and citizens of the district, a school bell shall be presented to each staff member or elected board member on retirement at the end of his/her term if his/her period of service is nine or more years. Further, an appropriate resolution expressing sincere appreciation of each board member on his/her retirement shall be placed in the minutes of the board.

MSBA/MASA Model Policy 207
Orig. 1995
Rev. 2024

207 PUBLIC HEARINGS

I. PURPOSE

The school board recognizes the importance of obtaining public input on matters properly before the school board during a public hearing. The purpose of this policy is to establish procedures to efficiently receive public input.

II. GENERAL STATEMENT OF POLICY

For the school board to efficiently receive public input on matters properly before the school board, the school board establishes the procedures set forth in this policy are established.

III. PROCEDURES

A. Public Hearings

Public hearings are required by law concerning certain issues, including but not limited to, school closings (Minnesota Statutes section 123B.51), education district establishment (Minnesota Statutes section 123A.15), and agreements for secondary education (Minnesota Statutes section 123A.30). Additionally, other public hearings may be held by the school board on school district matters at the school board’s discretion

B. Notice of Public Hearings

Public notice of a public hearing required by law shall be given as provided by the enabling legislation. Public notice of other hearings shall be given in the manner required for a regular meeting if held in conjunction with a regular meeting, in the manner required for a special meeting if held in conjunction with a special meeting, or as otherwise determined by the school board.

C. Public Participation

The school board retains the right to require that those in attendance at a public hearing indicate their desire to address the school board and complete and file with the clerk of the school board an appropriate request card prior to commencement of the hearing if the school board utilizes this procedure. In that case, any request to address the school board after the commencement of the hearing will be granted only at the school board’s discretion.

1. Format of Request: If required by the school board, a written request of an individual or a group to address the school board shall contain the name of the person or group seeking to address the school board. It shall also contain the name of the group represented, if any, and a brief statement of the subject to be covered or the issue to be addressed.

2. Time Limitation: The school board retains the discretion to limit the time for each presentation as needs dictate.

3. Groups: The school board retains the discretion to require that any group of persons who desire to address the school board designate one representative or spokesperson. If the school board requires designation of a representative or spokesperson, no other person in the group will be recognized to address the school board, except as the school board otherwise determines.

4. Privilege to Speak: A school board member should direct remarks or questions through the chair. Only those speakers recognized by the chair will be allowed to speak. Comments by others are out of order. Individuals who interfere with or interrupt speakers, the school board, or the proceedings may be directed to leave.

5. Personal Attacks: Personal attacks by anyone addressing the school board are unacceptable. Persistence in such remarks by an individual shall terminate that person’s privilege to address the school board.

6. Limitations on Participation: Depending upon the number of persons in attendance seeking to be heard, the school board reserves the right to impose such other limitations and restrictions as necessary to provide an orderly, efficient, and fair opportunity to be heard.

Legal References: Minn. Stat. § 123A.15 (Establishing Education Districts)

Minn. Stat. § 123A.30 (Agreements for Secondary Education)

Minn. Stat. § 123B.51 (Schoolhouses and Sites; Uses for School and Nonschool Purposes; Closings)

Cross References: MSBA/MASA Model Policy 206 (Public Participation in School Board Meetings/Complaints about Persons at School Board Meetings and Data Privacy Considerations)

MSBA/MASA Model Policy 208
Orig. 1995; Rev. 2022

208 DEVELOPMENT, ADOPTION, AND IMPLEMENTATION OF POLICIES

[Note: The provisions of this policy are recommendations. The procedures for policy development, adoption, and implementation are not specifically provided by statute.]

I. PURPOSE

The purpose of this policy is to emphasize the importance of the policy-making role of the school board and provide the means for it to be an ongoing effort.

II. GENERAL STATEMENT OF POLICY

Formal guidelines are necessary to ensure the school community that the school system responds to its mission and operates in an effective, efficient, and consistent manner. A set of written policies shall be maintained and modified as needed. Policies should define the desire and intent of the school board and should be in a form that is sufficiently explicit to guide administrative action.

III. DEVELOPMENT OF POLICY

A. The school board has jurisdiction to legislate policy with the force and effect of law for the school district. School district policy provides the school board’s general direction for the school district while delegating policy implementation to the administration.

B. The school district’s policies provide guidelines and goals to the school community. The policies are the basis for guidelines and directives created by the administration. The school board shall determine the effectiveness of policies by evaluating periodic reports from the administration.

C. Policies may be proposed by a school board member, employee, student, or resident of the school district. Proposed policies or ideas shall be submitted to the superintendent for review prior to possible placement on the school board agenda.

IV. ADOPTION AND REVIEW OF POLICY

A. The school board shall give notice of proposed policy changes or adoption of new policies by placing the item on the agenda of two school board meetings. The proposals shall be distributed and public comment will be allowed at both meetings.

B. The final action taken to adopt the proposed policy shall be approved by a simple majority vote of the school board at a meeting after the two meetings at which public input was received. The policy will be effective on the latter of the date of passage or the date stated in the motion.

C. In an emergency, a new or modified policy may be adopted by a majority vote of a quorum of the school board in a single meeting. A statement regarding the emergency and the need for immediate adoption of the policy shall be included in the minutes. The policy adopted in an emergency shall expire within one year following the emergency action unless the policy adoption procedure stated above is followed and the policy is reaffirmed. The school board shall have discretion to determine what constitutes an emergency.

D. If a policy is modified with minor changes that do not affect the substance of the policy or because of a legal change over which the school board has no control, the modified policy may be approved at one meeting at the discretion of the school board.

V. IMPLEMENTATION OF AND ACCESS TO POLICY

A. The superintendent shall be responsible for implementing school board policies, other than the policies that cover how the school board will operate. The superintendent shall develop administrative guidelines and directives to provide greater specificity and consistency in the process of implementation. These guidelines and directives, including employee and student handbooks, shall be subject to annual review and approval by the school board.

B. Each school board member shall have access to school district policies. A copy of the school district policies shall be placed in the office of each school attendance center and in the central school district office and shall be available for reference purposes to other interested persons.

C. The superintendent, employees designated by the superintendent, and individual school board members shall be responsible for keeping the policy current.

D. The school board shall review policies at least once every three years. The superintendent shall be responsible for developing a system of periodic review, addressing approximately one third of the policies annually. In addition, the school board shall review the following policies annually: 506 Student Discipline; 722 Public Data Requests; and 806 Crisis Management Policy.

E. When no school board policy exists to provide guidance on a matter, the superintendent is authorized to act appropriately under the circumstances keeping in mind the mission, educational philosophy, and financial condition of the school district. Under such circumstances, the superintendent shall advise the school board of the need for a policy and present a recommended policy to the school board for approval.

Legal References: Minn. Stat. § 123B.02, Subd. 1 (General Powers of Independent School Districts)

Minn. Stat. § 123B.09, Subd. 1 (Boards of Independent School Districts)

Cross References: MSBA/MASA Model Policy 305 (Policy Implementation)

211 CONFLICT OF INTEREST – SCHOOL BOARD MEMBERS

New Policy: April 11, 2007
Revised: December 8, 2010

211 CONFLICT OF INTEREST – SCHOOL BOARD MEMBERS

A. Purpose

The purpose of this policy is to observe state statutes regarding conflict of interest and to engage in school district business activities in a fashion designed to avoid any conflict of interest or the appearance of impropriety.

B. General Statement of Policy

It is the policy of the school board to contract for goods and services in conformance with statutory conflict of interest laws and, in addition, in a manner that will avoid any conflict of interest or the appearance thereof. Accordingly, the school board will contract under the statutory exception provisions only when it is clearly in the best interest of the school district because of limitations which may exist on goods or services otherwise available to the school district.

C. General Prohibitions and Recognized Statutory Exceptions

1. A school board member who is authorized to take part in any manner in making any sale, lease or contract in his/her official capacity shall not voluntarily have a personal financial interest in that sale, lease or contract or personally benefit financially therefrom.

2. In the following circumstances, however, the school board may as an exception, by unanimous vote, contract for goods or services with a school board member of the school district:

a. In the designation of a bank or savings association, in which a school board member is interested, as an authorized depository for school district funds and as a source of borrowing, provided such deposited funds are protected in accordance with Minn. Stat. Ch. 118A. Any school board member having said interest shall disclose that interest and the interest shall be entered upon the minutes of the school board. Disclosure must be made when such bank or savings association is first designated as a depository or source of borrowing or when such school board member is elected, whichever is later. Disclosure serves as notice of the interest and must only be made once;

b. The designation of an official newspaper, or publication of official matters therein, in which the school board member is interested when it is the only newspaper complying with statutory requirements relating to the designation or publication;

c. A contract with a cooperative association of which the school board member is a shareholder or stockholder but not an officer or manager;

d. A contract for which competitive bids are not required by law. A contract made under this exception will be void unless the following procedures are observed:

i. The school board must authorize the contract in advance of its performance by adopting a resolution setting out the essential facts and determining that the contract price is as low as or lower than the price at which the goods or services could be obtained elsewhere.

ii. In the case of an emergency when the contract cannot be authorized in advance, payment of the claims must be authorized by a like resolution wherein the facts of the emergency are also stated.

iii. Before a claim is paid, the interested school board member must file with the clerk of the school board an affidavit stating:

(a) The name of the school board member and the office held;

(b) An itemization of the goods or services furnished;

(c) The contract price;

(d) The reasonable value;

(e) The interest of the school board member in the contract; and

(f) That to the best of the school board member’s knowledge and belief, the contract price is as low as, or lower than, the price at which the goods or services could be obtained from other sources.

e. A school board member may contract with the school district to provide construction materials or services, or both, when the sealed bid process is used. When the contract comes before the school board for consideration, the interested school board member may not vote on the contract.

f. A school board member may rent space in a public facility at a rate commensurate with that paid by other members of the public.

3. In the following circumstances, the school board may as an exception, by majority vote at a meeting where all school board members are present, contract for services with a school board member of the school district: A school board member may be newly employed or may continue to be employed by the school district as an employee where there is a reasonable expectation on July 1, or at the time the contract is entered into or extended, that the amount to be earned by that
school board member under that contract or employment relationship, will not exceed $8,000 in that fiscal year. If the school board member does not receive majority approval to be initially employed or to continue in employment at a meeting where all school board members are present, that employment must be immediately terminated and that school board member will have no further rights to employment while serving as a school board member in the school district.

4. The school board may contract with a class of school district employees, such as teachers or custodians, where the spouse of a school board member is a member of the class of employees contracting with the school board and the employee spouse receives no special monetary or other benefit that is substantially different from the benefits that other members of the class receive under the employment contract. In order for the school board to invoke this exception, it must have a majority of disinterested school board members vote to approve the contract, direct the school board member spouse to abstain from voting to approve the contract, and publicly set out the essential facts of the contract at the meeting where the contract is approved.

D. Limitations on Related Employees

1. The school board can hire or dismiss teachers only at duly called meetings. Where a husband and wife, brother and sister, or two brothers or sisters, constitute a quorum, no contract employing a teacher may be made or authorized except upon the unanimous vote of the full school board.

2. The school board may not employ any teacher related by blood or marriage, within the fourth degree, computed by the civil law, to a school board member except by a unanimous vote of the full school board.

E. Conflicts Prior to Taking Office

A school board member with personal financial interest in a sale, lease or contract with the school district which was entered before the school board member took office and presents an actual or potential conflict of interest, shall immediately notify the school board of such interest. It shall thereafter be the responsibility of the school board member to refrain from participating in any action relating to the sale, lease or contract. At the time of renewal of any such sale, lease or contract, the school board may enter into or renew such sale, lease or contract only if it falls within one of the enumerated exceptions for contracts relating to goods or services provided in this policy and if the procedures provided in this policy are followed.

F. Determination as to Whether a Conflict of Interest Exists

The determination as to whether a conflict of interest exists is to be made by the school board. Any school board member who has an actual or potential conflict shall notify the school board of such conflict immediately. The school board member shall thereafter cooperate with the school board as necessary for the school board to make its determination.

212 CRIMINAL OR CIVIL ACTION AGAINST SCHOOL DISTRICT, SCHOOL BOARD MEMBER, EMPLOYEE OR STUDENT

A. Purpose

The purpose of this policy is to provide guidance as to the school district’s position, rights, and responsibilities when a civil or criminal action is pending against the school district, school board member, school district employee or student.

B. General Statement of Policy

1. The school district recognizes that, when civil or criminal actions are pending against a school board member, school district employee or student, the school district may be requested or required to take action.

2. In responding to such requests and/or requirements, the school district will take such measures as are appropriate to its primary mission of providing for the education of students in an environment that is safe for staff and students and is conducive to learning.

3. The school district acknowledges its statutory obligations with respect to providing assistance to school board members and teachers who are sued in connection with performance of school district duties. Collective bargaining agreement and school district policies may also apply.

C. Civil Actions

1. Pursuant to Minn. Stat. § 466.07, Subd. 1. The school district shall defend and indemnify any school board member or school district employee for damages in school-related litigation, including punitive damages, claimed or levied against the school board member or employee, provided that he/she was acting in the performance of the duties of the position and was not guilty of malfeasance, willful neglect of duty or bad faith.

2. Pursuant to Minn. Stat. §123B.25(b) With respect to teachers employed by the school district, upon written request of the teacher involved, the school district shall provide legal counsel for any school teacher against whom a claim is made or action is brought for recovery of damages in any tort action involving physical injury to any person or property or for wrongful death arising out of or in connection with the employment of the teacher with the school district. The school district will choose legal counsel after consultation with the teacher.

3. Data Practices: Educational data and personnel data maintained by the school district may be sought as evidence in a civil proceeding. The school district will release the data only pursuant to the Minnesota Government Data Practices Act, Minn. Stat. Ch. 13, and to the Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act, 20 U.S.C. § 1232g and related regulations. When an employee is subpoenaed and is expected to testify regarding educational data or personnel data, he/she is to inform the building administrator or designated supervisor, who shall immediately inform the superintendent or designee. No school board member or employee may release data without consultation in advance with the school district official who is designated as the authority responsible for the collection, use, and dissemination of data.

4. Service of Subpoenas: It is the policy of the school district that its officers and employees will normally not be involved in providing service of process for third parties in the school setting.

5. Leave to Testify: Leave for employees appearing in court, either when sued or under subpoena to testify, will be considered in accordance with school district personnel policies and applicable collective bargaining agreements.

D. Criminal Charges or Conduct

1. Employees:

a. The school district expects that its employees serve as positive role models for students. As role models for students, employees have a duty to conduct themselves in an exemplary manner.

b. If the school district receives information relating to activities of a criminal nature, by an employee, the school district will investigate and take appropriate disciplinary action, which may include discharge, subject to school district policies, statutes and provisions of applicable collective bargaining agreements.

2. Students:

The school district has an interest in maintaining a safe and healthful environment and in preventing disruption of the educational process. In order to further that interest, the school district will take appropriate action regarding students convicted of crimes that relate to the school environment.

3. Criminal Investigations:

a. It is the policy of the school district to cooperate with law enforcement officials. The school district will make all efforts, however, to encourage law enforcement officials to question students and employees outside of school hours and off school premises unless there are extenuating circumstances or the matter being investigated is school-related, or as otherwise provided by law.

b. If such questioning at school is unavoidable, the school district will attempt to maintain confidentiality, to avoid embarrassment to students and employees and to avoid disruption of the educational program. The school district will attempt to notify parents of a student under age 18 that police will be questioning their child. Normally, the superintendent, principal or other appropriate school official will be present during the interview, except as otherwise required by law (Minn. Stat. § 626.556, Subd. 10) or as otherwise determined in consultation with the parent/guardian.

4. Data Practices:

The school district will release to law enforcement authorities educational and personnel data only in accordance with Minn. Stat. Ch. 13 (Minnesota Government Data Practices Act) and 20 U.S.C. § 1232g (FERPA).

E. Statements When Litigation is Pending

The school district recognizes that when a civil or criminal action is commenced or pending, parties to the lawsuit have particular duties in reference to persons involved or named in the lawsuit, as well as insurance carrier(s). Therefore, school board members or school district employees shall make or release statements in that situation only in consultation with legal counsel.
213 SCHOOL BOARD MEMBER DEVELOPMENT

A. Purpose

In recognition of the need for continuing inservice training and development for its members, the purpose of this policy is to encourage the members of the school board to participate in professional development activities designed for them so that they may perform their responsibilities.

B. General Statement of Policy

1. New school board members will be provided the opportunity and encouragement to attend the orientation and training sessions sponsored by the Minnesota School Boards Association.

2. All school board members are encouraged to participate in school board and related workshops and activities sponsored by local, state and national school board associations, as well as in the activities of other educational groups.

3. School board members are expected to report back to the school board with materials of interest gathered at the various meetings and workshops.

4. The school board will reimburse the necessary expenses of all school board members who attend meetings and conventions pertaining to school activities and the objectives of the school board, within the approved policy and budget allocations of the school district relating to the reimbursement of expenses involving the attendance at workshops and conventions.

213 SCHOOL BOARD MEMBER DEVELOPMENT

A. Purpose

In recognition of the need for continuing inservice training and development for its members, the purpose of this policy is to encourage the members of the school board to participate in professional development activities designed for them so that they may perform their responsibilities.

B. General Statement of Policy

1. New school board members will be provided the opportunity and encouragement to attend the orientation and training sessions sponsored by the Minnesota School Boards Association.

2. All school board members are encouraged to participate in school board and related workshops and activities sponsored by local, state and national school board associations, as well as in the activities of other educational groups.

3. School board members are expected to report back to the school board with materials of interest gathered at the various meetings and workshops.

4. The school board will reimburse the necessary expenses of all school board members who attend meetings and conventions pertaining to school activities and the objectives of the school board, within the approved policy and budget allocations of the school district relating to the reimbursement of expenses involving the attendance at workshops and conventions.

214 OUT-OF-STATE TRAVEL BY SCHOOL BOARD MEMBERS

New Policy: December 14, 2005

A. Purpose

The purpose of this policy is to control out-of-state travel by school board members as required by law.

B. General Statement of Policy

School board members have an obligation to become informed on the proper duties and functions of a school board member, to become familiar with issues that may affect the school district, to acquire a basic understanding of school finance and budgeting, and to acquire sufficient knowledge to comply with federal, state and local laws, rules, regulations and school district policies that relate to their functions as school board members. Occasionally, it may be appropriate for school board members to travel out of state to fulfill their obligations.

C. Appropriate Travel

Travel outside the state is appropriate when the school board finds it proper for school board members to acquire knowledge and information necessary to allow them to carry out their responsibilities as school board members. Travel to regional or national meetings of the National School Boards Association is presumed to fulfill this purpose. Travel to other out-of-state meetings for which the member intends to seek reimbursement from the school district should be preapproved by the school board.

D. Reimbursable Expenses

Expenses to be reimbursed may include transportation, meals, lodging, registration fees, required materials, parking fees, tips, and other reasonable and necessary school district-related expenses.

E. Reimbursement

1. Requests for reimbursement must be itemized on the official school district form and are to be submitted to the designated administrator. Receipts for lodging, commercial transportation, registration, and other reasonable and necessary expenses must be attached to the reimbursement form.

2. Automobile travel shall be reimbursed at the mileage rate set by the school board. Commercial transportation shall reflect economy fares and shall be reimbursed only for the actual cost of the trip.

3. Amounts to be reimbursed shall be within the school boards approved budget allocations, including attendance at workshops and conventions.

F. Establishment of Directives and Guidelines

The superintendent shall develop a schedule of reimbursement rates for school district business expenses, including those expenses requiring advance approval and specific rates of reimbursement. The superintendent shall also develop directives and guidelines to address methods and times for submission of requests for reimbursement.

G. Annual Review

This policy must be annually reviewed by the school board.

215 OPEN MEETINGS AND CLOSED MEETINGS

New Policy: June 13, 2007
Revised: October 13, 2010
A. Purpose

1. The school board embraces the philosophy of openness in the conduct of its business, in the belief that openness produces better programs, more efficiency in administration of programs, and an organization more responsive to public interest and less susceptible to private interest. The school board shall conduct its business under a presumption of openness. At the same time, the school board recognizes and respects the privacy rights of individuals as provided by law. The school board also recognizes that there are certain exceptions to the Minnesota Open Meeting Law as recognized in statute where it has been determined that, in limited circumstances, the public interest is best served by closing a meeting of the school board.

2. The purpose of this policy is to provide guidelines to assure the rights of the public to be present at school board meetings, while also protecting the individual’s rights to privacy under law, and to close meetings when the public interest so requires as recognized by law.

B. General Statement of Policy

1. Except as otherwise expressly provided by statute, all meetings of the school board, including executive sessions, shall be open to the public.

2. Meetings shall be closed only when expressly authorized by law.

C. Definition

“Meeting” means a gathering of at least a quorum or more members of the school board, or quorum of a committee or subcommittee of school board members, at which members discuss, decide, or receive information as a group on issues relating to the official business of the school board. The term does not include a chance or social gathering.

D. Procedures

1. Meetings

a. Regular Meetings

A schedule of the regular meetings of the school board shall be kept on file at its primary offices. If the school board decides to hold a regular meeting at a time or place different from the time or place stated in its schedule, it shall give the same notice of the meeting as for a special meeting.

b. Special Meetings

i. For a special meeting, the school board shall post written notice of the date, time, place, and purpose of the meeting on the principal bulletin board of the school district or on the front door of the school if there is no principal bulletin board. The school board’s actions at the special meeting are limited to those topics included in the notice.

ii. The notice shall also be mailed or otherwise delivered to each person who has filed a written request for notice of special meetings.

iii. This notice shall be posted and mailed or delivered at least three days before the date of the meeting. As an alternative to mailing or otherwise delivering notice to persons who have filed a written request, the school board may publish the notice once, at least three days before the meeting, in the official newspaper of the school district or, if none, in a qualified newspaper of general circulation within the area of the school district.

iv. A person filing a request for notice of special meetings may limit the request to particular subjects, in which case the school board is required to send notice to that person only concerning those particular subjects.

v. The school board will establish an expiration date on requests for notice of special meetings and require refiling once each year. Not more than 60 days before the expiration date of request for notice, the school board shall send notice of the refiling requirement to each person who filed during the preceding year.

c. Emergency Meetings

i. An emergency meeting is a special meeting called because of circumstances that, in the judgment of the school board, require immediate consideration.

ii. If matters not directly related to the emergency are discussed or acted upon, the minutes of the meeting shall include a specific description of those matters.

iii. The school board shall make good faith efforts to provide notice of the emergency meeting to each news medium that has filed a written request for notice if the request includes the news medium’s telephone number.

iv. Notice of the emergency meeting shall be given by telephone or any other method used to notify the members of the school board.

v. Notice shall be provided to each news medium which has filed a written request for notice as soon as reasonably practicable after notice has been given to the school board members.

vi. Notice shall include the subject of the meeting.

vii. Posted or published notice of an emergency meeting shall not be required.

viii. The notice requirements for an emergency meeting as set forth in this policy shall supersede any other statutory notice requirement for a special meeting that is an emergency meeting.

d. Recessed or Continued Meetings

If a meeting is a recessed or continued session of a previous meeting, and the time and place of the meeting was established during the previous meeting and recorded in the minutes of that meeting, then no further published or mailed notice is necessary.

e. Closed Meetings

The notice requirements of the Minnesota Open Meeting Law apply to closed meetings.

f. Actual Notice

If a person receives actual notice of a meeting of the school board at least 24 hours before the meeting, all notice requirements are satisfied with respect to that person, regardless of the method of receipt of notice.

g. Health Pandemic or Declared Emergency

In the event of a health pandemic or an emergency declared under Minn.
Stat. Ch. 12, a meeting may be conducted by telephone or other electronic
means in compliance with Minn. Stat. § 13D.021.

2. Votes
The votes of school board members shall be recorded in a journal kept for that purpose, and the journal shall be available to the public during all normal business hours at the administrative offices of the school district.

3. Written Materials

a. In any open meeting, a copy of any printed materials including eletronic communications relating to the agenda items prepared or distributed by the school board or its employees and distributed to or available to all school board members shall be available in the meeting room for inspection by the public while the school board considers their subject matter.

b. This provision does not apply to materials not classified by law as public, or to materials relating to the agenda items of a closed meeting.

4. Data

a. Meetings may not be closed merely because the data to be discussed are not public data.

b. Data that are not public data may be discussed at an open meeting if the disclosure relates to a matter within the scope of the school board’s authority and is reasonably necessary to conduct the business or agenda item before the school board.

c. Data discussed at an open meeting retain the data’s original classification; however, a record of the meeting, regardless of form, shall be public.

5. Closed Meetings

a. Labor Negotiations

i. The school board may, by a majority vote in a public meeting, decide to hold a closed meeting to consider strategy for labor negotiations, including negotiation strategies or developments or discussion and review of labor negotiation proposals.

ii. The time and place of the closed meeting shall be announced at the public meeting. A written roll of school board members and all other persons present at the closed meeting shall be made available to the public after the closed meeting. The proceedings shall be tape recorded, and the tape recording shall be preserved for two years after the contract discussed at the meeting is signed. The recording shall be made available to the public after all labor contracts are signed by the school board for the current budget period.

b. Sessions Closed by Bureau of Mediation Services

All negotiations, mediation sessions, and hearings between the school board and its employees or their respective representatives are public meetings except when otherwise provided by the Commissioner of the Bureau of Mediation Services. A closed meeting must be electronically recorded at the expense of the school district, and the recording must be preserved for at least three years after the date of the meeting. The
recording is not available to the public.


c. Preliminary Consideration of Charges

The school board shall close one or more meetings for preliminary consideration of allegations or charges against an individual subject to its authority. If the school board members conclude that discipline of any nature may be warranted as a result of those specific charges or allegations, further meetings or hearings relating to those specific charges or allegations held after that conclusion is reached must be open. A meeting must also be open at the request of the individual who is the subject of the meeting. A closed meeting must be electronically recorded at the expense of the school district, and the recording must be preserved for at least three years after the date of the meeting. The recording is not available to the public.


d. Performance Evaluations

The school board may close a meeting to evaluate the performance of an individual who is subject to its authority. The school board shall identify the individual to be evaluated prior to closing a meeting. At its next open meeting, the school board shall summarize its conclusions regarding the evaluation. A meeting must be open at the request of the individual who is the subject of the meeting. A closed meeting must be electronically
recorded at the expense of the school district, and the recording must be preserved for at least three years after the date of the meeting. The recording is not available to the public.

e. Attorney-Client Meeting

A meeting may be closed if permitted by the attorney-client privilege. Attorney-client privilege applies when litigation is imminent or threatened, or when the school board needs advice above the level of general legal advice, i.e., regarding specific acts and their legal consequences. A meeting may be closed to seek legal advice concerning litigation strategy, but the mere threat that litigation might be a consequence of deciding a matter one way or another does not, by itself, justify closing the meeting. The motion to close the meeting must specifically describe the matter to be discussed at the closed meeting, subject to relevant privacy and confidentiality considerations under state and federal law. The law does not require that such a meeting be recorded.

f. Dismissal Hearing

i. A hearing on the dismissal of a licensed teacher shall be public or private at the teacher’s discretion. A hearing regarding placement of teachers on unrequested leave of absence shall be public.

ii. A hearing on dismissal of a student pursuant to the Pupil Fair Dismissal Act shall be closed unless the pupil, parent or guardian requests an open hearing.

iii. To the extent a teacher or student dismissal hearing is held before
the school board and is closed, the closed meeting must be electronically recorded at the expense of the school district, and the recording must be preserved for at least three years after the date of the meeting. The recording is not available to the public.


g. Coaches; Opportunity to Respond

i. If the school board has declined to renew the coaching contract of a licensed or nonlicensed head varsity coach, it must notify the coach within 14 days of that decision.

ii. If the coach requests the reasons for the nonrenewal, the school board must give the coach the reasons in writing within 10 days of receiving the request.

iii. On the request of the coach, the school board must provide the coach with a reasonable opportunity to respond to the reasons at a school board meeting.

iv. The meeting may be open or closed at the election of the coach unless the meeting is closed as required by Minn. Stat. § 13D.05, Subd. 2, to discuss educational or certain other nonpublic data.

v. A closed meeting must be electronically recorded at the expense of
the school district, and the recording must be preserved for at least three years after the date of the meeting. The recording is not available to the public.


h. Meetings to Discuss Certain Not Public Data
Any portion of a meeting must be closed if the following types of data are discussed:

i. data that would identify alleged victims or reporters of criminal sexual conduct, domestic abuse, or maltreatment of minors or vulnerable adults;

ii. active investigative data collected or created by a law enforcement agency; or

iii. educational data, health data, medical data, welfare data, or mental health data that are not public data.

iv. an individual’s personal medical records.

v. A closed meeting must be electronically recorded at the expense of the school district, and the recording must be preserved for at least three years after the date of the meeting. The recording is not available to the public.

i. Purchase and Sale of Property

i. The school board may close a meeting:

(a) to determine the asking price for real or personal property to be sold by the school district;

(b) to review confidential or nonpublic appraisal data; and

(c) to develop or consider offers or counteroffers for the purchase or sale of real or personal property.

ii. Before closing the meeting, the school board must identify on the record the particular real or personal property that is the subject of the closed meeting.

iii. The closed meeting must be tape recorded at the expense of the school district. The tape must be preserved for eight (8) years after the date of the meeting and be made available to the public after all real or personal property discussed at the meeting has been purchased or sold or the school board has abandoned the purchase or sale. The real or personal property that is the subject of the closed meeting must be specifically identified on the tape. A list of school board members and all other persons present at the closed meeting must be made available to the public after the closed meeting.

iv. An agreement reached that is based on an offer considered at a closed meeting is contingent on its approval by the school board at an open meeting. The actual purchase or sale must be approved at an open meeting and the purchase price or sale price is public data.

j. Security Matters

i. The school board may close a meeting to receive security briefings and reports, to discuss issues related to security systems, to discuss emergency response procedures, and to discuss security deficiencies in or recommendations regarding public services, infrastructure, and facilities, if disclosure of the information discussed would pose a danger to public safety or compromise security procedures or responses.

ii. Financial issues related to security matters must be discussed and all related financial decisions must be made at an open meeting.

iii. Before closing a meeting, the school board must refer to the facilities, systems, procedures, services, or infrastructures to be considered during the closed meeting.

iv. The closed meeting must be tape recorded at the expense of the school district and the recording must be preserved for at least four (4) years.

k. Other Meetings

Other meetings shall be closed as provided by law. , except as provided above. A closed meeting must be electronically recorded at the expense of the school district, and the recording must be preserved for at least three years after the date of the meeting. The recording is not available to the public.


6. Procedures for Closing a Meeting

The school board shall provide notice of a closed meeting just as for an open meeting. A school board meeting may be closed only after a majority vote at a public meeting. Before closing a meeting, the school board shall state on the record the specific authority permitting the meeting to be closed and shall describe the subject to be discussed.

Section 300 SCHOOL ADMINISTRATION

301 SCHOOL DISTRICT ADMINISTRATION

New Policy: November 14, 2012

I. PURPOSE
The purpose of this policy is to clarify the role of the school district administration and its relationship with the school board.

II. GENERAL STATEMENT OF POLICY

A. Effective administration and sound management practices are essential to realizing educational excellence. It is the responsibility of the school district administration to develop a school environment that recognizes the dignity of each student and employee, and the right of each student to access educational programs and services.

B. The school board expects all activities related to the operation of the school district to be administered in a well-planned manner, conducted in an orderly fashion, and to be consistent with the policies of the school board.

C. The school board shall seek specific recommendations, background information and professional advice from the school district administration, and will hold the administration accountable for sound management of the schools.

D. Although the school board holds the superintendent ultimately responsible for administration of the school district and annual evaluation of each principal, the school board also recognizes the direct responsibility of principals for educational results and effective administration, supervisory, and instructional leadership at the school building level.

E. The school board and school administration shall work together to share information and decisions that best serve the needs of school district students within financial and facility constraints that may exist.

 

302 ADMINISTRATOR CODE OF ETHICS

Revised: March 10, 2004

A. Purpose

The purpose of this policy is to establish the requirement of the school board that school administrators adhere to the standards of ethics and professional conduct in this policy and Minnesota law.

B. General Statement of Policy

1. An educational administrator’s professional behavior must conform to an ethical code. The code must be idealistic and at the same time practical, so that it can apply reasonably to all educational administrators. The administrator acknowledges that the schools belong to the public they serve for the purpose of providing educational opportunities to all. However, the administrator assumes responsibility for providing professional leadership in the school and community. This responsibility requires the administrator to maintain standards of exemplary professional conduct. It must be recognized that the administrator’s actions will be viewed and appraised by the community, professional associates, and students. To these ends, the administrator must subscribe to the following standards.

2. The educational administrator:

a. Makes the well-being of students the fundamental value of all decision-making and actions.

b. Fulfills professional responsibilities with honesty and integrity.

c. Supports the principle of due process and protects the civil and human rights of all individuals.

d. Obeys local, state, and national laws and does not knowingly join or support organizations that advocate, directly or indirectly, the overthrow of the government.

e. Implements the school board’s policies.

f. Pursues appropriate measures to correct those laws, policies, and regulations that are not consistent with sound educational goals.

g. Avoids using positions for personal gain through political, social, religious, economic, or other influence.

h. Accepts academic degrees or professional certification only from duly accredited institutions.

i. Maintains the standards and seeks to improve the effectiveness of the profession through research and continuing professional development.

j. Honors all contracts until fulfillment, release, or dissolution is mutually agreed upon by all parties to the contract.

k. Adheres to the code of ethics for administrators in Minnesota law.

303 SUPERINTENDENT

Revised Policy: November 14, 2012

I. PURPOSE
The purpose of this policy is to recognize the importance of the role of the superintendent and the overall responsibility of that position within the school district.

II. GENERAL STATEMENT OF POLICY
The school board shall employ a superintendent who shall serve as an ex officio, nonvoting member of the school board and as chief executive officer of the school system.

III. GENERAL RESPONSIBILITIES

A. The superintendent is responsible for the management of the schools, the administration of all school district policies, and is directly accountable to the school board.

B. The superintendent shall annually evaluate each principal assigned responsibility for supervising a school building in the district.

C. The superintendent may delegate responsibilities to other school district personnel, but shall continue to be accountable for actions taken under such delegation.

D. Where responsibilities are not specifically prescribed, nor school board policy applicable, the superintendent shall use personal and professional judgment, subject to review by the school board.

304 SUPERINTENDENT SELECTION

When an opening in the superintendency occurs, the board shall aggressively recruit in an effort to fill the position with the most capable person available. The board shall consider only those candidates who meet both state and local qualifications and who display the ability to successfully carry out the duties of the superintendent.

The board shall solicit applications from qualified members of the staff and may list the vacancy with placement offices at selected educational institutions in Minnesota and in neighboring states and with other educational placement agencies, at its discretion.

Applications for the superintendency shall be screened and those candidates which appear to be the most promising shall be interviewed. The board shall endeavor to conduct interviews on a school day so that the applicants may visit the schools of the district while they are in session.

The board may, at its option, utilize the services of the retiring superintendent and/or of an outside consultant in both recruiting and interviewing candidates for the superintendency.

A. Appointment of Superintendent

The superintendency is becoming more demanding as the superintendent’s responsibilities become more complex. The board realizes that it is therefore increasingly important to attract able persons to the superintendency by making rewards of the position commensurate with its challenges. The board further realizes that it is increasingly important to free the superintendent from the pressure of groups in the community by insuring his/her security from the threat of sudden and unjustified dismissal.

The board, upon the selection of a candidate or upon appointment of the incumbent superintendent, shall endeavor to secure the dignity of position and the freedom of leadership appropriate to the responsibilities of the superintendent through an explicit, contractual agreement. Such contract shall meet the requirements of Minnesota law and regulations of the State Board of School Administrators and shall protect the rights of both the local board and the superintendent. The board shall recognize that while it is a policy-making body, the execution of policy is properly delegated to employed professional administrators.

305 SUPERINTENDENT CONTRACT, DUTIES, & EVALUATION
Revised 05-13-20

A. The Duties and Responsibilities of the Superintendent Shall be:

1. To serve as executive head of the entire school system, in charge of both educational
and business functions.

2. To be responsible for the execution of board policies and the observance of its rules.

3. To administer the development and maintenance of a positive educational program
designed to meet the needs of the community and to carry out policies of the board; to
initiate matters of educational policy and to make definite recommendations thereon; to
keep abreast of the best educational developments and advice regarding changes in
policy.

4. To recommend the number and types of positions required to provide personnel for the
operation of such a program.

5. To assign substitutes to fill vacancies caused by the temporary absence of staff
members, and may hire temporary help as deemed necessary, subject to board approval at
the next meeting.

6. To grant requests to excuse employees from work according to his/her judgment.

7. To recommend policies on organization, finance, instruction, school planning, and
other functions of the school program.

8. To nominate for appointment, to assign, and to define the duties of all personnel
subject to the approval of the board.

9. To supervise the preparation of the annual budget and to recommend it to the board for
approval.

10. To advise and recommend in matter of business administration, to pass upon all
proper requests for equipment and supplies, to point out possible economics, and to
supervise activities of the school system.

11. To observe the work of all employees as frequently as possible so as to guide them
and evaluate their work.

12. To keep the board continually informed on the progress and condition of the schools.

13. To conduct a continuous study of the development and need of the schools and to
keep the public adequately informed concerning his/her findings.

14. To keep all necessary school records as required by law, State Board of Education
regulations, and local school board regulations.

15. To represent the board to the personnel and to represent the personnel to the board
through professional negotiation channels.

16. To prepare an agenda for each meeting of the board, a copy of which shall be mailed
to each member three days prior to the meeting.

17. To prepare a monthly financial statement of the district and submit a copy of it to
each member of the board.

18. To audit and approve all bills and claims before they are submitted to the board for
approval.

19. To approve all purchase orders.

20. To recommend to the board the need for building alterations, additions, new
buildings, new equipment, and improvement of the grounds.

21. To arrange working hours for all employees as may be necessary for the successful
operation of the schools.

22. To seek the advice and decision by the chairperson of the board concerning important
school business for which there is no policy or precedent to follow and which requires a
decision before the next regular meeting of the board. He/she may request the chairperson
to poll the board members or call a special meeting. In the absence of the chairperson, the
clerk may be consulted. However, whenever possible, a decision should be delayed until
the whole board can meet at a regular meeting.

23. To keep himself/herself and the board informed concerning educational progress by
visiting other schools, circulating questionnaires, attending educational meetings,
workshops, conventions, short courses, etc.

24. To be in direct charge of buildings and grounds, transportation, and the lunch
program. All heads of these departments shall be directly responsible to him/her for the
operation and maintenance of their departments. However, principals shall supervise the
work of custodians and direct their work in connection with the operation of the
buildings.

25. To represent the board in meeting with taxpayers on the finances of the district.

B. Evaluation of the Superintendent
The board will devote a personnel session annually to an evaluation of the
superintendent’s performance (with the superintendent present) and to a discussion of the
superintendent’s evaluations of the performance of the administrative assistants. A
standard evaluation form will be used. Final averages and results of discussion are to be
kept on file permanently.

1. The School Board shall evaluate in writing the performance of the Superintendent at least
once a year.

2. The School Board and the Superintendent shall meet and discuss the evaluation process, and
thereafter the School Board shall adopt an evaluation format to carry out the evaluation
process.

3. The School Board shall furnish the Superintendent with a copy of the written evaluation(s) as
provided herein. In the event that the School Board determines that the performance of the
Superintendent is unsatisfactory in any respect, the School Board shall describe in writing, in
reasonable detail, the specifics of unsatisfactory performance. The evaluation shall include
recommendations as to areas of improvement in all instances when the School Board deems
performance to be unsatisfactory. A copy of the written evaluation shall be delivered to the
Superintendent and become a part of the Superintendent’s personnel file. The Superintendent
shall have the right to make a written reaction or response to the evaluation. This response
shall be provided to the School Board and shall also be placed in the Superintendent’s
personnel file. Upon request of the Superintendent, the School Board or its representative(s)
shall meet with the Superintendent within thirty (30) days of such request to discuss the
evaluation

306 SUPERINTENDENT’S RIGHTS

The superintendent has a right to:

1. Due process of law in all matters of controversy between himself/herself and the board, including matter pertaining to dismissal or refusal to re-employ.

2. Reimbursement for all expenses incurred in the performance of his/her duties.

3. Insurance covering medical expenses, life insurance, and liability insurance.

4. Tax-exempt annuities as a deferred-income form of compensation.

5. Clear-cut definitions of his/her duties, responsibilities and limitations, with annual follow-up evaluation and setting of goals as a joint endeavor.

6. Legal counsel in the event of any disagreement between him/herself and the board at his own expense.

307 SUPERINTENDENT RETIREMENT

The usual retirement date for the superintendent shall be the first day of the month coinciding with or following the end of the school year in which he/she shall attain the age of 65. The board may, at its option, employ the superintendent beyond the usual retirement date on a year to year basis until he/she shall reach the compulsory retirement date. The compulsory retirement date shall be the first day of the month coinciding with or following the end of the school year in which the superintendent shall attain age 70. A school year for retirement purposes shall be defined as the twelve month period beginning July 1 and ending June 30.

308 BOARD-SUPERINTENDENT RELATIONS

The board believes that the legislation of policies is the most important function of a school board and that the execution of the policies should be the function of the superintendent.

Delegation by the board of its executive powers to the superintendent provides freedom to the superintendent to manage the schools within the board’s policies and free the board to devote its time to policy making and appraisal functions.

The board holds the superintendent responsible for carrying out its policies within established guidelines and for keeping the board informed about school operations.

In his/her efforts to keep the board informed, the superintendent will notify board members as promptly as possible of any happenings of an emergency nature which occur in schools.

309 ADMINISTRATIVE RULES

The board shall delegate to the superintendent the function of specifying required actions and designing the detailed arrangements under which the schools will be operated. These rules and detailed arrangements shall constitute the administrative regulations governing the schools.

A. Administrative Rules Drafting

In the development of rules and procedures for the operation of the school system, the superintendent shall involve at the planning stages those who would be affected by such provision.

The superintendent shall evolve with representatives of professional and nonprofessional employees channels for the ready intercommunication of ideas and feelings regarding the operation of the schools; he/she shall weigh with care the recommendations offered by representatives of student and community organizations and shall inform the board of such counsel in presenting reports of administrative action and in presenting recommendations for board action.

B. Administrative Rules Adoption

The board itself shall formulate and adopt administrative regulations only when specific state laws, strong community attitudes or probable staff reaction require it to do so.

C. Rules Dissemination

The superintendent is directed to establish and maintain an orderly plan for preserving and making accessible the policies adopted by the board and the administrative rules and regulations needed to put them into effect.

Accessibility is to extend to all employees of the school system, to members of the board, and to interested citizens.

D. Review of Administrative Rules

The board reserves the right to review and veto administrative rules should they, in the board’s judgment, be inconsistent with the policies adopted by the board.

E. Administration in Policy Absence

In cases where action must be taken within the school system where the board had provided no guides for administrative action, the superintendent shall have the power to act, subject to review by the board at its next regular meeting. It shall be the duty of the superintendent to inform the board promptly of such action and of the need for policy.

F. Suspension of Policies

The operation of any section or sections of board policies not established by law or contract may be temporarily suspended by a majority vote of the board members present at a regular or special meeting.

310 PRINCIPALS

A. Qualifications

  1. The principal shall have a principal’s licensure.

  2. It is recommended that he/she have five years of experience of which one year may be as a teacher and the balance should be in administration.

B. Appointment and Tenure

  1. The superintendent shall select the principal subject to approval by the board.

  2. The principal shall have a continuing contract, the same as the other members of the faculty, as provided by law. This contract shall be in effect until resignation by the principal and acceptance by the board or until termination in accordance with the provisions of Minnesota state law.

C. Duties and Responsibilities of Principals

  1. The principal shall be responsible to the superintendent for..

      a. The organization, administration, and supervision within his/her building assignment.

      b. Keeping the superintendent completely and continuously informed as to conditions within the school and its activities.

      c. Interpreting school board and superintendent’s policies to members of the staff and to students.

      d. All administrative detail relating to the custodial staff and maintenance of the school plant and grounds.

      e. Maintaining a current inventory of textbooks, supplies, and equipment necessary for the efficient operation of the school unit.

      f. Providing the superintendent with those reports that are needed and required by his/her office.

      g. Assistance in selection of, and retention or release of staff members.

      h. Assistance to the superintendent in the development of department budgets for his/her school and it shall be his/her responsibility to operate within the limits of budget so determined.

      i. Provisions for substitution for staff members who may be absent.

  2. The principal shall be responsible to the faculty in his/her building for….

      a. Provision of an atmosphere in which the faculty are encouraged to innovate, experiment, and otherwise improve subject offerings. He/she shall, further, promote freedom of thought among faculty members that will take advantage of the ability and creativity of the teacher.

       b Assignment of teaching and activity responsibilities to the staff in the most equitable manner and to the best possible use of the teaching talent.

      c. Supervision of the teachers in the building and for a thorough and continuous evaluation of the teaching done by staff members.

      d. Expediting the procurement of textbooks, supplies, and equipment requisitioned by the staff.

      e. Furnish leadership and, with assistance of the faculty, appraise and evaluate the curriculum and make such revisions as may be deem necessary.

      f. Provide necessary orientation of new staff members and leadership and planning for staff meetings and inservice training.

      g. Promotion of professional growth through further training, professional library, and membership in professional organizations.

  3. The principal shall be responsible to the students for……..

      a. The admission, proper classification, programming, and/or transfer of students.

      b. Their general welfare through provision of an atmosphere in which the student is encouraged to develop a sense of self-discipline, self-respect, and self improvement.

      c. Provision for safety of student during the school day including fire and disaster drills, student activities and transportation.

      d. Planning and administering of an adequate health service and lunch program.

      e. Planning and administering of a good and adequate library service.

      f. Planning and supervision of a good guidance and testing program.

      g. Maintaining the basic child accounting system, including census, enrollment, attendance, cumulative, and permanent records for each student.

  4. The principal shall be responsible to the parents and community for……

      a. Reports to parents or guardians on pupil progress.

      b. Carrying on an adequate program of public relations so that parents and community groups are aware of school policies, practices, problems, and special events.

      c. Planning for and administration of the utilization of community resources.

      d. Assistance in promoting good parent-teacher relations.

      e. Cooperation with other community agencies for the welfare of the students.

Section 400 PERSONNEL

401 PERSONNEL GOALS AND OBJECTIVES

The board recognizes that a dynamic and efficient staff dedicated to education is necessary to the maintenance of a constantly improving educational program. The board is interested in its personnel as individuals and recognizes its responsibility to promote the general welfare of the staff.

The board is committed to providing a coordinated staff of specially trained personnel to the end that each discipline or area of responsibility be designed with a procedure for assessment so that each may have proper emphasis in the total curriculum and school system organization.

Duties of these personnel shall be outlined by the superintendent and approved by the board. Additionally, the board’s specific personnel service goals are:

1. To conduct an employee appraisal program that will contribute to the continuous improvement of staff performance.

2. To develop and manage a staff compensation program sufficient to attract and retain qualified employees.

3. To provide an inservice training program for all employees which will improve their rate of performance, retention, and promotion.

4. To administer effectively teacher negotiation efforts.

5. To recruit, select, and employ the best qualified personnel to staff schools.

6. To develop the quality of human relationships necessary to obtain maximum staff performance and satisfaction.

7. To deploy the available personnel and insure that they are utilized as effectively as possible within budgetary constraints.

402 EQUAL EMPLOYMENT OPPORTUNITY

Replacement Policy: March 12, 2008
Revised: February 9, 2011

A. Purpose

The purpose of this policy is to provide equal employment opportunity for all applicants for school district employment and school district employees.

B. General Statement of Policy

1. The policy of the school is to provide equal employment opportunity for all applicants and employees. The school district does not unlawfully discriminate on the basis of race, color, creed, religion, national origin, sex, marital status, status with regard to public assistance, disability, sexual orientation, age, family care leave status or veteran status. The school district also makes reasonable accommodations for disabled employees.

2. The school district prohibits the harassment of any individual for any of the categories listed above. For information about the types of conduct that constitute impermissible harassment and the school districts internal procedures for addressing complaints of harassment, please refer to the school districts policy on harassment and violence.

3. This policy applies to all areas of employment including hiring, discharge, promotion, compensation, facilities or privileges of employment.

4. It is the responsibility of every school district employee to follow this policy.

5. Any person having any questions regarding this policy should discuss it with the Superintendent of Schools.

403 HIRING POLICY FOR DISTRICT #363

District #363 supports and uses the Affirmative Action, Title IX Compliance Issues, Freedom of Information, and Data Privacy philosophy in all of its hiring practices.

The practical steps for hiring for position openings shall be based on the above, with the following:

1. The job shall be posted internally as per the Association and school district Agreements following EEO/AA Policy.

2. The position shall be advertised in the school district’s officially designated newspaper, usually listing an opening and closing date, if appropriate.

3. When appropriate, placement services are notified of the openings.

4. Applications are accepted

5. An administrative review is done of the applications in which the job description and various criteria is compared to the applicants qualifications.

6. Intent to interview letters are sent out when appropriate or telephone appointments are made with the top applicant(s).

7. Hiring is then recommended to the Board of Education based on the findings of the Administration.

8. All employees of the district shall have contracts stating terms of employment.

404 RE-EMPLOYMENT OF RETIRED PERSONNEL

Retirement from full time employment is no longer demanded (or permitted by Federal law to be demanded) when an employee reaches age 70. A health physical to determine employment ability shall be the deciding factor. This health physical shall be at the expense of the employee. The board also recognizes that continued employment on a part time basis or substitute basis may be beneficial after retirement.

405 CHEMICAL USE AND ABUSE

Replacement Policy: March 12, 2008

A. Purpose

The school board recognizes that chemical use and abuse constitutes a grave threat to the physical and mental well-being of students and employees and significantly impedes the learning process. Chemical use and abuse also creates significant problems for society in general. The school board believes that the public school has a role in education, intervention, and prevention of chemical use and abuse. The purpose of this policy is to assist the school district in its goal to prevent chemical use and abuse by providing procedures for education and intervention.

B. General Statement of Policy

1. Use of controlled substances, toxic substances, and alcohol is prohibited in the school setting in accordance with school district policies with respect to a Drug-Free Workplace/Drug-Free School.

2. It is the policy of this school district to provide an instructional program in every elementary and secondary school in chemical abuse and the prevention of chemical dependency.

3. The school district shall establish and maintain in every school a chemical abuse preassessment team. The team is responsible for addressing reports of chemical abuse problems and making recommendations for appropriate responses to the individual reported cases.

4. It will be the responsibility of the superintendent, with the advice of the school board, to establish a school and community advisory team to address chemical abuse problems in the district.

5. The school district shall establish and maintain a program to educate and assist employees, students and others in understanding this policy and the goals of achieving drug-free schools and workplaces.

C. Definitions

1. Chemical abuse means use of any psychoactive or mood-altering chemical substance, without compelling medical reason, in a manner that induces mental, emotional, or physical impairment and causes socially dysfunctional or socially disordering behavior, to the extent that the students normal function in academic, school, or social activities is chronically impaired.

2. Chemicals includes but is not limited to alcohol, toxic substances, and controlled substances as defined in the school districts Drug-Free Workplace/Drug-Free School policy.

3. School location includes any school building or on any school premises; on any school-owned vehicle or in any other school-approved vehicle used to transport students to and from school or school activities; off-school property at any school-sponsored or school-approved activity, event or function, such as a field trip or athletic event, where students are under the jurisdiction of the school district; or during any period of time such employee is supervising students on behalf of the school district or otherwise engaged in school district business.

D. Students

1. Instruction

a. Every school shall provide an instructional program in chemical abuse and the prevention of chemical dependency. The school district may involve parents, students, health care professionals, state department staff, and members of the community in developing the curriculum.

b. Each school shall have age-appropriate and developmentally based activities that:

i. address the consequences of violence and the illegal use of drugs, as appropriate;

ii. promote a sense of individual responsibility;

iii. teach students that most people do not illegally use drugs;

iv. teach students to recognize social and peer pressure to use drugs illegally and the skills for resisting illegal drug use;

v. teach students about the dangers of emerging drugs;

vi. engage students in the learning process; and

vii. incorporate activities in secondary schools that reinforce prevention activities implemented in elementary schools.

c. Each school shall have activities that involve families, community sectors (which may include appropriately trained seniors), and a variety of drug and violence prevention providers in setting clear expectations against violence and illegal use of drugs and appropriate consequences for violence and illegal use of drugs.

d. Each school shall disseminate drug and violence prevention information within the school and to the community.

e. Each school shall have professional development and training for, and involvement of, school personnel, student services personnel, parents, and interested community members in prevention, education, early identification and intervention, mentoring, or rehabilitation referral, as related to drug and violence prevention.

f. Each school shall have drug and violence prevention activities that may include the following:

i. Community-wide planning and organizing activities to reduce violence and illegal drug use, which may include gang activity prevention.

ii. The hiring and mandatory training, based on scientific research, of school security personnel who interact with students in support of youth drug and violence prevention activities under this policy that are implemented in the school.

iii. Conflict resolution programs, including peer mediation programs that educate and train peer mediators and a designated faculty supervisor, and youth anti-crime and anti-drug councils and activities.

iv. Counseling, mentoring, referral services, and other student assistance practices and programs, including assistance provided by qualified school-based mental health services providers and the training of teachers by school-based mental health services providers in appropriate identification and intervention techniques for students at risk of violent behavior and illegal use of drugs.

v. Programs that encourage students to seek advice from, and to confide in, a trusted adult regarding concerns about violence and illegal drug use.

2. Reports of Chemical Use and Abuse

a. In the event that a school district employee knows that a student is abusing, possessing, transferring, distributing or selling chemicals in a school location:

i. The employee shall immediately either take the student to an administrator or notify an appropriate administrator of the observation and continue to observe the student until the administrator arrives.

ii. The administrator will notify the students parents. If there is a medical emergency, the administrator will notify the school nurse and/or outside medical personnel as appropriate.

iii. The administrator will notify law enforcement officials, the students counselor, and the chemical preassessment team.

iv. The administrator and/or law enforcement officials will confiscate the chemicals and/or conduct a search of the students person, effects, locker, vehicle, or areas within the students control. Searches by school district officials shall be in accordance with school board policies regarding search and seizure.

v. The school district will take appropriate disciplinary action in compliance with the student discipline code. Such discipline may include immediate suspension, initiation of expulsion proceedings, and/or referral to a detoxification center or medical center.

b. If a school district employee has reason to believe that a student is abusing, possessing, transferring, distributing or selling chemicals:

i. The employee shall notify the building administrator or a member of the preassessment team and shall describe the basis for the suspicion. The building administrator and/or team will determine what action should be taken. Action may include conducting an investigation, gathering data, scheduling a conference with the student or parents, or providing a meeting between a single member of the team and the student to discuss the behaviors that have been reported and attempting to ascertain facts regarding chemical abuse.

ii. The team may determine there is no chemical abuse. If the team determines there is chemical abuse, the team will select an appropriate course of action, which may include referral to a school counselor; referral to a treatment program; referral for screening, assessment, and treatment planning; participation in support groups; or other appropriate measures.

c. Students involved in the abuse, possession, transfer, distribution or sale of chemicals shall be suspended in compliance with the student discipline policy and the Pupil Fair Dismissal Act, Minn. Stat. €121A.40-121A.56, and proposed for expulsion.

d. Searches by school district officials in connection with the abuse, possession, transfer, distribution or sale of chemicals will be conducted in accordance with school board policies related to search and seizure.

3. Preassessment Team

a. Every school shall have a chemical abuse preassessment team designated by the superintendent or designee. The team will be composed of classroom teachers, administrators, and other appropriate professional staff to the extent they exist in each school, such as the school nurse, school counselor or psychologist, social worker, chemical abuse specialist, or others.

b. The team is responsible for addressing reports of chemical abuse problems and making recommendations for appropriate responses to the individual reported cases.

c. Within forty-five (45) days after receiving an individual reported case, the team shall make a determination whether to provide the student and, in the case of a minor, the students parents with information about school and community services in connection with chemical abuse.

4. Data Practices

a. Student data may be disclosed without consent in health and safety emergencies pursuant to Minn. Stat. € 13.32 and applicable federal law and regulations.

b. Destruction of Records

i. If the preassessment team decides not to provide a student and, in the case of a minor, the students parents with information about school or community services in connection with chemical abuse, records created or maintained by the team about the student shall be destroyed not later than six (6) months after the determination is made.

ii. If the team decides to provide the student and, in the case of a minor or a dependent student, the students parents with such information, records created or maintained by the team about the student shall be destroyed not later than six (6) months after the student is no longer enrolled in the district.

iii. This section shall govern destruction of records notwithstanding provisions of the Records Management Act, Minn. Stat. € 138.163.

5. Consent

Any minor may give effective consent for medical, mental and other health services to determine the presence of or to treat conditions associated with alcohol and other drug abuse, and the consent of no other person is required.

6. School and Community Advisory Team

a. The superintendent, with the advice of the school board, shall establish a school and community advisory team to address chemical abuse problems. The advisory team will be composed of representatives from the school preassessment teams to the extent possible, law enforcement agencies, county attorneys office, social service agencies, chemical abuse treatment programs, parents, and the business community.

b. The advisory team shall:

i. build awareness of the problem within the community, identify available treatment and counseling programs for students and develop good working relationships and enhance communication between the schools and other community agencies; and

ii. develop a written procedure clarifying the notification process to be used by the chemical abuse preassessment team when a student is believed to be in possession of or under the influence of alcohol or a controlled substance. The procedure must include contact with the student and the students parents or guardian in the case of a minor student.

E. Employees

1. The superintendent or designee shall undertake and maintain a drug-free awareness and prevention program to inform employees, students and others about:

a. The dangers and health risks of chemical abuse in the workplace/school.

b. The school districts drug-free workplace/drug-free school policy.

c. Any available drug or alcohol counseling, treatment, rehabilitation, re-entry and/or assistance programs available to employees and/or students.

2. The superintendent or designee shall notify any federal granting agency required to be notified under the Drug-Free Workplace Act within ten (10) days after receiving notice of a conviction of an employee for a criminal drug statute violation occurring in the workplace. To facilitate the giving of such notice, any employee aware of such a conviction shall report the same to the superintendent.

406 PERSONNEL RECORDS

Employees will have the right, upon written request on the Review of Personnel File form (see appendix), to review the contents of their personnel files. If the employee wishes to be accompanied by another person or a representative of the teacher’s association during such a review, that request must be entered on the Review of Personnel File form.

No material will be placed in an employee’s personnel file unless he/she has had an opportunity to review the material. The employee will acknowledge that he/she has had the opportunity to review such material by affixing his/her initials to the copy to be filed with the express understanding that such initialing in no way indicates agreement with the content. The employee shall be permitted to attach his/her comments related to any derogatory material.

When material regarding an employee’s conduct, service, character or personality is received in the superintendent’s office, a copy will be forwarded to the employee.

Credit complaints, when received in the superintendent’s office, will be forwarded to the employee, including all copies. The complainant shall be informed in writing that the credit complaint was forwarded to the employee.

407 STAFF INVOLVEMENT IN DECISION MAKING

It shall be the policy of the board to encourage employee participation in decision making for the district. The superintendent is authorized to establish such committees as necessary to recommend all policies and rules for the proper functioning of the district. The superintendent shall evolve, with the professional and non–professional employees, channels for the ready intercommunication of ideas and feelings regarding the operation of the schools. He/she shall weigh with care the counsel given by employees and shall inform the board of all such counsel in presenting reports of administrative action and in presenting recommendations for board action.

408 TAX SHELTERED ANNUITY PROGRAM

A. Employee Participation

Full time salaried employees of the district shall be eligible for participation in the tax–sheltered annuity program. A full time employee is defined as one receiving a regular paycheck during the school year with a minimum of twenty (20) hours per week.

B. Participating Companies

A company may participate in the tax–sheltered annuity program of the district in one of the following ways:

1. Represent a minimum of four annuitants;

2. Represent a new employee transferring from another district with an annuity program.

3. Continuously represent any number of annuitants in the school district at the date of the adoption of this policy.

The school district does not guarantee, approve, recommend or subscribe to any program, plan or policy written by any company. They will be determined to be participating companies only because of the a fore mentioned criteria.

C. Payment and Application Dates

1. The last date for submitting completed annuity applications is June 1st of the preceding fiscal year, or January 1st of the current calendar year.

2. Payments to the companies will be made once each month. If the companies have a listing or billing form, this will be completed by the district.

3. The amount indicated on the application is considered to be all tax-sheltered and no amounts included thereon shall be included on the federal or state tax form prepared by the school district.

4. This school district will make no special deductions for life insurance connected with any annuity program.

D. Termination

An annuity will be terminated immediately upon written request from the annuitant. This request will subsequently be submitted to the Administration for approval.

E. Solicitation

Companies are not allowed to arbitrarily solicit new customers or service their customers on the school district premises. They are allowed to meet with staff members on the school premises only if they have previously scheduled an appointment.

409 PROFESSIONAL PERSONNEL

Revised: March 12, 2008

A. Employment of Professional Staff

The Board of Education has the legal responsibility of approving the employment of all employees. While this responsibility cannot be waived, the board assigns the superintendent the process of recruiting staff members and recommending their employment to the board. In carrying out this responsibility the superintendent may involve various administrative and teaching staff members. All personnel selected for employment must be recommended by the superintendent and approved by the board. To aid in obtaining the best available staff members for our schools, the board adopts the following general criteria which shall be utilized in the selection process for employment of professional staff members:

1. There shall be no discrimination in the hiring process due to age, sex, creed, race, color or national origin.

2. Candidates for junior and senior high school positions must have a major or its equivalent in the field in which they intend to teach. Elementary candidates must have a major or its equivalent in elementary education or in the special area to which they will be assigned.

3. Candidates for teaching positions must have a minimum of a Bachelor of Science or a Bachelor of Arts degree.

4. Candidates for teaching positions must provide evidence of having met State requirements for regular certification status. In cases of emergency, holders of temporary certificates may be employed in regular, full time capacity not to exceed one year. The employment of any staff member is not official until the contract is approved by the board. The employment sequence shall be as follows:

i. The offer of employment to the candidate by the superintendent or his/her designee,

ii. The acceptance of the contract by the candidate,

iii. Approval of the candidate by the board of education and signing of the contract by the clerk and the chairperson of the board.

B. Administrative Procedure to be Followed in Employing Professional Staff

Administrators are responsible for the recruitment, interviewing, and recommendation for employment of all professional staff. Toward that end, the following procedure will be used:

1. All positions will be posted in accordance with the the provisions of the master contract.

2. Positions will be listed with various college placement agencies as administrators may determine to be necessary.

3. Administrators will interview the candidates they feel are most qualified and may offer the best candidate a contract. However, this contract is not a formal offer of employment by the board. It is rather to be considered a willingness by the candidate to accept a position if formally approved by the board.

C. Assignment of Professional Personnel

The basic consideration in the assignment of professional personnel in the schools is the well-being of the program of instruction. The appropriateness of the assignment will have a significant impact on the morale of the professional staff and the effectiveness of the total education program.

It is the policy of the board that instructional personnel be assigned on the basis of their qualifications, the needs of the district, and their expressed desires.

When it is not possible to meet all three conditions equally, personnel shall be assigned first in accordance with the needs of the district, second where the administration feels the employee is most qualified to serve, and third, as to expressed preference of employees. They shall be assigned in order of seniority, all other considerations being equal.

D. Extra Assignment Policy

The school board or its designated representative may assign teachers to extra-curricular or co-curricular assignments subject to established compensation for such services which exceed the teaching or non-teaching services prescribed in the basic contract.

Letters of notification shall be used to inform the teacher of an extra assignment and whenever possible shall be issued on the same dates as are the teachers’ contracts.

Prior to the issuance of a letter of notification, the teacher may request in writing to be relieved of an assignment for the next school year. When, in the opinion of the administration, a competent replacement can be secured, the teacher’s request will be honored. If, however, an emergency exists and no competent replacement is available, a discussion will be held with the teacher and a letter of notification may be issued. The teacher is then obliged to complete the assignment to the best of his/her ability.

When a teacher is not to be assigned to a particular function for the coming year, he/she shall be notified prior to the date of the issuance of the letter of notification. (The principal shall discuss with the teacher the reasons for his/her termination of the assignment. If the teacher so desires, he/she may appeal the decision to the superintendent. In as much as these are administrative decisions, no further appeal may be made).

E. Evaluation of Professional Personnel

Every employee in the district shall be evaluated by the administration on a yearly basis and evaluation shall be kept on file permanently in the district office. Evaluations are to be in full accordance with the law and each employee’s evaluation is to be reviewed by the board at their request.

All observations of the teaching performance of any teacher shall be conducted openly and with the full knowledge of the teacher. No teacher shall receive adverse comments from any observer in the presence of pupils.

Each teacher shall be given his/her evaluation report and have the opportunity to discuss such report with his/her principal.

Any adverse evaluation of a teacher’s performance filed by the teacher’s principal may be subject to the grievance procedure established by board policy, but only on the grounds of bad faith and/or discrimination.

Upon written request each teacher shall have the right to review at a time mutually convenient the contents of his/her file in the central office, excepting confidential references. At the teacher’s request a witness of his/her choice may accompany him/her. The review shall be made in the presence of the administrator. Facilities shall be available for the teacher to make copies of such contents. A fee will be charged for any copies that are made.

A teacher shall have the right to answer in writing any complaints filed in the file and the answers shall be attached to the complaint and reviewed by the superintendent.

F. Tenure

Subject to M.S. 122A.40, Subd. 5, the first three consecutive years of a teacher’s first teaching experience in Minnesota in a single school district shall be deemed to be a probationary period of employment, and after completion thereof, the probationary period in each school district in which he/she is thereafter employed shall be one year. Upon completion of these requirements, the teacher shall be placed on tenure.

G. Transfer of Professional Personnel

Transfer and exchange of teachers is desirable and is encouraged. The challenge of a new position, the stimulation of changed surroundings, the chance to extend one’s circle of friends, and other factors incidental to a change of position can mean increased effectiveness in the classroom, more friendliness and democracy in the school, and a higher morale throughout the staff. To this end teachers should feel free to request transfers at any time.

A number of factors determine which requests for transfer may be granted. First consideration must be given to the best interests of the students. In order to protect these interests, it is essential that the best possible staff be maintained in each building. For this reason it is not possible to grant all requests for transfer.

The superintendent has the responsibility for the assignment of all personnel in the schools. When it is desirable or necessary to transfer teachers and when such a transfer is to the best interests of the students, the established procedure for assignment shall serve as a guide.

H. Non School Employment of Professional Personnel

Employees shall not at any time engage in any employment that would affect their usefulness as employees in the system in a negative way or which would make time and/or energy demands on them which could interfere with their effectiveness in performing their regularly assigned duties. Neither shall they engage in any employment which would compromise or embarrass the school system, adversely affect their employment status or professional standing or would in any way conflict with assigned duties. Employees shall not engage in any other employment or in any private business during the hours necessary to fulfill appropriate, assigned duties.

The personal life of an employee shall be the concern and warrant the attention of the board only as it may directly prevent the employee from properly performing his/her assigned functions during duty hours or as it may violate state, national, local or common law or as it may be prejudicial to his/her effectiveness in teaching.

I. Separation of Professional Personnel

The board may terminate the contract for due and sufficient cause, provided the employee is notified in writing that termination of contract is under consideration. In such event, the employee has the right within the time specified to request the board for written reason of its action and to have a public hearing with or without counsel.

The board shall recognize the following considerations concerning dismissals:

1. Inefficiency or incompetence.

2. Insubordination against reasonable rules of the board.

3. Moral misconduct.

4. Disability as shown by competent medical evidence.

5. Elimination of the position to which the teacher was appointed if no other position exists to which he/she may be assigned as qualified.

6. Other due and sufficient cause.

The superintendent shall have the authority to terminate the employment of all non-tenure professional personnel other than administrators. The superintendent shall make written recommendations to the board concerning an employee on tenure who in his/her judgment should be dismissed.

J. Unrequested Leave of Absence

When declining enrollment, budgetary restrictions, changes in facilities or programs or other conditions necessitate that a teacher be placed on unrequested leave of absence, the provisions of Article XIV of the Teachers’ Master Agreement shall be followed.

K. Professional Negotiations: Goals and Objectives

The Teachers’ Association of District #363 and the board enter into negotiations for the purpose of establishing a democratic atmosphere in which to work, to provide quality education under good working conditions, and to provide an orderly method of disposing of grievances and disputes. Attainment of objectives of the educational program of the district requires mutual understanding and cooperation between the board and the professional teaching personnel.

The district and association recognize their mutual responsibility to meet at reasonable times and negotiate in good faith with respect to wages, hours, and working conditions. Both parties agree to deal with each other openly and fairly and to sincerely endeavor to reach agreement on items being negotiated.

1. Board Rights and Duties: The board, as the duly constituted representative of the people and as the agent of the State, is legally responsible for the conduct of public education in the district and its authority to make final decisions as provided for by law may not be delegated or abdicated.

The board’s rights include, but are not limited to, all matters relating to the management of the schools and its administration, the employment and direction of staff and the determination of the district program of instruction.

The board has the duty, under law, to negotiate with professional staff on matters of salary and certain other conditions of employment.

It is the policy of the board to hire a consultant, if needed, to serve as chief negotiator with the professional staff. More members of the administrative staff may also be appointed to serve on the board’s negotiating committee.

School board rights and teachers’ rights are further defined in Articles IV. and V. of the Teachers’ Master Agreement.

2. Superintendent’s Role: The superintendent is to be present at all negotiations between teachers and board (unless excused by the negotiations team). Out of his/her knowledge of the school system and practices elsewhere followed, the superintendent is expected to provide information and counsel both to the board and to the teachers.

The superintendent is to advise both the board and the teachers’ association in accord with his/her best professional judgment and should be actively involved in all proceedings between the two groups.

3. Professional Staff Rights and Responsibilities: The salary committee shall not discriminate against teachers in the exercise of their right to freely and without fear of penalty and reprisal, form, join and assist any employee organization or to refrain from any such activity. Except as expressly provided, the freedom of teachers to assist the association shall be recognized as extending to participation in the management of the association and acting for it in the capacity of an organization representative.

Each teacher shall continue to have the right to bring matters of personal concern to the attention of the appropriate officials of the board.

The board recognizes the South Koochiching/Rainy River Education Association local as the exclusive representative of all professional staff below the rank of principal.

4. Bargaining Meeting Procedures: Meetings held for the purpose of discussing problems of common concern shall be held at the Northome School or the Indus School. In order for an item to appear on the official board meeting agenda, said item shall be submitted in writing to the superintendent at least seven (7) days prior to the meeting date. Any such item of common concern shall be limited to items that are on the official agenda.

At such meeting wherein negotiating representatives are meeting with the board to discuss items and/or problems of common concern, a short time shall be allowed for a caucus break.

5. Announcement of Agreement: When final agreement is reached, the main professional agreement shall be reduced to writing and when approved by the association and the board and signed by the parties involved shall become a part of the official minutes of the board and of the association.

The terms and conditions of the agreement shall become a part of the school board policies and shall represent the full and complete understanding and contract concerning the terms and conditions of employment between the parties.

6. Notice of “Intent to Strike:” Whenever the district receives the “Intent To Strike” notice from teachers, the superintendent shall institute the strike plan as approved by the chairperson; and all parents and employees will be notified of the strike plan.

L. Recognition of Teachers’ Representative Organization

Recognition of the Teachers’ Representative Organization has been and will be in accordance with the Public Employment Labor Relations Act of 1971, as amended.

M. Insurance

Insurance plans are described in Article IX of the Teachers’ Master Agreement.

Employees shall be terminated from group life insurance at the time of retirement, resignation or termination.

N. Pay Schedules

Basic schedules and rate of pay are described in Schedules A, B and D of the Teachers’ Master Agreement. Extra compensation for extra-curricular and co-curricular activities are described in Schedule C. The Administration is authorized to withhold final pay checks in May until all keys and school materials are checked into the principal’s office.

1. Eligibility Deadline for Salary Adjustments: All teachers are on schedule according to their professional degree earned. Individual contracts will be modified to reflect qualified lane changes twice every year providing a transcript of qualified credits is submitted to the superintendent’s office no later than September 15th or March 15th of each year. Credits submitted by transcript after the afore mentioned dates shall not be considered until the following consideration date. If a transcript is not available by September 15th or March 15th, other satisfactory evidence of successful completion of the course may be accepted pending receipt of the official transcript. Teachers crossing from one lane to another shall move across the schedule at the current year’s salary.

2. Prior Experience Credit: No credit shall be given for outside experience that totals less than six months per year or is done in an ungraded or unaccredited school or on a substitute basis. Out-of-state experience shall be accepted on a par with that in Minnesota. No credit on the salary schedule shall be given for veterans’ experience, adult education or travel. Under unusual circumstances, the superintendent, with consent of the board, can grant credit for additional outside teaching experience.

3. Increments in Salary Schedule: Annual increments in the salary are intended to serve as rewards for diligent and satisfactory service. The salary schedule is not to be construed as part of a teacher’s continuing contract and the board reserves the right to withhold increments, lane changes or any other salary increase as the board shall determine. The board shall give written notice and the reason for such action.

O. Leaves of Absence

Leaves of absence for sick leave, workers’ compensation, emergency leave, maternity leave, professional and other leaves will be granted in accordance with Article X of the Teachers’ Master Agreement.

P. Hours of Service and Length of School Year

Hours of service and length of school year are set forth in Articles XI and XII of the Teachers’ Master Agreement.

Q. Grievance Procedure

Grievance Procedure is outlined in Article XIII of the Teachers’ Master Agreement.

R. Professional Development Opportunities

Today’s dynamic and rapidly changing society makes it imperative that all staff members–teachers, clerical, technical, operations, maintenance, and administrative–be engaged in a continuous program of professional and technical growth.

It is the policy of the board that a program of inservice training be established to provide an opportunity for the continuous professional and technical growth of all employees. The administrative staff, employing administrative and management techniques consistent with modern management development, will provide leadership which will assist each staff member to make a maximum contribution to the school district’s effort to provide a quality educational program for all students.

S. Conferences and Visitations

The board may authorize professional leave for attendance of personnel at state meetings without pay deduction. The number of absences allowable for professional leave is a judgment on the part of the board and is subject to budget limitations for employing substitutes and reimbursement for travel, meals, and lodging.

T. Professional Publishing

The board recognizes that staff members under contract to District #363 may, in carrying out their professional responsibilities, develop educational materials for use in the school program. It is understood by the board and the staff members that such materials which are developed as part of regular employment are the property of School District #363. It is also understood that educational material created during the leisure hours when a staff member is not fulfilling his/her contractual duties to the district are the property of the staff member.

Members of the school district staff shall be encouraged to contribute professional articles to such publications as are interested in publishing them. It should be remembered, however, that a staff member’s major responsibility shall be the education of the students.

Staff members, submitting for publication articles in which the school district is mentioned, are requested to submit such articles to the principal for clearance before releasing them for publication.

U. Staff Conflict of Interest

No employee of District #363 shall engage in or have a financial interest, directly or indirectly, in any activity that conflicts or raises a reasonable question of conflict with his/her duties and responsibilities.

Employees shall not engage in work of any type where the source of information concerning customer, client or employee originates from any information obtained through the school system.

No member of the professional staff shall participate in any activity other than in teaching for which he/she receives financial remuneration where his/her position as a member of the professional staff is used or could be interpreted as being used to sell or promote the sale of goods or services to the pupils or patrons of the district.

Any employee who has patented or copyrighted any device, publication or other item is forbidden to receive any royalties arising from the use of said device, publication or other item by District 363.

V. Gifts to Staff Members

Pupils, parents and other patrons of the district shall be discouraged from the routine presentation of gifts to district employees.

When a pupil feels a spontaneous desire to present a gift to a staff member, the gift shall not be elaborate or unduly expensive. The board shall consider as welcome, and in most cases more appropriate than gifts, the writing of letters to staff members expressing appreciation or gratitude.

This shall not be interpreted as intended to discourage acts of generosity in unusual situations, and simple remembrances expressive of affection or gratitude shall not be regarded as violation of this rule.

W. Code of Ethics for Teachers

Principle I Commitment to the Student

We measure success by the progress of each student toward achievement of his/her maximum potential. We therefore work to stimulate the spirit of inquiry, the acquisition of knowledge and understanding, and the thoughtful formulation of worthy goals. We recognize the importance of cooperative relationships with other community institutions, especially the home. In fulfilling our obligations to the student, we…

1. Deal justly and considerately with each student.

2. Encourage the student to study varying points of view and respect his/her right to form his/her own opinion and judgment.

3. Withhold confidential information about a student or his/her home unless we deem that its release serves professional purposes, benefits the student or is required by law.

4. Make discreet use of available information about a student.

5. Conduct conferences with or concerning students in an appropriate place and manner.

6. Refrain from commenting unprofessionally about a student or his/her home.

7. Avoid exploiting our professional relationship with any student.

8. Tutor only in accordance with officially approved policies.

9. Inform appropriate individuals and agencies of the student’s educational needs and assist in providing an understanding of his/her educational experience.

10. Seek constantly to improve learning facilities and opportunities.

Principle II Commitment to the Community

We believe that patriotism in its highest form requires dedication to the principles of our democratic heritage. We share with all other citizens the responsibility for the development of sound public policy. As educators, we are particularly accountable for participating in the development of educational programs and policies and for interpreting them to the public. In fulfilling our obligations to the community, we…

1. Share the responsibility for improving the educational opportunities for all.

2. Recognize that each educational institution may have a person authorized to interpret its official policies.

3. Acknowledge the right and responsibility of the public to participate in the formulation of educational policy.

4. Evaluate through appropriate professional procedures conditions within a district or institution of learning, make known serious deficiencies, and take any action deemed necessary and proper.

5. Use educational facilities for intended purposes consistent with applicable policy, law, and regulation.

6. Assume full political and citizenship responsibilities but refrain from exploiting the institutional privileges of our professional positions to promote political candidates or partisan activities.

7. Protect the educational program against undesirable infringement.

Principle III Commitment to the Profession

We believe that the quality of the services of the educational profession directly influences the future of the nation and its citizens. We therefore exert every effort to raise educational standards, to improve our service, to promote a climate in which the exercise of professional judgment is encouraged, and to achieve conditions which attract persons worthy of the trust to careers in education. Aware of the value of united effort, we contribute actively to the support, planning and programs of our professional organization. In fulfilling our obligations to the profession, we…

1. Recognize that a profession must accept responsibility for the conduct of its members and understand that our own conduct may be regarded as representative.

2. Participate and conduct ourselves in a responsible manner in the development and implementation of policies affecting education.

3. Cooperate in the selective recruitment of prospective teachers and in the orientation of student teachers, interns and those colleagues new to their positions.

4. Accord just and equitable treatment to all members of the profession in the exercise of their professional rights and responsibilities and support them when unjustly accused or mistreated.

5. Refrain from assigning professional duties to nonprofessional personnel when such assignment is not in the best interest of the students.

6. Refrain from exerting undue influence based on the authority of our positions in the determination of professional decisions by colleagues.

7. Keep the trust under which confidential information is exchanged.

8. Make appropriate use of time granted for professional purpose.

9. Interpret and use the writings of others and the findings of educational research with intellectual honesty.

10. Maintain our integrity when dissenting by basing our public criticism of education on valid assumptions as established by careful evaluation of facts or hypotheses.

11. Represent honestly our professional qualifications and identify ourselves only with reputable educational institutions.

12. Respond accurately to requests for evaluations of colleagues seeking professional positions.

13. Provide applicants seeking information about a position with an honest description of the assignment, the conditions of work and related matters.

Principle IV Commitment to Professional Employment Practices

We regard the employment agreement as a solemn pledge to be executed both in spirit and in fact in a manner consistent with the highest ideals of professional service. Sound professional personnel relationships with governing boards are built upon personal integrity, dignity, and mutual respect. In fulfilling our obligations to professional employment practices, we….

1. Apply for a position on the basis of professional and legal qualifications.

2. Apply for a specific position only when it is known to be vacant and refrain from such practices as underbidding and commenting adversely about other candidates.

3. Fill no vacancy except where the terms, conditions, policies, and practices permit the exercise of our professional judgment and skill and where a climate conductive to professional service exists.

4. Adhere to the conditions of a contract or to the terms of an appointment until it either has been terminated legally or by mutual consent.

5. Give prompt notice of any change in availability of service in status of applications or in change of position.

6. Conduct professional business through the recognized educational and professional channels.

7. Accept no gratuities or gifts of significance that might influence our judgment in the exercise of our professional duties.

8. Engage in no outside employment that will impair the effectiveness of our professional service and permit no commercial exploitation of our professional position.

410 SUBSTITUTE PERSONNEL

Revised: March 12, 2008Revised: June 13, 2012

The board of education will hire certified teachers as substitutes to replace teachers who are absent. Substitutes shall register a valid certificate with the district office.

It is the principal’s responsibility to notify the district when new substitutes are accepted for employment, to obtain substitutes upon notification that a teacher will be absent, and to establish procedures which will effect a smooth transition in classroom instruction.

A. Substitute Teacher Pay

  1. Regular substitute pay will be established annually by the school board.

  2. Long term substitute teacher (when a teacher substitutes 5 consecutive days or more in the same position) pay will be $7.00 greater then the established regular daily substitute pay. The rate increase shall be increased by $7.00 beginning with the fifth day.

  3. When a substitute is hired for less than a full day, the pay will be pro-rated using a 7-period day.

  4. Substitute pay times should always be reported by the building principal in fractions using seven periods when the time is less than a full day.

A list of substitute and temporary employee payments are to be mailed monthly to each board member for their approval. The board treasurer is allowed to approve only emergency, discount or timely payments to avoid penalty before a regular board meeting.

B. Substitute List Policy

Hiring and use of substitutes within the district should be in compliance with hiring policy for District #363. Substitute lists for teachers, custodians, aides, cooks, and drivers shall be established.

When a substitute is needed, the administrator/department head in charge of that area shall make contact with the persons on the substitute list offering the work for the period of time needed. Whenever possible, the most qualified person shall be hired no matter what position the district is needing. This qualification shall be as primary as if we need an English teacher we shall first try to find an English teacher as a substitute or if we need an aide and there is a licensed teacher on the aide list, that substitute would be called; or if we have used the person as a substitute and they have not related well to other staff or students, an attempt will be made to use another substitute before that person is called again.

C. Substitute Bus Driver List
Substitute bus drivers must drive at least four times for ISD 363 during the previous fiscal year in order for the District to reimburse the driver for the cost of the required physical as authorized

411 ATTENDANCE BY STAFF PERSONNEL AT PROFESSIONAL MEETINGS

Revised May 14, 2008

It is believed that attendance at professional meetings should be a stimulating educational experience for the individual and should contribute greatly to the educational process. The policies and procedures herein outlined provide for the selection of those staff members eligible to attend professional meetings, and outline procedures for making application. A professional meeting is defined as a convention, annual meeting or conference, the principle business of which is education. This policy covers administrative, instruction, and service personnel.

Anyone wishing to attend a professional meeting on duty time or have any part of the expenses paid by the school district must make written application to the superintendent at least two weeks before the meeting. All applications for attendance at any professional meeting must first be approved by the applicant’s principal.

The following factors are to be considered in approving or disapproving applications; benefit to the school district, professional growth, professional interest previously demonstrated by the applicant, leadership role, membership in sponsoring organization, frequency of attendance, and district budgetary limitations.

The following procedure is to be followed in applying for permission and/or reimbursement for attending professional meetings:

1. Instructional personnel including teachers, teachers’ aides, secretaries in school offices, and custodians must make written application to attend a professional meeting to the building principal.

2. For transportation employees, including bus drivers and mechanics, must make written application to the superintendent.

3. School lunch personnel, including cooks and cooks’ helpers, must make written application to attend a professional meeting to the building principal.

4. Administrative office personnel and transportation supervisor must make written application to the superintendent.

5. If the application is approved, it must be presented to the superintendent for voucher, if expenses are involved. Necessary expenses are mileage, food, lodging, and other expenses as may be specifically requested beforehand and approved.

a. Reimbursement for meals shall be as follows

Beginning on July 1, 2007:
Breakfast: $6.00 Lunch: $9.00 Dinner(supper): $12.00
Pre advertised banquets to be allowed at stated costs.

To be reimbursed for meals when away from the school while on school/district business, employees will need to turn in a voucher with a receipt (s) for each meal. A credit card receipt is NOT acceptable. Each receipt must contain:

1. The name of the establishment;
2. The date of the meal;
3. An itemized list of the meal;
4. The amount of the meal.

Each employee must submit a separate receipt for each meal. (If a group of employees attend a workshop, each person is to submit his/her own receipt. Do not have one person pay for the group and seek reimbursement for all of the meals). The amount of the gratuity/tip will not be reimbursed.

On the voucher submitted to the District Office:

1. Attach all of the receipts;
2. Indicate which meal (breakfast or lunch or supper) each receipt is for;
3. List what activity/business you were attending (example: Reading First Workshop).

If on district business before 7:30 a.m. and until after 6:00 p.m, up to three meals may be reimbursed.

412 ATHLETIC STAFF ATTENDING TOURNAMENTS IN WHICH THEIR TEAM IS NOT PARTICIPATING.

The board realizes the possible value of coaching personnel attending certain tournaments in which the district teams are not participating. In consideration of that, the following guidelines are established:

A. Attendance at District Tournaments

1. Attendance shall be permitted for the head varsity coach.

2. The district will provide passes or will reimburse staff for tickets.

3. The school car may be provided or mileage will be reimbursed at the customary rate, for one person only.

4. Substitutes, if required, shall be provided for the head varsity coach.

5. The district will not reimburse the cost of meals, lodging or any other expense incurred, except as noted above.

B. Attendance at Regional Tournaments

1. The district will not pay any expenses for attendance at regional tournaments and will not release teachers to attend.

C. Attendance at State Tournaments or Playoffs

1. Attendance at Class A Tournaments shall be permitted for the head varsity coach.

2. The district will not provide tickets.

3. Substitutes, if required, shall be provided for the head varsity coach.

4. The district will not be responsible for transportation, meals, lodging or any other expense incurred.

D. Attendance at Home Events

1. All staff will be granted free admission to all home extra curricular events.

413 HEALTH INSURANCE PREMIUMS

Revised: June 15, 2004

Husband and wife may combine hospitalization contribution under one family policy if both are district employees, not to exceed total cost of family policy and one single contribution as per amounts in Master Contract. This policy was instituted February 14, l978 and is not retroactive.

Group health insurance for retirees of District #363 shall be financed by unused sick leave upon retirement with a minimum of ten (10) years of service. (See Policy 433: Retiree Insurance).

Employee eligibility for fringe benefits shall be regulated by collective bargaining agreements and contracts.

414 EMERGENCY LEAVE

Employees of the district may be granted emergency leave at the discretion of the board.

415 EMPLOYEE VACATIONS

Employee vacations will be granted to twelve month employees as per Article XIV of the Classified Contract.

1. Nine (9) or ten (10) month employees who advance into a twelve (12) month position will begin to earn vacation days beginning with their first day as a twelve (12) month employee. Service credit for the years as a 9/10 month employee will be pro-rated. See Article XIV in the classified agreement.

416 BUS DRIVER PHYSICALS

Revised: June 13, 2012


The cost of required physicals for regular bus drivers and substitute bus drivers (who have driven four or more times in the past fiscal year as outlined in Policy 410) will be reimbursed. The amount of reimbursement shall equal the entire cost of the physical less any amount that qualifies for insurance reimbursement. A copy of the receipt showing payment of charges for the physical must be submitted to the office before reimbursement will be made.

 

The cost of required physicals for regular bus drivers and substitute bus drivers will be reimbursed. The amount of reimbursement shall equal the entire cost of the physical less any amount that qualifies for insurance reimbursement. A copy of the receipt showing payment of charges for the physical must be submitted to the office before reimbursement will be made.

417 SAFETY CONDITIONS

The board recognizes the necessity to provide safe conditions for its employees and the pupils of this school district. The effectiveness of the instructional program of the district is in large part determined by a safe environment free from disruptions to the learning process. A loss of effectiveness in this instructional program is the ultimate result of an employee or student accident or illness. Moreover, since premiums for employee accident insurance are paid at the expense of the overall instructional program, the district should make every effort to reduce accidents and to thereby reduce these accident insurance premium costs. Accidents which result in personal injury or damage to property or equipment represent needless waste of valuable district resources. Resources may be better used to further the educational process.

It shall be the policy of this district to take all practical steps to safeguard employees and students from accidents, to maintain an effective safety program, and to provide safety education as an integral part of the curriculum at all grade levels. The superintendent shall hold each district employee responsible for maintaining safe work practices.

Orig. 1995
Rev. 2024

413 HARASSMENT AND VIOLENCE

[NOTE: Minnesota Statutes, section 121A.03 requires that school districts adopt a sexual, religious, and racial harassment and violence policy that conforms with the Minnesota Human Rights Act, Minnesota Statutes, chapter 363A (MHRA). This policy complies with that statutory requirement and addresses the other classifications protected by the MHRA and/or federal law. While the recommendation is that school districts incorporate the other protected classifications, in addition to sex, religion, and race, into this policy, they are not specifically required to do so by Minnesota Statutes, section 121A.03. The Minnesota Department of Education (MDE) is required to maintain and make available a model sexual, religious, and racial harassment policy in accordance with Minnesota Statutes, section 121A.03. MDE’s policy differs from that of MSBA and imposes greater requirements upon school districts than required by law. For that reason, MSBA recommends the adoption of its model policy by school districts. Each school board must submit a copy of the policy the board has adopted to the Commissioner of MDE.]

 

I. PURPOSE

 

The purpose of this policy is to maintain a learning and working environment free from harassment and violence on the basis of race, color, creed, religion, national origin, sex, age, marital status, familial status, status with regard to public assistance, sexual orientation, or disability (Protected Class).

 

II. GENERAL STATEMENT OF POLICY

A. The policy of the school district is to maintain a learning and working environment free from harassment and violence on the basis of Protected Class. The school district prohibits any form of harassment or violence on the basis of Protected Class.

B. A violation of this policy occurs when any student, teacher, administrator, or other school district personnel harasses a student, teacher, administrator, or other school district personnel or group of students, teachers, administrators, or other school district personnel through conduct or communication based on a person’s Protected Class, as defined by this policy. (For purposes of this policy, school district personnel include school board members, school employees, agents, volunteers, contractors, or persons subject to the supervision and control of the district.)

C. A violation of this policy occurs when any student, teacher, administrator, or other school district personnel inflicts, threatens to inflict, or attempts to inflict violence upon any student, teacher, administrator, or other school district personnel or group of students, teachers, administrators, or other school district personnel based on a person’s Protected Class.

D. The school district will act to investigate all complaints, either formal or informal, verbal or written, of harassment or violence based on a person’s Protected Class, and to discipline or take appropriate action against any student, teacher, administrator, or other school district personnel found to have violated this policy.

III. DEFINITIONS

A. “Assault” is:

1. an act done with intent to cause fear in another of immediate bodily harm or death;

2. the intentional infliction of or attempt to inflict bodily harm upon another; or

3. the threat to do bodily harm to another with present ability to carry out the threat.

B. “Harassment” prohibited by this policy consists of physical or verbal conduct, including, but not limited to, electronic communications, relating to an individual’s or group of individuals’ race, color, creed, religion, national origin, sex, age, marital status, familial status, status with regard to public assistance, sexual orientation, including gender identity or expression, or disability, when the conduct:

1. has the purpose or effect of creating an intimidating, hostile, or offensive working or academic environment;

2. has the purpose or effect of substantially or unreasonably interfering with an individual’s work or academic performance; or

3. otherwise adversely affects an individual’s employment or academic opportunities.

[NOTE: In 2023, the Minnesota legislature revised the definition of “sexual orientation” in the Minnesota Human Rights Act as reflected in subpart 6 below. A school board may choose whether to retain the phrase “including gender identity or expression” in light of the legislative amendment.]

C. “Immediately” means as soon as possible but in no event longer than 24 hours.

D. Protected Classifications; Definitions

1. “Disability” means, with respect to an individual who

a. a physical sensory or mental impairment that materially limits one or more major life activities of such individual;

b. has a record of such an impairment; or

c. is regarded as having such an impairment.

2. “Familial status” means the condition of one or more minors having legal status or custody with:

a. the minor’s parent or parents or the minor’s legal guardian or guardians; or

b. the designee of the parent or parents or guardian or guardians with the written permission of the parent or parents or guardian or guardians. Familial status also means residing with and caring for one or more individuals who lack the ability to meet essential requirements for physical health, safety, or self-care because the individual or individuals are unable to receive and evaluate information or make or communicate decisions. The protections afforded against harassment or discrimination on the basis of family status apply to any person who is pregnant or is in the process of securing legal custody of an individual who has not attained the age of majority.

[NOTE: The 2024 Minnesota legislature revised the definition of “familial status”].

3. “Marital status” means whether a person is single, married, remarried, divorced, separated, or a surviving spouse and, in employment cases, includes protection against harassment or discrimination on the basis of the identity, situation, actions, or beliefs of a spouse or former spouse.

4. “National origin” means the place of birth of an individual or of any of the individual’s lineal ancestors.

5. “Sex” includes, but is not limited to, pregnancy, childbirth, and disabilities related to pregnancy or childbirth.

6. “Sexual orientation” means to whom someone is, or is perceived of as being, emotionally, physically, or sexually attracted to based on sex or gender identity. A person may be attracted to men, women, both, neither, or to people who are genderqueer, androgynous, or have other gender identities.

[NOTE: In 2023, the Minnesota legislature revised the definition of ‘sexual orientation’ in the Minnesota Human Rights Act to read as provided here.]

7. “Status with regard to public assistance” means the condition of being a recipient of federal, state, or local assistance, including medical assistance, or of being a tenant receiving federal, state, or local subsidies, including rental assistance or rent supplements.

E. “Remedial response” means a measure to stop and correct acts of harassment or violence, prevent acts of harassment or violence from recurring, and protect, support, and intervene on behalf of a student who is the target or victim of acts of harassment or violence.

F. Sexual Harassment; Definition

1. Sexual harassment includes unwelcome sexual advances, requests for sexual favors, sexually motivated physical conduct, or other verbal or physical conduct or communication of a sexual nature when:

a. submission to that conduct or communication is made a term or condition, either explicitly or implicitly, of obtaining employment or an education; or

b. submission to or rejection of that conduct or communication by an individual is used as a factor in decisions affecting that individual’s employment or education; or

c. that conduct or communication has the purpose or effect of substantially interfering with an individual’s employment or education, or creating an intimidating, hostile, or offensive employment or educational environment.

2. Sexual harassment may include, but is not limited to:

a. unwelcome verbal harassment or abuse;

b. unwelcome pressure for sexual activity;

c. unwelcome, sexually motivated, or inappropriate patting, pinching, or physical contact, other than necessary restraint of student(s) by teachers, administrators, or other school district personnel to avoid physical harm to persons or property;

d. unwelcome sexual behavior or words, including demands for sexual favors, accompanied by implied or overt threats concerning an individual’s employment or educational status;

e. unwelcome sexual behavior or words, including demands for sexual favors, accompanied by implied or overt promises of preferential treatment with regard to an individual’s employment or educational status; or

f. unwelcome behavior or words directed at an individual because of sexual orientation, including gender identity or expression.

G. Sexual Violence; Definition

1. Sexual violence is a physical act of aggression or force or the threat thereof that involves the touching of another’s intimate parts or forcing a person to touch any person’s intimate parts. Intimate parts, as defined in Minnesota Statutes, section 609.341, includes the primary genital area, groin, inner thigh, buttocks, or breast, as well as the clothing covering these areas.

2. Sexual violence may include, but is not limited to:

a. Touching, patting, grabbing, or pinching another person’s intimate parts

b. coercing, forcing, or attempting to coerce or force the touching of anyone’s intimate parts;

c. coercing, forcing, or attempting to coerce or force sexual intercourse or a sexual act on another; or

d. threatening to force or coerce sexual acts, including the touching of intimate parts or intercourse, on another.

H. Violence; Definition

Violence prohibited by this policy is a physical act of aggression or assault upon another or group of individuals because of, or in a manner reasonably related to an individual’s Protected Class.

IV. REPORTING PROCEDURES

A. Any person who believes he or she has been the target or victim of harassment or violence on the basis of Protected Class by a student, teacher, administrator, or other school district personnel, or any person with knowledge or belief of conduct which may constitute harassment or violence prohibited by this policy toward a student, teacher, administrator, or other school district personnel or group of students, teachers, administrators, or other school district personnel should report the alleged acts immediately to an appropriate school district official designated by this policy. A person may report conduct that may constitute harassment or violence anonymously. However, the school district may not rely solely on an anonymous report to determine discipline or other remedial responses.

B. The school district encourages the reporting party or complainant to use the report form available from the principal or building supervisor of each building or available from the school district office, but oral reports shall be considered complaints as well.

C. Nothing in this policy shall prevent any person from reporting harassment or violence directly to a school district human rights officer or to the superintendent. If the complaint involves the building report taker, the complaint shall be made or filed directly with the superintendent or the school district human rights officer by the reporting party or complainant.

D. In Each School Building. The building principal, the principal’s designee, or the building supervisor (hereinafter the “building report taker”) is the person responsible for receiving oral or written reports of harassment or violence prohibited by this policy at the building level. Any adult school district personnel who receives a report of harassment or violence prohibited by this policy shall inform the building report taker immediately. If the complaint involves the building report taker, the complaint shall be made or filed directly with the superintendent or the school district human rights officer by the reporting party or complainant. The building report taker shall ensure that this policy and its procedures, practices, consequences, and sanctions are fairly and fully implemented and shall serve as a primary contact on policy and procedural matters.

E. A teacher, school administrator, volunteer, contractor, or other school employee shall be particularly alert to possible situations, circumstances, or events that might include acts of harassment or violence. Any such person who witnesses, observes, receives a report of, or has other knowledge or belief of conduct that may constitute harassment or violence shall make reasonable efforts to address and resolve the harassment or violence and shall inform the building report taker immediately. School district personnel who fail to inform the building report taker of conduct that may constitute harassment or violence or who fail to make reasonable efforts to address and resolve the harassment or violence in a timely manner may be subject to disciplinary action.

F. Upon receipt of a report, the building report taker must notify the school district human rights officer immediately, without screening or investigating the report. The building report taker may request, but may not insist upon, a written complaint. A written statement of the facts alleged will be forwarded as soon as practicable by the building report taker to the human rights officer. If the report was given verbally, the building report taker shall personally reduce it to written form within 24 hours and forward it to the human rights officer. Failure to forward any harassment or violence report or complaint as provided herein may result in disciplinary action against the building report taker.

G. In the District. The school board hereby designates as the school district human rights officer(s) to receive reports or complaints of harassment or violence prohibited by this policy. If the complaint involves a human rights officer, the complaint shall be filed directly with the superintendent.[1]

H. The school district shall conspicuously post the name of the human rights officer(s), including mailing addresses and telephone numbers.

I. Submission of a good faith complaint or report of harassment or violence prohibited by this policy will not affect the complainant or reporter’s future employment, grades, work assignments, or educational or work environment.

J. Use of formal reporting forms is not mandatory.

K. Reports of harassment or violence prohibited by this policy are classified as private educational and/or personnel data and/or confidential investigative data and will not be disclosed except as permitted by law.

L. The school district will respect the privacy of the complainant(s), the individual(s) against whom the complaint is filed, and the witnesses as much as possible, consistent with the school district’s legal obligations to investigate, to take appropriate action, and to comply with any discovery or disclosure obligations.

M. Retaliation against a victim, good faith reporter, or a witness of violence or harassment is prohibited.

N. False accusations or reports of violence or harassment against another person are prohibited.

O. A person who engages in an act of violence or harassment, reprisal, retaliation, or false reporting of violence or harassment, or permits, condones, or tolerates violence or harassment shall be subject to discipline or other remedial responses for that act in accordance with the school district’s policies and procedures.

Consequences for students who commit, or are a party to, prohibited acts of violence or harassment or who engage in reprisal or intentional false reporting may range from remedial responses or positive behavioral interventions up to and including suspension and/or expulsion.

Consequences for employees who permit, condone, or tolerate violence or harassment or engage in an act of reprisal or intentional false reporting of violence or harassment may result in disciplinary action up to and including termination or discharge.

Consequences for other individuals engaging in prohibited acts of violence or harassment may include, but not be limited to, exclusion from school district property and events and/or termination of services and/or contracts.

V. INVESTIGATION

A. By authority of the school district, the human rights officer, within three (3) days of the receipt of a report or complaint alleging harassment or violence prohibited by this policy, shall undertake or authorize an investigation. The investigation may be conducted by school district officials or by a third party designated by the school district.

B. The investigation may consist of personal interviews with the complainant, the individual(s) against whom the complaint is filed, and others who may have knowledge of the alleged incident(s) or circumstances giving rise to the complaint. The investigation may also consist of any other methods and documents deemed pertinent by the investigator.

C. In determining whether alleged conduct constitutes a violation of this policy, the school district should consider the surrounding circumstances, the nature of the behavior, past incidents or past or continuing patterns of behavior, the relationships between the parties involved, and the context in which the alleged incidents occurred. Whether a particular action or incident constitutes a violation of this policy requires a determination based on all the facts and surrounding circumstances.

D. In addition, the school district may take immediate steps, at its discretion, to protect the target or victim, the complainant, and students, teachers, administrators, or other school district personnel pending completion of an investigation of alleged harassment or violence prohibited by this policy.

E. The alleged perpetrator of the act(s) of harassment or violence shall be allowed the opportunity to present a defense during the investigation or prior to the imposition of discipline or other remedial responses.

F. The investigation will be completed as soon as practicable. The school district human rights officer shall make a written report to the superintendent upon completion of the investigation. If the complaint involves the superintendent, the report may be filed directly with the school board. The report shall include a determination of whether the allegations have been substantiated as factual and whether they appear to be violations of this policy.

VI. SCHOOL DISTRICT ACTION

A. Upon completion of an investigation that determines a violation of this policy has occurred, the school district will take appropriate action. Such action may include, but is not limited to, warning, suspension, exclusion, expulsion, transfer, remediation, termination, or discharge. Disciplinary consequences will be sufficiently severe to try to deter violations and to appropriately discipline prohibited behavior. School district action taken for violation of this policy will be consistent with requirements of applicable collective bargaining agreements, Minnesota and federal law, and applicable school district policies and regulations.

B. The school district is not authorized to disclose to a victim private educational or personnel data regarding an alleged perpetrator who is a student or employee of the school district. School officials will notify the targets or victims and alleged perpetrators of harassment or violence, the parent(s) or guardian(s) of targets or victims of harassment or violence and the parent(s) or guardian(s) of alleged perpetrators of harassment or violence who have been involved in a reported and confirmed harassment or violence incident of the remedial or disciplinary action taken, to the extent permitted by law.

C. In order to prevent or respond to acts of harassment or violence committed by or directed against a child with a disability, the school district shall, where determined appropriate by the child’s individualized education program (IEP) or Section 504 team, allow the child’s IEP or Section 504 plan to be drafted to address the skills and proficiencies the child needs as a result of the child’s disability to allow the child to respond to or not to engage in acts of harassment or violence.

VII. RETALIATION OR REPRISAL

The school district will discipline or take appropriate action against any student, teacher, administrator, or other school district personnel who commits an act of reprisal or who retaliates against any person who asserts, alleges, or makes a good faith report of alleged harassment or violence prohibited by this policy, who testifies, assists, or participates in an investigation of retaliation or alleged harassment or violence, or who testifies, assists, or participates in a proceeding or hearing relating to such harassment or violence. Retaliation includes, but is not limited to, any form of intimidation, reprisal, harassment, or intentional disparate treatment. Disciplinary consequences will be sufficiently severe to deter violations and to appropriately discipline the individual(s) who engaged in the harassment or violence. Remedial responses to the harassment or violence shall be tailored to the particular incident and nature of the conduct.

VIII. RIGHT TO ALTERNATIVE COMPLAINT PROCEDURES

These procedures do not deny the right of any individual to pursue other avenues of recourse which may include filing charges with the Minnesota Department of Human Rights or another state or federal agency, initiating civil action, or seeking redress under state criminal statutes and/or federal law.

IX. HARASSMENT OR VIOLENCE AS ABUSE

A. Under certain circumstances, alleged harassment or violence may also be possible abuse under Minnesota law. If so, the duties of mandatory reporting under Minnesota Statutes, chapter 260E may be applicable.

B. Nothing in this policy will prohibit the school district from taking immediate action to protect victims of alleged harassment, violence, or abuse.

X. DISSEMINATION OF POLICY AND TRAINING

A. This policy shall be conspicuously posted throughout each school building in areas accessible to students and staff members.

B. This policy shall be given to each school district employee and independent contractor who regularly interacts with students at the time of initial employment with the school district.

C. This policy shall appear in the student handbook.

D. The school district will develop a method of discussing this policy with students and employees.

E. The school district may implement violence prevention and character development education programs to prevent and reduce policy violations. Such programs may offer instruction on character education including, but not limited to, character qualities such as attentiveness, truthfulness, respect for authority, diligence, gratefulness, self-discipline, patience, forgiveness, respect for others, peacemaking, resourcefulness, and/or sexual abuse prevention.

F. This policy shall be reviewed at least annually for compliance with state and federal law.

Legal References: Minn. Stat. § 120B.232 (Character Development Education)

Minn. Stat. § 120B.234 (Child Sexual Abuse Prevention Education)

Minn. Stat. § 121A.03, Subd. 2 (Sexual, Religious, and Racial Harassment and Violence Policy)

Minn. Stat. § 121A.031 (School Student Bullying Policy)

Minn. Stat. Ch. 363A (Minnesota Human Rights Act)

Minn. Stat. § 609.341 (Definitions)

Minn. Stat. Ch. 260E (Reporting of Maltreatment of Minors)

20 U.S.C. §§ 1681-1688 (Title IX of the Education Amendments of 1972)

29 U.S.C. § 621 et seq. (Age Discrimination in Employment Act)

29 U.S.C. § 794 (Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973)

42 U.S.C. § 1983 (Civil Action for Deprivation of Rights)

42 U.S.C. § 2000d et seq. (Title VI of the Civil Rights Act of 1964)

42 U.S.C. § 2000e et seq. (Title VII of the Civil Rights Act)

42 U.S.C. § 12101 et seq. (Americans with Disabilities Act)

 

Cross References: MSBA/MASA Model Policy 102 (Equal Educational Opportunity)

MSBA/MASA Model Policy 401 (Equal Employment Opportunity)

MSBA/MASA Model Policy 402 (Disability Nondiscrimination Policy)

MSBA/MASA Model Policy 403 (Discipline, Suspension, and Dismissal of School District Employees)

MSBA/MASA Model Policy 406 (Public and Private Personnel Data)

MSBA/MASA Model Policy 414 (Mandated Reporting of Child Neglect or Physical or Sexual Abuse)

MSBA/MASA Model Policy 415 (Mandated Reporting of Maltreatment of Vulnerable Adults)

MSBA/MASA Model Policy 506 (Student Discipline)

MSBA/MASA Model Policy 514 (Bullying Prohibition Policy)

MSBA/MASA Model Policy 515 (Protection and Privacy of Pupil Records)

MSBA/MASA Model Policy 521 (Student Disability Nondiscrimination)

MSBA/MASA Model Policy 522 (Title IX Sex Nondiscrimination, Grievance Procedures and Process)

MSBA/MASA Model Policy 524 (Internet Acceptable Use and Safety Policy)

MSBA/MASA Model Policy 525 (Violence Prevention)

MSBA/MASA Model Policy 526 (Hazing Prohibition)

MSBA/MASA Model Policy 528 (Student Parental, Family, and Marital Status Nondiscrimination)


[1] In some school districts the superintendent may be the human rights officer. If so, an alternative individual should be designated by the school board.

419 PUBLIC AND PRIVATE PERSONNEL DATA

Revised: February 8, 2006
Revised: November 2010

A. Purpose

The purpose of this policy is to provide guidance to school district employees as to the data the school district collects and maintains regarding its personnel.

B. General Statement of Policy

1. All data on individuals collected, created, received, maintained or disseminated by the school district, which is classified by statute or federal law as public, shall be accessible to the public pursuant to the procedures established by the school district.

2. All other data on individuals is private or confidential.

C. Definitions

1. “Public” means that the data is available to anyone who requests it.

2. “Private” means the data is available to the subject of the data and to school district staff who need it to conduct the business of the school district.

3. “Confidential” means the data is not available to the subject.

4. “Parking space leasing data” means the following government data on an application for, or lease of, a parking space: residence address, home telephone number, beginning and ending work hours, place of employment and work telephone number.

5. “Personnel data” means data on individuals collected because they are or were employees of the school district, or an individual was an applicant for employment, volunteers for the school district, or is a member of or applicant for an advisory board or commission. Personnel data include data submitted to the school district by an employee as part of an organized self-evaluation effort by the school district to request suggestions from all employees on ways to cut costs, make the school district more efficient, or to improve school district operations. An employee who is identified in a suggestion shall have access to all data in the suggestion except the identity of the employee making the suggestion.

6. “Finalist” means an individual who is selected to be interviewed by the school board for a position.

7. “Protected health information” means individually identifiable health information transmitted in electronic form by a school district acting as a health care provider. “Protected health information” excludes health information in education records covered by FERPA and employment records held by a school district in its role as employer.

D. Public Personnel Data

1. The following information on employees, including volunteer and independent contractors, is public:

a. Name;
b. Employee identification number, which may not be the employee’s social security number;

c. Actual gross salary;

d. Salary range;

e. Contract fees;

f. Actual gross pension;

g. The value and nature of employer-paid fringe benefits;

h. The basis for and the amount of any added remuneration, including expense reimbursement, in addition to salary;

i. Job title;

j. Bargaining unit;

k. Job description;

l. Education and training background;

m. Previous work experience;

n. Date of first and last employment;

o. The existence and status of any complaints or charges against the employee, regardless of whether the complaint or charge resulted in a disciplinary action;

p. The final disposition of any disciplinary action, as defined in Minn. Stat. § 13.43, Subd. 2(b), together with the specific reasons for the action and data documenting the basis of the action, excluding data that would identify confidential sources who are employees of the school district;

q. The terms of any agreement settling any dispute arising out of the employment relationship, including superintendent buyout agreements, except that the agreement must include specific reasons for the agreement if it involves the payment of more than $10,000 of public money, and such agreement may not have the purpose or effect of limiting access to or disclosure of personnel data or limiting the discussion of information or opinions related to personnel data;

r. Work location;

s. Work telephone number;

t. Badge number;

u. Honors and awards received;

v. Payroll time sheets or other comparable data that are used only to account for employee’s work time for payroll purposes, except to the extent that release of time sheet data would reveal the employee’s reasons for the use of sick or other medical leave or other not public data;
2. The following information on applicants for employment or advisory board/commission is public:

a. Veteran status;

b. Relevant test scores;

c. Rank on eligible list;

d. Job history;

e. Education and training;

f. Work availability.

3. Names of applicants are private data except when certified as eligible for appointment to a vacancy or when they become finalists for an employment position.

4. Regardless of whether there has been a final disposition as defined in Minn. Stat. § 13.43, Subd. 2(b), upon completion of an investigation of a complaint or charge against a public official, as defined in Minn. Stat. § 13.43, Subd. 2(e), or if a public official resigns or is terminated from employment while the complaint or charge is pending, all data relating to the complaint or charge are public, unless access to the data would jeopardize an active investigation or reveal confidential sources.

E. Private Personnel Data

1. All other personnel data is private and will only be shared with school district staff whose work requires such access. Private data will not be otherwise released unless authorized by law or by the employee’s informed written consent.

2. Data pertaining to an employee’s dependents are private data on individuals.

3. Data created, collected or maintained by the school district to administer employee assistance programs are private.

4. Parking space leasing data is private.

5. Personnel data may be disseminated to labor organizations to the extent the school district determines it is necessary for the labor organization to conduct its business or when ordered or authorized by the Commissioner of the Bureau of Mediation Services.

6. The school district may display a photograph of a current or former employee to prospective witnesses as part of the school district’s investigation of any complaint or charge against the employee.

7. The school district may, if the responsible authority or designee reasonably determines that the release of personnel data is necessary to protect an employee from harm to self or to protect another person who may be harmed by the employee, release data that are relevant to the concerns for safety to:

a. The person who may be harmed and to the attorney representing the person when the data are relevant to obtaining a restraining order;
b. A pre-petition screening team conducting an investigation of the employee under Minn. Stat. § 253B.07, Subd. 1; or
c. A court, law enforcement agency or prosecuting authority.

8. Private personnel data or confidential investigative data on employees may be disseminated to a law enforcement agency for the purpose of reporting a crime or alleged crime committed by an employee, or for the purpose of assisting law enforcement in the investigation of such a crime or alleged crime.

9. A complainant has access to a statement provided by the complainant to the school district in connection with a complaint or charge against an employee.

10. When allegations of sexual or other types of harassment are made against an employee, the employee shall not have access to data that would identify the complainant or other witnesses if the school district determines that the employee’s access to that data would:

a. Threaten the personal safety of the complainant or a witness; or

b. Subject the complainant or witness to harassment.

If a disciplinary proceeding is initiated against the employee, data on the complainant or witness shall be available to the employee as may be necessary for the employee to prepare for the proceeding.

11. The school district shall make any report to the board of teaching or the state board of education as required by Minn. Stat. § 122A.20, Subd. 2, and shall, upon written request from the licensing board having jurisdiction over a teacher’s license, provide the licensing board with information about the teacher from the school district’s files, any termination or disciplinary proceeding, and settlement or compromise, or any investigative file in accordance with Minn. Stat. § 122A.20, Subd. 2.

12. Private personnel data shall be disclosed to the department of economic security for the purpose of administration of the unemployment insurance program under Minn. Ch. 268.

13. When a report of alleged maltreatment of a student in a school is made to the Commissioner of the Department of Education, data that are relevant and collected by the school about the person alleged to have committed maltreatment must be provided to the Commissioner on request for purposes of an assessment or investigation of the maltreatment report.

14. The school district shall release to a requesting school district or charter school private personnel data on a current or former employee related to acts of violence toward or sexual contact with a student, if an investigation conducted by or on behalf of the school district or law enforcement affirmed the allegations in writing prior to release and the investigation resulted in the resignation of the subject of the data.

15. The identity of an employee making a suggestion as part of an organized self-evaluation effort by the school district to cut costs, make the school district more efficient, or to improve school district operations is private.

16. Health information on employees is private unless otherwise proved by law. To the extent that the school district transmits protected health information, the school district will comply with all privacy requirements.

17. Personal home contact information for employees may be used by the school district and shared with another government entity in the event of an emergency or other disruption to ensure continuity of operation for the school district or government entity.
F. Multiple Classifications

If data on individuals is classified as both private and confidential by Chap. 13, or any other state or federal law, the data is private.

G. Change in Classifications

The classification of data in the possession of the school district shall change if it is required to do so to comply with other judicial or administrative rules pertaining to the conduct of legal actions or with a specific statute applicable to the data in the possession of the disseminating or receiving agency.

H. Responsible Authority

The school district has designated the Superintendent as the authority responsible for personnel data. If you have any questions, contact him/her at 218-897-5275.

I. Employee Authorization/Release Form

An Employee Authorization For Release of Information form is included in the appendix.

420 WORK-RELATED INJURIES; CONTINUED EMPLOYMENT IN TEMPORARY DUTY ASSIGNMENT IN OTHER AVAILABLE POSITIONS

A. Purpose

The purpose of this policy is to allow for continued employment either in temporary duty assignments or in other available positions of existing employees who have been injured during the regular course of their employment.

B. General Statement of Policy

This policy covers all full and part-time employees, including those in collective bargaining units with exclusive representatives, unless provided otherwise in an applicable collective bargaining agreement.

C. Temporary Duty Assignments

An employee who temporarily is unable to perform the essential functions of his/her job because of a work-related injury and whose medical condition will not allow the employee to return to regular duties within a reasonable period of time, may be assigned temporary duties. Any temporary duty assignment must comply with the restrictions set forth by a medical physician.

1. When a temporary duty is assigned, the district administration and/or the employee’s immediate supervisor will make the assignment based upon physical restrictions, work experience, knowledge and skills of the employee, and the needs of the district. A temporary duty assignment may or may not be a full-time assignment.

2. A temporary duty assignment will not be made without written approval from the treating physician. The treating physician will review the physical requirements of the temporary duty assignment to ensure that it is within the employee’s physical limitations. Modifications to the temporary duty assignment may be made by the district to ensure compliance with the physician’s restrictions.

3. If there is a change to the employee’s physical condition and/or restrictions, the change must be supported, in writing, by the treating physician. The change must be reported to all parties involved, including the employee’s immediate supervisor. The change in the employee’s physical condition and/or restrictions may lead to modifications of the employee’s temporary duty assignment following the process outlined above for an initial assignment.

4. Temporary duty assignments are not permanent positions. They generally will not exceed 30 days. Extensions of temporary assignments beyond 30 days may be given at the discretion of the district with input from the treating physician. Any extensions will follow the criteria outlined in this policy.

5. Any temporary duty assignment for an employee may be withdrawn during the course of the assignment if it is determined that, even with reasonable accommodation(s), the employee will be unable to perform the essential functions of the employee’s position at the time of the work-related injury. Alternative options will be reviewed at such a time.

6. This policy shall not be construed or interpreted to mean that any employee has a right to a temporary duty assignment or that the district is compelled to assign an individual to a temporary duty assignment.

D. Continued Employment in an Available Position.

The district will not, without reasonable cause, refuse to offer continued employment to an employee with a work-related injury when employment is available within the employee’s physical limitations.

1. In determining the availability of employment, written rules promulgated by the district with respect to seniority or the provisions of any collective bargaining agreement will govern.

2. Any employee injured during the regular course of employment who later accepts an offer of continued employment with the district in another available position ends his/her employment in the former position and in any contingent temporary duty assignments.

421 ACCIDENT REPORTS

Revised: Feb. 11, 2005

The board of education recognizes its responsibility for keeping accurate records of all accidents that happen to students/visitors and employees within the student day or during school sponsored activities. Thus, all accidents will be reported on the appropriate forms which are available from the school nurse for students/visitors or from the school secretary for students/visitors or employees. The completed forms will be submitted immediately to the principal’s office and forwarded to the school secretary. It is the secretary’s responsibility to see that the superintendent receives a copy of all accident reports. (See the appendix for the Student or Visitor Accident Report form).

422 FIRST AID POLICY

Revised: May 14, 2008

The board adopts the following guidelines for its employees when they find it necessary to administer first aid.

1. The employee is protected under the Good Samaritan Law, MS. 604A..01, when acting in good faith and in the exercise of reasonable care while administering first aid.

2. In serious cases, where treatment is extremely urgent, the physician and parent will be called immediately by the principal’s office. If necessary, an ambulance will be requested for transportation. Examples of serious cases include the following: unconsciousness, prolonged vomiting, convulsions, severe abdominal pain, severe hemorrhages, fractures, and severe head and back injuries. Accidents of this severity will be reported in accordance with Policy 421: Accident Reports.

3. The responsibility for follow-up care after first aid has been given resides with the principal’s office. They will contact parents and/or physician. Parents or their designated representative will be expected to pick up the child shortly after they are contacted if it is necessary for the child to leave school.

423 STUDENTS AND EMPLOYEES WITH SEXUALLY TRANSMITTED INFECTIONS AND DISEASES AND CERTAIN OTHER COMMUNICABLE DISEASES AND INFECTIOUS CONDITIONS

Replacement Policy: June 11, 2008

A. Purpose

Public concern that students and staff of the school district be able to attend the schools of the district without becoming infected with serious communicable or infectious diseases, including but not limited to, Human Immunodeficiency Virus (HIV), Acquired Immunodeficiency Syndrome (AIDS), Hepatitis B, and Tuberculosis, requires that the school board adopt measures effectively responding to health concerns while respecting the rights of all students, employees, and contractors, including those who are so infected. The purpose of this policy is to adopt such measures.

B. General Statement of Policy

1. Students

It is the policy of the school board that students with communicable diseases not be excluded from attending school in their usual daily attendance setting so long as their health permits and their attendance does not create a significant risk of the transmission of illness to students or employees of the school district. A procedure for minimizing interruptions to learning resulting from communicable diseases will be established by the school district in its IEP and Section 504 team process, if applicable, and in consultation with community health and private health care providers. Procedures for the inclusion of students with communicable diseases will include any applicable educational team planning processes, including the review of the educational implications for the student and others with whom the student comes into contact.

2. Employees

It is the policy of the school board that employees with communicable diseases not be excluded from attending to their customary employment so long as they are physically, mentally and emotionally able to safely perform tasks assigned to them and so long as their employment does not create a significant risk of the transmission of illness to students, employees, or others in the school district. If a reasonable accommodation will eliminate the significant risk of transmission, such accommodation will be undertaken unless it poses an undue hardship to the school district.

3. Circumstances and Conditions

a. Determinations of whether a contagious individual’s school attendance or job performance creates a significant risk of the transmission of the illness to students or employees of the school district will be made on a case by case basis. Such decisions will be based upon the nature of the risk (how it is transmitted), the duration of the risk (how long the carrier is infectious), the severity of the risk (what is the potential harm to third parties) and the probabilities the disease will be transmitted and will cause varying degrees of harm. When a student is disabled, such a determination will be made in consultation with the educational planning team.

b. The school board recognizes that some students and some employees, because of special circumstances and conditions, may pose greater risks for the transmission of infectious conditions than other persons infected with the same illness. Examples include students who display biting behavior, students or employees who are unable to control their bodily fluids, who have oozing skin lesions or who have severe disorders which result in spontaneous external bleeding. These conditions need to be taken into account and considered in assessing the risk of transmission of the disease and the resulting effect upon the educational program of the student or employment of the employee by consulting with the Commissioner of Health, the physician of the student or employee, and the parent(s)/guardian(s) of the student.

4. Students with Special Circumstances and Conditions

The South Koochiching-Rainy River School District, along with the infected individual’s physician, the infected individual or parent(s)/guardian(s), and others, if appropriate, will weigh risks and benefits to the student and to others, consider the least restrictive appropriate educational placement, and arrange for periodic reevaluation as deemed necessary by the state epidemiologist. The risks to the student shall be determined by the student’s physician.

5. Extracurricular Student Participation

Student participation in nonacademic, extracurricular and non-educational programs of the school district are subject to a requirement of equal access and comparable services.

6. Precautions

The school district will develop routine procedures for infection control at school and for educating employees about these procedures. The procedures shall be developed through cooperation with health professionals taking into consideration any guidelines of the Minnesota Department of Education and the Minnesota Department of Health. (These precautionary procedures shall be consistent with the school district’s procedures regarding blood-borne pathogens developed pursuant to the school district’s employee right to know policy.)

7. Information Sharing

a. Employee and student health information shall be shared within the school district only with those whose jobs require such information and with those who have a legitimate educational interest (including health and safety) in such information and shall be shared only to the extent required to accomplish legitimate educational goals and to comply with employees’ right to know requirements.

b. Employee and student health data shall be shared outside the school district only in accordance with state and federal law and with the school district’s policies on employee and student records and data.

8. Reporting

If a medical condition of student or staff threatens public health, it must be reported to the Commissioner of Health.

9. Prevention

The school district shall, with the assistance of the Commissioners of Health and Education, implement a program to prevent and reduce the risk of sexually transmitted diseases in accordance with Minn. Stat. § 121A.23 which includes:

a. planning materials, guidelines, and other technically accurate and updated information;

b. a comprehensive, developmentally appropriate, technically accurate, and updated curriculum that includes helping students to abstain from sexual activity until marriage;

c. cooperation and coordination among school districts and Service Cooperatives;

d. a targeting of adolescents, especially those who may be at high risk of contracting sexually transmitted diseases and infections, for prevention efforts;

e. involvement of parents and other community members;

f. in-service training for district staff and school board members;

g. collaboration with state agencies and organizations having a sexually transmitted infection and disease prevention or sexually transmitted infection and disease risk reduction program;

h. collaboration with local community health services, agencies and organizations having a sexually transmitted infection and disease risk reduction program; and

i. participation by state and local student organizations.

j. The program must be consistent with the health and wellness curriculum.

k. The school district may accept funds for sexually transmitted infection and disease prevention programs developed and implemented under this section from public and private sources including public health funds and foundations, department professional development funds, federal block grants or other federal or state grants.

10. Vaccination and Screening

The school district will develop procedures regarding the administration of Hepatitis B vaccinations and Tuberculosis screenings in keeping with current state and federal law.

424 INOCULATION OF STUDENTS

Immunization clinics may be permitted by the board under the following conditions:

1. All clinics shall receive prior administrative approval.

2. The County Public Health Nurse shall administer all school sponsored immunization clinics.

3. No inoculations or skin tests shall be given without parental permission registered by the parent’s signature.

4. The school will keep a record of the student’s immunizations throughout their school career as part of their health record.

Orig. 1995
Rev. 2024

425      STUDENT MEDICATION AND TELEHEALTH

[NOTE: The necessary provisions for complying with Minnesota Statutes, sections 121A.22, Administration of Drugs and Medicine, 121A.221, Possession and Use of Asthma Inhalers by Asthmatic Students, and 121A.222, Possession and Use of Nonprescription Pain Relievers by Secondary Students are included in this policy.  The statutes do not regulate administration of drugs and medicine for students aged 18 and over or other nonprescription medications.   Please note that section 121A.22 does not require school districts to apply the administration of medication rule to drugs or medicine used off school grounds, drugs or medicines used in connection with athletics or extra-curricular activities, and drugs and medicines that are used in connection with activities that occur before or after the regular school day.]

  1.          PURPOSE

The purpose of this policy is to set forth the provisions that must be followed when administering nonemergency prescription medication to students at school.

  1.        GENERAL STATEMENT OF POLICY

The school district acknowledges that some students may require prescribed drugs or medication or telehealth during the school day.  The school district’s licensed school nurse, trained health clerk, principal, or teacher will administer prescribed medications, except any form of medical cannabis, in accordance with law and school district procedures. 

III.       DRUG AND MEDICATION REQUIREMENTS

[NOTE: The June 2024 Model Policy 516 revisions include insertion of headings and rearrangement of paragraphs so that similar content is grouped together. School boards can choose whether to make these revisions.]

  1.        Administration of Drugs and Medicine
  2.         The administration of medication or drugs at school requires a completed signed request from the student’s parent.  An oral request must be reduced to writing within two school days, provided that the school district may rely on an oral request until a written request is received.
  3.      Drugs and medicine subject to Minnesota Statutes, 121A.22 must be administered, to the extent possible, according to school board procedures that must be developed in consultation with:
  4.         with a licensed nurse, in a district that employs a licensed nurse under Minnesota Statutes, section 148.171;
  5.         with a licensed school nurse, in a district that employs a licensed school nurse licensed under Minnesota Rules, part 8710.6100;
  6.      with a public or private health-related organization, in a district that contracts with a public or private health or health-related organization, according to Minnesota Statutes, 121A.21; or
  7.       with the appropriate party, in a district that has an arrangement approved by the Commissioner of the Minnesota Department of Education, according to Minnesota Statutes, 121A.21.

 

[NOTE: Paragraph III.A.2 had appeared in a different spot in previous versions of this model policy.   In June 2024, the paragraph is located here and is updated to reflect 2024 legislative changes.]

  1.         Exclusions

[Note:  The provisions of III.A.3 are optional. The school board may choose to include or exclude any of the provisions specified. These exclusions appeared in previous versions of this model policy.]

The provisions on administration of drugs and medicine above do not apply to drugs or medicine that are:

  1.         purchased without a prescription;
  2.         used by a pupil who is 18 years old or older;
  3.         used in connection with services for which a minor may give effective consent;
  4.         used in situations in which, in the judgment of the school personnel, including a licensed nurse, who are present or available, the risk to the pupil’s life or health is of such a nature that drugs or medicine should be given without delay;
  5.         used off the school grounds;
  6.          used in connection with athletics or extracurricular activities;
  7.         used in connection with activities that occur before or after the regular school day;
  8.        provided or administered by a public health agency to prevent or control an illness or a disease outbreak as provided under Minnesota law;
  9.          prescription asthma or reactive airway disease medications can be self-administered by a student with an asthma inhaler if:
  10.         the school district has received a written authorization each school year from the pupil’s parent permitting the student to self-administer the medication;
  11.         the inhaler is properly labeled for that student; and
  12.         the parent has not requested school personnel to administer the medication to the student.

In a school that does not have a school nurse or school nursing services, the student’s parent or guardian must submit written verification from the prescribing professional which documents that an assessment of the student’s knowledge and skills to safely possess and use an asthma inhaler in a school setting has been completed.

If the school district employs a school nurse or provides school nursing services under another arrangement, the school nurse or other appropriate party must assess the student’s knowledge and skills to safely possess and use an asthma inhaler in a school setting and enter into the student’s school health record a plan to implement safe possession and use of asthma inhalers.

  1.          epinephrine auto-injectors, consistent with Minnesota Statutes, section 121A.2205, if the parent and prescribing medical professional annually inform the pupil’s school in writing that
  2.         the pupil may possess the epinephrine or 
  3.        the pupil is unable to possess the epinephrine and requires immediate access to epinephrine auto-injectors that the parent provides properly labeled to the school for the pupil as needed.
  4.      For the purposes of Minnesota Statutes, 121A.22, special health treatments and health functions, such as catheterization, tracheostomy suctioning, and gastrostomy feedings, do not constitute administration of drugs or medicine.
  5.          Emergency health procedures, including emergency administration of drugs and medicine are not subject to this policy.
  6.    Prescription Medication
  7.       An “Administrating Prescription Medications” form must be completed annually (once per school year) and/or when a change in the prescription or requirements for administration occurs.  Prescription medication as used in this policy does not include any form of medical cannabis as defined in Minnesota Statutes, section 152.22, subdivision 6.
  8.         Prescription medication must come to school in the original container labeled for the student by a pharmacist in accordance with law and must be administered in a manner consistent with the instructions on the label.
  9.         The school nurse may request to receive further information about the prescription, if needed, prior to administration of the substance.
  10.         Prescription medications are not to be carried by the student, but will be left with the appropriate school district personnel.   Exceptions to this requirement are: prescription asthma medications self-administered with an inhaler (See Paragraph III.A.3(i) above), and medications administered as noted in a written agreement between the school district and the parent or as specified in an IEP (individualized education program), Section 504 plan, or IHP (individual health plan).
  11.         The school must be notified immediately by the parent or student 18 years old or older in writing of any change in the student’s prescription medication administration. A new medical authorization or container label with new pharmacy instructions shall be required immediately as well.
  12.    The school nurse, or other designated person, shall be responsible for the filing of the Administering Prescription Medications form in the health records section of the student file.  The school nurse, or other designated person, shall be responsible for providing a copy of such form to the principal and to other personnel designated to administer the medication
  13.      or drugs or medicine used by children with a disability, administration may be as provided in the IEP, Section 504 plan or IHP.

[NOTE: This paragraph is moved to Paragraph III.A.3 above, where it is updated to reflect 2024 legislative changes.]

 

   If the administration of a drug or medication described in this section requires the school district to store the drug or medication, the parent or legal guardian must inform the school if the drug or medication is a controlled substance. For a drug or medication that is not a controlled substance, the request must include a provision designating the school district as an authorized entity to transport the drug or medication for the purpose of destruction if any unused drug or medication remains in the possession of school personnel. For a drug or medication that is a controlled substance, the request must specify that the parent or legal guardian is required to retrieve the drug or controlled substance when requested by the school.

[NOTE: Starting in June 2024, the exceptions appear under Article III.A.3 above.]

  1.        Nonprescription Medication 

         A secondary student may possess and use nonprescription pain relief in a manner consistent with the labeling, if the school district has received written authorization from the student’s parent or guardian permitting the student to self-administer the medication.  The parent or guardian must submit written authorization for the student to self-administer the medication each school year.  The school district may revoke a student’s privilege to possess and use nonprescription pain relievers if the school district determines that the student is abusing the privilege.  This provision does not apply to the possession or use of any drug or product containing ephedrine or pseudoephedrine as its sole active ingredient or as one of its active ingredients.  Except as stated in this paragraph, only prescription medications are governed by this policy. 

[NOTE:  School districts should consult with licensed medical and nursing personnel to address whether nonprescription medications will be allowed at elementary schools and whether and under what conditions school personnel will participate in storing or administering nonprescription medications.]

  1.          Possession and Use of Epinephrine Injectors

At the start of each school year or at the time a student enrolls in school, whichever is first, a student’s parent, school staff, including those responsible for student health care, and the prescribing medical professional must develop and implement an individualized written health plan for a student who is prescribed epinephrine auto-injectors that enables the student to:

  1.        possess epinephrine auto-injectors; or
  2.     if the parent and prescribing medical professional determine the student is unable to possess the epinephrine, have immediate access to                   epinephrine auto-injectors in close proximity to the student at all times during the instructional day.

For the purposes of this policy, “instructional day” is defined as eight hours for each student contact day.

[NOTE: Minnesota law states that “the school board of the school district must define instructional day for the purposes of Minnesota Statutes, 121A.2205.” A sample definition appears above. School districts can create a definition that fits their circumstances.]

The plan must designate the school staff responsible for implementing the student’s health plan, including recognizing anaphylaxis and administering epinephrine auto-injectors when required, consistent with state law.  This health plan may be included in a student’s Section 504 plan.

Districts and schools may obtain and possess epinephrine auto-injectors to be maintained and administered by school personnel, including a licensed nurse, to a student or other individual if, in good faith, it is determined that person is experiencing anaphylaxis regardless of whether the student or other individual has a prescription for an epinephrine auto-injector.  The administration of an epinephrine auto-injector in accordance with Minnesota Statutes, section 121A.2207 is not the practice of medicine.

Effective July 1, 2024, registered nurses may administer epinephrine auto-injectors in a school setting according to a condition-specific protocol as authorized under Minnesota Statutes, section 148.235, subdivision 8. Notwithstanding any limitation in Minnesota Statutes, sections 148.171 to 148.285, licensed practical nurses may administer epinephrine auto-injectors in a school setting according to a condition-specific protocol that does not reference a specific patient and that specifies the circumstances under which the epinephrine auto-injector is to be administered, when caring for a patient whose condition falls within the protocol.

[NOTE: The paragraph above was signed into law in May 2024. It is new model policy language.]

A district or school may enter into arrangements with manufacturers of epinephrine auto-injectors to obtain epinephrine auto-injectors at fair-market, free, or reduced prices.  A third party, other than a manufacturer or supplier, may pay for a school’s supply of epinephrine auto-injectors.

  1.    Sunscreen

A student may possess and apply a topical sunscreen product during the school day while on school property or at a school-sponsored event without a prescription, physician’s note, or other documentation from a licensed health care professional.  School personnel are not required to provide sunscreen or assist students in applying sunscreen.

  1.    Procedure regarding unclaimed drugs or medications 
  2.  The school district has adopted the following procedure for the collection and transport of any unclaimed or abandoned prescription drugs or medications remaining in the possession of school personnel in accordance with this policy. Before the transportation of any prescription drug or medication under this policy, the school district shall make a reasonable attempt to return the unused prescription drug or medication to the student’s parent or legal guardian. Transportation of unclaimed or unused prescription drugs or medications will occur at least annually, but may occur more frequently at the discretion of the school district.
  3.  If the unclaimed or abandoned prescription drug is not a controlled substance as defined under Minnesota Statutes, section 152.01, subdivision 4, or is an over-the-counter medication, the school district will either designate an individual who shall be responsible for transporting the drug or medication to a designated drop-off box or collection site or request that a law enforcement agency transport the drug or medication to a drop-off box or collection site on behalf of the school district.
  4.  If the unclaimed or abandoned prescription drug is a controlled substance as defined in Minnesota Statutes, section 152.01, subdivision 4, the school district or school personnel is prohibited from transporting the prescription drug to a drop-off box or collection site for prescription drugs identified under this paragraph. The school district must request that a law enforcement agency transport the prescription drug or medication to a collection bin that complies with Drug Enforcement Agency regulations, or if a site is not available, under the agency’s procedure for transporting drugs.
  5.       ACCESS TO SPACE FOR MENTAL HEALTH CARE THROUGH TELEHEALTH
  1.        Beginning October 1, 2024, to the extent space is available, the school district must provide an enrolled secondary school student with access during regular school hours, and to the extent staff is available, before or after the school day on days when students receive instruction at school, to space at the school site that a student may use to receive mental health care through telehealth from a student’s licensed mental health provider. A secondary school must develop a plan with procedures to receive requests for access to the space.
  1.        The space must provide a student privacy to receive mental health care.
  1.        A student may use a school-issued device to receive mental health care through telehealth if such use is consistent with the district or school policy governing acceptable use of the school-issued device.
  1.        A school may require a student requesting access to space under this section to submit to the school a signed and dated consent from the student’s parent or guardian, or from the student if the student is age 16 or older, authorizing the student’s licensed mental health provider to release information from the student’s health record that is requested by the school to confirm the student is currently receiving mental health care from the provider. Such a consent is valid for the school year in which it is submitted.

[NOTE: The Minnesota legislature enacted Article IV in the spring 2024.]

Legal References:      Minn. Stat. § 13.32 (Educational Data)

Minn. Stat. § 121A.21 (School Health Services)

Minn. Stat. § 121A.216 (Access to Space for Mental Health Care through Telehealth)

Minn. Stat. § 121A.22 (Administration of Drugs and Medicine)

Minn. Stat. § 121A.2205 (Possession and Use of Epinephrine Auto-Injectors; Model Policy)

Minn. Stat. § 121A.2207 (Life-Threatening Allergies in Schools; Stock Supply of Epinephrine Auto-Injectors)

Minn. Stat. § 121A.221 (Possession and Use of Asthma Inhalers by Asthmatic Students)

Minn. Stat. § 121A.222 (Possession and Use of Nonprescription Pain Relievers by Secondary Students)

Minn. Stat. § 121A.223 (Possession and Use of Sunscreen)

Minn. Stat. § 148.171 (Definitions; Title)

Minn. Stat. § 151.212 (Label of Prescription Drug Containers

Minn. Stat. § 152.01 (Definitions)

Minn. Stat. § 152.22 (Definitions)

Minn. Stat. § 152.23 (Limitations)

Minn. Rule 8710.6100 (School Nurse)

20 U.S.C. § 1400 et seq. (Individuals with Disabilities Education Act)

29 U.S.C. § 794 et seq. (Rehabilitation Act of 1973, § 504)

Cross References:      MSBA/MASA Model Policy 418 (Drug-Free Workplace/Drug-Free School)

Orig. 2023
Rev. June 2023                                                                                 

425.5       OVERDOSE MEDICATION

 [Note: The 2023 Minnesota legislature enacted legislation requiring school districts to maintain a supply of opiate antagonists.  School districts and their employees are legally permitted to purchase, store, and administer Naloxone (Narcan) in response to an opiate overdose in schools and those who do assist with such administration are immune from civil liability as well as exempt from criminal prosecution from possession, use, etc. of medication.  The provisions of this policy outline the requirements of the law with respect to the use of Naloxone (Narcan) in schools.]

I.         PURPOSE

As a means of enhancing the health and safety of its students, staff and visitors, the school district will acquire, administer, and store doses of an opiate antagonist, specifically Naloxone (Narcan)[i], and administration devices or kits for emergency use to assist a student, staff member, or other individual believed or suspected to be experiencing an opioid overdose on school district property during the school day or at school district activities.

II.        GENERAL STATEMENT OF POLICY

The school board authorizes school district administration to obtain and possess opioid overdose reversal medication, such as Naloxone, to be maintained and administered to a student or other individual by trained school staff if the staff member determines in good faith that the person to whom the medication is administered is experiencing an opioid overdose.  Authorization for obtaining, possessing and administering Naloxone or similar permissible medications under this policy are contingent upon: 1) the continued validity of state and federal law that permit a person who is not a healthcare professional to dispense an opiate antagonist to the school district and its employees by law; 2) that the school district and its staff are immune from criminal prosecution and not otherwise liable for civil damages for administering the opiate antagonist to another person who the staff member believes in good faith to be suffering from a drug overdose; and 3) the availability of funding either from outside sources or as approved by the school board to obtain and administer opioid overdose reversal medication. 

III.      DEFINITIONS

A.         “Drug-related overdose” means an acute condition, including mania, hysteria, extreme physical illness, respiratory depression or coma, resulting from the consumption or use of a controlled substance, or another substance with which a controlled substance was combined, and that a layperson would reasonably believe to be a drug overdose that requires immediate medical assistance.

B.         “Naloxone Coordinator” is a school district staff person or administrator appointed to monitor adherence to protocols outlined in this policy and referenced procedures.  The Naloxone Coordinator is responsible for building-level administration and management of Opiate Antagonist medications and supplies.  The school district’s Naloxone Coordinator is [insert title of staff person appointed as coordinator].

C.         “Opiate” means any dangerous substance having an addiction forming or addiction sustaining liability similar to morphine or being capable of conversion into a drug having such addiction forming or addiction sustaining liability.

D.         “Opiate Antagonist” means naloxone hydrochloride (“Naloxone”) or any similarly acting drug approved by the federal Food and Drug Administration for the treatment of a drug overdose.

E.         “Standing Order” means directions from the school district’s medical provider that sets forth how to house and administer Naloxone or other Opiate Antagonist medications to students, staff members or other individuals believed or suspected to be experiencing an opioid overdose.  This Standing Order should include the following information:

1.         Administration type

2.         Dosage

3.         Date of issuance 

4.            Signature of the authorized provider

IV. GENERAL STATEMENT OF POLICY AND RESPONSIBILITIES

A.         The school district must maintain a supply of opiate antagonists at each school site to be administered in compliance with Minnesota law. Each school building must have two doses of nasal naloxone available on-site.

[Note: The Minnesota Department of Education offered guidance regarding the meaning of “school site.” If a school site includes multiple buildings, the two-dose requirement applies to buildings used for instruction. It does not apply to administrative buildings, facility buildings, ice arenas, and similar buildings not used for instruction.]

B.     A licensed physician, a licensed advanced practice registered nurse authorized to prescribe drugs pursuant to Minnesota Statutes, section 148.235, or a licensed physician assistant may authorize a nurse or other personnel employed by, or under contract with, a public school may be authorized to administer opiate antagonists as defined under Minnesota Statutes, section 604A.04, subdivision 1.

C.        A licensed practical nurse is authorized to possess and administer an opiate antagonist in a school setting notwithstanding Minnesota Statutes, 148.235, subdivisions 8 and 9.

D.         District Collaborative Planning and Implementation Team

To the extent Naloxone is obtained for use consistent with this policy, the school district will establish a district-wide collaborative planning and implementation team (“District Planning Team”) who will oversee the general development and operations related to the use of opiate antagonist Naloxone and regularly report to the school board as to its activities. 

1.         The District Planning Team will include the Naloxone Coordinator and may include the superintendent (or designee), school nurse, public health experts, first responders, student or family representatives, and community partners who will be assigned to the Team by the superintendent or designee or solicited as volunteers by the superintendent. 

2.         The District Planning Team, through the Naloxone Coordinator, will obtain a protocol or Standing Order from a licensed medical prescriber for the use of Naloxone or other Opiate Antagonist by school district staff in all school facilities and activities and will update or renew the protocol or Standing Order annually or as otherwise required.  A copy of the protocol or Standing Order will be maintained in the office of the Naloxone Coordinator.

3.         The District Planning Team will develop district-wide guidelines and procedures and determine the form(s) of Naloxone to be used within the school district (nasal, auto injector, manual injector) and the method and manner of arranging for the financing and purchasing, storage and use of Naloxone to be approved by the school board.  Once approved by the school board, these guidelines and procedures will be attached and incorporated into this policy.  At a minimum, these guidelines and procedures will:

a.         Ensure that when Naloxone is administered, school district employees must activate the community emergency response system (911) to ensure additional medical support due to the limited temporary effect of Naloxone and the continued need of recipients of additional medical care;

b.         Require school district employees to contact a school district healthcare professional to obtain medical assistance for the recipient of the Naloxone, if possible, pending arrival of emergency personnel;

c.         Direct school district employees to make immediate attempts to determine if the recipient is a minor and, if so, locate the identity of the parent or guardian of the minor and ensure contact with that parent or guardian is made as soon as possible after administration of the Naloxone for the purpose of informing the parent or guardian of the actions that have been taken; and

d.         Require school district staff to inform the building administrator or other administrator overseeing an event or activity of the administration of Naloxone, as well as the Naloxone Coordinator, after taking necessary immediate emergency steps. 

4.     The District Planning Team will determine the type and method of annual training, identify staff members at each school site to be trained and coordinate the implementation of the training with the assistance of the Naloxone Coordinator.

E.         Site Planning Teams

1.       In consultation with the District Planning Team, the administrator at each school site may establish, in the manner the superintendent or Naloxone Coordinator deems appropriate, a Site Planning Team within the school site.

2.   The Site Planning Team will be responsible for the coordination and implementation of this policy, district-wide guidelines and procedures within the school site and will develop and implement any specific guidelines and procedure for the storage and use of Naloxone within the school site in a manner consistent with this policy and district wide procedures and guidelines. 

F.         School District Staff

School district staff members will be responsible for attending all required training pertaining to the policy, procedures and guidelines for the storage and use of Naloxone and performing any assigned responsibilities pursuant to the guidelines and procedures.

V.         NALOXONE STORAGE

A.         The Site Planning Team will select numerous Naloxone storage locations within the school site and outside the school site when activities are conducted off school grounds (i.e., transportation services, field trips, etc.).  

 

[Note: School districts may decide that Naloxone will not be sent on field trips, transportation or activities that occur outside of the typical school day or off school property and may modify this statement accordingly.  If Naloxone is provided during these auxiliary activities, schools should ensure that it is only provided if there is an available trained staff member to administer it and that the medication can be safely and legally stored and transported.]

B.         The selected storage locations of Naloxone will be classified as non-public “security information” as the school board has determined that the disclosure of this data to the general public would be likely to substantially jeopardize the security of the medication that could be subject to theft, tampering, and improper use.  Therefore, the identity of the storage locations will be shared only with those school district staff members whom the District Planning Team or Site Team have determined need access to this information to aid public health and safety as determined in the procedures and guidelines.

C.         Stock Naloxone will be clearly labeled, monitored for expiration dates, and stored in a secured location that is accessible by trained staff as set forth in paragraph V.B. 

VI.       Privacy Protections

The school district will maintain the privacy of students and staff related to the administration of Naloxone as required by law.

Legal References:      Minn. Stat. § 13.32 (Educational Data)

Minn. Stat. § 13.43 (Personnel Data)

Minn. Stat. § 13.37 (General Nonpublic Data)

Minn. Stat. § 121A.21 (School Health Services)

Minn. Stat. § 121A.22 (Administration of Drugs and Medicine)

Minn. Stat. § 144.344 (Emergency Treatment)

Minn. Stat. § 151.37 (Legend Drugs; Who May Prescribe, Possess)

Minn. Stat. § 152.01 (Definitions)

Minn. Stat. § 152.02 (Schedules of Controlled Substances)

Minn. Stat. § 152.212 (Labeling of Prescription Drug Containers)

Minn. Stat. § 604A.01 (Good Samaritan Law)

Minn. Stat. § 604A.015 (School Bus Driver Immunity from Liability)

Minn. Stat. § 604A.04 (Good Samaritan Overdose Prevention)

Minn. Stat. § 604A.05 (Good Samaritan Overdose Medical Assistance)

Minn. R. Pt. 6800.4220 (Schedule II Controlled Substances)

20 U.S.C. § 1232g (Family Educational and Privacy Rights)

 

Cross Reference:        MSBA/MASA Model Policy 516 (Student Medication)

Minnesota Department of Health Toolkit on the Administration of Naloxone


[i] Naloxone is the medication that reverses an opioid overdose.   Narcan® is the brand name for the internasal applicator (nasal spray) form of naloxone.  Naloxone usually refers to an intermuscular (IN+M) naloxone form that comes in a vial and is administered with a syringe, normally dispensed as an “IM kit.”

Orig. 1995
Rev. 2024

428     DRUG-FREE WORKPLACE/DRUG-FREE SCHOOL

[Note: School districts are required by statute to have a policy addressing these issues.]

I.         PURPOSE

The purpose of this policy is to maintain a safe and healthful environment for employees and students by prohibiting the use of alcohol, toxic substances, medical cannabis, nonintoxicating cannabinoids, edible cannabinoid products, and controlled substances without a physician’s prescription.

II.        GENERAL STATEMENT OF POLICY

A.        Use or possession of alcohol, toxic substances, medical cannabis, nonintoxicating cannabinoids, edible cannabinoid products, and controlled substances before, during, or after school hours, at school or in any other school location, is prohibited as general policy.   Paraphernalia associated with controlled substances is prohibited.

B.        A violation of this policy occurs when any student, teacher, administrator, other school district personnel, or member of the public uses or possesses alcohol, toxic substances, medical cannabis, nonintoxicating cannabinoids, edible cannabinoid products, or controlled substances in any school location.

C.         An individual may not use or possess cannabis flower, cannabis products, lower-potency hemp edibles, or hemp-derived consumer products in a public school, as defined in Minnesota Statutes, section 120A.05, subdivisions 9, 11, and 13, including all facilities, whether owned, rented, or leased, and all vehicles that the school district owns, leases, rents, contracts for, or controls.

D.         The school district will act to enforce this policy and to discipline or take appropriate action against any student, teacher, administrator, school personnel, or member of the public who violates this policy.

III.      DEFINITIONS

A.         “Alcohol” includes any alcoholic beverage containing more than one-half of one percent alcohol by volume.

B.     “Controlled substances” include narcotic drugs, hallucinogenic drugs, amphetamines, barbiturates, marijuana, anabolic steroids, or any other controlled substance as defined in Schedules I through V of the Controlled Substances Act, 21 United States Code, section 812, including analogues and look-alike drugs.

C.        “Edible cannabinoid product” means any product that is intended to be eaten or consumed as a beverage by humans, contains a cannabinoid in combination with food ingredients, and is not a drug.

D.       “Nonintoxicating cannabinoid” means substances extracted from certified hemp plants that do not produce intoxicating effects when consumed by injection, inhalation, ingestion, or by any other immediate means.

E.       “Medical cannabis” means any species of the genus cannabis plant, or any mixture or preparation of them, including whole plant extracts and resins, and is delivered in the form of: (1) liquid, including, but not limited to, oil; (2) pill; (3) vaporized delivery method with use of liquid or oil but which does not require the use of dried leaves or plant form; (4) combustion with use of dried raw cannabis; or (5) any other method approved by the Commissioner of the Minnesota Department of Health (“Commissioner”).

F.         “Possess” means to have on one’s person, in one’s effects, or in an area subject to one’s control.

G.         “School location” includes any school building or on any school premises; in any school-owned vehicle or in any other school-approved vehicle used to transport students to and from school or school activities; off school property at any school-sponsored or school-approved activity, event, or function, such as a field trip or athletic event, where students are under the jurisdiction of the school district; or during any period of time such employee is supervising students on behalf of the school district or otherwise engaged in school district business.

H.         “Sell” means to sell, give away, barter, deliver, exchange, distribute or dispose of to another, or to manufacture; or to offer or agree to perform such an act, or to possess with intent to perform such an act. 

I.         “Toxic substances” includes: (1) glue, cement, aerosol paint, containing toluene, benzene, xylene, amyl nitrate, butyl nitrate, nitrous oxide, or containing other aromatic hydrocarbon solvents, but does not include glue, cement, or paint contained in a packaged kit for the construction of a model automobile, airplane, or similar item; (2) butane or a butane lighter; or (3) any similar substance declared to be toxic to the central nervous system and to have a potential for abuse, by a rule adopted by the Commissioner.

I.         “Use” means to sell, buy, manufacture, distribute, dispense, be under the influence of, or consume in any manner, including, but not limited to, consumption by injection, inhalation, ingestion, or by any other immediate means. 

IV.       EXCEPTIONS

A.      A violation of this policy does not occur when a person brings onto a school location, for such person’s own use, a controlled substance, except medical cannabis, nonintoxicating cannabinoids, or edible cannabinoid products, which has a currently accepted medical use in treatment in the United States and the person has a physician’s prescription for the substance.  The person shall comply with the relevant procedures of this policy.

B.       A violation of this policy does not occur when a person possesses an alcoholic beverage in a school location when the possession is within the exceptions of Minnesota Statutes, section 624.701, subdivision 1a (experiments in laboratories; pursuant to a temporary license to sell liquor issued under Minnesota laws or possession after the purchase from such a temporary license holder).

C.         A violation of this policy does not occur when a person uses or possesses a toxic substance unless they do so with the intent of inducing or intentionally aiding another in inducing intoxication, excitement, or stupefaction of the central nervous system, except under the direction and supervision of a medical doctor.

D.       The school district may not refuse to enroll or otherwise penalize a patient or person enrolled in the Minnesota Patient Registry Program as a pupil solely because the patient or person is enrolled in the registry program, unless failing to do so would violate federal law or regulations or cause the school to lose a monetary or licensing-related benefit under federal law or regulations.

[NOTE: The 2024 Minnesota legislature amended this law to add this protection.]

V.         PROCEDURES

A.         Students who have a prescription from a physician for medical treatment with a controlled substance, except medical cannabis, nonintoxicating cannabinoids, or edible cannabinoid products, must comply with the school district’s student medication policy.

[NOTE: School districts are required by Minnesota Statutes, section 121A.22 to develop procedures for the administration of drugs and medicine.  If the school district does not have a student medication policy such as MSBA/MASA Model Policy 516, this Paragraph A. can be modified to provide: “Students who have a prescription from a physician for medical treatment with a controlled substance, except medical cannabis, nonintoxicating cannabinoids, or edible cannabinoid products, must provide a copy of the prescription and the medication to the school nurse, principal, or other designated staff member.  The school district’s licensed school nurse, trained health clerk, principal, or teacher will administer the prescribed medication except medical cannabis, nonintoxicating cannabinoids, or edible cannabinoid products, in accordance with school district procedures.”]

B.        Employees who have a prescription from a physician for medical treatment with a controlled substance, except medical cannabis, nonintoxicating cannabinoids, or edible cannabinoid products, are permitted to possess such controlled substance and associated necessary paraphernalia, such as an inhaler or syringe.  The employee must inform his or her supervisor.  The employee may be required to provide a copy of the prescription.

C.         Each employee shall be provided with written notice of this Drug-Free Workplace/Drug-Free School policy and shall be required to acknowledge that he or she has received the policy.

[NOTE: The Drug-Free Workplace Act requires that school district employees be notified by a published statement of the prohibition of the use of controlled substances and actions that will be taken against employees for violations of such prohibition.   41 United States Code section 8103; 34 Code of Federal Regulations Part 84.  An acknowledgment will document satisfaction by the school district of this federal requirement.]

D.         Employees are subject to the school district’s drug and alcohol testing policies and procedures.

E.        Members of the public are not permitted to possess controlled substances, intoxicating cannabinoids, or edible cannabinoid products in a school location except with the express permission of the superintendent.

F.         No person is permitted to possess or use medical cannabis, nonintoxicating cannabinoids, or edible cannabinoid products on a school bus or van; or on the grounds of any preschool or primary or secondary school; or on the grounds of any child care facility.  This prohibition includes (1) vaporizing or combusting medical cannabis on any form of public transportation where the vapor or smoke could be inhaled by a minor child or in any public place, including indoor or outdoor areas used by or open to the general public or place of employment; and (2) operating, navigating, or being in actual physical control of any motor vehicle or working on transportation property, equipment or facilities while under the influence of medical cannabis, nonintoxicating cannabinoids, or edible cannabinoid products.

G.        Possession of alcohol on school grounds pursuant to the exceptions of Minnesota Statutes section 624.701, subdivision 1a, shall be by permission of the school board only.  The applicant shall apply for permission in writing and shall follow the school board procedures for placing an item on the agenda.

VI.       SCHOOL PROGRAMS

A.         Starting in the 2026-2027 school year, the school district must implement a comprehensive education program on cannabis use and substance use, including but not limited to the use of fentanyl or mixtures containing fentanyl, for students in middle school and high school. The program must include instruction on the topics listed in Minnesota Statutes, section 120B.215, subdivision 1 and must:

1.         respect community values and encourage students to communicate with parents, guardians, and other trusted adults about cannabis use and substance use, including but not limited to the use of fentanyl or mixtures containing fentanyl; and

2.         refer students to local resources where students may obtain medically accurate information about cannabis use and substance use, including but not limited to the use of fentanyl or mixtures containing fentanyl, and treatment for a substance use disorder.

B.       School district efforts to develop, implement, or improve instruction or curriculum as a result of the provisions of this section must be consistent with Minnesota Statutes, sections 120B.10 and 120B.11.

C.         Notwithstanding any law to the contrary, the school district shall have a procedure for a parent, a guardian, or an adult student 18 years of age or older to review the content of the instructional materials to be provided to a minor child or to an adult student pursuant to this article. The district must allow a parent or adult student to opt out of instruction under this article with no academic or other penalty for the student and must inform parents and adult students of this right to opt out.

VI.       ENFORCEMENT

A.         Students

1.         Students may be required to participate in programs and activities that provide education against the use of alcohol, tobacco, marijuana, smokeless tobacco products, electronic cigarettes, and nonintoxicating cannabinoids, and edible cannabinoid products.

2.         Students may be referred to drug or alcohol assistance or rehabilitation programs; school based mental health services, mentoring and counseling, including early identification of mental health symptoms, drug use and violence and appropriate referral to direct individual or group counselling service. which may be provided by school based mental health services providers; and/or referral to law enforcement officials when appropriate.

3.         A student who violates the terms of this policy shall be subject to discipline in accordance with the school district’s discipline policy.  Such discipline may include suspension or expulsion from school.

B.         Employees

1.       As a condition of employment in any federal grant, each employee who is engaged either directly or indirectly in performance of a federal grant shall abide by the terms of this policy and shall notify his or her supervisor in writing of his or her conviction of any criminal drug statute for a violation occurring in any of the places listed above on which work on a school district federal grant is performed, no later than five (5) calendar days after such conviction.  Conviction means a finding of guilt (including a plea of nolo contendere) or imposition of sentence, or both, by any judicial body charged with the responsibility to determine violations of the federal or state criminal drug statutes.

2.       An employee who violates the terms of this policy is subject to disciplinary action, including nonrenewal, suspension, termination, or discharge as deemed appropriate by the school board.

3.         In addition, any employee who violates the terms of this policy may be required to satisfactorily participate in a drug and/or alcohol abuse assistance or rehabilitation program approved by the school district.  Any employee who fails to satisfactorily participate in and complete such a program is subject to nonrenewal, suspension, or termination as deemed appropriate by the school board.

4.      Sanctions against employees, including nonrenewal, suspension, termination, or discharge shall be pursuant to and in accordance with applicable statutory authority, collective bargaining agreements, and school district policies.

C.         The Public

A member of the public who violates this policy shall be informed of the policy and asked to leave.   If necessary, law enforcement officials will be notified and asked to provide an escort.

Legal References:      Minn. Stat. § 120B.215 (Education on Cannabis Use and Substance Use)

Minn. Stat. § 121A.22 (Administration of Drugs and Medicine)

Minn. Stat. § 121A.40-§ 121A.56 (Pupil Fair Dismissal Act)

Minn. Stat. § 151.72 (Sale of Certain Cannabinoid Products)

Minn. Stat. § 152.01, Subd. 15a (Definitions)

Minn. Stat. § 152.0264 (Cannabis Sale Crimes)

Minn. Stat. § 152.22, Subd. 6 (Definitions; Medical Cannabis)

Minn. Stat. § 152.23 (Limitations; Medical Cannabis)

Minn. Stat. § 169A.31 (Alcohol-Related School Bus or Head Start Bus Driving)

Minn. Stat. § 340A.101 (Definitions; Alcoholic Beverage)

Minn. Stat. § 340A.403 (3.2 Percent Malt Liquor Licenses)

Minn. Stat. § 340A.404 (Intoxicating Liquor; On-Sale Licenses)

Minn. Stat. § 342.09 (Personal Adult Use of Cannabis)

Minn. Stat. § 342.56 (Limitations)

Minn. Stat. § 609.684 (Abuse of Toxic Substances)

Minn. Stat. § 624.701 (Alcohol in Certain Buildings or Grounds)

20 U.S.C. § 7101-7122 (Student Support and Academic Enrichment Grants)

21 U.S.C. § 812 (Schedules of Controlled Substances)

41 U.S.C. §§ 8101-8106 (Drug-Free Workplace Act)

21 C.F.R. §§ 1308.11-1308.15 (Controlled Substances)

34 C.F.R. Part 84 (Government-Wide Requirements for Drug-Free Workplace)

 

Cross References:      MSBA/MASA Model Policy 403 (Discipline, Suspension, and Dismissal of School 

                                    District Employees)

MSBA/MASA Model Policy 416 (Drug and Alcohol Testing)

MSBA/MASA Model Policy 417 (Chemical Use and Abuse)

MSBA/MASA Model Policy 419 (Tobacco-Free Environment; Possession and use of Tobacco, Tobacco-Related Devices, and Electronic Delivery Devices; Vaping Awareness and Prevention Instruction)

MSBA/MASA Model Policy 506 (Student Discipline)

MSBA/MASA Model Policy 516 (Student Medication)

Orig. 1995
Rev. 2024

427   DRUG, ALCOHOL, AND CANNABIS TESTING

[NOTE:  Drug, alcohol, and cannabis testing of school bus drivers and driver applicants is mandatory under federal law.  The mandatory testing is described under Part III. of the policy.   Drug and alcohol testing of other employees or drug and alcohol testing of school bus drivers beyond that mandated by federal law is optional and can be done under state law only if a policy containing provisions. such as the provisions of Part IV. of this policy, is adopted.  Cannabis testing of school employees and school bus drivers shall conform to federal and Minnesota law. To preserve the right to request or require school district employees who are not bus drivers and applicants to undergo cannabis testing or drug and/or alcohol testing or to require bus drivers to submit to testing that is not federally mandated, a school district should adopt Part IV. as part of its drug and alcohol testing policy.]

I.         PURPOSE

A.       The school board recognizes the significant problems created by drug, alcohol, and cannabis use in society in general, and the public schools in particular.  The school board further recognizes the important contribution that the public schools have in shaping the youth of today into the adults of tomorrow.

B.        The school board believes that a work environment free of drug, alcohol, and cannabis use will be not only safer, healthier, and more productive but also more conducive to effective learning.  To provide such an environment, the purpose of this policy is to provide authority so that the school board may require all employees and/or job applicants to submit to drug, alcohol, and cannabis testing in accordance with the provisions of this policy and as provided in federal law and Minnesota Statutes, sections 181.950-181.957.

II.        GENERAL STATEMENT OF POLICY

A.        All school district employees and job applicants whose positions require a commercial driver’s license will be required to undergo drug and alcohol testing and cannabis testing in accordance with federal law and the applicable provisions of this policy.  The school district also may request or require that drivers submit to drug and alcohol testing and cannabis testing in accordance with the provisions of this policy and as provided in Minnesota Statutes, sections 181.950-181.957. 

B.        The school district may request or require that any school district employee or job applicant, other than an employee or applicant whose position requires a commercial driver’s license, submit to drug and alcohol testing and cannabis testing in accordance with the provisions of this policy and as provided in Minnesota Statutes, sections 181.950-181.957.

C.       The use, possession, sale, purchase, transfer, or dispensing of any drugs not medically prescribed, including medical cannabis, whether or not it has been prescribed for the employee, is prohibited on school district property (which includes school district vehicles), while operating school district vehicles or equipment, and at any school-sponsored program or event.  Use of drugs that are not medically prescribed, including medical cannabis, whether or not it has been prescribed for the employee, is also prohibited throughout the school or work day, including lunch or other breaks, whether or not the employee is on or off school district property.  Employees under the influence of drugs that are not medically prescribed are prohibited from entering or remaining on school district property.

D.       The use, possession, sale, purchase, transfer, or dispensing of alcohol or cannabis is prohibited on school district property (which includes school district vehicles), while operating school district vehicles or equipment, and at any school-sponsored program or event.  Use of alcohol or cannabis is also prohibited throughout the school or work day, including lunch or other breaks, whether or not the employee is on or off school district property.  Employees under the influence of alcohol or cannabis are prohibited from entering or remaining on school district property.

E.        Any employee who violates this section shall be subject to discipline that includes, but is not limited to, immediate suspension without pay and immediate discharge.

F.        The school district may discipline, discharge, or take other adverse personnel action against an employee for cannabis flower, cannabis product, lower-potency hemp edible, or hemp-derived consumer product use, possession, impairment, sale, or transfer while an employee is working, on school district premises, or operating a school district vehicle, machinery, or equipment as follows:

1.         if, as the result of consuming cannabis flower, a cannabis product, a lower-potency hemp edible, or a hemp-derived consumer product, the employee does not possess that clearness of intellect and control of self that the employee otherwise would have;

2.      if cannabis testing verifies the presence of cannabis flower, a cannabis product, a lower-potency hemp edible, or a hemp-derived consumer product following a confirmatory test;

3.       as provided in the school district’s written work rules for cannabis flower, cannabis products, lower-potency hemp edibles, or hemp-derived consumer products and cannabis testing, provided that the rules are in writing and in a written policy that contains the minimum information required by Minnesota Statutes, section 181.952; or

4.        as otherwise authorized or required under state or federal law or regulations, or if a failure to do so would cause the school district to lose a monetary or licensing-related benefit under federal law or regulations.

III.      FEDERALLY MANDATED DRUG AND ALCOHOL TESTING FOR SCHOOL BUS DRIVERS

A.         General Statement of Policy

All persons subject to commercial driver’s license requirements shall be tested for alcohol, cannabis (including medical cannabis), cocaine, amphetamines, opiates (including heroin), and phencyclidine (PCP), pursuant to federal law.  Drivers who test positive for alcohol or drugs shall be subject to disciplinary action, which may include termination of employment.

B.         Definitions

1.         “Actual Knowledge” means actual knowledge by the school district that a driver has used alcohol or controlled substances based on: (a) direct observation of the employee’s use (not observation of behavior sufficient to warrant reasonable suspicion testing); (b) information provided by a previous employer; (c) a traffic citation; or (d) an employee’s admission, except when made in connection with a qualified employee self-admission program.

2.       “Alcohol Screening Device” (ASD) means a breath or saliva device, other than an Evidential Breath Testing Device (EBT), that is approved by the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration and placed on its Conforming Products List for such devices.

3.       “Breath Alcohol Technician” (BAT) means an individual who instructs and assists individuals in the alcohol testing process and who operates the EBT.

4.         “Commercial Motor Vehicle” (CMV) includes a vehicle that is designed to transport 16 or more passengers, including the driver.

5.         “Designated Employer Representative” (DER) means an employee authorized by the school district to take immediate action to remove employees from safety-sensitive duties, or cause employees to be removed from these covered duties, and to make required decisions in the testing and evaluation process.  The DER receives test results and other communications for the school district.

6.         “Department of Transportation” (DOT) means United States Department of Transportation.

7.         “Direct Observation” means observation of alcohol or controlled substances use and does not include observation of employee behavior or physical characteristics sufficient to warrant reasonable suspicion testing.

8.         “Driver” is any person who operates a CMV, including full-time, regularly employed drivers, casual, intermittent, or occasional drivers, leased drivers, and independent owner-operator contractors.

9.     “Evidential Breath Testing Device” (EBT) means a device approved by the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration for the evidentiary testing of breath for alcohol concentration and placed on its Conforming Products List for such devices.

10.      “Licensed Medical Practitioner” means a person who is licensed, certified, and/or registered, in accordance with applicable Federal, State, local, or foreign laws and regulations, to prescribe controlled substances and other drugs.

11.       “Medical Review Officer” (MRO) means a licensed physician responsible for receiving and reviewing laboratory results generated by the school district’s drug testing program and for evaluating medical explanations for certain drug tests.

12.     “Refusal to Submit” (to an alcohol or controlled substances test) means that a driver: (a) fails to appear for any test within a reasonable time, as determined by the school district, consistent with applicable DOT regulations, after being directed to do so; (b) fails to remain at the testing site until the testing process is complete; (c) fails to provide a urine specimen or an adequate amount of saliva or breath for any DOT drug or alcohol test; (d) fails to permit the observation or monitoring of the driver’s provision of a specimen in the case of a directly observed or monitored collection in a drug test; (e) fails to provide a sufficient breath specimen or sufficient amount of urine when directed and a determination has been made that no adequate medical explanation for the failure exists; (f) fails or declines to take an additional test as directed by the school district or the collector; (g) fails to undergo a medical examination or evaluation, as directed by the MRO or the DER; (h) fails to cooperate with any part of the testing process (e.g., refuses to empty pockets when so directed by the collector, behaves in a confrontational way that disrupts the collection process, fails to wash hands after being directed to do so by the collector, fails to sign the certification on the forms); (i) fails to follow the observer’s instructions, in an observed collection, to raise the driver’s clothing above the waist, lower clothing and underpants, and to turn around to permit the observer to determine if the driver has any type of prosthetic or other device that could be used to interfere with the collection process; (j) possesses or wears a prosthetic or other device that could be used to interfere with the collection process; (k) admits to the collector or MRO that the driver adulterated or substituted the specimen; or (l) is reported by the MRO as having a verified adulterated or substituted test result.  An applicant who fails to appear for a pre-employment test, who leaves the testing site before the pre-employment testing process commences, or who does not provide a urine specimen because he or she has left before it commences is not deemed to have refused to submit to testing.

13.       “Safety-Sensitive Functions” are on-duty functions from the time the driver begins work or is required to be in readiness to work until relieved from work and all responsibility for performing work, and include such functions as driving, loading and unloading vehicles, or supervising or assisting in the loading or unloading of vehicles, servicing, repairing, obtaining assistance to repair, or remaining in attendance during the repair of a disabled vehicle.

14.     “Screening Test Technician” (STT) means anyone who instructs and assists individuals in the alcohol testing process and operates an ASD.

15.      “Stand Down” means the practice of temporarily removing an employee from performing safety-sensitive functions based only upon a laboratory report to the MRO of a confirmed positive test for a drug or drug metabolite, an adulterated test, or a substituted test before the MRO completes the verification process.

16.      “Substance Abuse Professional” (SAP) means a qualified person who evaluates employees who have violated a DOT drug and alcohol regulation and makes recommendations concerning education, treatment, follow-up testing, and aftercare.

C.         Policy and Educational Materials

[NOTE:  Federal regulations require that school districts provide materials to bus drivers explaining the school district’s policies and procedures and the federal requirements with respect to the mandatory drug and alcohol testing of bus drivers.  49 Code of Federal Regulations, section 382.601.  Most of the required information is contained within this model policy.  Additional materials to be provided to employees are described in Paragraph 2. of Section C.]

1.       The school district shall provide a copy of this policy and procedures to each driver prior to the start of its alcohol and drug testing program and to each driver subsequently hired or transferred into a position requiring driving of a CMV.

2.      The school district shall provide to each driver information required under Title 49 of the Code of Federal Regulations, including information concerning the effects of alcohol and controlled substances use on an individual’s health, work, and personal life; signs and symptoms of an alcohol or controlled substance problem (the driver’s or a coworker’s); and available methods of intervening when an alcohol or controlled substance problem is suspected, including confrontation, referral to an employee assistance program, and/or referral to management.

3.       The school district shall provide written notice to representatives of employee organizations that the information described above is available.

4.        The school district shall require each driver to sign a statement certifying that the driver received a copy of the policy and materials.  This statement should be in the form of Attachment A to this policy.  The school district will maintain the original signed certificate and will provide a copy to the driver if the driver so requests.

[NOTE:  The federal regulations require a school district to obtain a signed statement from each driver certifying that he or she received a copy of these materials.  49 Code of Federal Regulations, section 382.601(d).  The original signed certificate must be maintained by the school district and a copy may be provided to the driver.]

D.         Alcohol and Controlled Substances Testing Program Manager

[NOTE:  School districts are required by federal regulations to designate a person to answer driver questions about the policy and the education materials described in Section C. above and to notify the drivers of the designation.  49 Code of Federal Regulations, section 382.601(b)(1).]

1.        The program manager will coordinate the implementation, direction, and administration of the alcohol and controlled substances testing policy for bus drivers.  The program manager is the principal contact for the collection site, the testing laboratory, the MRO, the BAT, the SAP, and the person submitting to the test.  Employee questions concerning this policy shall be directed to the program manager.

2.        The school district shall designate a program manager and provide written notice of the designation to each driver along with this policy.

E.         Specific Prohibitions for Drivers

[NOTE: The specific prohibitions for drivers are contained, in large part, in 49 Code of Federal Regulations, sections 382.201-382.215.]

1.         Alcohol Concentration.   No driver shall report for duty or remain on duty requiring the performance of safety-sensitive functions while having an alcohol concentration of 0.04 or greater.  Drivers who test greater than 0.04 will be taken out of service and will be subject to evaluation by a professional and retesting at the driver’s expense.

2.         Alcohol Possession.   No driver shall be on duty or operate a CMV while the driver possesses alcohol.

3.         On-Duty Use.   No driver shall use alcohol while performing safety-sensitive functions.

4.         Pre-Duty Use.   No driver shall perform safety-sensitive functions within four (4) hours after using alcohol.

5.        Use Following an Accident.   No driver required to take a post-accident test shall use alcohol for eight (8) hours following the accident, or until the driver undergoes a post-accident alcohol test, whichever occurs first.

6.       Refusal to Submit to a Required Test.  No driver shall refuse to submit to an alcohol or controlled substances test required by post-accident, random, reasonable suspicion, return-to-duty, or follow-up testing requirements.  A verified adulterated or substituted drug test shall be considered a refusal to test.

7.        Use of Controlled Substances.   No driver shall report for duty or remain on duty requiring the performance of safety-sensitive functions when the driver uses any controlled substance, except when the use is pursuant to instructions (which have been presented to the school district) from a licensed medical practitioner who is familiar with the driver’s medical history and has advised the driver that the substance does not adversely affect the driver’s ability to safely operate a CMV.  Controlled substance includes medical cannabis, regardless of whether the driver is enrolled in the state registry program.

8.        Positive, Adulterated, or Substituted Test for Controlled Substance.  No driver shall report for duty, remain on duty, or perform a safety-sensitive function if the driver tests positive for controlled substances, including medical cannabis, or has adulterated or substituted a test specimen for controlled substances.

9.      General Prohibition.   Drivers are also subject to the general policies and procedures of the school district that prohibit possession, transfer, sale, exchange, reporting to work under the influence of drugs or alcohol, and consumption of drugs or alcohol while at work or while on school district premises or operating any school district vehicle, machinery, or equipment.

F.         Other Alcohol-Related Conduct

[NOTE:  Consequences for drivers engaging in alcohol-related conduct are described in the federal regulations.  49 Code of Federal Regulations, section 382.505.]

No driver found to have an alcohol concentration of 0.02 or greater but less than 0.04 shall perform safety-sensitive functions for at least twenty-four (24) hours following administration of the test.  The school district will not take any action under this policy other than removal from safety-sensitive functions based solely on test results showing an alcohol concentration of less than 0.04 but may take action otherwise consistent with law and the policies of the school district.

G.         Prescription Drugs/Cannabinoid Products

A driver shall inform the driver’s supervisor if at any time the driver is using a controlled substance pursuant to a physician’s prescription.  The physician’s instructions shall be presented to the school district upon request.  Use of a prescription drug shall be allowed if the physician has advised the driver that the prescribed drug will not adversely affect the driver’s ability to safely operate a CMV. Use of medical cannabis is prohibited notwithstanding the driver’s enrollment in the patient registry.  Use of nonintoxicating cannabinoids or edible cannabinoid products is not a legitimate medical explanation for a confirmed positive test result for cannabis.   MROs will verify a drug test confirmed as positive, even if a driver claims to have only used nonintoxicating cannabinoids or edible cannabinoid product.

H.         Testing Requirements

[NOTE: School districts must utilize the U.S. DOT Drug & Alcohol Clearinghouse (“Clearinghouse”) to conduct pre-employment queries, annual queries, and reports regarding CDL holders who operate CMVs on public roads (including school bus drivers) and who are covered by the Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration (FMCSA) Drug and Alcohol Testing Program.  In addition to utilizing the Clearinghouse, school districts must continue to comply with the alcohol and controlled substance testing required under Title 49 of the Federal Regulations.]

1.         Pre-Employment Testing

[NOTE:  49 Code of Federal Regulations, section 382.301 details the requirements for pre-employment testing.]

a.         A driver applicant shall undergo testing for [alcohol and] controlled substances, including medical cannabis, before the first time the driver performs safety-sensitive functions for the school district.

[NOTE: A school district is permitted, but not required, to conduct pre-employment testing for the use of alcohol.  If a school district elects to require pre-employment testing for alcohol, it should include the bracketed text in Subparagraph a., above, and test all applicants uniformly.]

b.         Tests shall be conducted only after the applicant has received a conditional offer of employment.

c.      To be hired, the applicant must test negative and must sign an agreement in the form of Attachment B to this policy, authorizing former employers to release to the school district all information on the applicant’s alcohol tests with results of blood alcohol concentration of 0.04 or higher, or verified positive results for controlled substances, including medical cannabis, or refusals to be tested (including verified adulterated or substituted drug test results), or any other violations of DOT agency drug and alcohol testing regulations, or, if the applicant violated the testing regulations, documentation of the applicant’s successful completion of DOT return-to-duty requirements (including follow-up tests), within the preceding two (2) years.

[NOTE:  Federal regulations require school districts to inquire about, obtain, and review alcohol and controlled substances information from prior employers pursuant to a driver’s written authorization, prior to the time a driver performs safety-sensitive functions, if feasible.   49 Code of Federal Regulations, section 382.413, and 49 Code of Federal Regulations, section 40.25.  If not feasible, school districts must not permit the employee to perform safety-sensitive functions for more than thirty (30) days from the date a safety-sensitive function was performed unless the school districts make good faith efforts to obtain the information and to make a record of those efforts to be retained in the driver’s qualification file.]

d.        The applicant also must be asked whether he or she has tested positive, or refused to test, on any pre-employment drug or alcohol test administered by an employer to which the employee, during the last two (2) years, applied for, but did not obtain, safety-sensitive transportation work covered by DOT testing rules.

e.        Before employing a driver subject to controlled substances and alcohol testing, the school district must conduct a full pre-employment query of the federal Commercial Driver’s License (CDL) Drug and Alcohol Clearinghouse (“Clearinghouse”) to obtain information about whether the driver (1) has a verified positive, adulterated, or substituted controlled substances test result; (2) has an alcohol confirmation test with a concentration of 0.04 or higher; (3) has refused to submit to a test in violation of federal law; or (4) that an employer has reported actual knowledge that the driver used alcohol on duty, before duty, or following an accident in violation of federal law or used a controlled substance in violation of federal law.  The applicant must give specific written or electronic consent for the school district to conduct the Clearinghouse full query (see Attachment C to this policy). The school district shall retain the consent for three (3) years from the date of the query.

2.         Post-Accident Testing

[NOTE: 49 Code of Federal Regulations, section 382.303 governs post-accident testing of drivers.]

a.         As soon as practicable following an accident involving a CMV, the school district shall test the driver for alcohol and controlled substances, including medical cannabis, if the accident involved the loss of human life or if the driver receives a citation for a moving traffic violation arising from an accident which results in bodily injury or disabling damage to a motor vehicle.

b.         Drivers should be tested for alcohol use within two (2) hours and no later than eight (8) hours after the accident. 

c.        Drivers should be tested for controlled substances, including medical cannabis, no later than thirty-two (32) hours after the accident.

d.        A driver subject to post-accident testing must remain available for testing, or shall be considered to have refused to submit to the test.

e.         If a post-accident alcohol test is not administered within two (2) hours following the accident, the school district shall prepare and maintain on file a record stating the reasons the test was not promptly administered and continue to attempt to administer the alcohol test within eight (8) hours.

f.         If a post-accident alcohol test is not administered within eight (8) hours following the accident or a post-accident controlled substances test is not administered within thirty-two (32) hours following the accident, the school district shall cease attempts to administer the test, and prepare and maintain on file a record stating the reasons for not administering the test.

g.         The school district shall report drug and alcohol program violations to the Clearinghouse as required under federal law.

3.         Random Testing

[NOTE: 49 Code of Federal Regulations, section 382.305 governs random testing of drivers.]

a.        The school district shall conduct tests on a random basis at unannounced times throughout the year, as required by the federal regulations.

[NOTE:  The Federal Highway Administration (FHWA) set the random alcohol selection and testing rate at 10% of the average number of driver positions and evaluates this minimum percentage each year.  School districts can elect to stay at the 1998 level of 25% (or a higher percentage) if they do not want to monitor the minimum annual percentage rate set by the FHWA.   The random controlled substances selection and testing rate has remained at 50% each year and has not been lowered to 25% as is possible under the regulations.]

b.      The school district shall test for alcohol at a minimum annual percentage rate of 10% of the average number of driver positions, and for controlled substances, including medical cannabis, at a minimum annual percentage of 50%.

c.         The school district shall adopt a scientifically valid method for selecting drivers for testing, such as random number table or a computer-based random number generator that is matched with identifying numbers of the drivers.  Each driver shall have an equal chance of being tested each time selections are made.  Each driver selected for testing shall be tested during the selection period.

d.       Random tests shall be unannounced.  Dates for administering random tests shall be spread reasonably throughout the calendar year.

e.        Drivers shall proceed immediately to the collection site upon notification of selection; provided, however, that if the driver is performing a safety-sensitive function, other than driving, at the time of notification, the driver shall cease to perform the function and proceed to the collection site as soon as possible.

4.         Reasonable Suspicion Testing

[NOTE: 49 Code of Federal Regulations, section 382.307 governs reasonable suspicion testing of drivers.]

a.         The school district shall require a driver to submit to an alcohol test and/or controlled substances, including medical cannabis, test when a supervisor or school district official, who has been trained in accordance with the regulations, has reasonable suspicion to believe that the driver has used alcohol and/or controlled substances, including medical cannabis, on duty, within four (4) hours before coming on duty, or just after the period of the work day.  The test shall be done as soon as practicable following the observation of the behavior indicative of the use of controlled substances or alcohol.

b.         The reasonable suspicion determination must be based on specific, contemporaneous, articulable observations concerning the driver’s appearance, behavior, speech, or body odors.  The required observations for reasonable suspicion of a controlled substances violation may include indications of the chronic and withdrawal effects of controlled substances.

c.         Alcohol testing shall be administered within two (2) hours following a determination of reasonable suspicion.  If it is not done within two (2) hours, the school district shall prepare and maintain a record explaining why it was not promptly administered and continue to attempt to administer the alcohol test within eight (8) hours.  If an alcohol test is not administered within eight (8) hours following the determination of reasonable suspicion, the school district shall cease attempts to administer the test and state in the record the reasons for not administering the test.

d.         The supervisor or school district official who makes observations leading to a controlled substances reasonable suspicion test shall make and sign a written record of the observations within twenty-four (24) hours of the observed behavior or before the results of the drug test are released, whichever is earlier.

[NOTE:  49 Code of Federal Regulations, sections 382.309, 40.23(d) and 40.305 govern return-to-duty testing.]

5.      Return-To-Duty Testing.   

           A driver found to have violated this policy shall not return to work until an SAP has determined the employee has successfully complied with prescribed education and/or treatment and until undergoing return-to-duty tests indicating an alcohol concentration of less than 0.02 and a confirmed negative result for the use of controlled substances.  The school district is not required to return a driver to safety-sensitive duties because the driver has met these conditions; this is a personnel decision subject to collective bargaining agreements or other legal requirements.

[NOTE:  49 Code of Federal Regulations, sections 382.311, 40.307, and 40.309 govern follow-up testing.]

6.         Follow-Up Testing.   

           When an SAP has determined that a driver is in need of assistance in resolving problems with alcohol and/or controlled substances, the driver shall be subject to unannounced follow-up testing as directed by the SAP for up to sixty (60) months after completing a treatment program.

7.         Refusal to Submit and Attendant Consequences

[NOTE:  Consequences for refusals to submit to required drug and alcohol tests are addressed generally in 49 Code of Federal Regulations, sections 40.191, 40.261 and 382.211.  They are more specifically addressed in 49 Code of Federal Regulations, sections 382.501-382.507 and in 49 United States Code, section 521(b).]

a.         A driver or driver applicant may refuse to submit to drug and alcohol testing.

b.       Refusal to submit to a required drug or alcohol test subjects the driver or driver applicant to the consequences specified in federal regulations as well as the civil and/or criminal penalty provisions of 49 United States Code section 521(b).  In addition, a refusal to submit to testing establishes a presumption that the driver or driver applicant would test positive if a test were conducted and makes the driver or driver applicant subject to discipline or disqualification under this policy.

c.         A driver applicant who refuses to submit to testing shall be disqualified from further consideration for the conditionally offered position.

d.     An employee who refuses to submit to testing shall not be permitted to perform safety-sensitive functions and will be considered insubordinate and subject to disciplinary action, up to and including dismissal.  If an employee is offered an opportunity to return to a DOT safety-sensitive duty, the employee will be evaluated by an SAP and must submit to a return-to-duty test prior to being considered for reassignment to safety-sensitive functions.

e.         Drivers or driver applicants who refuse to submit to required testing will be required to sign Attachment D to this policy.

I.          Testing Procedures

1.         Drug Testing

[NOTE: The Federal Drug Testing Custody and Control Form (CCF) must be used to document every urine collection required by the DOT drug testing program.  49 Code of Federal Regulations, section 40.45.]

a.       Drug testing is conducted by analyzing a donor’s urine specimen.  Split urine samples will be collected in accordance with federal regulations.  The donor will provide a urine sample at a designated collection site.  The collection site personnel will then pour the sample into two sample bottles, labeled “primary” and “split,” seal the specimen bottles, complete the chain of custody form, and prepare the specimen bottles for shipment to the testing laboratory for analysis.  The specimen preparation shall be conducted in sight of the donor.

b.        If the donor is unable to provide the appropriate quantity of urine, the collection site person shall instruct the individual to drink up to forty (40) ounces of fluid distributed reasonably through a period of up to three (3) hours to attempt to provide a sample.  If the individual is still unable to provide a complete sample, the test shall be discontinued and the school district notified.   The DER shall refer the donor for a medical evaluation to determine if the donor’s inability to provide a specimen is genuine or constitutes a refusal to test.  For pre-employment testing, the school district may elect to not have a referral made, and revoke the employment offer.

c.         Drug test results are reported directly to the MRO by the testing laboratory.  The MRO reports the results to the DER.  If the results are negative, the school district is informed and no further action is necessary.  If the test result is confirmed positive, adulterated, substituted, or invalid, the MRO shall give the donor an opportunity to discuss the test result.   The MRO will contact the donor directly, on a confidential basis, to determine whether the donor wishes to discuss the test result.  The MRO shall notify each donor that the donor has seventy-two (72) hours from the time of notification in which to request a test of the split specimen at the donor’s expense.  No split specimen testing is done for an invalid result.

d.         If the donor requests an analysis of the split specimen within seventy-two (72) hours of having been informed of a confirmed positive test, the MRO shall direct, in writing, the laboratory to provide the split specimen to another Department of Health and Human Services – SAMHSA certified laboratory for analysis.  If the donor has not contacted the MRO within seventy-two (72) hours, the donor may present the MRO information documenting that serious illness, injury, inability to contact the MRO, lack of actual notice of the confirmed positive test, or other circumstances unavoidably prevented the donor from timely making contact.   If the MRO concludes that a legitimate explanation for the donor’s failure to contact him/her within seventy-two (72) hours exists, the MRO shall direct the analysis of the split specimen.   The MRO will review the confirmed positive test result to determine whether an acceptable medical reason for the positive result exists.  The MRO shall confirm and report a positive test result to the DER and the employee when no legitimate medical reason for a positive test result as received from the testing laboratory exists.

e.       If, after making reasonable efforts and documenting those efforts, the MRO is unable to reach the donor directly, the MRO must contact the DER who will direct the donor to contact the MRO.  If the DER is unable to contact the donor, the donor will be suspended from performing safety-sensitive functions.

f.         The MRO may confirm the test as a positive without having communicated directly with the donor about the test results under the following circumstances:

(1)        The donor expressly declines the opportunity to discuss the test results;

(2)        The donor has not contacted the MRO within seventy-two (72) hours of being instructed to do so by the DER; or

(3)        The MRO and the DER, after making and documenting all reasonable efforts, have not been able to contact the donor within ten (10) days of the date the confirmed test result was received from the laboratory.

2.         Alcohol Testing

[NOTE:  The DOT Alcohol Testing Form (ATF) must be used for every DOT alcohol test.  49 Code of Federal Regulations, section 40.225.]

a.       The federal alcohol testing regulations require testing to be administered by a BAT using an EBT or an STT using an ASD.   EBTs and ASDs can be used for screening tests but only EBTs can be used for confirmation tests.

b.         Any test result less than 0.02 alcohol concentration is considered a “negative” test.

c.        If the donor is unable to provide sufficient saliva for an ASD, the DER will immediately arrange to use an EBT.  If the donor attempts and fails to provide an adequate amount of breath, the school district will direct the donor to obtain a written evaluation from a licensed physician to determine if the donor’s inability to provide a breath sample is genuine or constitutes a refusal to test.

d.        If the screening test results show alcohol concentration of 0.02 or higher, a confirmatory test conducted on an EBT will be required to be performed between fifteen (15) and thirty (30) minutes after the completion of the screening test.

e.         Alcohol tests are reported directly to the DER.

J.          Driver/Driver Applicant Rights

1.        All drivers and driver applicants subject to the controlled substances testing provisions of this policy who receive a confirmed positive test result for the use of controlled substances have the right to request, at the driver’s or driver applicant’s expense, a confirming retest of the split urine sample.  If the confirming retest is negative, no adverse action will be taken against the driver, and a driver applicant will be considered for employment.

[NOTE:  The limitation on discharge in Paragraph 2., below, is contained solely in Minnesota law.  State law is preempted by federal laws and regulations as it relates to drivers of commercial motor vehicles (such as bus drivers).  See Minnesota Statutes section 221.031, subdivision 10.  Nevertheless, school districts may decide to comply with the state law requirements for various reasons (such as to treat all school district employees equally since employees subject to testing only under state law are accorded these additional rights).  Consultation with the school district’s legal counsel is recommended.]

2.         The school district will not discharge a driver who, for the first time, receives a confirmed positive drug or alcohol test UNLESS:

a.         The school district has first given the employee an opportunity to participate in, at the employee’s own expense or pursuant to coverage under an employee benefit plan, either a drug or alcohol counseling or rehabilitation program, whichever is more appropriate, as determined by the school district after consultation with the SAP; and

b.        The employee refuses to participate in the recommended program, or fails to successfully complete the program as evidenced by withdrawal before its completion or by a positive test result on a confirmatory test after completion of the program.

c.        This limitation on employee discharge does not bar discharge of an employee for reasons independent of the first confirmed positive test result.

K.         Testing Laboratory

The testing laboratory for controlled substances will be Northwest Cooperative’s Health and Safety Office (Brian Byklum),, which is a laboratory certified by the Department of Health and Human Services – SAMHSA to perform controlled substances testing pursuant to federal regulations.

L.         Confidentiality of Test Results

All alcohol and controlled substances test results and required records of the drug and alcohol testing program are considered confidential information under federal law and private data on individuals as that phrase is defined in Minnesota Statutes, chapter 13.  Any information concerning the individual’s test results and records shall not be released without written permission of the individual, except as provided for by regulation or law.

M.         Recordkeeping Requirements and Retention of Records

1.        The school district shall keep and maintain records in accordance with the federal regulations in a secure location with controlled access.

[NOTE:  The federal recordkeeping requirements for school districts are detailed in the federal regulations, 49 Code of Federal Regulations, sections 382.401 et seq. and 40.331.  The DOT publishes a guide to the recordkeeping requirements of mandatory drug and alcohol testing for persons with a commercial driver’s license as part of its Alcohol & Drugs: DOT Compliance Manual.]

2.         The required records shall be retained for the following minimum periods:

Basic records                                                                           5 years

“Basic records” includes records of: (a) alcohol test results with concentration of 0.02 or greater; (b) verified positive drug test results; (c) refusals to submit to required tests (including substituted or adulterated drug test results); (d) SAP reports; (e) all follow-up tests and schedules for follow-up tests; (f) calibration documentation; (g) administration of the testing programs; and (h) each annual calendar year summary.

Information obtained from previous employers                         3 years

Alcohol and controlled substance collection procedures               2 years

Negative and cancelled controlled substance tests                      1 year

Alcohol tests with less than 0.02 concentration                           1 year

Education and training records                                              indefinite

“Education and training records” must be maintained while the individuals perform the functions which require training and for the two (2) years after ceasing to perform those functions.

3.         Personal Information

Personal information about all individuals who undergo any required testing under this policy will be shared with the U.S. DOT Drug & Alcohol Clearinghouse (“Clearinghouse) as required under federal law, including:

a.         The name of the person tested;

b.         Any verified positive, adulterated, or substituted drug test result;

c.         Any alcohol confirmation test with a BAC concentration of 0.04 or higher;

d.         Any refusal to submit to any test required hereunder; 

e.         Any report by a supervisor of actual knowledge of use as follows

i.         Any on-duty alcohol use;

ii.         Any pre-duty alcohol use;       

iii.         Any alcohol use following an accident; and

iv.        Any controlled substance use.

f.          Any report from a substance abuse professional certifying successful completion of the return-to-work process;

g.         Any negative return-to-duty test; and

h.         Any employer’s report of completion of follow-up testing.

N.         Training

The school district shall ensure all persons designated to supervise drivers receive training.  The designated employees shall receive at least sixty (60) minutes of training on alcohol misuse and at least sixty (60) minutes of training on controlled substances use.  The training shall include physical, behavioral, speech, and performance indicators of probable misuse of alcohol and use of controlled substances.  The training will be used by the supervisors to make determinations of reasonable suspicion.

O.         Consequences of Prohibited Conduct and Enforcement

1.        Removal.  

          The school district shall remove a driver who has engaged in prohibited conduct from safety-sensitive functions.  A driver shall not be permitted to return to safety-sensitive functions until and unless the return-to-duty requirements of federal DOT regulations have been completed.

2.         Referral, Evaluation, and Treatment

a.         A driver or driver applicant who has engaged in prohibited conduct shall be provided a listing of SAPs readily available to the driver or applicant and acceptable to the school district.

[NOTE: Subparagraphs b. and c., below, are based on the provisions of 49 Code of Federal Regulations, section 40.289.]

b.        If the school district offers a driver an opportunity to return to a DOT safety-sensitive duty following a violation, the driver must be evaluated by an SAP and the driver is required to successfully comply with the SAP’s evaluation recommendations (education, treatment, follow-up evaluation(s), and/or ongoing services).  The school district is not required to provide an SAP evaluation or any subsequent recommended education or treatment.

[NOTE:  School districts are not required to comply with state law governing drug and alcohol testing when the individuals are subject to the federal laws and regulations (i.e., bus drivers).  If a school district, after consultation with legal counsel, chooses to comply voluntarily with these requirements, Subparagraph b., above, can be modified as follows:

b.       The school district will offer a driver an opportunity to return to a DOT safety-sensitive duty following an employee’s first positive test result on a confirmatory test if no reasons independent of the first test result for discharge exist.  Otherwise, the school district may choose, but is not required, to provide an SAP evaluation or any subsequent recommended education or treatment.]

c.       Drivers are responsible for payment for SAP evaluations and services unless a collective bargaining agreement or employee benefit plan provides otherwise.

d.         Drivers who engage in prohibited conduct also are required to comply with follow-up testing requirements.

3.         Disciplinary Action

a.      Any driver who refuses to submit to post-accident, random, reasonable suspicion, or follow-up testing not only shall not perform or continue to perform safety-sensitive functions, but also may be subject to disciplinary action, which may include immediate suspension without pay and/or immediate discharge.

b.         Drivers who test positive with verification of a confirmatory test or are otherwise found to be in violation of this policy or the federal regulations shall be subject to disciplinary action, which may include immediate suspension without pay and/or immediate discharge.

c.        Nothing in this policy limits or restricts the right of the school district to discipline or discharge a driver for conduct which not only constitutes prohibited conduct under this policy but also violates the school district’s other rules or policies.

P.         Other Testing

The school district may request or require that drivers submit to cannabis testing or drug and alcohol testing other than that required by federal law.  For example, drivers may be requested or required to undergo cannabis testing or drug and alcohol testing on an annual basis as part of a routine physical examination.  Such additional testing of drivers will be conducted only in accordance with the provisions of this policy and as provided in Minnesota Statutes, sections 181.950-181.957.  For purposes of such additional, non-mandatory testing, drivers fall within the definition of “other employees” covered by Section IV. of this policy.

[NOTE:  When the testing of drivers complies with federal testing requirements and procedures, school districts clearly are exempt from the state drug and alcohol testing requirements in Minnesota Statutes, sections 181.950-181.957.  See Minnesota Statutes, section 221.031, subdivision 10.  When testing beyond the federally mandated requirements, however, school districts still must comply with state law.]

Q.         Report to Clearinghouse

The school district shall promptly submit to the Clearinghouse any record generated of an individual who refuses to take an alcohol or controlled substance test required under Title 49, Code of Federal Regulations, tests positive for alcohol or a controlled substance in violation of federal regulations, or violates subpart B of Part 382 of Title 49, Code of Federal Regulations (or any subsequent corresponding regulations).

R.         Annual Clearinghouse Query

1.         The school district must conduct a query of the Clearinghouse record at least once per year for information for all employees subject to controlled substance and alcohol testing related to CMV operation to determine whether information exists in the Clearinghouse about those employees.  In lieu of a full query, the school district may obtain the individual driver’s consent to conduct a limited query to satisfy the annual query requirement.  The limited query will tell the employer whether there is information about the driver in the Clearinghouse but will not release that information to the employer.  If the limited query shows that information exists in the Clearinghouse about the driver, the school district must conduct a full query within twenty-four (24) hours or must not allow the driver to continue to perform any safety-sensitive function until the employee conducts the full query and the results confirm the driver’s Clearinghouse record contains no prohibitions showing the driver has a verified positive, adulterated or substitute controlled substance test, no alcohol confirmation test with a concentration of 0.04 or higher, refuses to submit to a test, or was reported to have used alcohol on duty, before duty, following an accident or otherwise used a controlled substance in violation of the regulations except where the driver completed the SAP evaluation, referral and education/treatment process as required by the regulations.  The school district shall comply with the query requirements set forth in 49 Code of Federal Regulations 382.701.

2         The school district may not access an individual’s Clearinghouse record unless the school district (1) obtains the individual’s prior written or electronic consent for access to the record; and (2) submits proof of the individual’s consent to the Clearinghouse.  The school district must retain the consent for three (3) years from the date of the last query. The school district shall retain for three (3) years a record of each request for records from the Clearinghouse and the information received pursuant to the request.

3.         The school district shall protect the individual’s privacy and confidentiality of each Clearinghouse record it receives.  The school district shall ensure that information contained in a Clearinghouse record is not divulged to a person or entity not directly involved in assessing and evaluating whether a prohibition applies with respect to the individual to operate a CMV for the school district.

4.         The school district may use an individual’s Clearinghouse record only to assess and evaluate whether a prohibition applies with respect to the individual to operate a CMV for the school district. 

IV.    CANNABIS TESTING OR DRUG AND ALCOHOL TESTING FOR OTHER EMPLOYEES

The school district may request or require drug and alcohol testing or cannabis testing for other school district personnel, i.e., employees who are not school bus drivers, or job applicants for such positions. The school district does not have a legal duty to request or require any employee or job applicant to undergo drug and alcohol testing or cannabis testing as authorized in this policy, except for school bus drivers and other drivers of CMVs who are subject to federally mandated testing. (See Section III. of this policy.)  If a school bus driver is requested or required to submit to drug or alcohol testing beyond that mandated by federal law, the provisions of Section IV. of this policy will be applicable to such testing.

A.         Definitions

1.        “Cannabis testing” means the analysis of a body component sample according to the standards established under one of the programs listed in Minnesota Statutes, section 181.953, subdivision 1, for the purpose of measuring the presence or absence of cannabis flower, as defined in Minnesota Statutes, section 342.01, subdivision 16, cannabis products, as defined in section 342.01, subdivision 20, lower-potency hemp edibles as defined in section 342.01, subdivision 50, hemp-derived consumer products as defined in section 342.01, subdivision 37, or cannabis metabolites in the sample tested. The definitions in this section apply to cannabis testing unless stated otherwise.

2.       “Confirmatory test” and “confirmatory retest” mean a drug or alcohol test that uses a method of analysis allowed under one of the programs listed in Minnesota Statutes, section 181.953, subdivision 1.

3.      “Drug” means a controlled substance as defined in Minnesota Statutes, section 152.01, subdivision 4, but does not include marijuana, tetrahydrocannabinols, cannabis flower as defined in section 342.01, subdivision 16, cannabis products as defined in section 342.01, subdivision 20, lower-potency hemp edibles as defined in section 342.01, subdivision 50, and hemp-derived consumer products as defined in section 342.01, subdivision 37.

4.        “Drug and Alcohol Testing,” “Drug or Alcohol Testing,” and “Drug or Alcohol Test” mean analysis of a body component sample by a testing laboratory that meets one of the criteria listed in Minnesota Statutes, section 181.953, subdivision 1, for the purpose of measuring the presence or absence of drugs, alcohol, or their metabolites in the sample tested. “Drug and alcohol testing,” “drug or alcohol testing,” and “drug or alcohol test” do not include cannabis or cannabis testing, unless stated otherwise.

5.      “Employee” means a person, independent contractor, or person working for an independent contractor who performs services for compensation, in whatever form, for an employer.

6.       “Initial screening test” means a drug or alcohol test or cannabis test which uses a method of analysis under one of the programs listed in Minnesota Statutes, section 181.953, subdivision 1.

7.        “Job Applicant” means a person, independent contractor, or person working for an independent contractor who applies to become an employee of the school district in a position that does not require a commercial driver’s license, and includes a person who has received a job offer made contingent on the person’s passing drug or alcohol testing.  Job applicants for positions requiring a commercial driver’s license are governed by the provisions of the school district’s drug and alcohol testing policy relating to school bus drivers (Section III.). 

8.      “Oral fluid test” means analysis of a saliva sample for the purpose of measuring the presence of the same substances as drug and alcohol testing and cannabis testing that:

a.        can detect drugs, alcohol, cannabis, or their metabolites in levels at or above the threshold detection levels contained in the standards of one of the programs listed in Minnesota Statutes, section 181.953, subdivision 1; and

b.         does not require the services of a testing laboratory under section 181.953, subdivision 1.

[NOTE: The 2024 Minnesota legislature added oral fluid tests.]

9.       “Other Employees” means any persons, independent contractors, or persons working for an independent contractor who perform services for the school district for compensation, either full time or part time, in whatever form, except for persons whose positions require a commercial driver’s license, and includes both professional and nonprofessional personnel.  Persons whose positions require a commercial driver’s license are primarily governed by the provisions of the school district’s drug and alcohol testing policy relating to school bus drivers (Section III.).  To the extent that the drug and alcohol testing of persons whose positions require a commercial driver’s license is not mandated by federal law and regulations, such testing shall be governed by Section IV. of this policy and the drivers shall fall within this definition of “other employees.”

10.           “Positive Test Result” means a finding of the presence of drugs, alcohol, or their metabolites in the sample tested in levels at or above the threshold detection levels contained in the standards of one of the programs listed in Minnesota Statutes, section 181.953, subdivision 1.

11.         “Random Selection Basis” means a mechanism for selection of employees that:

a.        results in an equal probability that any employee from a group of employees subject to the selection mechanism will be selected; and

b.         does not give the school district discretion to waive the selection of any employee selected under the mechanism.

12.         “Reasonable Suspicion” means a basis for forming a belief based on specific facts and rational inferences drawn from those facts.

13.         “Safety-Sensitive Position” means a job, including any supervisory or management position, in which an impairment caused by drug, alcohol, or cannabis usage would threaten the health or safety of any person.

B.     Circumstances Under Which Cannabis Testing or Drug or Alcohol Testing May Be Requested or Required; Exceptions

1.         General Limitations

a.        The school district may not request or require an employee or job applicant whose position does not require a commercial driver’s license to undergo drug or alcohol testing or cannabis testing, unless the testing is done pursuant to this policy; and either (1) is conducted by a testing laboratory that meets one of the criteria listed in Minnesota Statutes, section 181.953, subdivision 1; or (2) complies with the oral fluid test procedures under section 181.953, subdivision 5a.

[NOTE: The 2024 Minnesota legislature amended this provision.]

b.         The school district will not request or require an employee or job applicant whose position does not require a commercial driver’s license to undergo drug and alcohol testing or cannabis testing on an arbitrary and capricious basis.

2.         Cannabis Testing Exceptions

For the following positions, cannabis and its metabolites are considered a drug and subject to the drug and alcohol testing provisions in Minnesota Statutes, sections 181.950 to 181.957:

a.         a safety-sensitive position, as defined in Minnesota Statutes, section 181.950, subdivision 13;

b.         a position requiring face-to-face care, training, education, supervision, counseling, consultation, or medical assistance to children;

c.         a position requiring a commercial driver’s license or requiring an employee to operate a motor vehicle for which state or federal law requires drug or alcohol testing of a job applicant or an employee;

d.         a position of employment funded by a federal grant; or

e.         any other position for which state or federal law requires testing of a job applicant or an employee for cannabis.

3.         Job Applicant Testing

The school district may request or require any job applicant whose position does not require a commercial driver’s license to undergo drug and alcohol testing, provided a job offer has been made to the applicant and the same test is requested or required of all job applicants conditionally offered employment for that position.  If a job applicant has received a job offer that is contingent on the applicant’s passing drug and alcohol testing, the school district may not withdraw the offer based on a positive test result from an initial screening test that has not been verified by a confirmatory test.   In the event the job offer is subsequently withdrawn, the school district shall notify the job applicant of the reason for its action.

a.      The school district must not request or require a job applicant to undergo  cannabis testing solely for the purpose of determining the presence or absence of cannabis as a condition of employment unless otherwise required by state or federal law.

b.        Unless otherwise required by state or federal law, the school district must not refuse to hire a job applicant solely because the job applicant submits to a cannabis test or a drug and alcohol test authorized by Minnesota law and the results of the test indicate the presence of cannabis.

c.       The school district must not request or require an employee or job applicant to undergo cannabis testing on an arbitrary or capricious basis.

d.       Cannabis testing authorized under paragraph (d) must comply with the safeguards for testing employees provided in Minnesota Statutes, sections 181.953 and 181.954.

4.       Oral fluid testing

a.       When drug and alcohol testing or cannabis testing is otherwise authorized under Minnesota Statutes, section 181.951, the school district may request an employee or job applicant to undergo oral fluid testing according to the procedures under Minnesota Statutes, section 181.953, subdivision 5a as an alternative to using the services of a testing laboratory under Minnesota Statutes, section 181.953, subdivision 1.

b.         The employee must be informed of the test result at the time of the oral fluid test. Within 48 hours of an oral fluid test that indicates a positive test result or that is inconclusive or invalid, the employee or job applicant may request drug or alcohol testing or cannabis testing at no cost to the employee or job applicant using the services of a testing laboratory under Minnesota Statutes, section 181.953, subdivision 1, and according to the existing laboratory testing standards in subdivisions 1 to 5. The rights, notice, and limitations in Minnesota Statutes, section 181.953, subdivision 6, paragraph (b), and subdivisions 7 to 8 and 10 to 11 apply to an employee or job applicant and a laboratory test conducted pursuant to this paragraph.

c.         If the laboratory test under paragraph (b) above indicates a positive result, any subsequent confirmatory retest, if requested by the employee or job applicant, must be conducted following the retest procedures provided in Minnesota Statutes, section 181.953, subdivision 6, paragraph (c), and subdivision 9 at the employee’s or job applicant’s own expense.

d.         Nothing in this subdivision is intended to modify the existing requirements for drug and alcohol testing or cannabis testing in the workplace under Minnesota Statutes, sections 181.950 to 18.957, unless stated otherwise.

[NOTE: The 2024 Minnesota legislature enacted this provision.]

5.         Random Testing

The school district may request or require “other employees” to undergo cannabis testing or drug and alcohol testing on a random selection basis only if they are employed in safety-sensitive positions.

6.         Reasonable Suspicion Testing

The school district may request or require any employee to undergo cannabis testing or drug and alcohol testing if the school district has a reasonable suspicion that the employee:

a.         is under the influence of cannabis, drugs, or alcohol;

b.        has violated the school district’s written work rules prohibiting the use, possession, sale, or transfer of drugs or alcohol, cannabis flower, cannabis products, lower-potency hemp edibles, or hemp-derived consumer products while the employee is working or while the employee is on the school district’s premises or operating the school district’s vehicles, machinery, or equipment;

c.       has sustained a personal injury, as that term is defined in Minnesota Statutes, section  176.011, subdivision 16, or has caused another employee to sustain a personal injury; or

d.         has caused a work-related accident or was operating or helping to operate machinery, equipment, or vehicles involved in a work-related accident.

7.         Treatment Program Testing

The school district may request or require any employee to undergo cannabis testing and drug and alcohol testing if the employee has been referred by the school district for chemical dependency treatment or evaluation or is participating in a chemical dependency treatment program under an employee benefit plan, in which case the employee may be requested or required to undergo cannabis testing and drug and alcohol testing without prior notice during the evaluation or treatment period and for a period of up to two (2) years following completion of any prescribed chemical dependency treatment program.

8.         Routine Physical Examination Testing

The school district may request or require any employee to undergo drug and alcohol testing as part of a routine physical examination provided the drug or alcohol test is requested or required no more than once annually and the employee has been given at least two weeks’ written notice that a drug or alcohol test may be requested or required as part of the physical examination.

C.         No Legal Duty to Test

The school district does not have a legal duty to request or require any employee or job applicant whose position does not require a commercial driver’s license to undergo drug and alcohol testing.

D.         Right of Other Employee or Job Applicant to Refuse Drug and Alcohol Testing and Consequences of Such Refusal

1.         Right of Other Employee or Job Applicant to Refuse Drug and Alcohol Testing

Any employee or job applicant whose position does not require a commercial driver’s license has the right to refuse drug and alcohol testing subject to the provisions contained in Paragraphs 2. and 3. of Section IV.D.

2.         Consequences of an Employee’s Refusal to Undergo Drug and Alcohol Testing

Any employee in a position that does not require a commercial driver’s license who refuses to undergo drug and alcohol testing in the circumstances set out in the Random Testing, Reasonable Suspicion Testing, and Treatment Program Testing provisions of this policy may be subject to disciplinary action, up to and including immediate discharge.

3.         Consequences of a Job Applicant’s Refusal to Undergo Drug and Alcohol Testing

Any job applicant for a position which does not require a commercial driver’s license who refuses to undergo drug and alcohol testing pursuant to the Job Applicant Testing provision of this policy shall not be employed.

E.         Reliability and Fairness Safeguards

1.         Pretest Notice

Before requesting an employee or job applicant whose position does not require a commercial driver’s license to undergo drug or alcohol testing or requesting cannabis testing, the school district shall provide the employee or job applicant with a Pretest Notice in the form of Attachment D to this policy on which to acknowledge that the employee or job applicant has received the school district’s drug and alcohol testing or cannabis testing policy.

2.         Notice of Test Results

Within three (3) working days after receipt of a test result report from the testing laboratory, the school district shall inform in writing an employee or job applicant who has undergone drug or alcohol testing or cannabis testing of a negative test result on an initial screening test or of a negative or positive test result on a confirmatory test.

3.         Notice of and Right to Test Result Report

Within three (3) working days after receipt of a test result report from the testing laboratory, the school district shall inform in writing, an employee or job applicant who has undergone drug or alcohol testing of the employee or job applicant’s right to request and receive from the school district a copy of the test result report on any drug or alcohol test or cannabis test.

4.         Notice of and Right to Explain Positive Test Result

a.         If an employee or job applicant has a positive test result on a confirmatory test, the school district shall provide the individual with notice of the test results and, at the same time, written notice of the right to explain the results and to submit additional information (see Attachment G to this policy).

b.       The school district may request that the employee or job applicant indicate any over-the-counter or prescription medication that the individual is currently taking or has recently taken and any other information relevant to the reliability of, or explanation for, a positive test result.

c.     The employee may present verification of enrollment in the medical cannabis patient registry or of enrollment in a Tribal medical cannabis program as part of the employee’s explanation.

d.      Use of nonintoxicating cannabinoids or edible cannabinoid products is not a legitimate medical explanation for a confirmed positive test result for cannabis.  MROs will verify a drug test confirmed as positive, even if an employee claims to have only used nonintoxicating cannabinoids or edible cannabinoid product. 

e.         Within three (3) working days after notice of a positive test result on a confirmatory test, an employee or job applicant may submit information (in addition to any information already submitted) to the school district to explain that result.

5.         Notice of and Right to Request Confirmatory Retests

a.         If an employee or job applicant has a positive test result on a confirmatory test, the school district shall provide the individual with notice of the test results and, at the same time, written notice of the right to request a confirmatory retest of the original sample at his or her expense.

b.        An employee or job applicant may request a confirmatory retest of the original sample at his or her own expense after notice of a positive test result on a confirmatory test.  Within five (5) working days after notice of the confirmatory test result, the employee or job applicant shall notify the school district in writing of his or her intention to obtain a confirmatory retest.  Within three (3) working days after receipt of the notice, the school district shall notify the original testing laboratory that the employee or job applicant has requested the laboratory to conduct the confirmatory retest or to transfer the sample to another laboratory licensed under Minnesota Statutes, section 181.953, subdivision 1 to conduct the confirmatory retest.  The original testing laboratory shall ensure that appropriate chain-of-custody procedures are followed during transfer of the sample to the other laboratory.  The confirmatory retest must use the same drug, alcohol, or cannabis threshold detection levels as used in the original confirmatory test.  If the confirmatory retest does not confirm the original positive test result, no adverse personnel action based on the original confirmatory test may be taken against the employee or job applicant.

6.        If an employee or job applicant has a positive test result on a confirmatory test, the school district, at the time of providing notice of the test results, shall also provide written notice to inform the individual of other rights provided under Sections F. or G., below, whichever is applicable.

Attachments F and G to this policy provide the Notices described in Paragraphs 2. through 6. of this Section E.

F.         Discharge and Discipline of Employees Whose Positions Do Not Require a Commercial Driver’s License

1.         The school district may not discharge, discipline, discriminate against, request, or require rehabilitation of an employee on the basis of a positive test result from an initial screening test that has not been verified by a confirmatory test.

2.         In the case of a positive test result on a confirmatory test, the employee shall be subject to discipline which includes, but is not limited to, immediate suspension without pay and immediate discharge, pursuant to the provisions of this policy.

3.         The school district may not discharge an employee for whom a positive test result on a confirmatory test was the first such result for the employee on a drug or alcohol test or cannabis test requested by the school district, unless the following conditions have been met:

a.         The school district has first given the employee an opportunity to participate in, at the employee’s own expense or pursuant to coverage under an employee benefit plan, either a drug, alcohol, or cannabis counseling or rehabilitation program, whichever is more appropriate, as determined by the school district after consultation with a certified chemical abuse counselor or a physician trained in the diagnosis and treatment of chemical dependency; and

b.      The employee has either refused to participate in the counseling or rehabilitation program or has failed to successfully complete the program, as evidenced by withdrawal from the program before its completion or by a positive test result on a confirmatory test after completion of the program.

4.       Notwithstanding Paragraph 1., the school district may temporarily suspend the tested employee or transfer that employee to another position at the same rate of pay pending the outcome of the confirmatory test and, if requested, the confirmatory retest, provided the school district believes that it is reasonably necessary to protect the health or safety of the employee, co-employees or the public.  An employee who has been suspended without pay must be reinstated with back pay if the outcome of the confirmatory test or requested confirmatory retest is negative.

5.        The school district may not discharge, discipline, discriminate against, request, or require rehabilitation of an employee on the basis of medical history information or the employee’s status as a patient enrolled in the medical cannabis registry program revealed to the school district, unless the employee was under an affirmative duty to provide the information before, upon, or after hire, or failing to do so would violate federal law or regulations or cause the school district to lose money or licensing-related benefit under federal law or regulations.

6.       The school district may not discriminate against any employee in termination, discharge, or any term of condition of employment or otherwise penalize an employee based upon an employee registered patient’s positive drug test for cannabis components or metabolites, unless the employee used, possessed, or was impaired by medical cannabis on school district property during the hours of employment.

7.       An employee must be given access to information in the individual’s personnel file relating to positive test result reports and other information acquired in the drug and alcohol testing process or cannabis testing process and conclusions drawn from and actions taken based on the reports or other acquired information.

G.         Withdrawal of Job Offer for an Applicant for a Position That Does Not Require a Commercial Driver’s License

If a job applicant has received a job offer made contingent on the applicant’s passing drug and alcohol testing, the school district may not withdraw the offer based on a positive test result from an initial screening test that has not been verified by a confirmatory test.  In the case of a positive test result on a confirmatory test, the school district may withdraw the job offer.

H.         Chain-of-Custody Procedures

The school district has established its own reliable chain-of-custody procedures to ensure proper record keeping, handling, labeling, and identification of the samples to be tested.  The procedures require the following:

1.        Possession of a sample must be traceable to the employee from whom the sample is collected, from the time the sample is collected through the time the sample is delivered to the laboratory;

2.         The sample must always be in the possession of, must always be in view of, or must be placed in a secure area by a person authorized to handle the sample;

3.         A sample must be accompanied by a written chain-of-custody record; and

4.         Individuals relinquishing or accepting possession of the sample must record the time the possession of the sample was transferred and must sign and date the chain-of-custody record at the time of transfer.

I.          Privacy, Confidentiality and Privilege Safeguards

1.         Privacy Limitations

A laboratory may only disclose to the school district test result data regarding the presence or absence of drugs, alcohol or their metabolites in a sample tested.

2.         Confidentiality Limitations

With respect to employees and job applicants, test result reports and other information acquired in the drug or alcohol testing process are private data on individuals as that phrase is defined in Minnesota Statutes, Chapter 13, and may not be disclosed by the school district or laboratory to another employer or to a third-party individual, governmental agency, or private organization without the written consent of the employee or job applicant tested.

3.         Exceptions to Privacy and Confidentiality Disclosure Limitations

Notwithstanding Paragraphs 1. and 2., evidence of a positive test result on a confirmatory test may be:   (1) used in an arbitration proceeding pursuant to a collective bargaining agreement, an administrative hearing under Minnesota Statutes, chapter 43A or other applicable state or local law, or a judicial proceeding, provided that information is relevant to the hearing or proceeding; (2) disclosed to any federal agency or other unit of the United States government as required under federal law, regulation or order, or in accordance with compliance requirements of a federal government contract; and (3) disclosed to a substance abuse treatment facility for the purpose of evaluation or treatment of the employee.

4.         Privilege

Positive test results from the school district drug or alcohol testing program may not be used as evidence in a criminal action against the employee or job applicant tested.

J.          Notice of Testing Policy to Affected Employees

The school district shall provide written notice of this drug, alcohol, and cannabis testing policy to all affected employees upon adoption of the policy, to a previously non-affected employee upon transfer to an affected position under the policy, and to a job applicant upon hire and before any testing of the applicant if the job offer is made contingent on the applicant’s passing drug and alcohol testing.   Affected employees and applicants will acknowledge receipt of this written notice in the form of Attachment H to this policy.

V.         POSTING

The school district shall post notice in an appropriate and conspicuous location on its premises that it has adopted a drug and alcohol testing policy and that copies of the policy are available for inspection during regular business hours by its employees or job applicants in its personnel office or other suitable locations.

Legal References:      Minn. Stat. Ch. 13 (Minnesota Government Data Practices Act)

Minn. Stat. Ch. 43A (State Personnel Management)

Minn. Stat. § 151.72 (Sale of Certain Cannabinoid Products)

Minn. Stat. § 152.01 (Definitions)

Minn. Stat. § 152.22 (Definitions; Medical Cannabis)

Minn. Stat. § 152.23 (Limitations; Medical Cannabis)

Minn. Stat. § 152.32 (Protections for Registry Program Participation)

Minn. Stat. § 176.011, subd. 16 (Definitions; Personal Injury)

Minn. Stat. §§ 181.950-181.957 (Drug and Alcohol Testing in the Workplace)

Minn. Stat. § 221.031 (Motor Carrier Rules)

49 U.S.C. § 31306 (Omnibus Transportation Employee Testing Act of 1991)

49 U.S.C. 31306a (National Clearinghouse for Controlled Substance and Alcohol Test Results of Commercial Motor Vehicle Operators)

49 U.S.C. § 521(b) (Civil and Criminal Penalties for Violations)

49 C.F.R. Parts 40 (Department of Transportation Rules Implementing Omnibus Transportation Employee Testing Act of 1991)

49 C.F.R. Part 382 (Controlled Substances and Alcohol Use and Testing)

 

Cross-References:     MSBA/MASA Model Policy 403 (Discipline, Suspension, and Dismissal of School District Employees)

MSBA/MASA Model Policy 406 (Public and Private Personnel Data)

MSBA/MASA Model Policy 417 (Chemical Use and Abuse)

MSBA/MASA Model Policy 418 (Drug-Free Workplace/Drug-Free School)

MSBA/MASA Model Policy 419
Orig. 1995
Rev. 2024

428   TOBACCO-FREE ENVIRONMENT; POSSESSION AND USE OF TOBACCO, TOBACCO-RELATED DEVICES, AND ELECTRONIC DELIVERY DEVICES; VAPING AWARENESS AND PREVENTION INSTRUCTION

[NOTE: School districts are not required by statute to have a policy addressing these issues.  However, Minnesota Statutes section 144.416 requires that entities that control public places must make reasonable efforts to prevent smoking in public places, including the posting of signs or any other means which may be appropriate. Additionally, Minnesota Statutes section 120B.238 requires that vaping prevention instruction be provided as set forth in this policy.]

I.         PURPOSE

The purpose of this policy is to maintain a learning and working environment that is tobacco free.

II.        GENERAL STATEMENT OF POLICY

A.       A violation of this policy occurs when any student, teacher, administrator, other school personnel of the school district, or person smokes or uses tobacco, tobacco-related devices, or carries or uses an activated electronic delivery device in a public school.  This prohibition extends to all facilities, whether owned, rented, or leased, and all vehicles that a school district owns, leases, rents, contracts for, or controls.  In addition, this prohibition includes vehicles used, in whole or in part, for work purposes, during hours of school operation, if more than one person is present.  This prohibition includes all school district property and all off-campus events sponsored by the school district.

B.        A violation of this policy occurs when any elementary school, middle school, or secondary school student possesses any type of tobacco, tobacco-related devices, or electronic delivery devices in a public school.  This prohibition extends to all facilities, whether owned, rented, or leased, and all vehicles that a school district owns, leases, rents, contracts for, or controls and includes vehicles used, in whole or in part, for school purposes, during hours of school operation, if more than one person is present.  This prohibition includes all school district property and all off-campus events sponsored by the school district.

C.      The school district will act to enforce this policy and to discipline or take appropriate action against any student, teacher, administrator, school personnel, or person who is found to have violated this policy.

 

[Note: The following language is not required by law but is recommended by MSBA for inclusion in this policy.]

 

D.      The school district will not solicit or accept any contributions or gifts of money, curricula, materials, or equipment from companies that directly manufacture and are identified with tobacco products, tobacco-related devices, or electronic delivery devices.   The school district will not promote or allow promotion of tobacco products or electronic delivery devices on school property or at school-sponsored events

III.      DEFINITIONS

A.       “Electronic delivery device” means any product containing or delivering nicotine, lobelia, or any other substance, whether natural or synthetic, intended for human consumption through inhalation of aerosol or vapor from the product. Electronic delivery devices includes but is not limited to devices manufactured, marketed, or sold as electronic cigarettes, electronic cigars, electronic pipe, vape pens, modes, tank systems, or under any other product name or descriptor.  Electronic delivery device includes any component part of a product, whether or not marketed or sold separately.   Electronic delivery device excludes drugs, devices, or combination products, as those terms are defined in the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act, that are authorized for sale by the United States Food and Drug Administration.

B.       “Heated tobacco product” means a tobacco product that produces aerosols containing nicotine and other chemicals which are inhaled by users through the mouth.

C.      “Tobacco” means cigarettes and any product containing, made, or derived from tobacco that is intended for human consumption, whether chewed, smoked, absorbed, dissolved, inhaled, snorted, sniffed, or ingested by any other means, or any component, part, or accessory of a tobacco product, including, but not limited to, cigars; cheroots; stogies; perique; granulated, plug cut, crimp cut, ready rubbed, and other smoking tobacco; snuff; snuff flour; cavendish; plug and twist tobacco; fine cut and other chewing tobacco; shorts; refuse scraps, clippings, cuttings and sweepings of tobacco; and other kinds and forms of tobacco. Tobacco excludes any drugs, devices, or combination products, as those terms are defined in the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act, that are authorized for sale by the United States Food and Drug Administration.

D.      “Tobacco-related devices” means cigarette papers or pipes for smoking or other devices intentionally designed or intended to be used in a manner which enables the chewing, sniffing, smoking, or inhalation of aerosol or vapor of tobacco or tobacco products.  Tobacco-related devices include components of tobacco-related devices which may be marketed or sold separately.

E.      “Smoking” means inhaling, exhaling, burning, or carrying any lighted or heated cigar, cigarette, pipe, or any other lighted or heated product containing, made, or derived from nicotine, tobacco, marijuana, or other plant, whether natural or synthetic, that is intended for inhalation.   Smoking includes carrying or using an activated electronic delivery device.

F.         “Vaping” means using an activated electronic delivery device or heated tobacco product.

IV.       EXCEPTIONS

A.       A violation of this policy does not occur when an Indian adult lights tobacco on school district property as a part of a traditional Indian spiritual or cultural ceremony.  An American Indian student may carry a medicine pouch containing loose tobacco intended as observance of traditional spiritual or cultural practices. An Indian is a person who is a member of an Indian tribe as defined under Minnesota law.

          B.        A violation of this policy does not occur when an adult nonstudent possesses a tobacco or nicotine product that has been approved by the United States Food and Drug Administration for sale as a tobacco-cessation product, as a tobacco-dependence product, or for other medical purposes, and is being marketed and sold solely for such an approved purpose.  Nothing in this exception authorizes smoking or use of tobacco, tobacco-related devices, or electronic delivery devices on school property or at off-campus events sponsored by the school district.

C.     An American Indian student or staff member may use tobacco, sage, sweetgrass, and cedar to conduct individual or group smudging in a public school. The process for conducting smudging is determined by the building or site administrator. Smudging must be conducted under the direct supervision of an appropriate staff member, as determined by the building or site administrator.

V.       VAPING PREVENTION INSTRUCTION

A.         The school district must provide vaping prevention instruction at least once to students in grades 6 through 8.

         B.       The school district may use instructional materials based upon the Minnesota Department of Health’s school e-cigarette toolkit or may use other smoking prevention instructional materials with a focus on vaping and the use of electronic delivery devices and heated tobacco products. The instruction may be provided as part of the school district’s locally developed health standards.

[NOTE: In addition, school districts may choose to require (a) evidence-based vaping prevention instruction to students in grades 9 through 12; and/or (b) a peer-to-peer education program to provide vaping prevention instruction.]

VII.     ENFORCEMENT

A.         All individuals on school premises shall adhere to this policy.

B.         Students who violate this tobacco-free policy shall be subject to school district discipline procedures.

C.         School district administrators and other school personnel who violate this tobacco-free policy shall be subject to school district discipline procedures.

D.         School district action taken for violation of this policy will be consistent with requirements of applicable collective bargaining agreements, Minnesota or federal law, and school district policies.

E.         Persons who violate this tobacco-free policy may be referred to the building administration or other school district supervisory personnel responsible for the area or program at which the violation occurred.

F.         School administrators may call the local law enforcement agency to assist with enforcement of this policy.  Smoking or use of any tobacco product in a public school is a violation of the Minnesota Clean Indoor Air Act and/or the Freedom to Breathe Act of 2007 and is a petty misdemeanor.  A court injunction may be instituted against a repeated violator.

G.         No persons shall be discharged, refused to be hired, penalized, discriminated against, or in any manner retaliated against for exercising any right to a smoke-free environment provided by the Freedom to Breathe Act of 2007 or other law.

VI.       DISSEMINATION OF POLICY

A.         This policy shall appear in the student handbook.

B.         The school district will develop a method of discussing this policy with students and employees.

Legal References:     Minn. Stat. § 120B.238 (Vaping Awareness and Prevention)

Minn. Stat. § 121A.08 (Smudging Permitted)

Minn. Stat. §§ 144.411-144.417 (Minnesota Clean Indoor Air Act)

Minn. Stat. § 609.685 (Sale of Tobacco to Persons Under Age 21)

2007 Minn. Laws Ch. 82 (Freedom to Breathe Act of 2007)

 

Cross References:      MSBA/MASA Model Policy 403 (Discipline, Suspension, and Dismissal of School District Employees)

MSBA/MASA Model Policy 506 (Student Discipline)

429 NOON LUNCH TIME POLICY FOR TEACHERS

Teachers are not allowed to leave the school building during their lunch period without the principal’s permission.

430 EMPLOYMENT BACKGROUND CHECKS

Revised: October 12, 2005 Revised: January 11, 2011

A. Purpose

The purpose of this policy is to maintain a safe and healthful environment in the school district in order to promote the physical, social, and psychological well-being of its students. To that end, the school district will seek a criminal history background check for applicants who receive an offer of employment with the school district and on all individuals, except enrolled student volunteers, who are offered the opportunity to provide athletic coaching services or other extracurricular academic coaching services to the school district, regardless of whether any compensation is paid, or such other background checks as provided by this policy. The school district may also elect to do background checks of volunteers, independent contractors, and student employees in the school district.

B. General Statement of Policy

1. The school district shall require that applicants for school district positions who receive an offer of employment and all individuals, except enrolled student volunteers, who are offered the opportunity to provide athletic coaching services or other extracurricular academic coaching services to the school district, regardless of whether any compensation is paid, submit to a criminal history background check. The offer of employment or opportunity to provide services shall be conditioned upon a determination by the school district that an applicant’s criminal history does not preclude the applicant from employment with, or provision of services to, the school district.

2. The school district specifically reserves any and all rights it may have to conduct background checks regarding current employees or applicants without the consent of such individuals.

3. Adherence to this policy by the school district shall in no way limit the school district’s right to require additional information or to use procedures currently in place or other procedures to gain additional background information concerning employees, applicants, volunteers, independent contractors, and student employees.

C. Procedures

1. Normally an applicant will not commence employment until the school district receives the results of the criminal history background check. The school district may conditionally hire an applicant pending completion of the background check, but shall notify the applicant that the applicants employment may be terminated based on the result of the background check. Background checks will be performed by the Minnesota Bureau of Criminal Apprehension (BCA). The BCA shall conduct the background check by retrieving criminal history data as defined by Minn. Stat. 13.87. The school district reserves the right to also have criminal history background checks conducted by other organizations or agencies.

2. In order for an individual to be eligible for employment or to provide athletic coaching services or other extracurricular academic coaching services to the school district, except for an enrolled student volunteer, the individual must sign a criminal history consent form, which provides permission for the school district to conduct a criminal history background check and provide a personal check, money order or cashier’s check payable to the “Minnesota Bureau of Criminal Apprehension” in an amount equal to the actual cost to the BCA and the school district of conducting the criminal history background check. The cost of the criminal history background check is the responsibility of the individual, unless the school district decides to pay the costs for a volunteer, and independent contractor, or a student employee. If the applicant fails to provide the school district with a signed Informed Consent Form (see appendix) and fee at the time the applicant receives a job offer, or permission to provide services, the individual will be considered to have voluntarily withdrawn the application for employment.

3. The school district, at its discretion, may elect not to request a criminal history background check on an applicant who holds an entrance license issued by the state board of teaching or the state board of education within the 12 months preceding an offer of employment.

4. The school district may use the results of a criminal background check conducted at the request of another school hiring authority if:

a. The results of the criminal background check are on file with the other school hiring authority or otherwise accessible;

b. The other school hiring authority conducted a criminal background check within the previous 12 months;

c. The applicant executes a written consent form giving the school district access to the results of the check; and

d. There is no reason to believe that the applicant has committed an act subsequent to the check that would disqualify the applicant for employment.

5. For all non-state residents who are offered employment with or the opportunity to provide athletic coaching services or other extracurricular academic coaching services to the school district, the school district shall request a criminal history background check on such applicants from the superintendent of the BCA and from the government agency performing the same function in the resident state, or if no government entity performs the same function in the resident state, from the Federal Bureau of Investigation. The offer of employment or the opportunity to provide services shall be conditioned upon a determination by the school district that an individual’s criminal history does not preclude the individual from employment with, or provision of services to, the school district. Such individuals must provide an executed criminal history consent form.

6. When required, applicants must provide fingerprints to assist in a criminal history background check. If the fingerprints provided by the applicant are unusable, the applicant will be required to submit another set of prints.

7. Copies of this policy shall be available in the school district’s employment office and will be distributed to applicants for employment and individuals who are offered the opportunity to provide athletic coaching services or other extracurricular academic coaching services upon request. The need to submit to a criminal history background check may be included with the basic criteria for employment or provision of services in the position posting and position advertisements.

8. The applicant will be informed of the results of the criminal background check(s) to the extent required by law.
9. If the criminal history background check precludes employment with the school district, the applicant will be so advised.

10. The school district may apply these procedures to volunteers, independent contractors or student employees as though they were applicants for employment.

 

431 USE OF TIME CLOCK – HOURLY EMPLOYEES

All hourly employees are to use the District time clock to record the time they report to work and the time they leave work. An hourly employee leaving the school premises on personal business during their work shift must have administrative/supervisor approval, clock out upon leaving, and clock in upon his/her return to work. An hourly employee may clock in prior to the beginning of his/her work shift. However, work shifts and the number of hours worked per day are set by the District and are not altered by the time an employee clocks in to begin his/her work shift or clocks out to end the shift.

432 CHANGES TO REGULAR WORK SHIFT

The hours that District employees work are set by the District. Any change from this District established work shift must have administrative approval. Overtime work must be approved in writing by the school district and must be in advance of the overtime work, whenever possible. Any extension of an employee’s shift, whether overtime or not, must be submitted by voucher to the District office for payment.

433 RETIREE INSURANCE

Revised: March 10, 2004
Revised: October, 2010
Revised: February 9, 2011

433 RETIREE INSURANCE

All currently working staff who are eligible for health insurance (see below) shall be eligible to receive continuation coverage as retirees in accordance with this policy as required by Minnesota law. Retirees also may be eligible to receive district contributions to continuation of health coverage. This policy is meant to be in compliance with Minnesota law and any specific language which this policy is silent on shall be found in favor of the district.

A. Insurance Continuation Coverage for Former Employees and Dependents

1. Eligibility: A former employee and the employee’s dependents will be allowed to continue to participate indefinitely in the district-sponsored hospital and medical insurance groups the employee participated in immediately before retirement if the former employee:

a. Is receiving a disability benefit or an annuity from a Minnesota public pension plan other than a volunteer firefighter plan; or

b. Has met age and service requirements necessary to receive an annuity from such a plan.

2. A retiree who is less than age 65 will be pooled in the same group as active employees for purposes of establishing premiums and coverage for hospital and medical insurance.

3. A retiree reaches age 65 or is over age 65 may choose one of the following options:

a. Obtain Medicare A and B coverage; or

b. The retiree may continue to participate in the district’s group hospital and medical insurance that the employee participated in immediately before retirement.

4. Family Coverage may be selected only if the employee received family coverage immediately before leaving employment. If single coverage is selected, it will remain in effect and CANNOT be changed to family coverage at a later date. If family coverage is selected at the time of leaving employment, it can be changed to single only in the FORMER EMPLOYEE’S name.

5. In the event of the death of the former employee, federal law (COBRA) generally will allow continued coverage to be made available to the spouse for a period of up to 36 months.

6. An employee will be notified before leaving employment of the deadlines for electing continuation coverage. A retiree who does not elect to continue participation in the district’s group insurance plan by the deadline does not have a right to reenter the district’s group insurance program.

B. School District Payments of Premiums or Charges for Group Health Continuation Coverage

1. Eligibility: Upon retirement from the district with a minimum of ten (10) years of service, a retiree shall be eligible to use an escrow sick leave amount to fund the retiree health insurance continuation benefit under this policy.

2. Escrow sick leave amounts to fund health insurance after retirement are calculated by multiplying the number of sick leave days remaining at the time of retirement by the retiring employee’s daily salary at the time of retirement. This daily salary calculation is capped at $250 per day for all school district employees.

3. Escrow sick leave amounts will be used to pay for a retiree’s health insurance premium until the escrow amount is depleted. An employee may thereafter continue to participate in the district’s health insurance plan at his/her own cost without any contribution from the district.

4. The district will not pay premiums directly to retirees. Also, no escrow sick leave amounts used to fund the retiree health insurance benefit under this policy shall be paid to surviving heirs or estates of the retiree who qualifies for this benefit.

5. Husband/Wife with a family policy – when the employee with the policy in his/her name retires, the other must apply for single or family contract in his/her name. If the employee’s spouse elects family coverage because the cost is paid by the district, the retiree’s escrow fund will remain untouched.

6. An eligible employee who has zero sick leave days at the time of retirement may continue to obtain health insurance coverage in the district’s group plan at their own cost and without any contribution from the district.

434 EMPLOYEE-STUDENT RELATIONSHIPS

New Policy: March 10, 2004

A. Purpose

The school district is committed to an educational environment in which all students are treated with respect and dignity. Every school district employee is to provide students with appropriate guidance, understanding and direction, while maintaining a standard of professionalism, and acting within accepted standards of conduct.

B. General Statement of Policy

1. This policy applies to all school district employees at all times, whether on or off duty and on or off of school district locations.

2. At all times, students will be treated by teachers and other school district employees with respect, courtesy and consideration and in a professional manner. Each school district employee is expected to exercise good judgment and professionalism in all interpersonal relationships with students. Such relationships must be and remain on a teacher-student basis or an employee-student basis.

3. Teachers must be mindful of their inherent positions of authority and influence over students. Similarly, other school district employees also may hold positions of authority over students of the school district and must be mindful of their authority and influence over students.

4. Sexual relationships between school district employees and students, without regard to the age of the student, are strictly forbidden and may subject the employee to criminal liability.

5. Other actions that violate this policy include, but are not limited to, the following:

a. Dating students.

b. Having any interaction/activity of a sexual nature with a student.

c. Committing or attempting to induce students or others to commit an illegal act or act of immoral conduct which may be harmful to others or bring discredit to the school district.

d. Supplying alcohol or any illegal substance to a student, allowing a student access to such substances, or failing to take reasonable steps to prevent such access from occurring.

6. School district employees shall, whenever possible, employ safeguards against improper relationships with students and/or claims of such improper relationships.

7. Excessive informal and social involvement with individual students is unprofessional, is not compatible with employee-student relationships, and is inappropriate.

8. School district employees will adhere to applicable standards of ethics and professional conduct in Minnesota law.

C. Reporting and Investigation

1. Complaints and/or concerns regarding alleged violations of this policy shall be investigated.

2. All employees shall cooperate with any investigation of alleged acts, conduct or communications in violation of this policy.

D. School District Action

Upon receipt of a report, the school district will take appropriate action. Such action may include, but is not limited to, warning, suspension, exclusion, expulsion, transfer, remediation, termination or discharge. It also may include reporting to appropriate state or federal authorities, including the Board of Teaching or the appropriate licensing authority. School district action taken for violation of this policy will be consistent with requirements of applicable collective bargaining agreements, Minnesota and federal law and school district policies.

E. Scope of Liability

Employees are placed on notice that if an employee acts outside the performance of the duties of the position for which the employee is employed, or is guilty of malfeasance, willful neglect of duty, or bad faith, the school district is not required to defend and indemnify the employee for damages in school-related litigation.

MSBA/MASA Model Policy 410
Orig. 1995; Rev. 2023

435     FAMILY AND MEDICAL LEAVE POLICY

[Note: School districts are required by statute to have a policy addressing these issues.]

I.         PURPOSE

The purpose of this policy is to provide for family and medical leave to school district employees in accordance with the Family and Medical Leave Act of 1993 (FMLA) and also with parenting leave under state law.

II.        GENERAL STATEMENT OF POLICY

The following procedures and policies regarding family and medical leave are adopted by the school district, pursuant to the requirements of the FMLA and consistent with the requirements of the Minnesota parenting leave laws.

III.      DEFINITIONS

A.         “Covered active duty” means:

1.         in the case of a member of a regular component of the Armed Forces, duty during the deployment of the member with the Armed Forces to a foreign country; and

2.         in the case of a member of a reserve component of the Armed Forces, duty during the deployment of the member with the Armed Forces to a foreign country under a call or order to active duty under a provision of law referred to in 10 United States Code section 101(a)(13)(B).

B.         “Covered servicemember” means:

1.         a member of the Armed Forces, including a member of the National Guard or Reserves, who is undergoing medical treatment, recuperation, or therapy, is otherwise in outpatient status, or is otherwise on the temporary disability retired list, for a serious injury or illness; or

2.         a covered veteran who is undergoing medical treatment, recuperation, or therapy for a serious injury or illness and who was a member of the Armed Forces, including a member of the National Guard or Reserves, and was discharged or released under conditions other than dishonorable, at any time during the period of five years preceding the first date the eligible employee takes FMLA leave to care for the covered veteran.

C.         “Eligible employee” means an employee who has been employed by the school district for a total of at least 12 months and who has been employed for at least 1,250 hours of service during the 12-month period immediately preceding the commencement of the leave.  An employee returning from fulfilling his or her Uniformed Services Employment and Reemployment Rights Act (USERRA)-covered service obligation shall be credited with the hours of service that would have been performed but for the period of absence from work due to or necessitated by USERRA-covered service.    In determining whether the employee met the hours of service requirement, and to determine the hours that would have been worked during the period of absence from work due to or necessitated by USERRA-covered service, the employee’s pre-service work schedule can generally be used for calculations.  While the 12 months of employment need not be consecutive, employment periods prior to a break in service of seven years or more may not be counted: (1) unless the break is occasioned by the employee’s fulfillment of his or her USERRA-covered service obligation; or (2) a written agreement, including a collective bargaining agreement, exists concerning the school district’s intention to rehire the employee after the break in service.

            D.         “Military caregiver leave” means leave taken to care for a covered servicemember with a serious injury or illness.

E.         “Next of kin of a covered servicemember” means the nearest blood relative other than the covered servicemember’s spouse, parent, son, or daughter, in the following order of priority:  blood relatives who have been granted legal custody of the covered servicemember by court decree or statutory provisions, brothers and sisters, grandparents, aunts and uncles, and first cousins, unless the covered servicemember has specifically designated in writing another blood relative as his or her nearest blood relative for purposes of military caregiver leave under the FMLA.  When no such designation is made and there are multiple family members with the same level of relationship to the covered servicemember, all such family members shall be considered the covered servicemember’s next of kin, and the employee may take FMLA leave to provide care to the covered servicemember, either consecutively or simultaneously.  When such designation has been made, the designated individual shall be deemed to be the covered servicemember’s only next of kin.

F.         “Outpatient status” means, with respect to a covered servicemember who is a current member of the Armed Forces, the status of a member of the Armed Forces assigned to:

1.         a military medical treatment facility as an outpatient; or

2.         a unit established for the purpose of providing command and control of members of the Armed Forces receiving care as outpatients.

G.         “Qualifying exigency” means a situation where the eligible employee seeks leave for one or more of the following reasons:

1.         to address any issues that arise from a short-notice deployment (seven calendar days or less) of a covered military member;

2.         to attend military events and related activities of a covered military member;

3.         to address issues related to childcare and school activities of a covered military member’s child;

4.         to address financial and legal arrangements for a covered military member;

5.         to attend counseling provided by someone other than a health care provider for oneself, a covered military member, or his/her child;

6.         to spend up to 15 calendar days with a covered military member who is on short-term, temporary rest and recuperation leave during a period of deployment;

7.         to attend post-deployment activities related to a covered military member;

                        8.         to address care needs of a covered military member’s parent who is incapable of self-care; and

9.         to address other events related to a covered military member that both the employee and school district agree is a qualifying exigency.

H.         “Serious health condition” means an illness, injury, impairment, or physical or mental condition that involves:

1.         inpatient care in a hospital, hospice, or residential medical care facility; or

2.         continuing treatment by a health care provider.

            I.         “Spouse” means a husband or wife.  For purposes of this definition, husband or wife refers to the other person with whom an individual entered into marriage as defined or recognized under state law for purposes of marriage in the state in which the marriage was entered into or, in the case of a marriage entered into outside of any state, if the marriage is valid in the place where entered into and could have been entered into in at least one state.  This definition includes an individual in a same-sex or common law marriage that either:   (1) was entered into in a state that recognizes such marriages; or (2) if entered into outside of any state, is valid in the place where entered into and could have been entered into in at least one state.

J.          “Veteran” has the meaning given in 38 United States Code section 101.

IV.       LEAVE ENTITLEMENT

A.         Twelve-week Leave under Federal Law

1.         Eligible employees are entitled to a total of 12 work weeks of unpaid family or medical leave during the applicable 12-month period as defined below, plus any additional leave as required by law.   Leave may be taken for one or more of the following reasons in accordance with applicable law:

a.         birth of the employee’s child and to care for such child;

b.         placement of an adopted or foster child with the employee;              

c.         to care for the employee’s spouse, son, daughter, or parent with a serious health condition;

d.         the employee’s serious health condition makes the employee unable to perform the functions of the employee’s job; and/or

e.         any qualifying exigency arising from the employee’s spouse, son, daughter, or parent being on covered active duty, or notified of an impending call or order to covered active duty in the Armed Forces.

2.         For the purposes of this policy, “year” is defined as a rolling 12-month period measured backward from the date an employee’s leave is to commence. 

[Note:   An employer is permitted to choose any one of the following methods for determining the 12–month period in which the 12 weeks of FMLA leave entitlement occurs: (a) the calendar year; (b) any fixed 12–month leave year, such as a fiscal year, a year required by State law, or a year starting on an employee’s anniversary date;(c) the 12–month period measured forward from the date any employee’s first FMLA leave; or (d) a “rolling” 12–month period measured backward from the date an employee uses any FMLA leave. It is recommended, however, that school districts use the 12-month rolling measurement as it prevents employees from stacking 12-week leave entitlement that could occur if, for example, a calendar or fiscal year is utilized.  Where a calendar, fiscal or similar period is used, an employee could use 12 weeks at the end of the period and then again at the beginning of the period, providing an entitlement to a leave of 24 consecutive weeks. If a school district changes its definition of a “year” in this policy, it must give employees notice of at least 60 days before implementing this change.]

3.         An employee’s entitlement to FMLA leave for the birth, adoption, or foster care of a child expires at the end of the 12-month period beginning on the date of the birth or placement.

4.         A “serious health condition” typically requires either inpatient care or continuing treatment by or under the supervision of a health care provider, as defined by applicable law.  Family and medical leave generally is not intended to cover short-term conditions for which treatment and recovery are very brief.

5.         A “serious injury or illness,” in the case of a member of the Armed Forces, including a member of the National Guard or Reserves, means:

a.         injury or illness that was incurred by the member in the line of duty on active duty in the Armed Forces or that existed before the beginning of the member’s active duty and was aggravated by service in the line of duty on active duty in the Armed Forces and that may render the member medically unfit to perform the duties of the member’s office, grade, rank, or rating; and

b.         in the case of a covered veteran who was a member of the Armed Forces, including a member of the National Guard or Reserves, at any time, during the period of five years preceding the date on which the veteran undergoes the medical treatment, recuperation, or therapy, means a qualifying injury or illness that was incurred by the member in the line of duty on active duty in the Armed Forces or that existed before the beginning of the member’s active duty and was aggravated by service in the line of duty in the Armed Forces and that manifested itself before or after the member became a veteran, and is:

                                                (1)     a continuation of a serious injury or illness that was incurred or aggravated when the covered veteran was a member of the Armed Forces and rendered the servicemember unable to perform the duties of the servicemember’s office, grade, rank, or rating; or

                                                (2)     a physical or mental condition for which the covered veteran has received a U.S. Department of Veterans Affairs Service-Related Disability (VASRD) rating of 50 percent or greater and such VASRD rating is based, in whole or in part, on the condition precipitating the need for military caregiver leave; or

                                                (3)     a physical or mental condition that substantially impairs the covered veteran’s ability to secure or follow a substantially gainful occupation by reason of a disability or disabilities related to military service, or would do so absent treatment; or

                                                (4)     an injury, including a psychological injury, on the basis of which the covered veteran has been enrolled in the Department of Veterans Affairs Program of Comprehensive Assistance for Family Caregivers.

6.         Eligible spouses employed by the school district are limited to an aggregate of 12 weeks of leave during any 12-month period for the birth and care of a newborn child or adoption of a child, the placement of a child for foster care, or to care for a parent.  This limitation for spouses employed by the school district does not apply to leave taken: by one spouse to care for the other spouse who is seriously ill; to care for a child with a serious health condition; because of the employee’s own serious health condition; or pursuant to Paragraph IV.A.1.e. above.

7.         Depending on the type of leave, intermittent or reduced schedule leave may be granted in the discretion of the school district or when medically necessary.  However, part-time employees are only eligible for a pro-rata portion of leave to be used on an intermittent or reduced schedule basis, based on their average hours worked per week.  Where an intermittent or reduced schedule leave is foreseeable based on planned medical treatment, the school district may transfer the employee temporarily to an available alternative position for which the employee is qualified and which better accommodates recurring periods of leave than does the employee’s regular position, and which has equivalent pay and benefits.

8.         If an employee requests a leave for the serious health condition of the employee or the employee’s spouse, child, or parent, the employee will be required to submit sufficient medical certification.   In such a case, the employee must submit the medical certification within 15 days from the date of the request or as soon as practicable under the circumstances.

9.         If the school district has reason to doubt the validity of a health care provider’s certification, it may require a second opinion at the school district’s expense.  If the opinions of the first and second health care providers differ, the school district may require certification from a third health care provider at the school district’s expense.  An employee may also be required to present a certification from a health care provider indicating that the employee is able to return to work.

10.       Requests for leave shall be made to the school district.   When leave relates to an employee’s spouse, son, daughter, parent, or covered servicemember being on covered active duty, or notified of an impending call or order to covered active duty pursuant to Paragraph IV.A.1.e. above, and such leave is foreseeable, the employee shall provide reasonable and practical notice to the school district of the need for leave.  For all other leaves, employees must give 30 days’ written notice of a leave of absence where practicable.  The failure to provide the required notice may result in a delay of the requested leave. Employees are expected to make a reasonable effort to schedule leaves resulting from planned medical treatment so as not to disrupt unduly the operations of the school district, subject to and in coordination with the health care provider.

11.       The school district may require that a request for leave under Paragraph IV.A.1.e. above be supported by a copy of the covered military member’s active duty orders or other documentation issued by the military indicating active duty or a call to active duty status and the dates of active duty service.  In addition, the school district may require the employee to provide sufficient certification supporting the qualifying exigency for which leave is requested.

12.       During the period of a leave permitted under this policy, the school district will provide health insurance under its group health plan under the same conditions coverage would have been provided had the employee not taken the leave.  The employee will be responsible for payment of the employee contribution to continue group health insurance coverage during the leave.  An employee’s failure to make necessary and timely contributions may result in termination of coverage.  An employee who does not return to work after the leave may be required, in some situations, to reimburse the school district for the cost of the health plan premiums paid by it.

13.       The school district may request or require the employee to substitute accrued paid leave for any part of the 12-week period.   Employees may be allowed to substitute paid leave for unpaid leave by meeting the requirements set out in the administrative directives and guidelines established for the implementation of this policy, if any.  Employees eligible for leave must comply with the family and medical leave directives and guidelines prior to starting leave.  The superintendent shall be responsible to develop directives and guidelines as necessary to implement this policy.  Such directives and guidelines shall be submitted to the school board for annual review.

The school district shall comply with written notice requirements as set forth in federal regulations.

14.       Employees returning from a leave permitted under this policy are eligible for reinstatement in the same or an equivalent position as provided by law.  However, the employee has no greater right to reinstatement or to other benefits and conditions of employment than if the employee had been continuously employed during the leave.

B.         Twelve-week Leave under State Law

An employee who does not qualify for parenting leave under Paragraphs IV.A.1.a. or IV.A.1.b. above may qualify for a 12-week unpaid leave which is available to a biological or adoptive parent in conjunction with the birth or adoption of a child, or to a female employee for prenatal care or incapacity due to pregnancy, childbirth, or related health conditions. The length of the leave shall be determined by the employee but must not exceed 12 weeks unless agreed to by the school district. This leave is separate and exclusive of the family and medical leave described in the preceding paragraphs but may be reduced by any period of paid parental, disability, personal, or medical, or sick leave, or accrued vacation provided by the school district so that the total leave does not exceed 12 weeks, unless agreed by the school district, or leave taken for the same purpose under the FMLA.  The leave taken under this section shall begin at a time requested by the employee.  An employee who plans to take leave under this section must give the school district reasonable notice of the date the leave shall commence and the estimated duration of the leave.  For leave taken by a biological or adoptive parent in conjunction with the birth or adoption of a child, the leave must begin within 12 months of the birth or adoption; except that, in the case where the child must remain in the hospital longer than the mother, the leave must begin within 12 months after the child leaves the hospital.

C.         Twenty-six-week Servicemember Family Military Leave

1.         An eligible employee who is the spouse, son, daughter, parent, or next of kin of a covered servicemember shall be entitled to a total of 26 work weeks of leave during a 12-month period to care for the servicemember.   The leave described in this paragraph shall be available only during a single 12-month period.  For purposes of this leave, the need to care for a servicemember includes both physical and psychological care.

2.         During a single 12-month period, an employee shall be entitled to a combined total of 26 work weeks of leave under Paragraphs IV.A. and IV.C. above.

3.         The 12-month period referred to in this section begins on the first day the eligible employee takes leave to care for a covered servicemember and ends 12 months after that date.

4.         Eligible spouses employed by the school district are limited to an aggregate of 26 weeks of leave during any 12-month period if leave is taken for birth of the employee’s child or to care for the child after birth; for placement of a child with the employee for adoption or foster care or to care for the child after placement; to care for the employee’s parent with a serious health condition; or to care for a covered servicemember with a serious injury or illness.

5.         The school district may request or require the employee to substitute accrued paid leave for any part of the 26-week period.   Employees may be allowed to substitute paid leave for unpaid leave by meeting the requirements set out in the administrative directives and guidelines established for the implementation of this policy, if any.  Employees eligible for leave must comply with the family and medical leave directives and guidelines prior to starting leave.

6.         An employee will be required to submit sufficient medical certification issued by the health care provider of the covered servicemember and other information in support of requested leave and eligibility for such leave under this section within 15 days from the date of the request or as soon as practicable under the circumstances.

7.         The provisions of Paragraphs IV.A.7., IV.A.10., IV.A.12., IV.A.13., and IV.A.14. above shall apply to leaves under this section.

V.         SPECIAL RULES FOR INSTRUCTIONAL EMPLOYEES

A.         An instructional employee is one whose principal function is to teach and instruct students in a class, a small group, or an individual setting. This includes, but is not limited to, teachers, coaches, driver’s education instructors, and special education assistants.

B.         Instructional employees who request foreseeable medically necessary intermittent or reduced work schedule leave greater than 20 percent of the work days in the leave period may be required to:

1.         take leave for the entire period or periods of the planned medical treatment; or

2.         move to an available alternative position for which the employee is qualified, and which provides equivalent pay and benefits, but not necessarily equivalent duties.

C.        Instructional employees who request continuous leave near the end of a semester may be required to extend the leave through the end of the semester. The number of weeks remaining before the end of a semester does not include scheduled school breaks, such as summer, winter, or spring break.

1.         If an instructional employee begins leave for any purpose more than five weeks before the end of a semester and it is likely the leave will last at least three weeks, the school district may require that the leave be continued until the end of the semester.

2.         If the instructional employee begins leave for a purpose other than the employee’s own serious health condition during the last five weeks of a semester, the school district may require that the leave be continued until the end of the semester if the leave will last more than two weeks or if the employee’s return from leave would occur during the last two weeks of the semester.

3.         If the instructional employee begins leave for a purpose other than the employee’s own serious health condition during the last three weeks of the semester and the leave will last more than five working days, the school district may require the employee to continue taking leave until the end of the semester.

4.         If the school district requires an instructional employee to extend leave through the end of a semester as set forth in this paragraph, only the period of leave until the employee is ready and able to return to work shall be charged against the employee’s FMLA leave entitlement.   Any additional leave required by the school district to the end of the school term is not counted as FMLA leave but as an unpaid or paid leave, to the extent the instructional employee has accrued paid leave available and the school district shall maintain the employee’s group health insurance and restore the employee to the same or equivalent job, including other benefits, at the conclusion of the leave.

D.        The entire period of leave taken under the special rules will be counted as leave.  The school district will continue to fulfill the school district’s leave responsibilities and obligations, including the obligation to continue the employee’s health insurance and other benefits, if an instructional employee’s leave entitlement ends before the involuntary leave period expires.

VI.       OTHER

A.         The provisions of this policy are intended to comply with applicable law, including the FMLA and applicable regulations.  Any terms used from the FMLA will have the same meaning as defined by the FMLA and/or applicable regulations.  To the extent that this policy is ambiguous or contradicts applicable law, the language of the applicable law will prevail.

B.         The requirements stated in the collective bargaining agreement between employees in a certified collective bargaining unit and the school district regarding family and medical leaves (if any) shall be followed.

VII.     DISSEMINATION OF POLICY

A.         A poster prepared by the U.S. Department of Labor summarizing the major provisions of the Family and Medical Leave Act and informing employees how to file a complaint shall be conspicuously posted in each school district building in areas accessible to employees and applicants for employment.

B.         This policy will be reviewed at least annually for compliance with state and federal law.

Legal References:      Minn. Stat. §§ 181.940-181.944 (Parenting Leave and Accommodations)

10 U.S.C. § 101 et seq. (Armed Forces General Military Law)

29 U.S.C. § 2601 et seq. (Family and Medical Leave Act)

38 U.S.C. § 101 (Definitions)

29 C.F.R. Part 825 (Family and Medical Leave Act)

436 HEALTH CARE SAVINGS PLAN PERSONNEL POLICY

New Policy: December 14, 2005

A. Purpose

The purpose of this policy is to establish a process and procedure for the District’s confidential employees to participate in a post employment Health Care Savings Plan.

B. General Statement of Policy

Eligible confidential employees shall contribute an ongoing percentage of their pay as described below into a Health Care Savings Plan. For purposes of this policy a year shall be defined as the school district’s fiscal year.

Employees with 0 years up to and including 15 years of service shall contribute 5% of their pay per year.

Employees with 16 years or more years of service shall contribute 4% of their pay per year.

437 CHEMICAL USE AND ABUSE

New Policy: June 13, 2006

A. Purpose

The school board recognizes that chemical use and abuse constitutes a grave threat to the physical and mental well-being of students and employees and significantly impedes the learning process. Chemical use and abuse also creates significant problems for society in general. The school board believes that the public school has a role in education, intervention, and prevention of chemical use and abuse. The purpose of this policy is to assist the school district in its goal to prevent chemical use and abuse by providing procedures for education and intervention.

B. General Statement of Policy

1. Use of controlled substances, toxic substances, and alcohol is prohibited in the school setting in accordance with school district policies with respect to a Drug-Free Workplace/Drug-Free School.

2. It is the policy of this school district to provide an instructional program in every elementary and secondary school in chemical abuse and the prevention of chemical dependency.

3. The school district shall establish and maintain in every school a chemical abuse preassessment team. The team is responsible for addressing reports of chemical abuse problems and making recommendations for appropriate responses to the individual reported cases.

4. It will be the responsibility of the superintendent, with the advice of the school board, to establish a school and community advisory team to address chemical abuse problems in the district.

5. The school district shall establish and maintain a program to educate and assist employees, students and others in understanding this policy and the goals of achieving drug-free schools and workplaces.

C. Definitions

1. “Chemical abuse” means use of any psychoactive or mood-altering chemical substance, without compelling medical reason, in a manner that induces mental, emotional, or physical impairment and causes socially dysfunctional or socially disordering behavior, to the extent that the students normal function in academic, school, or social activities is chronically impaired.

2. “Chemicals” includes but is not limited to alcohol, toxic substances, and controlled substances as defined in the school districts Drug-Free Workplace/Drug-Free School policy.

3. “School location” includes any school building or on any school premises; on any school-owned vehicle or in any other school-approved vehicle used to transport students to and from school or school activities; off-school property at any school-sponsored or school-approved activity, event or function, such as a field trip or athletic event, where students are under the jurisdiction of the school district; or during any period of time such employee is supervising students on behalf of the school district or otherwise engaged in school district business.

D. Students

1. Instruction

a. Every school shall provide an instructional program in chemical abuse and the prevention of chemical dependency. The school district may involve parents, students, health care professionals, state department staff, and members of the community in developing the curriculum.

b. Each school shall have age-appropriate and developmentally based activities that:

i. address the consequences of violence and the illegal use of drugs, as appropriate;

ii. promote a sense of individual responsibility;

iii. teach students that most people do not illegally use drugs;

iv. teach students to recognize social and peer pressure to use drugs illegally and the skills for resisting illegal drug use;

v. teach students about the dangers of emerging drugs;

vi. engage students in the learning process; and

vii. incorporate activities in secondary schools that reinforce prevention activities implemented in elementary schools.

c. Each school shall have activities that involve families, community sectors (which may include appropriately trained seniors), and a variety of drug and violence prevention providers in setting clear expectations against violence and illegal use of drugs and appropriate consequences for violence and illegal use of drugs.

d. Each school shall disseminate drug and violence prevention information within the school and to the community.

e. Each school shall have professional development and training for, and involvement of, school personnel, student services personnel, parents, and interested community members in prevention, education, early identification and intervention, mentoring, or rehabilitation referral, as related to drug and violence prevention.

f. Each school shall have drug and violence prevention activities that may include the following:

i. Community-wide planning and organizing activities to reduce violence and illegal drug use, which may include gang activity prevention.

ii. The hiring and mandatory training, based on scientific research, of school security personnel who interact with students in support of youth drug and violence prevention activities under this policy that are implemented in the school.

iii. Conflict resolution programs, including peer mediation programs that educate and train peer mediators and a designated faculty supervisor, and youth anti-crime and anti-drug councils and activities.

iv. Counseling, mentoring, referral services, and other student assistance practices and programs, including assistance provided by qualified school-based mental health services providers and the training of teachers by school-based mental health services providers in appropriate identification and intervention techniques for students at risk of violent behavior and illegal use of drugs.

v. Programs that encourage students to seek advice from, and to confide in, a trusted adult regarding concerns about violence and illegal drug use.

2. Reports of Chemical Use and Abuse

a. In the event that a school district employee knows that a student is abusing, possessing, transferring, distributing or selling chemicals in a school location:

i. The employee shall immediately either take the student to an administrator or notify an appropriate administrator of the observation and continue to observe the student until the administrator arrives.

ii. The administrator will notify the students parents. If there is a medical emergency, the administrator will notify the school nurse and/or outside medical personnel as appropriate.

iii. The administrator will notify law enforcement officials, the students counselor, and the chemical preassessment team.

iv. The administrator and/or law enforcement officials will confiscate the chemicals and/or conduct a search of the students person, effects, locker, vehicle, or areas within the students control. Searches by school district officials shall be in accordance with school board policies regarding search and seizure.

v. The school district will take appropriate disciplinary action in compliance with the student discipline code. Such discipline may include immediate suspension, initiation of expulsion proceedings, and/or referral to a detoxification center or medical center.

b. If a school district employee has reason to believe that a student is abusing, possessing, transferring, distributing or selling chemicals:

i. The employee shall notify the building administrator or a member of the preassessment team and shall describe the basis for the suspicion. The building administrator and/or team will determine what action should be taken. Action may include conducting an investigation, gathering data, scheduling a conference with the student or parents, or providing a meeting between a single member of the team and the student to discuss the behaviors that have been reported and attempting to ascertain facts regarding chemical abuse.

ii. The team may determine there is no chemical abuse. If the team determines there is chemical abuse, the team will select an appropriate course of action, which may include referral to a school counselor; referral to a treatment program; referral for screening, assessment, and treatment planning; participation in support groups; or other appropriate measures.

iii. Students involved in the abuse, possession, transfer, distribution or sale of chemicals shall be suspended in compliance with the student discipline policy and the Pupil Fair Dismissal Act, Minn. Stat. ß121A.40-121A.56, and proposed for expulsion.

iv. Searches by school district officials in connection with the abuse, possession, transfer, distribution or sale of chemicals will be conducted in accordance with school board policies related to search and seizure.

3. Preassessment Team

a. Every school shall have a chemical abuse preassessment team designated by the superintendent or designee. The team will be composed of classroom teachers, administrators, and other appropriate professional staff to the extent they exist in each school, such as the school nurse, school counselor or psychologist, social worker, chemical abuse specialist, or others.

b. The team is responsible for addressing reports of chemical abuse problems and making recommendations for appropriate responses to the individual reported cases.

c. Within forty-five (45) days after receiving an individual reported case, the team shall make a determination whether to provide the student and, in the case of a minor, the students parents with information about school and community services in connection with chemical abuse.

4. Data Practices

a. Student data may be disclosed without consent in health and safety emergencies pursuant to Minn. Stat. ß 13.32 and applicable federal law and regulations.

b. Destruction of Records

i. If the preassessment team decides not to provide a student and, in the case of a minor, the students parents with information about school or community services in connection with chemical abuse, records created or maintained by the team about the student shall be destroyed not later than six (6) months after the determination is made.

ii. If the team decides to provide the student and, in the case of a minor or a dependent student, the students parents with such information, records created or maintained by the team about the student shall be destroyed not later than six (6) months after the student is no longer enrolled in the district.

iii. This section shall govern destruction of records notwithstanding provisions of the Records Management Act, Minn. Stat. ß 138.163.

5. Consent

Any minor may give effective consent for medical, mental and other health services to determine the presence of or to treat conditions associated with alcohol and other drug abuse, and the consent of no other person is required.

E. Employees

1. The superintendent or designee shall undertake and maintain a drug-free awareness and prevention program to inform employees, students and others about:

a. The dangers and health risks of chemical abuse in the workplace/school.

b. The school districts drug-free workplace/drug-free school policy.

c. Any available drug or alcohol counseling, treatment, rehabilitation, re-entry and/or assistance programs available to employees and/or students.

2. The superintendent or designee shall notify any federal granting agency required to be notified under the Drug-Free Workplace Act within ten (10) days after receiving notice of a conviction of an employee for a criminal drug statute violation occurring in the workplace. To facilitate the giving of such notice, any employee aware of such a conviction shall report the same to the superintendent.

438 LEAVES OF ABSENCES WITHOUT PAY – AUTHORITY TO ACT

New Policy: July 17, 2006

A. Purpose

The purpose of this policy is to provide guidance to school district employees as to the policy and procedure for requesting leaves of absences without pay.

B. Philosophy

1. The Board of Education recognizes the right of employees to request leaves of absence without pay based on the employee’s individual needs or desires and consistent with provisions of the appropriate employee master agreement or policy.

2. Because the absence of an employee affects the educational program, staff, and students, the needs and desires of the employee must be weighed against the needs of the district whenever a leave of absence is requested.

a. In acting on employee leave requests, the Board of Education will observe provisions of the appropriate employee master agreement or policy, and will consider both the reasons for the employees’ request and the needs of the district. Where needs are in conflict, however, concerns relating to the overall educational program will take precedence.

C. Factors to be Considered in Acting on Leave of Absence Requests

1. Multiple factors will be considered in acting on leave of absence requests, including but not limited to the following:

a. The stated reason(s) of the employee in requesting a leave;

b. Relevant provisions of the appropriate employee master agreement or policy;

c. Length of leave request;

d. Length of service to the district of the employee applying for the leave. Normally the district will not approve any leave during an employee’s probationary period other than leaves required by law or collective bargaining agreement;

e. Record of previous leaves taken by the employee;

f. Availability of a qualified substitute;

g. Potential for turnover among substitutes during the employee’s leave period;

h. Number of other employees in the same assignment category currently on leaves of absence;

i. Timing of the leave in order to minimize disruption to the educational program, staff and students;

i. Wherever possible, leaves should begin and end during the summer. If that is not possible, the beginning or ending of a leave should concede with a natural break point during the school year.

j. Overall impact of the leave on the educational program, staff and students;

k. Potential benefits to the district of granting the leave;

l. Additional factors pertaining to requests for part-time leaves:

i. Availability of a suitable part-time assignment;

ii. Flexibility of the employee in accepting a part-time assignment;

iii. Willingness of the employee to return to full time employment should a part-time position to which the individual is assigned be increased to full time if a qualified substitute is not available or the addition of a second employee is not deemed feasible.

iv. Willingness of the employee to participate fully in parent-teacher conferences and in-district workshops without additional remuneration.

2. Acting upon requests for a leave of absence without pay is a Board of Education prerogative; however, the Superintendent or designee is authorized to grant such leave status for periods not to exceed five (5) working days in succession.

3. Requests for unpaid leaves of short duration during the school year of six or more working days in succession are subject to Board action. Additional considerations for these leaves will be that;

a. The district is provide with advance notice of the request and can assess the effects of the leave on education programs; employees are advised NOT to make financial or other commitments prior to the time the leave is approved.

b. The purpose of the leave cannot be scheduled or accomplished during a non-duty (school vacation) period; and

c. Such leaves would only be granted when the merit of the request is of an exceptional nature and consistent with other provisions of this policy.

439 EMPLOYEE RIGHT TO KNOW EXPOSURE TO HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCES

New Policy: June 11, 2008

A. Purpose

The purpose of this policy is to provide school district employees a place of employment and conditions of employment free from recognized hazards that are likely to cause death or serious injury or harm. (Minn. Stat. ß 182.653, Subd. 2)

B. General Statement of Policy

It is the policy of this school district to provide information and training to employees who may be routinely exposed to a hazardous substance, harmful physical agent or infectious agent.

C. Definitions

1. “Commissioner” means the Commissioner of Labor and Industry.

2. “Routinely exposed” means that there is a reasonable potential for exposure during the normal course of assigned work or when an employee is assigned to work in an area where a hazardous substance has been spilled.

3. “Hazardous substance” means a chemical or substance, or mixture of chemicals and substances, which:

a. is regulated by the Federal Occupational Safety and Health Administration under the Code of Federal Regulations; or

b. is either toxic or highly toxic; an irritant; corrosive; a strong oxidizer; a strong sensitizer; combustible; either flammable or extremely flammable; dangerously reactive; pyrophoric; pressure-generating; compressed gas; carcinogen; teratogen; mutagen; reproductive toxic agent; or that otherwise, according to generally accepted documented medical or scientific evidence, may cause substantial acute or chronic personal injury or illness during or as a direct result of any customary or reasonably foreseeable accidental or intentional exposure to the chemical or substance; or

c. is determined by the commissioner as a part of the standard for the chemical or substance or mixture of chemicals and substances to present a significant risk to worker health and safety or imminent danger of death or serious physical harm to an employee as a result of foreseeable use, handling, accidental spill, exposure, or contamination.

4. “Harmful physical agent” means a physical agent determined by the commissioner as a part of the standard for that agent to present a significant risk to worker health or safety or imminent danger of death or serious physical harm to an employee. This definition includes but is not limited to radiation, whether ionizing or nonionizing.

5. “Infectious agent” means a communicable bacterium, rickettsia, parasites, virus, or fungus determined by the commissioner by rule, with approval of the commissioner of health, which according to documented medical or scientific evidence causes substantial acute or chronic illness or permanent disability as a foreseeable and direct result of any routine exposure to the infectious agent. Infectious agent does not include an agent in or on the body of a patient before diagnosis.

6. “Blood borne pathogens” means pathogenic microorganisms that are present in human blood and can cause disease in humans. These pathogens include, but are not limited to, hepatitis B virus (HBV) and human immunodeficiency virus (HIV).

D. Target Job Categories

Training will be provided to all full and part-time employees who are routinely exposed to a hazardous substance, harmful physical agent or infectious substance as set forth above.

E. Training Schedule

Training will be provided to employees before beginning a job assignment as follows:

1. Any newly-hired employee assigned to a work area where he or she is determined to be “routinely exposed” under the guidelines above.

2. Any employee reassigned to a work area where he or she is determined to be routinely exposed under the above guidelines.

MSBA/MASA Model Policy 424

Orig. 1999; 
Rev. 2023

440     LICENSE STATUS

[Note: The provisions of this policy substantially reflect legal requirements.]

I.         PURPOSE

The purpose of this policy is to ensure that qualified teachers are employed by the school district and to fulfill its duty to ascertain the licensure status of its teachers.   A school board that employs a teacher who does not hold a valid teaching license or permit places itself at risk for a reduction in state aid.  This policy does not negate a teacher’s duty and responsibility to maintain a current and valid teaching license.

II.        GENERAL STATEMENT OF POLICY

A.         A qualified teacher is one holding a valid license to perform the particular service for which the teacher is employed by the school district.

B.         No person shall be a qualified teacher until the school district verifies, through the Minnesota education licensing system available on the Minnesota Professional Educator Licensing and Standards Board website, that the person is a qualified teacher consistent with state law.

C.        The school district has a duty to ascertain the licensure status of its teachers and ensure that the school district’s teacher license files are up to date.  The school district shall establish a procedure for annually reviewing its teacher license files to verify that every teacher’s license is current and appropriate to the particular service for which the teacher is employed by the school district. 

D.       The school district must annually report to the Professional Educator Licensing and Standards Board: (1) all new teacher hires and terminations, including layoffs, by race and ethnicity; and (2) the reasons for all teacher resignations and requested leaves of absence. The report must not include data that would personally identify individuals. 

III.      PROCEDURE

A.         The superintendent or the superintendent’s designee shall establish a schedule for the annual review of teacher licenses.  

B.         Where it is discovered that a teacher’s license will expire within one year from the date of the annual review, the superintendent or the superintendent’s designee will advise the teacher in writing of the approaching expiration and that the teacher must complete the renewal process and file the license with the superintendent prior to the expiration of the current license.   However, failure to provide this notice does not relieve a teacher from his/her duty and responsibility of ensuring that his/her teaching license is valid, current and appropriate to his/her teaching assignment.

C.         If it is discovered that a teacher’s license has expired, the superintendent will immediately investigate the circumstances surrounding the lack of license and will take appropriate action.  The teacher shall be advised that the teacher’s failure to have the license reinstated will constitute gross insubordination, inefficiency and willful neglect of duty which are grounds for immediate discharge from employment.

D.         The duty and responsibility of maintaining a current and valid teaching license appropriate to the teaching assignment as required by this policy shall remain with the teacher, notwithstanding the superintendent’s failure to discover a lapsed license or license that does not support the teaching assignment.   A teacher’s failure to comply with this policy may be grounds for the teacher’s immediate discharge from employment.

Legal References:      Minn. Stat. § 122A.16 (Qualified Teacher Defined)

Minn. Stat. § 122A.22 (District Verification of Teacher Licenses)

Minn. Stat. § 122A.40 (Employment; Contracts; Termination – Immediate Discharge)

Minn. Stat. § 127A.42 (Reduction of Aid for Violation of Law)

Vettleson v. Special Sch. Dist. No. 1, 361 N.W.2d 425 (Minn. App. 1985)

Lucio v. School Bd. of Independent Sch. Dist. No. 625, 574 N.W.2d 737 (Minn. App. 1998)

In the Matter of the Proposed Discharge of John R. Statz (Christine D. VerPloeg), June 8, 1992, affirmed, 1993 WL 129639 (Minn. App. 1993)

MSBA/MASA Model Policy 415

Orig. 1995; 
Rev. 2022

441     MANDATED REPORTING OF MALTREATMENT OF VULNERABLE ADULTS

[Note: This policy reflects the mandatory law regarding reporting maltreatment of vulnerable adults and is not discretionary in nature.]

I.         PURPOSE

The purpose of this policy is to make clear the statutory requirements of school personnel to report suspected maltreatment of vulnerable adults.

II.        GENERAL STATEMENT OF POLICY

A.         The policy of the school district is to fully comply with Minn. Stat. § 626.557 requiring school personnel to report suspected maltreatment of vulnerable adults.

B.         A violation of this policy occurs when any school personnel fails to report suspected maltreatment of vulnerable adults when the school personnel has reason to believe that a vulnerable adult is being or has been maltreated, or has knowledge that a vulnerable adult has sustained a physical injury which is not reasonably explained.

III.      DEFINITIONS

A.         “Mandated Reporters” means any school personnel who has reason to believe that a vulnerable adult is being or has been maltreated. 

B.         “Maltreatment” means the neglect, abuse, or financial exploitation of a vulnerable adult.

C.         “Neglect” means the failure or omission by a caregiver to supply a vulnerable adult with care or services, including but not limited to, food, clothing, shelter, health care, or supervision which is: (1) reasonable and necessary to obtain or maintain the vulnerable adult’s physical or mental health or safety, considering the physical and mental capacity or dysfunction of the vulnerable adult; and (2) which is not the result of an accident or therapeutic conduct.  Neglect also includes the absence or likelihood of absence of care or services, including but not limited to, food, clothing, shelter, health care, or supervision necessary to maintain the physical and mental health of the vulnerable adult which a reasonable person would deem essential to obtain or maintain the vulnerable adult’s health, safety, or comfort considering the physical or mental capacity or dysfunction of the vulnerable adult.  Neglect does not include actions specifically excluded by Minn. Stat. § 626.5572, Subd. 17.

D.         “Abuse” means: (a) An act against a vulnerable adult that constitutes a violation of, an attempt to violate, or aiding and abetting a violation of: (1) assault in the first through fifth degrees as defined in sections 609.221 to 609.224; (2) the use of drugs to injure or facilitate crime as defined in section 609.235; (3) the solicitation, inducement, and promotion of prostitution as defined in section 609.322; and (4) criminal sexual conduct in the first through fifth degrees as defined in sections 609.342 to 609.3451.  A violation includes any action that meets the elements of the crime, regardless of whether there is a criminal proceeding or conviction.  (b) Conduct which is not an accident or therapeutic conduct as defined in this section, which produces or could reasonably be expected to produce physical pain or injury or emotional distress including, but not limited to, the following: (1) hitting, slapping, kicking, pinching, biting, or corporal punishment of a vulnerable adult; (2) use of repeated or malicious oral, written, or gestured language toward a vulnerable adult or the treatment of a vulnerable adult which would be considered by a reasonable person to be disparaging, derogatory, humiliating, harassing, or threatening; (3) use of any aversive or deprivation procedure, unreasonable confinement, or involuntary seclusion, including the forced separation of the vulnerable adult from other persons against the will of the vulnerable adult or the legal representative of the vulnerable adult; and (4) use of any aversive or deprivation procedures for persons with developmental disabilities or related conditions not authorized under section 245.825. (c) Any sexual contact or penetration as defined in section 609.341, between a facility staff person or a person 

            providing services in the facility and a resident, patient, or client of that facility. (d) The act of forcing, compelling, coercing, or enticing a vulnerable adult against the vulnerable adult’s will to perform services for the advantage of another.  Abuse does not include actions specifically excluded by Minn. Stat. § 626.5572, Subd. 2.

E.         “Financial Exploitation” means a breach of a fiduciary duty by an actor’s unauthorized expenditure of funds entrusted to the actor for the benefit of the vulnerable adult or by an actor’s failure to provide food, clothing, shelter, health care, therapeutic conduct or supervision, the failure of which results or is likely to result in detriment to the vulnerable adult.   Financial exploitation also includes:   the willful use, withholding or disposal of funds or property of a vulnerable adult; the obtaining of services for wrongful profit or advantage which results in detriment to the vulnerable adult; the acquisition of a vulnerable adult’s funds or property through undue influence, harassment, duress, deception or fraud; and the use of force, coercion, or enticement to cause a vulnerable adult to perform services against the vulnerable adult’s will for the profit or advantage of another.

F.         “Vulnerable Adult” means any person 18 years of age or older who: (1) is a resident or inpatient of a facility; (2) receives services required to be licensed under Minn. Stat. Ch. 245A, except as excluded under Minn. Stat. § 626.5572, Subd. 21(a)(2); (3) receives services from a licensed home care provider or person or organization that offers, provides, or arranges for personal care assistance services under the medical assistance program; or (4) regardless of residence or type of service received possesses a physical or mental infirmity or other physical, mental, or emotional dysfunction that impairs the individual’s ability to adequately provide the person’s own care without assistance or supervision and, because of the dysfunction or infirmity and need for care or services, has an impaired ability to protect the individual’s self from maltreatment.

G.         “Caregiver” means an individual or facility who has responsibility for the care of a vulnerable adult as a result of a family relationship, or who has assumed responsibility for all or a portion of the care of a vulnerable adult voluntarily, by contract, or by agreement.

H.         “School Personnel” means professional employees or their delegates of the school district engaged in providing health, educational, social, psychological, law enforcement, or other caretaking services of vulnerable adults.

I.          “Immediately” means as soon as possible, but no longer than 24 hours from the time initial knowledge that the incident occurred has been received.

IV.       REPORTING PROCEDURES

A.         A mandated reporter as defined herein shall immediately report the suspected maltreatment to the common entry point responsible for receiving reports.

B.         Whenever a mandated reporter, as defined herein, knows or has reason to believe that an individual made an error in the provision of therapeutic conduct to a vulnerable adult which results in injury or harm, which reasonably requires the care of a physician, such information shall be reported immediately to the designated county agency.  The mandated reporter also may report a belief that the error did not constitute neglect and why the error does not constitute neglect.

C.         The reporter shall to the extent possible identify the vulnerable adult, the caregiver, the nature and extent of the suspected maltreatment, any evidence of previous maltreatment, the name and address of the reporter, the time, date, and location of the incident, and any other information that the reporter believes might be helpful in investigating the suspected abuse or neglect.  A mandated reporter may disclose not public data as defined under Minn. Stat. § 13.02 to the extent necessary to comply with the above reporting requirements.

D.         A person mandated to report suspected maltreatment of a vulnerable adult who negligently or intentionally fails to report is liable for damages caused by the failure.  A negligent or intentional failure to report may result in discipline.   A mandatory reporter who intentionally fails to make a report, who knowingly provides false or misleading information in reporting, or who intentionally fails to provide all the material circumstances surrounding the reported incident may be guilty of a misdemeanor.

E.         Retaliation against a person who makes a good faith report under Minnesota law and this policy, or against vulnerable adult who is named in a report is prohibited.

F.         Any person who intentionally makes a false report under the provisions of applicable Minnesota law or this policy shall be liable in a civil suit for any actual damages suffered by the person or persons so reported and for any punitive damages set by the court or jury.  The intentional making of a false report may result in discipline.

V.         INVESTIGATION

The responsibility for investigating reports of suspected maltreatment of a vulnerable adult rests with the entity designated by the county for receiving reports.

VI.       DISSEMINATION OF POLICY AND TRAINING

A.         This policy shall appear in school personnel handbooks where appropriate.

B.         The school district will develop a method of discussing this policy with employees where appropriate.

C.         This policy shall be reviewed at least annually for compliance with state law.

 

Legal References:      Minn. Stat. § 13.02 (Collection, Security, and Dissemination of Records; 

                                    Definitions)

Minn. Stat. § 245.825 (Aversive and Deprivation Procedures; Licensed Facilities and Services)

Minn. Stat. §§ 609.221-609.224 (Assault)

Minn. Stat. § 609.234 (Crimes Against the Person)

Minn. Stat. § 609.235 (Use of Drugs to Injure or Facilitate Crime)

Minn. Stat. § 609.322 (Solicitation, Inducement, and Promotion of Prostitution; Sex Trafficking)

Minn. Stat. § 609.341 (Definitions)

Minn. Stat. §§ 609.342-609.3451 (Criminal Sexual Conduct)

Minn. Stat. § 626.557 (Reporting of Maltreatment of Vulnerable Adults)

Minn. Stat. § 626.5572 (Definitions)

In re Kleven, 736 N.W.2d 707 (Minn. App. 2007)

 

Cross References:      MSBA/MASA Model Policy 103 (Complaints – Students, Employees, Parents, Other Persons)

MSBA/MASA Model Policy 211 (Criminal or Civil Action Against School District, School Board Member, Employee, or Student)

MSBA/MASA Model Policy 403 (Discipline, Suspension, and Dismissal of School District Employees)

MSBA/MASA Model Policy 406 (Public and Private Personnel Data)

MSBA/MASA Model Policy 414 (Mandated Reporting of Child Neglect or Physical or Sexual Abuse)

442 DISABILITY NONDISCRIMINATION POLICY

Adopted January 11, 2011

A. PURPOSE
The purpose of this policy is to provide a fair employment setting for all persons and to comply with state and federal law.

B. GENERAL STATEMENT OF POLICY
1. The school district shall not discriminate against qualified individuals with disabilities because of the disabilities of such individuals in regard to job application procedures, hiring, advancement, discharge, compensation, job training, and other terms, conditions, and privileges of employment.
2. The school district shall not engage in contractual or other arrangements that have the effect of subjecting its qualified applicants or employees with disabilities to discrimination on the basis of disability. The school district shall not exclude or otherwise deny equal jobs or job benefits to a qualified individual because of the known disability of an individual with whom the qualified individual is known to have a relationship or association.
3. The school district shall make reasonable accommodations for the known physical or mental limitations of an otherwise qualified individual with a disability who is an applicant or employee, unless the accommodation would impose undue hardship on the operation of the business of the school district.
4. Any job applicant or employee wishing to discuss the need for a reasonable accommodation, or other matters related to a disability or the enforcement and application of this policy, should contact the District’s superintendent. This individual is the school district’s appointed ADA/Section 504 coordinator.


Back button Back

443 EXPENSE REIMBURSEMENT

Adopted January 11, 2011
A. PURPOSE
The purpose of this policy is to identify school district business expenses that involve initial payment by an employee and qualify for reimbursement from the school district, and to specify the manner by which the employee seeks reimbursement.

B. AUTHORIZATION
All school district business expenses to be reimbursed must be approved by the supervising administrator. Such expenses to be reimbursed may include transportation, meals, lodging, registration fees, required materials, parking fees, tips, and other reasonable and necessary school district business-related expenses.

C. REIMBURSEMENT
1. Requests for reimbursement must be itemized on the official school district form and are to be submitted to the designated administrator. Receipts for lodging, commercial transportation, registration, and other reasonable and necessary expenses must be attached to the reimbursement form.

2. Automobile travel shall be reimbursed at the mileage rate set by the school board. Commercial transportation shall reflect economy fares and shall be reimbursed only for the actual cost of the trip.

D. AIRLINE TRAVEL CREDIT
1. Employees utilizing school district funds to pay for airline travel are required to ensure that any credits or other benefits issued by any airline accrue to the benefit of the school district rather than the employee.

a. To the extent an airline will not honor a transfer or assignment of credit or benefit from the employee to the school district, the employee shall report receipt of the credit or benefit to the designated administrator within 90 days of receipt of the credit or benefit.

b. Reports of the receipt of an airline credit or benefit shall be made in writing and shall include verification from the airline as to the credit or benefit received. Reimbursement for airline travel expenses will not be made until such documentation is provided.

2. Employees who have existing credits or benefits issued by an airline based upon previously reimbursed airline travel for school district purposes will be required utilize those credits or benefits toward any subsequent airline travel related to school district purposes, prior to reimbursement for such travel, to the extent permitted and/or feasible.

3. The requirements of this section apply to all airline travel, regardless of where or how the tickets are purchased.

E. ESTABLISHMENT OF DIRECTIVES AND GUIDELINES
The superintendent shall develop a schedule of reimbursement rates for school district business expenses, including those expenses requiring advance approval and specific rates of reimbursement. The superintendent shall also develop directives and guidelines to address methods and times for submission of requests for reimbursement. Policies 411, and 204 contain additional information related to expense reimbursement.

444 SUBPOENA OF A SCHOOL DISTRICT EMPLOYEE

New Policy: February 9, 2011


I. PURPOSE

The purpose of this policy is to protect the privacy rights of school district employees and students under both state and federal law when requested to testify or provide educational records for a judicial or administrative proceeding.

II. GENERAL STATEMENT OF POLICY

This policy is to provide guidance and direction for school district employees who may be subpoenaed to testify and/or provide educational records for a judicial or administrative proceeding.

III. DATA CLASSIFICATION

A. Educational Data

1. State Law

The Minnesota Government Data Practices Act (MGDPA), Minn. Stat. Ch. 13, classifies all educational data, except for directory information as designated by the school district, as private data on individuals. The state statute provides that private data on individuals may not be released, except pursuant to a valid court order or informed consent by the subject of the data or a parent if the subject of the data is a minor.

2. Federal Law

The Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act (FERPA), 20 U.S.C. § 1232g, provides that educational data may not be released, except pursuant to informed consent by the individual subject of the data or any lawfully issued subpoena. Regulations promulgated under the federal law require that the school district must first make a reasonable effort to notify the parent of the student, or the student if the student is 18 years of age or older, of the subpoena in advance of releasing the information pursuant to the subpoena.

B. Personnel Data

The MGDPA, Minn. Stat. Ch. 13, also classifies all personnel data, except for certain data specifically classified as public, as private data on individuals. The state statute provides that private data on individuals may not be released, except pursuant to a valid court order or informed consent by the subject of the data.

IV. APPLICATION AND PROCEDURES

A. Any employee who receives a subpoena for any purpose related to employment is to inform the building administrator or designated supervisor when the employee receives the subpoena. The building administrator or designated supervisor shall immediately inform the superintendent that the employee has received a subpoena.

B. No employee may release educational data, personnel data, or any other data of any kind without consultation in advance with the school district official who is designated as the authority responsible for the collection, use and dissemination of data.

C. Payment for attendance at judicial or administrative proceedings and the retention of witness and mileage fees is to be determined in accordance with the applicable school board policies and collective bargaining agreements.

D. The administration shall not release any information except in strict compliance with state and federal law and this policy. Recognizing that an unauthorized release may expose the school district or its employees to civil or criminal penalties or loss of employment, the administration shall confer with school district legal counsel prior to release of such data.

445 EMPLOYEE PUBLICATIONS, INSTRUCTIONAL MATERIALS, INVENTIONS, AND CREATIONS

New Policy: February 9, 2011

I. PURPOSE

The purpose of this policy is to identify and reserve the proprietary rights of the school district to certain publications, instructional materials, inventions, and creations which employees may develop or create, or assist in developing or creating, while employed by the school district.

II. GENERAL STATEMENT OF POLICY

Unless the employee develops, creates or assists in developing or creating a publication, instructional material, computer program, invention or creation entirely on the employee’s own time and without the use of any school district facilities or equipment, the employee shall immediately disclose and, on demand of the school district, assign any rights to publications, instructional materials, computer programs, materials posted on websites, inventions or creations which the employee develops or creates or assists in developing or creating during the term of employee’s employment and for the South Koochiching-Rainy River School District thereafter. In addition, employees shall sign such documents and perform such other acts as may be necessary to secure the rights of the school district relating to such publications, instructional materials, computer programs, materials posted on websites, inventions and/or creations, including domestic and foreign patents and copyrights.

III. NOTICE OF POLICY

The school district shall give employees notice of this policy by such means as are reasonably likely to inform them of this policy.

MSBA/MASA Model Policy 425

Orig. 2001
Rev. 2024

446     STAFF DEVELOPMENT AND MENTORING

[NOTE: The provisions of this policy substantially reflect statutory requirements.]

I.         PURPOSE

The purpose of this policy is to establish a staff development program and structure to carry out planning and reporting on staff development that supports improved student learning.

II.        ADVISORY STAFF DEVELOPMENT COMMITTEE AND SITE PROFESSIONAL DEVELOPMENT TEAMS

A.        The school board will establish an Advisory Staff Development Committee to develop a Staff Development Plan, assist Site Professional Development Teams in developing a site plan consistent with the goals of the Staff Development Plan, and evaluate staff development efforts at the site level.

1.         The majority of the membership of the Advisory Staff Development Committee shall consist of teachers representing various grade levels, subject areas, and special education. The Committee also will include nonteaching staff, parents, and administrators.

2.         Members of the Advisory Staff Development Committee shall be appointed by the school board. Committee members shall serve a two-year term* based upon nominations by board members, teachers, and paraprofessionals. The school board shall appoint replacement members of the Advisory Staff Development Committee as soon as possible following the resignation, death, serious illness, or removal of a member from the Committee.

B.         The school board will establish the Site Professional Development Teams.

1.         Members of the Site Professional Development Teams will be appointed by the school board. Team members shall serve a two-year term* based upon nominations by board members, teachers, and paraprofessionals. The school board shall appoint replacement members of the Site Professional Development Teams as soon as possible following the resignation, death, serious illness, or removal of a member from the Team.

2.         The majority of the Site Professional Development Teams shall be teachers representing various grade levels, subject areas, and special education.

III.      DUTIES OF THE ADVISORY STAFF DEVELOPMENT COMMITTEE

A.         The Advisory Staff Development Committee will develop a Staff Development Plan that will be reviewed and subject to approval by the school board twice a year.*

B.         The Staff Development Plan must contain the following elements:

1.         Staff development outcomes that are consistent with the education outcomes as may be determined periodically by the school board;

[NOTE: The board-determined education outcomes for your district could be inserted here.]

2.         The means to achieve the Staff Development outcomes; 

3.         The procedures for evaluating progress at each school site toward meeting educational outcomes consistent with relicensure requirements under Minnesota Statutes, section 122A.187;

4.         Ongoing staff development activities that contribute toward continuous improvement in achievement of the following goals:

a.         Improve student achievement of state and local education standards in all areas of the curriculum, including areas of regular academic and applied and experiential learning, by using research-based best practices methods;

b.         Effectively meet the needs of a diverse student population, including at-risk children, children with disabilities, English learners, and gifted children, within the regular classroom, applied and experiential learning settings, and other settings;

c.         Provide an inclusive curriculum for a racially, ethnically, linguistically, and culturally diverse student population that is consistent with state education diversity rule and the district’s education diversity plan;

d.         Improve staff collaboration and develop mentoring and peer coaching programs for teachers new to the school or district;

e.         Effectively teach and model violence prevention policy and curriculum that address early intervention alternatives, issues of harassment, and teach nonviolent alternatives for conflict resolution;

f.          Effectively deliver digital and blended learning and curriculum and engage students with technology; and

g.         Provide teachers and other members of site-based management teams with appropriate management and financial management skills.

5.         The Staff Development Plan also must:

a.         Support stable and productive professional communities achieved through ongoing and schoolwide progress and growth in teaching practice;

b.         Emphasize coaching, professional learning communities, classroom action research, and other job-embedded models;

c.         Maintain a strong subject matter focus premised on students’ learning goals consistent with Minnesota Statute section 120B.125;

d.         Ensure specialized preparation and learning about issues related to teaching English learners and students with special needs by focusing on long-term systemic efforts to improve educational services and opportunities and raise student achievement; and

e.         Reinforce national and state standards of effective teaching practice.

6.         Staff development activities must:

a.         Focus on the school classroom and research-based strategies that improve student learning;

b.         Provide opportunities for teachers to practice and improve their instructional skills over time;

c.         Provide opportunities for teachers to use student data as part of their daily work to increase student achievement;

d.         Enhance teacher content knowledge and instructional skills, including to accommodate the delivery of digital and blended learning and curriculum and engage students with technology;

e.         Align with state and local academic standards;

f.          Provide opportunities to build professional relationships, foster collaboration among principals and staff who provide instruction, and provide opportunities for teacher-to-teacher mentoring;

g.         Align with the plan, if any, of the district or site for an alternative teacher professional pay system;

                                  h.         Provide teachers of English learners, including English as a second language, and content teachers with differentiated instructional strategies critical for ensuring students long-term academic success, the means to effectively use assessment data on the academic literacy, oral academic language, and English language development of English learners, and skills to support native and English language development across the curriculum; and

                                  i.          Provide opportunities for staff to learn about current workforce trends, the connections between workforce trends and postsecondary education, and training options, including career and technical education options.

7.         Staff development activities may include curriculum development and curriculum training programs and activities that provide teachers and other members of site-based teams training to enhance team performance.

8.         The school district may implement other staff development activities required by law and activities associated with professional teacher compensation models.

[NOTE: To the extent the school board offers K-12 teachers the opportunity for more staff development training under Minnesota Statute section 122A.40, Subdivisions. 7 and 7a, or Minnesota Statute section 122A.41, subdivisions. 4 and 4a, such additional days of staff development should include peer mentoring, peer gathering, continuing education, professional development, or other training which enable teachers to achieve the staff development outcomes enumerated above in Section III.B.4.]

C.        The Advisory Staff Development Committee will assist Site Professional Development Teams in developing a site plan consistent with the goals and outcomes of the Staff Development Plan.

D.        The Advisory Staff Development Committee will evaluate staff development efforts at the site level and will report to the school board on a quarterly basis* the extent to which staff at the site have met the outcomes of the Staff Development Plan.

E.        In addition to developing a Staff Development Plan, the Staff Development Advisory Committee also must develop teacher mentoring programs for teachers new to the profession or school district, including teaching residents, teachers of color, teachers who are American Indian, teachers in license shortage areas, teachers with special needs, or experienced teachers in need of peer coaching. Teacher mentoring programs must be included in or aligned with the school district’s teacher evaluation and peer review processes under Minnesota Statutes, sections 122A.40, subdivision 8 or 122A.41, subdivision 5.

F.         The Advisory Staff Development Committee shall assist the school district in preparing any reports required by the Minnesota Department of Education (MDE) relating to staff development or teacher mentoring including, but not limited to, the reports referenced in Section VII. below.

IV.       DUTIES OF THE SITE PROFESSIONAL DEVELOPMENT TEAM 

A.         Each Site Professional Development Team shall develop a site plan, consistent with the goals of the Staff Development Plan. The school board will review the site plans for consistency with the Staff Development Plan twice a year.*

B.         The Site Professional Development Team must demonstrate to the school board the extent to which staff at the site have met the outcomes of the Staff Development Plan. The actual reports to the school board can be made by the Advisory Staff Development Committee to avoid duplication of effort.

C.         If the school board determines that staff development outcomes are not being met, it may withhold a portion of the initial allocation of revenue referenced in Section V. below.

V.         STAFF DEVELOPMENT FUNDING 

A.         Unless the school district is in statutory operating debt or a majority of the school board and a majority of its licensed teachers annually vote to waive the requirement to reserve basic revenue for staff development, the school district will reserve an amount equal to at least two percent of its basic revenue for:  (1) teacher development and evaluation under Minnesota Statutes, section 122A.40, subdivision. 8 or 122A.41, subdivision. 5; (2) principal development and evaluation under section 123B.147, subdivision. 3; (3) professional development under section 122A.60; and (4) in-service education for programs under section 120B.22, subdivision. 2; and (5) teacher mentorship under section 122A.70, subdivision 1. To the extent extra funds remain, staff development revenue may be used for development plans, including plans for challenging instructional activities and experiences under section 122A.60, and for curriculum development and programs, other in-service education, teacher’s workshops, teacher conferences, the cost of substitute teachers for staff development purposes, preservice and in-service education for special education professionals and paraprofessionals, and other related costs for staff development efforts. The school district also may use the revenue reserved for staff development for grants to the school district’s teachers to pay for coursework and training leading to certification as either a college in the schools teacher or a concurrent enrollment teacher. To receive a grant, the teacher must be enrolled in a program that includes coursework and training focused on teaching a core subject.

B.         The school district may, in its discretion, expend an additional amount of unreserved revenue for staff development based on its needs.

C.         Release time provided for teachers to supervise students on field trips and school activities, or independent tasks not associated with enhancing the teacher’s knowledge and instructional skills, such as preparing report cards, calculating grades, or organizing classroom materials, may not be counted as staff development time that is financed with staff development reserved revenue under Minnesota Statutes, section 122A.61.

VI.       PROCEDURE FOR USE OF STAFF DEVELOPMENT FUNDS

A.         On a yearly* basis, the Advisory Staff Development Committee, with the assistance of the Site Professional Development Teams, shall prepare a projected budget setting forth proposals for allocating staff development and mentoring funds reserved for each school site.  Such budgets shall include, but not be limited to, projections as to the cost of building site training programs, costs of individual staff seminars, and cost of substitutes.

B.         Upon approval of the budget by the school board, the Advisory Committee shall be responsible for monitoring the use of such funds in accordance with the Staff Development Plan and budget. The requested use of staff development funds must meet or make progress toward the goals and objectives of the Staff Development Plan. All costs/expenditures will be reviewed by the school board and/or superintendent for consistency with the Staff Development Plan on a quarterly basis.*

C.         Individual requests from staff for leave to attend staff development activities shall be submitted and reviewed according to school district policy, staff procedures, contractual agreement, and the effect on school district operations.  Failure to timely submit such requests may be cause for denial of the request.

D.       The school district may use staff development revenue, special grant programs established by the legislature, or another funding source to pay a stipend to a mentor who may be a current or former teacher who has taught at least three (3) years and is not on an improvement plan.  Other initiatives using such funds. or funds available under Minnesota Statutes, sections 124D.861 and 124D.862, may include:

1.         additional stipends as incentives to mentors of color or who are American Indian; 

2.    financial supports for professional learning community affinity groups across schools within and between districts for teachers from underrepresented racial and ethnic groups to come together throughout the school year;

3.         programs for induction aligned with the school district or school mentorship program during the first three (3) years of teaching, especially for teachers from underrepresented racial and ethnic groups; or

4.      grants supporting licensed and nonlicensed educator participation in professional development, such as workshops and graduate courses, related to increasing student achievement for students of color and American Indian students in order to close opportunity and achievement gaps.

To the extent the school district receives a grant for any of the above purposes, it will negotiate additional retention strategies or protection from unrequested leave of absences in the beginning years of employment for teachers of color and teachers who are American Indian. Retention strategies may include providing financial incentives for teachers of color and teachers who are American Indian to work in the school or district for at least five (5) years and placing American Indian educators at sites with other American Indian educators and educators of color at sites with other educators of color to reduce isolation and increase opportunity for collegial support.

VII.     PARAPROFESSIONALS, TITLE I AIDES, AND OTHER INSTRUCTIONAL SUPPORT STAFF

A.        The school district must provide a minimum of eight hours of paid orientation or professional development annually to all paraprofessionals, Title I aides, and other instructional support staff. Six of the eight hours must be completed before the first instructional day of the school year or within 30 days of hire. The school district must consult the exclusive representative for employees receiving this training before creating or planning the training required under this section.

B.      The orientation or professional development must be relevant to the employee’s occupation and may include collaboration time with classroom teachers and planning for the school year. 

C.        For paraprofessionals who provide direct support to students, at least 50 percent of the professional development or orientation must be dedicated to meeting the requirements of this section. Professional development for paraprofessionals may also address the requirements of Minnesota Statutes, section 120B.363, subdivision 3. 

D.         A school administrator must provide an annual certification of compliance with this requirement to the MDE Commissioner.

E.       For the 2024-2025 school year only, a school may reduce the hours of training required in paragraphs (b) to (e) to a minimum of six hours and must pay for paraprofessional test materials and testing fees for any paraprofessional employed by the school district during the 2023-2024 school year who has not yet successfully completed the paraprofessional assessment or met the requirements of the paraprofessional competency grid.

[NOTE: The 2024 Minnesota legislature added these provisions. Paragraph E is in effect for the 2024-25 school year only.]

VIII.     REPORTING

A.         The school district and site staff development committee shall prepare a report of the previous fiscal year’s staff development and mentoring activities and expenditures as part of the school district’s comprehensive achievement and civic readiness report.

1.         The report must include assessment and evaluation data indicating progress toward district and site staff development goals based on teaching and learning outcomes, including the percentage of teachers and other staff involved in instruction who participate in effective staff development activities.

2.         The report will provide a breakdown of expenditures for:

a.         Curriculum development and curriculum training programs; 

b.         Staff development training models, workshops, and conferences; and

c.         The cost of releasing teachers or providing substitute teachers for staff development purposes.

The report also must indicate whether the expenditures were incurred at the district level or the school site level and whether the school site expenditures were made possible by the grants to school sites that demonstrate exemplary use of allocated staff development revenue.  These expenditures must be reported using the uniform financial and accounting and reporting standards (UFARS).

           3.         The report will be signed by the superintendent and staff development chair.

B.         To the extent the school district receives a grant for mentorship activities described in Section V.D., by June 30 of each year after receiving a grant, the site staff development committee must submit a report to the Professional Educator Licensing and Standards Board on program efforts that describes mentoring and induction activities and assesses the impact of these programs on teacher effectiveness and retention.

Legal References:      Minn. Stat. § 120A.41 (Length of School Year; Days of Instruction)

Minn. Stat. § 120A.415 (Extended School Calendar)

Minn. Stat. § 120B.125 (Planning for Students’ Successful Transition to Postsecondary Education and Employment; Personal Learning Plans)

Minn. Stat. § 120B.22, Subd. 2 (Violence Prevention Education)

Minn. Stat. § 122A.187 (Expiration and Renewal)

Minn. Stat. § 122A.40, Subds. 7, 7a, and 8 (Employment; Contracts; Termination)

Minn. Stat. § 122A.41, Subds. 4, 4a, and 5 (Teacher Tenure Act; Cities of the First Class; Definitions)

Minn. Stat. § 122A.60 (Staff Development Program)

Minn. Stat. § 122A.70 (Teacher Mentorship and Retention of Effective Teachers)

Minn. Stat. § 122A.61 (Reserved Revenue for Staff Development)

Minn. Stat. § 123B.147, Subd. 3 (Principals)

Minn. Stat. § 124D.861 (Achievement and Integration for Minnesota)

Minn. Stat. § 124D.862 (Achievement and Integration Revenue)

Minn. Stat. § 126C.10, Subds. 2 and 2b (General Education Revenue)

Minn. Stat. § 126C.13, Subd. 5 (General Education Levy and Aid)

447 VETERAN’S PREFERENCE

New Policy: February 9, 2011

I. PURPOSE

The purpose of this policy is to comply with the Minnesota Veterans Preference Act (VPA) which provides preference points for veterans applying for employment with political subdivisions, including school districts, as well as additional rights for veterans in the discharge process.

II. GENERAL STATEMENT OF POLICY

A. The school district’s policy is to comply with the VPA regarding veteran’s preference rights and mandated preference points to veterans and spouses of deceased veterans or disabled veterans.

B. The school district’s policy is also to comply with the VPA requirement that no covered veteran may be removed from public employment except for incompetency or misconduct shown after a hearing upon due notice and in writing. This paragraph does not apply to the position of teacher.

C. Veteran’s preference points will be applied pursuant to applicable law as follows:

1. A credit of five points shall be added to the competitive open examination rating of a non disabled veteran, who so elects, provided that the veteran obtained a passing rating on the examination without the addition of the credit points.

2. A credit of ten points shall be added to the competitive open examination rating of a disabled veteran, who so elects, provided that the veteran obtained a passing rating on the examination without the addition of the credit points.

3. A credit of five points shall be added to the competitive promotional examination rating of a disabled veteran, who so elects, provided that (a) the veteran obtained a passing rating on the examination without the addition of the credit points and (b) the veteran is applying for a first promotion after securing public employment.

4. A preference may be used by the surviving spouse of a deceased veteran and by the spouse of a disabled veteran who, because of the disability, is unable to qualify.

D. Eligibility for and application of veteran’s preference, the definition of a veteran, and the definition of a disabled veteran for purposes of this policy will be pursuant to the VPA.

E. When notifying applicants that they have been accepted into the selection process, the school district shall notify applicants that they may elect to use veteran’s preference.

F. The school district’s policy is to use a 100-point hiring system to enable allocation of veteran’s preference points, including teaching positions, whenever possible. If a 100-point hiring system is not used for filling a teaching position, preference points will not be added, but all veteran applicants who have proper licensure for the teaching position will be granted an interview for the position.

G. If the school district rejects a member of the finalist pool who has claimed veteran’s preference, the school district shall notify the finalist in writing of the reasons for the rejection and file the notice with the school district’s personnel officer.

H. In accordance with the VPA, no honorably discharged veteran shall be removed from a position of employment except for incompetency, misconduct, or good faith abolishment of position.

1. Incompetency or misconduct must be shown after a hearing, upon due notice, upon stated charges, in writing.

2. A veteran must irrevocably elect to be governed either by the VPA or by arbitration provisions set forth in a collective bargaining agreement in the event of a discharge.

I. The VPA and the provisions of this policy do not apply to the position of private secretary, superintendent, head of a department, or any person holding a strictly confidential relation to the school board or school district. The VPA and the provisions of this policy apply to teachers only with respect to the hiring process, as set forth in Paragraph F., above.

Section 500 STUDENTS

501 GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS

Revised: May 8, 2008
Revised: December 8, 2010
Revised: June 8, 2011

All senior high school students shall attend eight semesters to be eligible to receive a high school diploma. Certain alternatives to the eight semester requirement may include:

1. Advanced entry into higher education.

2. Extraordinary conditions which shall be reviewed individually.

The following conditions must be met to be considered for exception to high school requirements under the above policy:

1. The alternatives to attendance in school shall be arranged through conferences with student, parents, one teacher chosen by the student, one teacher chosen by the principal, and the principal.

2. Procedures for implementing this policy shall be developed by the administration. The board shall ratify the process.

3. The screening committee shall have the authority to waive the eight semester requirement.

Eligibility for consideration under this policy:

1. Students may be allowed alternatives to the regular eight semester program in grades 9-12 provided they have successfully completed seven semesters and a minimum of 26 credits which include required credits in the following areas:

English ….4 credits
Social Studies ….4 credits
Math ….3 credits
Science ….3 credits
Phy Ed/Health 9…………….1 credit
Art ….1 credit
Consumer Education ….0.5 credit*
Elective ….remaining credits
State Standards Testing….as required

*Cons. Ed. .5 credit may be replaced by completion of
higher level math or science class (Algebra II, Trigonometry, Chemistry, Physics, Anatomy, or Physiology).

2. They must have a special need and an appropriately planned educational program.

3. They must have written evidence of approval from the parents and the alternate educational institution.

4. The plan must be submitted prior to the completion of the fourth semester.

5. The student must have a grade point average of not less than 8.0 for consideration unless the screening committee recommends that this requirement be waived. Procedures for implementing the waiver of the eight semester requirement are:

a. The student who meets the need qualification must submit, in writing, a plan to the high school principal for consideration. The plan must explain the student’s special need for being released from high school in fewer than eight semesters.

b. A screening committee composed of the superintendent, the high school principal, one teacher chosen by the student, and one teacher chosen by the principal shall review the written plan.

c. A personal conference involving the student, parents, and high school principal shall be held for each student whose request is to be considered by the screening committee.

d. Written acceptance of the plan should be obtained from the college or military service involved prior to the student being excused from attendance.

e. A student who completes the requirements of the plan shall be eligible to receive the high school diploma at the time of graduation exercises in the spring. Students not completing the alternate plan shall be required to complete the eight semester requirement.

6. A student transferring into the South Koochiching-Rainy River School District during his/her senior year must meet the following graduation requirements:
a. Must be on track to graduate at their most recent school of enrollment;

b. Must successfully complete a minimum of 24 total credits;

c. Must have successfully completed all of the required classes for graduation in the proper areas as listed above; and

d. Must be enrolled in a minimum of six periods of classes in our seven period school day.

General Conditions:

1. Marriage, pregnancy or employment, as such, shall not be considered as a justifiable reason for waiver of the regular school program.

2. The screening committee may review any unique request that is not covered in the above procedure (See policy 602).

MSBA/MASA Model Policy 513
Orig. 1995
Rev. 2024

502     STUDENT PROMOTION, RETENTION, AND PROGRAM DESIGN

I.         PURPOSE

The purpose of this policy is to provide guidance to professional staff, parents, and students regarding student promotion, retention, and program design.

II.        GENERAL STATEMENT OF POLICY

The school board expects all students to achieve at an acceptable level of proficiency.   Parental assistance, tutorial and remedial programs, counseling, and other appropriate services shall be coordinated and utilized to the greatest extent possible to help students succeed in school.

A.         Promotion

Students who achieve at levels deemed acceptable by local and state standards shall be promoted to the next grade level at the completion of each school year.

B.         Retention

Retention of a student may be considered when professional staff and parents feel that it is in the best interest of the student.  Physical development, maturity, and emotional factors shall be considered, as well as scholastic achievement.  The superintendent’s decision shall be final.

C.         Program Design

1.         The superintendent, with participation of the professional staff and parents, shall develop and implement programs to challenge students that are consistent with the needs of students at every level.  A process to assess and evaluate students for program assignment shall be developed in coordination with such programs.   Opportunities for special programs and placement outside of the school district shall also be developed as additional options.  All programs will be aligned with creating comprehensive achievement and civic readiness.

2.       The school district may identify students, locally develop programs and services addressing instructional and affective needs, provide staff development, and evaluate programs to provide gifted and talented students with challenging and appropriate educational programs and services.

3.        The school district must adopt guidelines for assessing and identifying students for participation in gifted and talented programs and services consistent with Minnesota Statutes, section 120B.11.   The guidelines should include the use of:

a.         multiple objective criteria; and

b.         assessments and procedures that are valid and reliable, fair, and based on current theory and research.  Assessments and procedures should be sensitive to under-represented groups, including, but not limited to, low-income, minority, twice-exceptional, and English learners.

4.         The school district must adopt procedures for the academic acceleration of gifted and talented students.  These procedures will include how the school district will:

a.         assess a student’s readiness and motivation for acceleration; and 

b.         match the level, complexity, and pace of the curriculum to a student to achieve the best type of academic acceleration for that student.

5.         The school district must adopt procedures consistent with Minnesota Statutes, section 124D.02 for early admission to kindergarten or first grade of gifted or talented learners consistent with Minnesota Statutes, section 120B.11, subdivision 2, clause (2). The procedures must be sensitive to underrepresented groups.

Legal References:      Minn. Stat. § 120B.15 (Gifted and Talented Students Program)

                                  Minn. Stat. § 123B.143, Subd. 1 (Superintendent)

 

Cross References:      MSBA/MASA Model Policy 613 (Graduation Requirements)

                                  MSBA/MASA Model Policy 614 (School District Testing Plan and Procedure)

MSBA/MASA Model Policy 615 (Testing Accommodations, Modifications, and Exemptions for IEPs, Section 504 Plans, and LEP Students)

MSBA/MASA Model Policy 617 (School District Ensurance of Preparatory and High School Standards)

MSBA/MASA Model Policy 618 (Assessment of Student Achievement)

MSBA/MASA Model Policy 620 (Credit for Learning)

Adopted 9/2023

ISD #363 Policy 502.1: Early Entrance into Kindergarten

1. Parents whose children are born after September 1, and before October 15, may submit a
written request for early entrance for their child, to the District Superintendent, no later
than May 1 of the year for which early entrance is requested, or under special
circumstances approved by District Administration.

2. The parent will schedule an evaluation for the child with a licensed psychologist of their
choice at no cost to the district. The report to the district should include test results, a
statement regarding validity, behavior observations and recommendations.

3. Children must meet the following early entrance criteria:
1. Intellectual and academic development. The child’s score, as determined by the
psychologist, must be within the very superior range (I.Q. 130+), using a
standardized instrument, e.g., Stanford-Binet Intelligence Scale or Wechsler
Preschool Primary Scales of Intelligence (latest norms).
2. Physical, Social, and Emotional development. The child’s physical, social, and
emotional maturity shall be determined through:

i. The clinical observations of the psychologist.

ii. The successful completion of Early Childhood Screening.

iii. The recommendation from the child’s preschool teacher if the child has
been in a program.

iv. A favorable score on the Ages and Stages Questionnaires: SocialEmotional (ASQ:SE) as determined by the psychologist., and

v. The successful completion of a kindergarten literacy assessment by a
kindergarten teacher.

4. A team, consisting of the parents, the school psychologist, the building principal, District
Superintendent, and kindergarten teacher of the building at which the child would be
enrolled, shall review the information reflecting the child’s level of development. The
team shall determine whether or not the child should be recommended for early entrance.

5. Parents who disagree with the recommendation of the team may appeal the decision in
writing to the Board of Education. The final decision shall rest with the District
Superintendent and the Board of Education.

503 STUDENT REPORT CARDS

The board requires that all parents be informed at regular intervals on the progress of their children. The superintendent shall establish means through which this shall be accomplished.

The board also encourages the administration and staff to work toward improved methods for evaluating children’s progress and to develop more meaningful ways to report achievement to parents.

Report cards will be issued four times a year. Nine weeks reports are due and cards will be sent to parents on the dates indicated on the school calendar. The following code is to be used:

A Excellent
B Above Average
C Average
D Below Average
F Failure
I Incomplete

Teachers at elementary levels are asked to send a “Memo to Parents” home with report cards. This is to be a newsletter written by the teacher reporting highlights of the past nine weeks’ work and indicating plans for the coming nine weeks. A draft of the memo is to be submitted for the principal’s approval ten days prior to the report card dates.

504 NEW RESIDENT STUDENTS

Grade placement shall be the responsibility of the principal and shall be based on general achievement, consideration being given to the mental, emotional, physical, and social maturity of the child. In general, pupils transferring into the system will be placed in the same grade level as in the school from which they transferred, but children transferring, as well as continuing pupils, may be retained or advanced in grade at the principal’s discretion.

MSBA/MASA Model Policy 509
Orig. 1995
Rev. 2024

505     ENROLLMENT OF NONRESIDENT STUDENTS

[NOTE: The provisions of this policy substantially reflect statutory requirements.]

I.         PURPOSE

The school district desires to participate in the Enrollment Options Program (Open Enrollment) established by Minnesota Statutes, section 124D.03. The purpose of this policy is to set forth the application and exclusion procedures used by the school district in making said determination.

II.        GENERAL STATEMENT OF POLICY

The school board adopts specific standards for acceptance and rejection of Open Enrollment applications.

III.        OPEN ENROLLMENT PROCESS

A.    Open Enrollment applications will be approved provided that acceptance of the application will not exceed the capacity of a program, excluding special education services; class; grade level; or school building as established by school board resolution and provided that:

1.       space is available for the applicant under enrollment cap standards established by school board policy or other directive; and

2.       in considering the capacity of a grade level, the school district may only limit the enrollment of nonresident students to a number not less than the lesser of: (a) one percent of the total enrollment at each grade level in the school district; or (b) the number of school district resident students at that grade level enrolled in a nonresident school district in accordance with Minnesota Statutes, section 124D.03.

3.         the applicant is not otherwise excluded by action of the school district because of previous conduct in another school district.

B.       If the school district limits enrollment of nonresident students pursuant to this section, the district shall report to the Commissioner of the Minnesota Department of Education (MDE) by July 15 on the number of nonresident pupils denied admission due to the limitations on the enrollment of nonresident pupils. 

C.      The parent of a student with a disability not yet enrolled in kindergarten and not open enrolled in a nonresident district may elect, in the same manner as the parent of a resident student with a disability, a school in the nonresident district where the child is enrolled in a Head Start program or a licensed child care setting in the nonresident district, provided the child can be served in the same setting as other children in the nonresident district with the same level of disability.

Under this paragraph, parents must demonstrate enrollment in a community preschool or childcare setting.

[NOTE: MDE states: “There is no standard set for how parents must demonstrate enrollment in a community preschool or childcare setting.  We recommend a written policy for this process.” A district may choose to insert applicable local provisions here.]

D.         A nonresident preschool aged child with a disability open enrolled in the district may be required to open enroll for kindergarten.

[NOTE: MDE offers the following recommendation: “the non-resident district may elect to allow the child’s enrollment status to continue without completing another application.  We recommend that districts create policies around this election which must be non-discriminatory and in writing.” A district may choose to insert applicable local provisions here.]

IV.       BASIS FOR DECISIONS

A.         Standards that may be used for rejection of application 

In addition to the provisions above, the school district may refuse to allow a pupil who is expelled under Minnesota Statutes, section 121A.45 to enroll during the term of the expulsion if the student was expelled for:

1.      possessing a dangerous weapon, including a weapon, device, instrument, material, or substance, animate or inanimate, that is used for, or is readily capable of, causing death or serious bodily injury, except that such term does not include a pocket knife with a blade less than two and one-half inches in length, at school or a school function;

2.         possessing or using an illegal drug at school or a school function;

3.         selling or soliciting the sale of a controlled substance while at school or a school function; or

4.         committing a third-degree assault involving assaulting another and inflicting substantial bodily harm.

B.         Standards that may not be used for rejection of application 

The school district may not use the following standards in determining whether to accept or reject an application for open enrollment:

1.         previous academic achievement of a student;

2.         athletic or extracurricular ability of a student;

3.         disabling conditions of a student;

4.         a student’s proficiency in the English language;

5.        the student’s district of residence except where the district of residence is directly included in an enrollment options strategy included in an approved achievement and integration program; or

6.        previous disciplinary proceedings involving the student. This shall not preclude the school district from proceeding with exclusion as set out in this policy.

C.         Application

The student and parent or guardian must complete and submit the “General Statewide Enrollment Options Application for K-12 and Early Childhood Special Education (or the Statewide Enrollment Options Application for State-funded Voluntary Prekindergarten (VPK) Application if applicable) developed by MDE and available on its website.

The school district may require a nonresident student enrolled in a program under Minnesota Statutes, section 125A.13, or in a preschool program, except for a program under Minnesota Statutes, section 124D.151 to follow the application procedures under this subdivision to enroll in kindergarten. A district must allow a nonresident student enrolled in a program under Minnesota Statutes, section 124D.151 to remain enrolled in the district when the student enters kindergarten without submitting annual or periodic applications, unless the district terminates the student’s enrollment under subdivision 12

The school district shall notify the parent or guardian in writing by February 15 or within ninety (90) days for applications submitted after January 15 in the case of achievement and integration district transfers whether the application has been accepted or rejected. If an application is rejected, the district must state in the notification the reason for rejection. The parent or guardian must notify the nonresident district by March 1 or within ten (10) business days whether the pupil intends to enroll in the nonresident district. 

D.         Lotteries

If a school district has more applications than available seats at a specific grade level, it must hold an impartial lottery following the January 15 deadline to determine which students will receive seats. The district must give priority to enrolling siblings of currently enrolled students, students whose applications are related to an approved integration and achievement plan, children of the school district’s staff, and students residing in that part of a municipality (a statutory or home rule charter city or town) where:

1.         the student’s resident district does not operate a school building;

2.         the municipality is located partially or fully within the boundaries of at

least five school districts;

3.         the nonresident district in which the student seeks to enroll operates one or more school buildings within the municipality; and

4.         no other  nonresident,  independent,  special,  or  common  school  district operates a school building within the municipality.

The process for the school district lottery must be established by school board policy and posted on the school district’s website.

E.     Exclusion

1.  Administrator’s initial determination

          If a school district administrator knows or has reason to believe that an applicant has engaged in conduct that has subjected or could subject the applicant to expulsion or exclusion under law or school district policy, the administrator will transmit the application to the superintendent with a recommendation of whether exclusion proceedings should be initiated.

2.  Superintendent’s review

           The superintendent may make further inquiries. If the superintendent determines that the applicant should be admitted, he or she will notify the applicant and the school board chair. If the superintendent determines that the applicant should be excluded, the superintendent will notify the applicant and determine whether the applicant wishes to continue the application process. Although an application may not be rejected based on previous disciplinary proceedings, the school district reserves the right to initiate exclusion procedures pursuant to the Minnesota Pupil Fair Dismissal Act as warranted on a case-by-case basis.

F.         Termination of Enrollment

The school district may terminate the enrollment of a nonresident student enrolled under an enrollment options program pursuant to Minnesota Statutes, section 124D.03 or 124D.08 at the end of a school year if the student meets the definition of a habitual truant, the student has been provided appropriate services for truancy under Minnesota Statutes, chapter 260A, and the student’s case has been referred to juvenile court. A “habitual truant” is a child under 17 years of age who is absent from attendance at school without  lawful excuse for seven school days in a school year if the child is in elementary school or for one or more class periods on seven school days in a school year if the child is in middle school, junior high school, or high school, or a child who is 17 years of age who is absent from attendance at school without lawful excuse for one or more class periods on seven school days in a school year and who has not lawfully withdrawn from school under Minnesota Statutes, section 120A.22, subdivision 8.    The school district may also terminate the enrollment of a nonresident student over 17 years of age if the student is absent without lawful excuse for one or more periods on 15 school days and has not lawfully withdrawn from school under Minnesota Statutes, section 120A.22, subdivision 8.

A student who has not applied for and been accepted for open enrollment pursuant to this policy and does not otherwise meet the residency requirements for enrollment may be terminated from enrollment and removed from school. Prior to removal from school, the school district will send to the student’s parents a written notice of the school district’s belief that the student is not a resident of the school district. The notice shall include the facts upon which the belief is based and notice to the parents of their opportunity to provide documentary evidence, in person or in writing, of residency to the superintendent or the superintendent’s designee. The superintendent or the superintendent’s designee will make the final determination as to the residency status of the student.

Notwithstanding the requirement that an application must be approved by the board of the nonresident district, a student who has been enrolled in a district, who is identified as homeless, and whose parent or legal guardian moves to another district, or who is placed in foster care in another school district, may continue to enroll in the nonresident district without the approval of the board of the nonresident district. The approval of the board of the student’s resident district is not required.

Legal References:        Minn. Stat. § 120A.22, Subd. 3(e) and Subd. 8 (Compulsory Instruction)

Minn. Stat. § 121A.40-121A.56 (Pupil Fair Dismissal Act) 

Minn. Stat. § 124D.03 (Enrollment Options Program)

Minn. Stat. § 124D.08 (School Board Approval to Enroll in Nonresident District; Exceptions)

Minn. Stat. § 124D.151 (Voluntary Prekindergarten Program)

Minn. Stat. § 124D.68 (Graduation Incentives Program)

Minn. Stat. § 125A.13 (School of Parents’ Choice)

Minn. Stat. Ch. 260A (Truancy)

Minn. Stat. § 260C.007, Subd. 19 (Definitions) 

Minn. Op. Atty. Gen. 169-f (Aug. 13, 1986)

Indep. Sch. Dist. No. 623 v. Minn. Dept. of Educ., Co. No. A05-361, 2005 

WL 3111963 (Minn. Ct. App. 2005) (unpublished)

18 U.S.C. 930, para. (g)(2) (Definition of weapon)

 

Cross References:        MSBA/MASA Model Policy 506 (Student Discipline) MSBA/MASA Model Policy 517 (Student Recruiting)

506 STUDENT RIGHTS AND RESPONSIBILITIES

The board believes that genuine student involvement requires responsible student action which is possible if students are guaranteed certain basic rights, among which are the following:

1. The right to free inquiry and expression.

2. The right to due process.

3. The right to freedom of association.

4. The right to freedom of peaceful assembly and petition.

5. The right to freedom from discrimination.

6. The right to equal educational opportunity.

507 STUDENT DUE PROCESS RIGHTS

The constitutional rights of individuals assure the protection of due process of law. Therefore, a system of constitutionally and legally sound procedures has been developed with regard to the administration of discipline in the schools. The board policy in this matter is that presented in detail in the Student Bill of Rights which was adopted by the board and entered in the clerk’s minute book.

508 STUDENT CONDUCT

All student behavior at District #363 schools is to be based on respect and consideration for the rights of others. Students shall have the right to receive annually at the opening of school a publication listing the rules and regulations to which they are subject. The policy shall be developed with the participation of administrators, individuals or organizations as the board determines appropriate. The board of education shall approve and adopt the policy and student handbooks.

Any restrictions on student behavior must be concerned with speech or action which interferes with the student’s right to learn or interferes with the teacher’s right to teach.

Students have a responsibility to know and respect the rules and regulations of the school. Students have the additional responsibility to behave in manner appropriate to good citizenship everywhere.

509 NO SMOKING POLICY

See Policy 512 Student Discipline Part B: Tobacco

510 STUDENT DRESS CODE

The responsibility for the appearance of the students of our school rests with their parents and the students themselves. They have the right to determine such student dress, providing that such attire is not destructive to school property, complies with the health code of the State of Minnesota, is not indecent, does not interfere with the educational process, does not present a safety hazard, and conforms to the guidelines established in the student handbook.

511 EIGHTEEN YEAR OLD STUDENTS

Revised Policy: July 9, 2008

MS 120A.20 states that “Notwithstanding the provisions of any law to the contrary, the conduct of all students under 21 years of age attending a public secondary school is governed by a single set of reasonable rules and regulations promulgated by the School Board”.

Adopted:July 2008
Revised:Jan 2024

512 STUDENT DISCIPLINE
[Note: School districts are required by statute to have a policy addressing these
issues.]
I. PURPOSE
The purpose of this policy is to ensure that students are aware of and comply with the school district’s expectations for student conduct. Such compliance will enhance the school district’s ability to maintain discipline and ensure that there is no interference with the educational process. The school district will take appropriate disciplinary action when students fail to adhere to the Code of Student Conduct established by this policy.

II. GENERAL STATEMENT OF POLICY
The school board recognizes that individual responsibility and mutual respect are essential components of the educational process. The school board further recognizes that nurturing the maturity of each student is of primary importance and is closely linked with the balance that must be maintained between authority and self-discipline as the individual progresses from a child’s dependence on authority to the more mature behavior of self-control.
All students are entitled to learn and develop in a setting which promotes respect of self, others, and property. Proper positive discipline can only result from an environment which provides options and stresses student self-direction, decision-making, and responsibility.
Schools can function effectively only with internal discipline based on mutual understanding of rights and responsibilities.
Students must conduct themselves in an appropriate manner that maintains a climate in which learning can take place. Overall decorum affects student attitudes and influences student behavior. Proper student conduct is necessary to facilitate the education process and to create an atmosphere conducive to high student achievement.
Although this policy emphasizes the development of self-discipline, it is recognized that there are instances when it will be necessary to administer disciplinary measures. The position of the school district is that a fair and equitable district-wide student discipline policy will contribute to the quality of the student’s educational experience. This discipline policy is adopted in accordance with and subject to the Minnesota Pupil Fair Dismissal Act, Minnesota
Statutes, sections 121A.40-121A.56.

In view of the foregoing and in accordance with Minnesota Statutes, section 121A.55, the school board, with the participation of school district administrators, teachers, employees, students, parents, community members, and such other individuals and organizations as appropriate, has developed this policy which governs student conduct and applies to all students of the school district.

III. DEFINITIONS
A.”Nonexclusionary disciplinary policies and practices” means policies and practices that are alternatives to dismissing a pupil from school, including but not limited to evidence-based positive behavior interventions and supports, social and emotional services, school-linked mental health services, counseling services, social work services, academic screening for Title 1 services or reading interventions, and alternative education services. Nonexclusionary disciplinary policies and practices include but are not limited to the policies and practices under sections 120B.12; 121A.575, clauses (1) and (2); 121A.031, subdivision 4, paragraph (a), clause (1); 121A.61, subdivision 3, paragraph (r); and 122A.627, clause (3).
B. “Pupil withdrawal agreement” means a verbal or written agreement between a school administrator or district administrator and a pupil's parent to withdraw a student from the school district to avoid expulsion or exclusion dismissal proceedings. The duration of the withdrawal agreement cannot be for more than a 12-month period.

IV. POLICY
A. The school board must establish uniform criteria for dismissal and adopt written policies and rules to effectuate the purposes of the Minnesota Pupil Fair Dismissal Act.
The policies must include nonexclusionary disciplinary policies and practices consistent with Minnesota Statutes, section 121A.41, subdivision 12, and must emphasize preventing dismissals through early detection of problems. The policies must be designed to address students' inappropriate behavior from recurring.

B. The policies must recognize the continuing responsibility of the school for the
education of the pupil during the dismissal period.

C. The school is responsible for ensuring that alternative educational services, if the pupil wishes to take advantage of them, must be adequate to allow the pupil to make progress toward meeting the graduation standards adopted under Minnesota Statutes, section 120B.02 and help prepare the pupil for readmission in accordance with section Minnesota Statutes, section 121A.46, subdivision 5.
D. For expulsion and exclusion dismissals and pupil withdrawal agreements as defined in Minnesota Statutes, section 121A.41, subdivision 13:
  1. for a pupil who remains enrolled in the school district or is awaiting enrollment in a new district, the school district's continuing responsibility includes reviewing the pupil’s schoolwork and grades on a quarterly basis to ensure the pupil is on track for readmission with the pupil’s peers. The school district must communicate on a regular basis with the pupil's parent or guardian to ensure that the pupil is completing the work assigned through the alternative educational services as defined in Minnesota Statutes, section 121A.41,
subdivision 11. These services are required until the pupil enrolls in another
school or returns to the same school;
  2. a pupil receiving school-based or school-linked mental health services in the
school district under Minnesota Statutes, section 245.4889 continues to be
eligible for those services until the pupil is enrolled in a new district; and
  3. the school district must provide to the pupil's parent or guardian information on accessing mental health services, including any free or sliding fee providers in the community. The information must also be posted on the school district website.

V. AREAS OF RESPONSIBILITY
A. The School Board. The school board holds all school personnel responsible for the maintenance of order within the school district and supports all personnel acting within the framework of this discipline policy.

B. Superintendent. The superintendent shall establish guidelines and directives to carry out this policy, hold all school personnel, students, and parents responsible for conforming to this policy, and support all school personnel performing their duties within the framework of this policy. The superintendent shall also establish guidelines and directives for using the services of appropriate agencies for assisting students and parents. Any guidelines or directives established to implement this policy shall be submitted to the school board for approval and shall be attached as an addendum to this policy.

C. Principal. The school principal is given the responsibility and authority to formulate building rules and regulations necessary to enforce this policy, subject to final school board approval. The principal shall give direction and support to all school personnel performing their duties within the framework of this policy. The principal shall consult with parents of students conducting themselves in a manner contrary to the policy.
The principal shall also involve other professional employees in the disposition of
Behavior referrals and shall make use of those agencies appropriate for assisting
students and parents. A principal, in exercising his or her lawful authority, may use reasonable force when it is necessary under the circumstances to restrain a student to prevent imminent bodily harm or death to the student or another.

D. Teachers. All teachers shall be responsible for providing a well-planned
teaching/learning environment and shall have primary responsibility for student
conduct, with appropriate assistance from the administration. All teachers shall
enforce the Code of Student Conduct. In exercising the teacher’s lawful authority, a teacher may use reasonable force when it is necessary under the circumstances to restrain a student to prevent imminent bodily harm or death to the student or another.

E. Other School District Personnel. All school district personnel shall be responsible for contributing to the atmosphere of mutual respect within the school. Their responsibilities relating to student behavior shall be as authorized and directed by the superintendent. A school employee, school bus driver, or other agent of a school district, in exercising his or her lawful authority, may use reasonable force when it is necessary under the circumstances to restrain a student to prevent bodily harm or death to the student or another.

F. Parents or Legal Guardians. Parents and guardians shall be held responsible for the behavior of their children as determined by law and community practice. They are expected to cooperate with school authorities and to participate regarding the behavior of their children.

G. Students. All students shall be held individually responsible for their behavior and for knowing and obeying the Code of Student Conduct and this policy.

H. Community Members. Members of the community are expected to contribute to the establishment of an atmosphere in which rights and duties are effectively
acknowledged and fulfilled.

I. Reasonable Force Reports
  1. The school district must report data on its use of any reasonable force used on
a student with a disability to correct or restrain the student to prevent
imminent bodily harm or death to the student or another that is consistent with the definition of physical holding under Minnesota Statutes, section
125A.0941, paragraph (c), as outlined in section 125A.0942, subdivision 3,
paragraph (b).
  2. Beginning with the 2024-2025 school year, the school district must report
annually by July 15, in a form and manner determined by the MDE
Commissioner, data from the prior school year about any reasonable force
used on a general education student to correct or restrain the student to
prevent imminent bodily harm or death to the student or another that is
consistent with the definition of physical holding under Minnesota Statutes,
section 125A.0941, paragraph (c).
  3. Any reasonable force used under Minnesota Statutes, sections 121A.582;
609.06, subdivision 1; and 609.379 which intends to hold a child immobile or
limit a child's movement where body contact is the only source of physical
restraint or confines a child alone in a room from which egress is barred shall
be reported to the Minnesota Department of Education as a restrictive
procedure, including physical holding or seclusion used by an unauthorized or
untrained staff person.

VI. STUDENT RIGHTS
All students have the right to an education and the right to learn.

VII. STUDENT RESPONSIBILITIES
All students have the responsibility:
A. For their behavior and for knowing and obeying all school rules, regulations, policies, and procedures;

B. To attend school daily, except when excused, and to be on time to all classes and other school functions;

C. To pursue and attempt to complete the courses of study prescribed by the state and local school authorities;

D. To make necessary arrangements for making up work when absent from school;

E. To assist the school staff in maintaining a safe school for all students;

F. To be aware of all school rules, regulations, policies, and procedures, including those in this policy, and to conduct themselves in accord with them;

G. To assume that until a rule or policy is waived, altered, or repealed, it is in full force and effect;

H. To be aware of and comply with federal, state, and local laws;

I. To volunteer information in disciplinary cases should they have any knowledge relating to such cases and to cooperate with school staff as appropriate;

J. To respect and maintain the school’s property and the property of others;

K. To dress and groom in a manner which meets standards of safety and health and common standards of decency and which is consistent with applicable school district policy;

L. To avoid inaccuracies in student newspapers or publications and refrain from indecent or obscene language;

M. To conduct themselves in an appropriate physical or verbal manner; and

N. To recognize and respect the rights of others.

VIII. CODE OF STUDENT CONDUCT

A. The following are examples of unacceptable behavior subject to disciplinary action by the school district. These examples are not intended to be an exclusive list. Any student who engages in any of these activities shall be disciplined in accordance with this policy. This policy applies to all school buildings, school grounds, and school property or property immediately adjacent to school grounds; school-sponsored activities or trips; school bus stops; school buses, school vehicles, school contracted vehicles, or any other vehicles approved for school district purposes; the area of entrance or departure from school premises or events; and all school-related functions, school-sponsored activities, events, or trips. School district property also may mean a student’s walking route to or from school for purposes of attending school or school-related functions, activities, or events. While prohibiting unacceptable behavior subject to disciplinary action at these locations and events, the school district does not represent that it will provide supervision or assume liability at these locations and events. This policy also applies to any student whose conduct at any time or in any place interferes with or obstructs the mission or operations of the school district or the safety or welfare of the student, other students, or employees.
  1. Violations against property including, but not limited to, damage to or
destruction of school property or the property of others, failure to compensate
for damage or destruction of such property, arson, breaking and entering,
theft, robbery, possession of stolen property, extortion, trespassing,
unauthorized usage, or vandalism;
  2. The use of profanity or obscene language, or the possession of obscene
materials;
  3. Gambling, including, but not limited to, playing a game of chance for stakes;
  4. Violation of the school district’s Hazing Prohibition Policy;
  5. Attendance problems including, but not limited to, truancy, absenteeism,
tardiness, skipping classes, or leaving school grounds without permission;
  6. Violation of the school district’s Student Attendance Policy;
  7. Opposition to authority using physical force or violence;
  8. Using, possessing, or distributing tobacco, tobacco-related devices, electronic
cigarettes, or tobacco paraphernalia in violation of the school district’s
Tobacco-Free Environment; Possession and Use of Tobacco, Tobacco-Related
Devices, and Electronic Delivery Devices Policy;
  9. Using, possessing, distributing, intending to distribute, making a request to another person for (solicitation), or being under the influence of alcohol or
other intoxicating substances or look-alike substances;
  10. Using, possessing, distributing, intending to distribute, making a request to
another person for (solicitation), or being under the influence of narcotics,
drugs, or other controlled substances (except as prescribed by a physician), or
look-alike substances (these prohibitions include medical marijuana or medical
cannabis, even when prescribed by a physician, and one student sharing
prescription medication with another student);
  11. Using, possessing, or distributing items or articles that are illegal or harmful to persons or property including, but not limited to, drug paraphernalia;
  12. Using, possessing, or distributing weapons, or look-alike weapons or other
dangerous objects;
  13. Violation of the school district’s Weapons Policy;
  14. Violation of the school district’s Violence Prevention Policy;
  15. Possession of ammunition including, but not limited to, bullets or other
projectiles designed to be used in or as a weapon;
  16. Possession, use, or distribution of explosives or any compound or mixture, the primary or common purpose or intended use of which is to function as an
explosive;
  17. Possession, use, or distribution of fireworks or any substance or combination
of substances or article prepared for the purpose of producing a visible or an
audible effect by combustion, explosion, deflagration or detonation;
18. Using an ignition device, including a butane or disposable lighter or matches,
inside an educational building and under circumstances where there is a risk of
fire, except where the device is used in a manner authorized by the school;
  19. Violation of any local, state, or federal law as appropriate;
  20. Acts disruptive of the educational process, including, but not limited to,
disobedience, disruptive or disrespectful behavior, defiance of authority,
cheating, insolence, insubordination, failure to identify oneself, improper
activation of fire alarms, or bomb threats;
  21. Violation of the school district’s Internet Acceptable Use and Safety Policy;
  22. Use of a cell phone in violation of the school district’s Internet Acceptable Use
and Safety Policy;
  23. Violation of school bus or transportation rules or the school district’s Student
Transportation Safety Policy;
  24. Violation of parking or school traffic rules and regulations, including, but not
limited to, driving on school property in such a manner as to endanger persons
or property;
  25. Violation of directives or guidelines relating to lockers or improperly gaining access to a school locker;
  26. Violation of the school district’s Search of Student Lockers, Desks, Personal
Possessions, and Student’s Person Policy;
  27. Violation of the school district’s Student Use and Parking of Motor Vehicles;
Patrols, Inspections, and Searches Policy;
  28. Possession or distribution of slanderous, libelous, or pornographic materials;
  29. Violation of the school district’s Bullying Prohibition Policy;
  30. Student attire or personal grooming which creates a danger to health or safety or creates a disruption to the educational process, including clothing which
bears a message which is lewd, vulgar, or obscene, apparel promoting
products or activities that are illegal for use by minors, or clothing containing
objectionable emblems, signs, words, objects, or pictures communicating a
message that is racist, sexist, or otherwise derogatory to a protected minority
group or which connotes gang membership;
  31. Criminal activity;
  32. Falsification of any records, documents, notes, or signatures;
  33. Tampering with, changing, or altering records or documents of the school
district by any method including, but not limited to, computer access or other
electronic means;
  34. Scholastic dishonesty which includes, but is not limited to, cheating on a
school assignment or test, plagiarism, or collusion, including the use of picture
phones or other technology to accomplish this end;
  35. Impertinent or disrespectful words, symbols, acronyms, or language, whether
oral or written, related to teachers or other school district personnel;
  36. Violation of the school district’s Harassment and Violence Policy;
  37. Actions, including fighting or any other assaultive behavior, which causes or
could cause injury to the student or other persons or which otherwise
endangers the health, safety, or welfare of teachers, students, other school
district personnel, or other persons;
  38. Committing an act which inflicts great bodily harm upon another person, even though accidental or a result of poor judgment;
  39. Violations against persons, including, but not limited to, assault or threatened assault, fighting, harassment, interference or obstruction, attack with a weapon, or look-alike weapon, sexual assault, illegal or inappropriate sexual
conduct, or indecent exposure;
  40. Verbal assaults or verbally abusive behavior including, but not limited to, use
of words, symbols, acronyms, or language, whether oral or written, that are
discriminatory, abusive, obscene, threatening, intimidating, degrading to
other people, or threatening to school property; 

  41. Physical or verbal threats including, but not limited to, the staging or reporting of dangerous or hazardous situations that do not exist;
  42. Inappropriate, abusive, threatening, or demeaning actions based on race,
color, creed, religion, sex, marital status, status with regard to public
assistance, disability, national origin, or sexual orientation;
  43. Violation of the school district’s Distribution of Nonschool-Sponsored Materials on School Premises by Students and Employees Policy;
  44. Violation of the school district’s one-to-one device rules and regulations;
  45. Violation of school rules, regulations, policies, or procedures, including, but not limited to, those policies specifically enumerated in this policy;
  46. Other acts, as determined by the school district, which are disruptive of the
educational process or dangerous or detrimental to the student or other
students, school district personnel or surrounding persons, or which violate the
rights of others or which damage or endanger the property of the school, or
which otherwise interferes with or obstruct the mission or operations of the
school district or the safety or welfare of students or employees.

IX. RECESS AND OTHER BREAKS
A. “Recess detention” means excluding or excessively delaying a student from
participating in a scheduled recess period as a consequence for student behavior.
Recess detention does not include, among other things, providing alternative recess at the student’s choice.
B. The school district is encouraged to ensure student access to structured breaks from the demands of school and to support teachers, principals, and other school staff in their efforts to use evidence-based approaches to reduce exclusionary forms of discipline.

C. The school district must not use recess detention unless:
  1. a student causes or is likely to cause serious physical harm to other students
or staff;
  2. the student’s parent or guardian specifically consents to the use of recess
detention; or
  3. for students receiving special education services, the student’s individualized education program team has determined that withholding recess is appropriate
based on the individualized needs of the student.

D. The school district must not withhold recess from a student based on incomplete schoolwork.

E. The school district must require school staff to make a reasonable attempt to notify a parent or guardian within 24 hours of using recess detention.

F. The school district must compile information on each recess detention at the end of each school year, including the student's age, grade, gender, race or ethnicity, and special education status. This information must be available to the public upon request. The school district is encouraged to use the data in professional development promoting the use of nonexclusionary discipline.

G. The school district must not withhold or excessively delay a student’s participation in scheduled mealtimes. This section does not alter a district or school’s existing responsibilities under Minnesota Statutes, section 124D.111 or other state or federal law.

X. DISCIPLINARY ACTION OPTIONS
The general policy of the school district is to utilize progressive discipline to the extent reasonable and appropriate based upon the specific facts and circumstances of student misconduct. The specific form of discipline chosen in a particular case is solely within the discretion of the school district. At a minimum, violation of school district code of conduct, rules, regulations, policies, or procedures will result in discussion of the violation and a verbal warning. The school district shall, however, impose more severe disciplinary sanctions for any
violation, including exclusion or expulsion, if warranted by the student’s misconduct, as determined by the school district. Disciplinary action may include, but is not limited to, one or more of the following:

A. Student conference with teacher, principal, counselor, or other school district
personnel, and verbal warning;

B. Confiscation by school district personnel and/or by law enforcement of any item, article, object, or thing, prohibited by, or used in the violation of, any school district policy, rule, regulation, procedure, or state or federal law. If confiscated by the school district, the confiscated item, article, object, or thing will be released only to the parent/guardian following the completion of any investigation or disciplinary action instituted or taken related to the violation.

C. Parent contact;

D. Parent conference;

E. Removal from class;

F. In-school suspension;

G. Suspension from extracurricular activities;

H. Detention or restriction of privileges;

I. Loss of school privileges;

J. In-school monitoring or revised class schedule;

K. Referral to in-school support services;

L. Referral to community resources or outside agency services;

M. Financial restitution;

N. Referral to police, other law enforcement agencies, or other appropriate authorities;

O. A request for a petition to be filed in district court for juvenile delinquency adjudication;

P. Out-of-school suspension under the Pupil Fair Dismissal Act;

Q. Preparation of an admission or readmission plan;

R. Saturday school;

S. Expulsion under the Pupil Fair Dismissal Act;

T. Exclusion under the Pupil Fair Dismissal Act; and/or

U. Other disciplinary action as deemed appropriate by the school district.

XI. REMOVAL OF STUDENTS FROM CLASS
A. The teacher of record shall have the general control and government of the classroom. Teachers have the responsibility of attempting to modify disruptive student behavior by such means as conferring with the student, using positive reinforcement, assigning detention or other consequences, or contacting the student’s parents. When such measures fail, or when the teacher determines it is otherwise appropriate based upon the student’s conduct, the teacher shall have the authority to remove the student from class pursuant to the procedures established by this discipline policy. “Removal from class” and “removal” mean any actions taken by a teacher, principal, or other school district employee to prohibit a student from attending a class or activity period for a period of time not to exceed five (5) days, pursuant to this discipline policy.

Grounds for removal from class shall include any of the following:
  1. Willful conduct that significantly disrupts the rights of others to an education,
including conduct that interferes with a teacher’s ability to teach or
communicate effectively with students in a class or with the ability of other
students to learn;
  2. Willful conduct that endangers surrounding persons, including school district
employees, the student or other students, or the property of the school;
  3. Willful violation of any school rules, regulations, policies or procedures,
including the Code of Student Conduct in this policy; or
  4. Other conduct, which in the discretion of the teacher or administration,
requires removal of the student from class.
Such removal shall be for at least one (1) activity period or class period of instruction for a given course of study and shall not exceed five (5) such periods.
A student must be removed from class immediately if the student engages in assault or violent behavior. “Assault” is an act done with intent to cause fear in another of immediate bodily harm or death; or the intentional infliction of, or attempt to inflict, bodily harm upon another.

B. If a student is removed from class more than ten (10) times in a school year, the
school district shall notify the parent or guardian of the student’s tenth removal from class and make reasonable attempts to convene a meeting with the student’s parent or guardian to discuss the problem that is causing the student to be removed from class.

C. Procedures for Removal of a Student From a Class.
  1. As a circumstance determines an informal conversation will be held by the
school administrator, staff member and student.
  2. The removal from a class may be imposed without an informal conference
when it appears the student will create an immediate danger to themselves
and/or others.
  3. School administration will notify parent/guardian and report the incident to the Discipline Reporting System

D. Period of Time for which a Student may be Removed from a Class (may not exceed five (5) class periods for a violation of a rule of conduct)
  1. The removal from class shall be for a period of time deemed appropriate by
the principal, in consultation with the teacher.

E. Responsibility for and Custody of a Student Removed from Class.
  1. Students removed from class shall be the responsibility of the building
administrator and/or their designee.
  2. Students removed from class shall report directly to the school office.

F. Procedures for Return of a Student to a Specific Class from Which the Student
was Removed.
  1. Students may return to class after a conference with school administration.
  2. Student and school administrator will need to create an action plan

G. Procedures for Notifying a Student and the Student’s Parents or Guardian of
Violation of the Rules of Conduct and of Resulting Disciplinary Actions;
  1. Parents/Guardians will be notified by phone, email, text message

H. Students with a Disability; Special Provisions.
  1. Procedures for consideration of whether there is a need for further
assessment;
  2. Procedures for consideration of whether there is a need for a review of the
adequacy of the current Individualized Education Program (IEP) of a student
with a disability who is removed from class or disciplined; and
  3. Any procedures determined appropriate for referring students in need of
special education services to those services.

I. Procedures for Detecting and Addressing Chemical Abuse Problems of
Students While on School Premises.

  1. Establishment of a chemical abuse preassessment team pursuant to Minnesota
Statutes, section 121A.26;
  2. Establishment of teacher reporting procedures to the chemical abuse
preassessment team pursuant to Minnesota Statutes, section 121A.29.

XII. DISMISSAL
A. “Dismissal” means the denial of the current educational program to any student, including exclusion, expulsion, and suspension. Dismissal does not include removal from class.
The school district shall not deny due process or equal protection of the law to any
student involved in a dismissal proceeding which may result in suspension, exclusion or expulsion.
The school district shall not dismiss any student without attempting to use
nonexclusionary disciplinary policies and procedures before dismissal proceedings or pupil withdrawal agreements, except where it appears that the student will create an immediate and substantial danger to self or to surrounding persons or property. The use of exclusionary practices for early learners as defined in Minnesota Statutes, section 121A.425, is prohibited. The use of exclusionary practices to address attendance and truancy issues is prohibited.

B. Violations leading to suspension, based upon severity, may also be grounds for actions leading to expulsion, and/or exclusion. A student may be dismissed on any of the following grounds:
  1. Willful violation of any reasonable school board regulation, including those
found in this policy;
  2. Willful conduct that significantly disrupts the rights of others to an education,
or the ability of school personnel to perform their duties, or school sponsored
extracurricular activities; or
  3. Willful conduct that endangers the student or other students, or surrounding
persons, including school district employees, or property of the school.

C. Disciplinary Dismissals Prohibited
  1. A pupil enrolled in the following is not subject to dismissals under the Pupil Fair Dismissal Act:
     a. a preschool or prekindergarten program, including an early childhood
family education, school readiness, school readiness plus, voluntary
prekindergarten, Head Start, or other school-based preschool or
prekindergarten program; or
     b. kindergarten through Grade 3.
  2. This section does not apply to a dismissal from school for less than one school
day, except as provided under Minnesota Statutes, chapter 125A and federal
law for a student receiving special education services.

  3. Notwithstanding this section, expulsions and exclusions may be used only after resources outlined under Nonexclusionary discipline have been exhausted, and only in circumstances where there is an ongoing serious safety threat to the
child or others.

D. Suspension Procedures
  1. “Suspension” means an action by the school administration, under rules
promulgated by the School Board, prohibiting a student from attending school
for a period of no more than ten (10) school days; provided, however, if a
suspension is longer than five (5) school days, the suspending administrator
shall provide the superintendent with a reason for the longer term of
suspension. This definition does not apply to dismissal for one (1) school day
or less where a student with a disability does not receive regular or special
education instruction during that dismissal period.
  2. School administration must allow a suspended pupil the opportunity to
complete all school work assigned during the period of the pupil's suspension and to receive full credit for satisfactorily completing the assignments. The school principal or other person having administrative control of the school
building or program is encouraged to designate a district or school employee
as a liaison to work with the pupil's teachers to allow the suspended pupil to
(1) receive timely course materials and other information, and (2) complete
daily and weekly assignments and receive teachers' feedback.
  3. If a student’s total days of removal from school exceed ten (10) cumulative
days in a school year, the school district shall make reasonable attempts to
convene a meeting with the student and the student’s parent or guardian
before subsequently removing the student from school and, with the
permission of the parent or guardian, arrange for a mental health screening
for the student at the parent or guardian’s expense. The purpose of this
meeting is to attempt to determine the student’s need for assessment or other
services or whether the parent or guardian should have the student assessed
or diagnosed to determine whether the student needs treatment for a mental
health disorder.
  4. The definition of suspension under Minnesota Statutes, section 121A.41,
subdivision 10, does not apply to a student's dismissal from school for less
than one day, except as provided under federal law for a student with a
disability. Each suspension action may include a readmission plan. The plan
shall include, where appropriate, a provision for implementing alternative
educational services upon readmission which must not be used to extend the
current suspension. A readmission plan must not obligate a parent or
guardian to provide psychotropic drugs to their student as a condition of
readmission. School administration must not use the refusal of a parent or
guardian to consent to the administration of psychotropic drugs to their
student or to consent to a psychiatric evaluation, screening, or examination of
the student as a ground, by itself, to prohibit the student from attending class
or participating in a school-related activity, or as a basis of a charge of child
abuse, child neglect, or medical or educational neglect. The school
administration may not impose consecutive suspensions against the same
student for the same course of conduct, or incident of misconduct, except
where the student will create an immediate and substantial danger to self or to
surrounding persons or property or where the school district is in the process of initiating an expulsion, in which case the school administration may extend
the suspension to a total of fifteen (15) days.
  5. A child with a disability may be suspended. When a child with a disability has
been suspended for more than five (5) consecutive days or ten (10)
cumulative school days in the same year, and that suspension does not involve
a recommendation for expulsion or exclusion or other change in placement
under federal law, relevant members of the child’s IEP team, including at least
one of the child’s teachers, shall meet and determine the extent to which the
child needs services in order to continue to participate in the general education
curriculum, although in another setting, and to progress toward meeting the
goals in the child’s IEP. That meeting must occur as soon as possible, but no
more than ten (10) days after the sixth (6 th ) consecutive day of suspension or
the tenth (10 th ) cumulative day of suspension has elapsed.
  6. Alternative education services must be provided to a pupil who is suspended
for more than five (5) consecutive school days. Alternative educational
services may include, but are not limited to, special tutoring, modified
curriculum, modified instruction, other modifications or adaptations,
instruction through electronic media, special education services as indicated by
appropriate assessments, homebound instruction, supervised homework, or
enrollment in another district or in an alternative learning center under
Minnesota Statutes, section 123A.05 selected to allow the student to progress
toward meeting graduation standards under Minnesota Statutes, section
120B.02, although in a different setting.
  7. The school administration shall not suspend a student from school without an
informal administrative conference with the student. The informal
administrative conference shall take place before the suspension, except
where it appears that the student will create an immediate and substantial
danger to self or to surrounding persons or property, in which case the
conference shall take place as soon as practicable following the suspension. At
the informal administrative conference, a school administrator shall notify the
student of the grounds for the suspension, provide an explanation of the
evidence the authorities have, and the student may present the student’s
version of the facts. A separate administrative conference is required for each
period of suspension.
  8. After school administration notifies a student of the grounds for suspension,
school administration may, instead of imposing the suspension, do one or
more of the following:
     a. strongly encourage a parent or guardian of the student to attend
school with the student for one day;
     b. assign the student to attend school on Saturday as supervised by the
principal or the principal’s designee; and
     c. petition the juvenile court that the student is in need of services under
Minnesota Statutes chapter 260C.

  9. A written notice containing the grounds for suspension, a brief statement of
the facts, a description of the testimony, a readmission plan, and a copy of the
Minnesota Pupil Fair Dismissal Act, Minnesota Statutes, sections 121A.40-
121A.56, shall be personally served upon the student at or before the time the suspension is to take effect, and upon the student’s parent or guardian by mail
within forty-eight (48) hours of the conference. (See attached sample Notice
of Suspension.)
  10. The school administration shall make reasonable efforts to notify the student’s parent or guardian of the suspension by telephone as soon as possible
following suspension.
  11. In the event a student is suspended without an informal administrative
conference on the grounds that the student will create an immediate and
substantial danger to surrounding persons or property, the written notice shall
be served upon the student and the student’s parent or guardian within forty-
eight (48) hours of the suspension. Service by mail shall be complete upon
mailing.
  12. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions, the student may be suspended
pending the school board’s decision in an expulsion or exclusion proceeding,
provided that alternative educational services are implemented to the extent
that suspension exceeds five (5) consecutive school days.

E. Expulsion and Exclusion Procedures
  1. “Expulsion” means a school board action to prohibit an enrolled student from
further attendance for up to twelve (12) months from the date the student is
expelled. The authority to expel rests with the school board.
  2. “Exclusion” means an action taken by the school board to prevent enrollment
or re-enrollment of a student for a period that shall not extend beyond the
school year. The authority to exclude rests with the school board.
  3. All expulsion and exclusion proceedings will be held pursuant to and in
accordance with the provisions of the Minnesota Pupil Fair Dismissal Act,
Minnesota Statutes, sections 121A.40-121A.56.
  4. No expulsion or exclusion shall be imposed without a hearing, unless the right
to a hearing is waived in writing by the student and parent or guardian.
  5. The student and parent or guardian shall be provided written notice of the
school district’s intent to initiate expulsion or exclusion proceedings. This
notice shall be served upon the student and his or her parent or guardian
personally or by mail, and shall contain a complete statement of the facts; a
list of the witnesses and a description of their testimony; state the date, time
and place of hearing; be accompanied by a copy of the Pupil Fair Dismissal
Act, Minnesota Statutes, sections 121A.40-121A.56; describe the
nonexclusionary disciplinary practices accorded the student in an attempt to
avoid the expulsion proceedings; and inform the student and parent or
guardian of their right to: (1) have a representative of the student’s own
choosing, including legal counsel at the hearing; (2) examine the student’s
records before the hearing; (3) present evidence; and (4) confront and cross-
examine witnesses. The school district must advise the student’s parent or
guardian that free or low-cost legal assistance may be available and that a
legal assistance resource list is available from the Minnesota Department of
Education (MDE) and is posted on its website.
  6. The hearing shall be scheduled within ten (10) days of the service of the written notice unless an extension, not to exceed five (5) days, is requested
for good cause by the school district, student, parent, or guardian.
  7. All hearings shall be held at a time and place reasonably convenient to the
student, parent, or guardian and shall be closed, unless the student, parent, or
guardian requests an open hearing.
  8. The school district shall record the hearing proceedings at district expense,
and a party may obtain a transcript at its own expense.
  9. The student shall have a right to a representative of the student’s own
choosing, including legal counsel, at the student’s sole expense. The school
district shall advise the student’s parent or guardian that free or low-cost legal
assistance may be available and that a legal assistance resource list is
available from MDE. The school board may appoint an attorney to represent
the school district in any proceeding.
  10. If the student designates a representative other than the parent or guardian,
the representative must have a written authorization from the student and the
parent or guardian providing them with access to and/or copies of the
student’s records.
  11. All expulsion or exclusion hearings shall take place before and be conducted by an independent hearing officer designated by the school district. The hearing
shall be conducted in a fair and impartial manner. Testimony shall be given
under oath and the hearing officer shall have the power to issue subpoenas
and administer oaths.
  12. At a reasonable time prior to the hearing, the student, parent or guardian, or
authorized representative shall be given access to all school district records
pertaining to the student, including any tests or reports upon which the
proposed dismissal action may be based.
  13. The student, parent or guardian, or authorized representative, shall have the
right to compel the presence of any school district employee or agent or any
other person who may have evidence upon which the proposed dismissal
action may be based, and to confront and cross-examine any witnesses
testifying for the school district.
  14. The student, parent or guardian, or authorized representative, shall have the
right to present evidence and testimony, including expert psychological or
educational testimony.
  15. The student cannot be compelled to testify in the dismissal proceedings.
  16. The hearing officer shall prepare findings and a recommendation based solely
upon substantial evidence presented at the hearing, which must be made to
the school board and served upon the parties within two (2) days after the
close of the hearing.
  17. The school board shall base its decision upon the findings and
recommendation of the hearing officer and shall render its decision at a
meeting held within five (5) days after receiving the findings and
recommendation. The school board may provide the parties with the
opportunity to present exceptions and comments to the hearing officer’s findings and recommendation provided that neither party presents any
evidence not admitted at the hearing. The decision by the school board must
be based on the record, must be in writing, and must state the controlling
facts on which the decision is made in sufficient detail to apprise the parties
and the Commissioner of the Minnesota Department of Education
(Commissioner) of the basis and reason for the decision.
  18. A party to an expulsion or exclusion decision made by the school board may
appeal the decision to the Commissioner within twenty-one (21) calendar days
of school board action pursuant to Minnesota Statutes section 121A.49. The
decision of the school board shall be implemented during the appeal to the
Commissioner.
  19. The school district shall report any suspension, expulsion or exclusion action
taken to the appropriate public service agency, when the student is under the
supervision of such agency.
  20. The school district must report, through the MDE electronic reporting system, each expulsion or exclusion within thirty (30) days of the effective date of the action to the Commissioner. This report must include a statement of
alternative educational services given the student and the reason for, the
effective date, and the duration of the exclusion or expulsion. The report must
also include the student’s age, grade, gender, race, and special education
status. The dismissal report must include state student identification numbers
of affected students.
  21. Whenever a student fails to return to school within ten (10) school days of the
termination of dismissal, a school administrator shall inform the student and
his/her parent or guardian by mail of the student’s right to attend and to be
reinstated in the school district.

XIII. ADMISSION OR READMISSION PLAN
A school administrator must prepare and enforce an admission or readmission plan for any student who is excluded or expelled from school. The plan must include measures to improve the student’s behavior, which may include completing a character education program consistent with Minnesota Statutes, section 120B.232, subdivision 1, social and emotional learning, counseling, social work services, mental health services, referrals for special education or 504 evaluation, and evidence-based academic interventions. The plan must include reasonable attempts to obtain parental involvement in the admission or readmission process, and may indicate the consequences to the student of not improving the student’s behavior. The readmission plan must not obligate parents to provide a sympathomimetic medication for their child as a condition of readmission.


XIV. NOTIFICATION OF POLICY VIOLATIONS
Notification of any violation of this policy and resulting disciplinary action shall be as provided herein, or as otherwise provided by the Pupil Fair Dismissal Act or other applicable law. The teacher, principal or other school district official may provide additional notification as deemed appropriate.
In addition, the school district must report, through the MDE electronic reporting system, each exclusion or expulsion, each physical assault of a school district employee by a pupil, and each pupil withdrawal agreement within thirty (30) days of the effective date of the dismissal action, pupil withdrawal, or assault, to the MDE Commissioner. This report must include a statement of the nonexclusionary disciplinary practices, or other sanction, intervention, or resolution in response to the assault given to the pupil and the reason for, the effective date,
and the duration of the exclusion or expulsion or other sanction, intervention, or resolution. The report must also include the pupil’s age, grade, gender, race, and special education status.


XV. STUDENT DISCIPLINE RECORDS
The policy of the school district is that complete and accurate student discipline records be maintained. The collection, dissemination, and maintenance of student discipline records shall be consistent with applicable school district policies and federal and state law, including the Minnesota Government Data Practices Act, Minnesota Statutes chapter 13.

XVI. STUDENTS WITH DISABILITIES
Students who are currently identified as eligible under the IDEA or Section 504 will be subject to the provisions of this policy, unless the student’s IEP or 504 plan specifies a necessary modification. Before initiating an expulsion or exclusion of a student with a disability, relevant members of the child’s IEP team and the child’s parent shall, consistent with federal law, conduct a manifestation determination and determine whether the child’s behavior was (i) caused by or had a direct and substantial relationship to the child’s disability and (ii) whether the child’s conduct was a direct result of a failure to implement the child’s IEP. If the student’s educational program is appropriate and the behavior is not a manifestation of the student’s disability, the school district will proceed with discipline – up to and including expulsion – as if the student did not have a disability, unless the student’s educational program provides otherwise. If the team determines that the behavior subject to discipline is a manifestation of
the student’s disability, the team shall conduct a functional behavioral assessment and implement a behavioral intervention plan for such student provided that the school district had not conducted such assessment prior to the manifestation determination before the behavior that resulted in a change of placement. Where a behavioral intervention plan previously has been developed, the team will review the behavioral intervention plan and modify it as necessary to address the behavior.
When a student who has an IEP is excluded or expelled for misbehavior that is not a manifestation of the student’s disability, the school district shall continue to provide special education and related services during the period of expulsion or exclusion.


XVII. OPEN ENROLLED STUDENTS
The school district may terminate the enrollment of a nonresident student enrolled under an Enrollment Option Program (Minnesota Statutes section 124D.03) or Enrollment in Nonresident District (Minnesota Statutes section 124D.08) at the end of a school year if the student meets the definition of a habitual truant, the student has been provided appropriate services for truancy (Minnesota Statutes chapter 260A), and the student’s case has been referred to juvenile court. The school district may also terminate the enrollment of a nonresident student over the age of seventeen (17) enrolled under an Enrollment Options Program if the student is absent without lawful excuse for one or more periods on fifteen (15) school days and has not lawfully withdrawn from school.

XVIII. DISCIPLINE COMPLAINT PROCEDURE
Students, parents and other guardians, and school staff may file a complaint and seek corrective action when the requirements of the Minnesota Pupil Fair Dismissal Act, including the implementation of the local behavior and discipline policies, are not being implemented appropriately or are being discriminately applied. The Discipline Complaint Procedure must, at a minimum:
  1. provide procedures for communicating this policy including the ability for a parent to appeal a decision under Minnesota Statutes, section 121A.49 that contains explicit instructions for filing the complaint;
  2. provide an opportunity for involved parties to submit additional information related to the complaint;
  3. provide a procedure to begin to investigate complaints within three school days of receipt, and identify personnel who will manage the investigation and any resulting record and are responsible for keeping and regulating access to any record;
  4. provide procedures for issuing a written determination to the complainant that addresses each allegation and contains findings and conclusions;
  5. if the investigation finds the requirements of Minnesota Statutes, sections 121A.40 to 121A.61, including any local policies that were not implemented appropriately, contain procedures that require a corrective action plan to correct a student’s record and provide relevant staff with training, coaching, or other accountability practices to ensure appropriate compliance with policies in the future; and
  6. prohibit reprisals or retaliation against any person who asserts, alleges, or reports a complaint, and provide procedures for applying appropriate consequences for a person who engages in reprisal or retaliation.

XIX. DISTRIBUTION OF POLICY
The school district will notify students and parents of the existence and contents of this policy in such manner as it deems appropriate. Copies of this discipline policy shall be made available to all students and parents at the commencement of each school year and to all new students and parents upon enrollment. This policy shall also be available upon request in each principal’s office.

XX. REVIEW OF POLICY
The principal and representatives of parents, students and staff in each school building shall confer at least annually to review this discipline policy, determine if the policy is working as intended, and to assess whether the discipline policy has been enforced. Any recommended changes shall be submitted to the superintendent for consideration by the school board, which shall conduct an annual review of this policy.

Legal References: Minn. Stat. Ch. 13 (Minnesota Government Data Practices Act)

Minn. Stat. § 120B.02 (Educational Expectations and Graduation Requirements
for Minnesota Students)
Minn. Stat. § 120B.232 (Character Development Education)
Minn. Stat. § 121A.26 (School Preassessment Teams)
Minn. Stat. § 121A.29 (Reporting; Chemical Abuse)
Minn. Stat. §§ 121A.40-121A.56 (Pupil Fair Dismissal Act)
Minn. Stat. § 121A.575 (Alternatives to Pupil Suspension)
Minn. Stat. § 121A.582 (Student Discipline; Reasonable Force)
Minn. Stat. §§ 121A.60 (Definitions)
Minn. Stat. § 121A.61 (Discipline and Removal of Students from Class)
Minn. Stat. § 122A.42 (General Control of Schools)

506-20

Minn. Stat. § 123A.05 (State-Approved Alternative Program Organization)
Minn. Stat. § 124D.03 (Enrollment Options Program)
Minn. Stat. § 124D.08 (School Boards’ Approval to Enroll in Nonresident
District; Exceptions)
Minn. Stat. Ch. 125A (Special Education and Special Programs)
Minn. Stat. § 152.22, Subd. 6 (Definitions)
Minn. Stat. § 152.23 (Limitations)
Minn. Stat. Ch. 260A (Truancy)
Minn. Stat. Ch. 260C (Juvenile Safety and Placement)
20 U.S.C. §§ 1400-1487 (Individuals with Disabilities Education Act)
29 U.S.C. § 794 et seq. (Rehabilitation Act of 1973, § 504)
34 C.F.R. § 300.530(e)(1) (Manifestation Determination)
Cross References: MSBA/MASA Model Policy 413 (Harassment and Violence)

MSBA/MASA Model Policy 419 (Tobacco-Free Environment; Possession and Use
of Tobacco, Tobacco-Related Devices, and Electronic Delivery Devices)
MSBA/MASA Model Policy 501 (School Weapons)
MSBA/MASA Model Policy 502 (Search of Student Lockers, Desks, Personal
Possessions, and Student’s Person)
MSBA/MASA Model Policy 503 (Student Attendance)
MSBA/MASA Model Policy 505 (Distribution of Nonschool-Sponsored
Materials on School Premises by Students and Employees)
MSBA/MASA Model Policy 514 (Bullying Prohibition Policy)
MSBA/MASA Model Policy 524 (Internet Acceptable Use and Safety Policy)
MSBA/MASA Model Policy 525 (Violence Prevention)
MSBA/MASA Model Policy 526 (Hazing Prohibition)
MSBA/MASA Model Policy 527 (Student Use and Parking of Motor Vehicles;
Patrols, Inspections, and Searches)
MSBA/MASA Model Policy 610 (Field Trips)
MSBA/MASA Model Policy 709 (Student Transportation Safety Policy)
MSBA/MASA Model Policy 711 (Video Recording on School Buses)
MSBA/MASA Model Policy 712 (Video Surveillance Other Than on Buses)

MSBA/MASA Model Policy 507
Orig. 1995
Rev. 2024

513     CORPORAL PUNISHMENT AND PRONE RESTRAINT

[NOTE: The provisions of this policy substantially reflect statutory requirements. The revisions in this model policy incorporate legislative changes enacted throughout the 2024 Minnesota legislative session. School boards may have adopted some revisions in the spring, when the first set of laws were enacted.]]

I.         PURPOSE

The purpose of this policy is to describe limitations on use of corporal punishment or prone restraint upon a student.

II.        GENERAL STATEMENT OF POLICY

No employee or agent of the school district or charter school shall inflict corporal punishment or use prone restraint upon a student except as provided below.

III.      DEFINITIONS

1.         “Corporal punishment” means conduct involving:

a.         hitting or spanking a person with or without an object; or

b.         unreasonable physical force that causes bodily harm or substantial emotional harm.

2.      “Employee or agent of the district” does not include a school resource officer as defined in Minnesota Statutes, section 626.8482, subdivision 1, paragraph (c).

3.         “Prone restraint” means placing a child in a face-down position.

IV.     PROHIBITIONS

1.      An employee or agent of a district shall not inflict corporal punishment or cause corporal punishment to be inflicted upon a pupil to reform unacceptable conduct or as a penalty for unacceptable conduct.

2.        An employee or agent of a district shall not use prone restraint.

3.        An employee or agent of a district shall not inflict any form of physical holding that restricts or impairs a pupil’s ability to breathe; restricts or impairs a pupil’s ability to communicate distress; places pressure or weight on a pupil’s head, throat, neck, chest, lungs, sternum, diaphragm, back, or abdomen; or results in straddling a pupil’s torso.

4.        Conduct that violates this Article is not a crime under Minnesota Statutes, section 645.241, but may be a crime under Minnesota Statutes, chapter 609 if the conduct violates a provision of Minnesota Statutes, chapter 609. Conduct that violates IV.1 above is not per se corporal punishment under the statute. Nothing in this Minnesota Statutes, section 121A.58 or 125A.0941 precludes the use of reasonable force under Minnesota Statutes, section 121A.582. The use of reasonable force as set forth in Section V does not authorize conduct prohibited pursuant to Minnesota Statutes, section 125A.0942.

V.      REASONABLE FORCE

1.       Reasonable force may be used upon or toward the person of another without the other’s consent when used by a teacher, school principal, school employee, school bus driver, or other agent of the school in the exercise of lawful authority, to restrain a child or pupil to prevent bodily harm or death to the child, pupil, or another.

2.        Reasonable force may be used upon or toward the person of a child without the child’s consent when the following circumstance exists or the actor reasonably believes it to exist:

 a.       when used by a teacher, school principal, school employee, school bus driver, other agent of the district, or other member of the instructional, support, or supervisory staff of a public school upon or toward a child or pupil when necessary to restrain the child or pupil to prevent bodily harm or death to the child pupil, or another. Nothing in Minnesota Statutes, section 609.379 limits any other authorization to use reasonable force including but not limited to authorizations under Minnesota Statutes, section 121A.582, subdivision 1, and section 609.06, subdivision 1. 

3.   A teacher, school principal, and other school staff may use reasonable force under the conditions set forth in Policy 506 (Student Discipline).

VI.       VIOLATION

Employees who violate the provisions of this policy shall be subject to disciplinary action as appropriate.   Any such disciplinary action shall be made pursuant to and in accordance with applicable statutory authority, collective bargaining agreements, and school district policies.  Violation of this policy may also result in civil or criminal liability for the employee.

Legal References:     Minn. Stat. § 121A.58 (Corporal Punishment)

Minn. Stat. § 121A.582 (Student Discipline; Reasonable Force)

Minn. Stat. § 123B.25 (Legal Actions Against Districts and Teachers)

Minn. Stat. § 125A.0941 (Definitions)\

Minn. Stat. § 125A.0942 (Standards for Restrictive Procedures)

Minn. Stat. § 609.06 (Authorized Use of Force)

Minn. Stat. § 609.379 (Permitted Actions)

Minn. Stat. § 626.8482 (School Resource Officers; Duties; Training; Model Policy)

Minn. Stat. § 645,241 (Punishment for Prohibited Acts)

 

Cross References:     MSBA/MASA Model Policy 403 (Discipline, Suspension, and Dismissal of School District Employees)

MSBA/MASA Model Policy 414 (Mandated Reporting of Child Neglect or Physical or Sexual Abuse)

MSBA/MASA Model Policy 415 (Mandated Reporting of Maltreatment of Vulnerable Adults)

MSBA/MASA Model Policy 506 (Student Discipline)

MSBA/MASA Model Policy 507.5 (School Resource Officers)

Adopted:1995
Revised:2024

514 STUDENT ATTENDANCE

I. PURPOSE
A. The school board believes that regular school attendance is directly related to success in academic work, benefits students socially, provides opportunities for important communications between teachers and students, and establishes regular habits of dependability important to the future of the student. The purpose of this policy is to encourage regular school attendance. It is intended to be positive and not punitive.

B. This policy also recognizes that class attendance is a joint responsibility to be shared by the student, parent or guardian, teacher, and administrators. This policy will assist students in attending class.

II. GENERAL STATEMENT OF POLICY
A. Responsibilities
  1. Student’s Responsibility
It is the student’s right to be in school. It is also the student’s responsibility to
attend all assigned classes and study halls every day that school is in session
and to be aware of and follow the correct procedures when absent from an
assigned class or study hall. Finally, it is the student’s responsibility to request
any missed assignments due to an absence.
  2. Parent or Guardian’s Responsibility
It is the responsibility of the student’s parent or guardian to ensure the
student is attending school, to inform the school in the event of a student
absence, and to work cooperatively with the school and the student to solve
any attendance problems that may arise.
  3. Teacher’s Responsibility
It is the teacher’s responsibility to take daily attendance and to maintain
accurate attendance records in each assigned class and study hall. It is also
the teacher’s responsibility to be familiar with all procedures governing
attendance and to apply these procedures uniformly. It is also the teacher’s
responsibility to provide any student who has been absent with any missed
assignments upon request. Finally, it is the teacher’s responsibility to work
cooperatively with the student’s parent or guardian and the student to solve
any attendance problems that may arise.
  4. Administrator’s Responsibility
     a. It is the administrator’s responsibility to require students to attend all
assigned classes and study halls. It is also the administrator’s
responsibility to be familiar with all procedures governing attendance
and to apply these procedures uniformly to all students, to maintain accurate records on student attendance, and to prepare a list of the
previous day’s absences stating the status of each. Finally, it is the
administrator’s responsibility to inform the student’s parent or
guardian of the student’s attendance and to work cooperatively with
them and the student to solve attendance problems.
     
     b. In accordance with the Minnesota Compulsory Instruction Law,
Minnesota Statutes, section 120A.22, the students of the school
district are REQUIRED to attend all assigned classes and/or study halls
every day school is in session, unless the student has been excused by
the school board from attendance because the student has already
completed state and school district standards required to graduate
from high school, has withdrawn, or has a valid excuse for absence.

B. Attendance Procedures
Attendance procedures shall be presented to the school board for review and approval. When approved by the school board, the attendance procedures will be included as an addendum to this policy.
  1. Excused Absences

     a. A parent, guardian, or other person having control of a child may apply
to a school district to have the child excused from attendance for the
whole or any part of the time school is in session during any school
year. Application may be made to any member of the board, a truant
officer, a principal, or the superintendent. A note from a physician or a
licensed mental health professional stating that the child cannot attend
school is a valid excuse.

     b. To be considered an excused absence, the student’s parent or legal
guardian may be asked to verify, in writing, the reason for the
student’s absence from school.

     c. The board of the district in which the child resides may approve the
application under subparagraph (a) above upon a legitimate exception
being demonstrated to the satisfaction of that board.
     
     d. Legitimate Exceptions
The following reasons shall be sufficient to constitute excused
absences:
       (1) that the child's physical or mental health is such as to prevent
attendance at school or application to study for the period
required, which includes:

          (a) child illness, medical, dental, orthodontic, or
counseling appointments; including appointments
conducted through telehealth

          (b) family emergencies;

          (c) the death or serious illness or funeral of an immediate family member;

          (d) active duty in any military branch of the United States;

          (e) the child has a condition that requires ongoing treatment for a mental health diagnosis; or

          (f) other exemptions included in this attendance policy.
       
       (2)  that the child has already completed state and district
standards required for graduation from high school; or

       (3) that it is the wish of the parent, guardian, or other person
having control of the child, that the child attend for a period or
periods not exceeding in the aggregate three hours in any
week, instruction conducted by a Tribal spiritual or cultural
advisor, or a school for religious instruction conducted and
maintained by a church, or association of churches, or any
Sunday school association incorporated under the laws of this
state, or any auxiliary thereof. This instruction must be
conducted and maintained in a place other than a public school
building, and it must not, in whole or in part, be conducted and
maintained at public expense. A child may be absent from
school on days that the child attends upon instruction
according to this clause.

     c. Consequences of Excused Absences
       
       (1) Students whose absences are excused are required to make up
all assignments missed or to complete alternative assignments
as deemed appropriate by the classroom teacher.

       (2) Work missed because of absence must be made up within 2
days from the date of the student’s return to school. Any work
not completed within this period may result in “reduced credit”
for the missed assignment. However, the building principal or
the classroom teacher may extend the time allowed for
completion of make-up work in the case of an extended illness
or other extenuating circumstances.

  2. Unexcused Absences
     
     a. The following are examples of absences which will not be excused:

       (1) Truancy. An absence by a student which was not approved by
the parent and/or the school district.

       (2) Any absence in which the student failed to comply with any
reporting requirements of the school district’s attendance
procedures.

       (3) Work at home.

       (4) Work at a business, except under a school-sponsored work release program.

       (5) Vacations with family.

       (6) Personal trips to schools or colleges.

       (7) Absences resulting from cumulated unexcused tardies 4 tardies
equal one unexcused absence).

       (8) Any other absence not included under the attendance
procedures set out in this policy.
   
     b. Consequences of Unexcused Absences

       (1) Absences resulting from official suspension will be handled in
accordance with the Pupil Fair Dismissal Act, Minnesota
Statutes, sections 121A.40-121A.56.

       (2) Days during which a student is suspended from school shall
not be counted in a student’s total cumulated unexcused
absences.

       (3) In cases of recurring unexcused absences, the administration
may also request the county attorney to file a petition with the
juvenile court, pursuant to Minnesota statutes.

       (4) Students with unexcused absences shall be subject to
discipline in the following manner:

          (a) From the first through the third cumulated unexcused
absence in a quarter the student will not be allowed to
make up work missed due to such absence.

          (b) After the third cumulated unexcused absence in a
quarter, a student’s parent or guardian will be notified
by certified mail that his or her child is nearing a total
of 5 unexcused absences and that, after the fifth
unexcused absence, the student’s grade could be
reduced by one increment for each unexcused absence
thereafter.

          (c) After such notification, the student or his or her parent
or guardian may, within a reasonable time, request a
conference with school officials regarding the student’s
absences and the prescribed discipline. The notification
will state that the school strongly urges the student’s
parent or guardian to request such a conference.

          (d) After three cumulative unexcused absences in a
quarter the teacher may reduce the student’s letter
grade by one increment for each unexcused absence
thereafter (i.e. A to A-). However, prior to reducing
the student’s grade, an administrative conference must
be held among the principal, student, and parent.

          (e) After five cumulated unexcused absences in a quarter,
the administration may impose the loss of academic
credit in the class or classes from which the student
has been absent. However, prior to loss of credit, an
administrative conference must be held among the
principal, student, and parent.

          (f) If the result of a grade reduction or loss of credit has
the effect of an expulsion, the school district will follow
the procedures set forth in the Pupil Fair Dismissal Act,
Minnesota Statutes, sections 121A.40-121A.56.

C. Tardiness
  1. Definition: Students are expected to be in their assigned area at designated
times. Failure to do so constitutes tardiness.

  2. Procedures for Reporting Tardiness

     a. Students tardy at the start of school must report to the school office
for an admission slip.

     b. Tardiness between periods will be handled by the teacher.

  3. Excused Tardiness
Valid excuses for tardiness are:

     a. Illness.
     b. Serious illness in the student’s immediate family.
     c. A death or funeral in the student’s immediate family or of a close
friend or relative.
     d. Medical, dental, orthodontic, or mental health treatment.
     e. Court appearances occasioned by family or personal action.
     f. Physical emergency conditions such as fire, flood, storm, etc.
     g. Any tardiness for which the student has been excused in writing by an
administrator or faculty member.

  4. Unexcused Tardiness
 
     a. An unexcused tardiness is failing to be in an assigned area at the
designated time class period commences without a valid excuse.

     b. Consequences of tardiness may include detention after three
unexcused tardies. In addition, three unexcused tardies are equivalent
to one unexcused absence.

D. Participation in Extracurricular Activities and School-Sponsored On-the-Job Training Programs

  1. This policy applies to all students involved in any extracurricular activity
scheduled either during or outside the school day and any school-sponsored
on-the-job training programs.

  2. School-initiated absences will be accepted and participation permitted.

  3. A student may not participate in any activity or program if he or she has an
unexcused absence from any class during the day.

  4. If a student is suspended from any class, he or she may not participate in any
activity or program that day.

  5. If a student is absent from school due to medical reasons, he or she must
present a physician’s statement or a statement from the student’s parent or
guardian clearing the student for participation that day. The note must be
presented to the coach or advisor before the student participates in the
activity or program.

III. RELIGIOUS OBSERVANCE ACCOMMODATION
Reasonable efforts will be made by the school district to accommodate any student who wishes to be excused from a curricular activity for a religious observance. Requests for accommodation should be directed to the building principal.


IV. DISSEMINATION OF POLICY

A. Copies of this policy shall be made available to all students and parents at the
commencement of each school year. This policy shall also be available upon request in each principal’s office.

B. The school district will provide annual notice to parents of the school district’s policy relating to a student’s absence from school for religious observance.

V. REQUIRED REPORTING
A. Continuing Truant
Minnesota Statutes section 260A.02 provides that a continuing truant is a student who is subject to the compulsory instruction requirements of Minnesota Statutes section 120A.22 and is absent from instruction in a school, as defined in Minnesota Statutes section 120A.05, without valid excuse within a single school year for:
  1. Three days if the child is in elementary school; or
  2. Three or more class periods on three days if the child is in middle school,
junior high school, or high school.

B. Reporting Responsibility
When a student is initially classified as a continuing truant, Minnesota Statutes,
section 260A.03 provides that the school attendance officer or other designated school official shall notify the student’s parent or legal guardian, by first class mail or other reasonable means, of the following:

  1. That the child is truant;
  2. That the parent or guardian should notify the school if there is a valid excuse
for the child’s absences;
  3. That the parent or guardian is obligated to compel the attendance of the child
at school pursuant to Minnesota Statutes section 120A.22 and parents or
guardians who fail to meet this obligation may be subject to prosecution under
Minnesota Statutes, section 120A.34;
  4. That this notification serves as the notification required by Minnesota Statutes,
section 120A.34;
  5. That alternative educational programs and services may be available in the
child’s enrolling or resident district;
  6. That the parent or guardian has the right to meet with appropriate school
personnel to discuss solutions to the child’s truancy;
  7. That if the child continues to be truant, the parent and child may be subject to
juvenile court proceedings under Minnesota Statutes, chapter 260C;
  8. That if the child is subject to juvenile court proceedings, the child may be
subject to suspension, restriction, or delay of the child’s driving privilege
pursuant to Minnesota Statutes, section 260C.201; and
  9. That it is recommended that the parent or guardian accompany the child to
school and attend classes with the child for one day.

C. Habitual Truant
  1. A habitual truant is a child under the age of 17 years who is absent from
attendance at school without lawful excuse for seven school days per school
year if the child is in elementary school or for one or more class periods on
seven school days per school year if the child is in middle school, junior high
school, or high school, or a child who is 17 years of age who is absent from
attendance at school without lawful excuse for one or more class periods on
seven school days per school year and who has not lawfully withdrawn from
school.
  2. A school district attendance officer shall refer a habitual truant child and the
child’s parent or legal guardian to appropriate services and procedures, under
Minnesota Statutes, chapter 260A.
Legal References: Minn. Stat. § 120A.05 (Definitions)

Minn. Stat. § 120A.22 (Compulsory Instruction)
Minn. Stat. § 120A.24 (Reporting)
Minn. Stat. § 120A.26 (Enforcement and Prosecution)
Minn. Stat. § 120A.34 (Violations; Penalties)
Minn. Stat. § 120A.35 (Absence from School for Religious Observance)
Minn. Stat. §§ 121A.40-121A.56 (Pupil Fair Dismissal Act)
Minn. Stat. § 260A.02 (Definitions)
Minn. Stat. § 260A.03 (Notice to Parent or Guardian When Child is a
Continuing Truant)
Minn. Stat. § 260C.007, subd. 19 (Habitual Truant Defined)
Minn. Stat. § 260C.201 (Dispositions; Children in Need of Protection or
Services or Neglected and in Foster Care)
Goss v. Lopez, 419 U.S. 565 (1975)
Slocum v. Holton Bd. of Educ., 429 N.W.2d 607 (Mich. App. Ct. 1988)
Campbell v. Bd. of Educ. of New Milford, 475 A.2d 289 (Conn. 1984)
Hamer v. Bd. of Educ. of Twp. High Sch. Dist. No. 113, 66 Ill. App.3d 7, 383
N.E.2d 231 (1978)
Gutierrez v. Sch. Dist. R-1, 585 P.2d 935 (Co. Ct. App. 1978)
Knight v. Bd. of Educ., 38 Ill. App. 3d 603, 348 N.E.2d 299 (1976)
Dorsey v. Bale, 521 S.W.2d 76 (Ky. 1975)
Cross References: MSBA/MASA Model Policy 506 (Student Discipline)

514 A: Student Attendance – Indus Grades 7-12

Revised: Feb 9, 2005

A. Attendance Procedures For All Students In Indus Grades 7-12

1. A maximum of ten absences per class period/day will be allowed per semester. Upon the eleventh absence the student will receive a failing grade for the semester, subject to review and appeal procedures.

2. When a student reaches five, eight, and ten absences, a letter will be sent home notifying the parent/guardian. If a student acquires eleven (11) absences per semester, the parent/guardian will be notified in writing by the school office that the student has lost credit for a class(es). If the parent would like to appeal the loss of credit because there is a reason, such as long term illness, they should contact the building principal in writing with any pertinent information about the absences to request an appointment for an appeal meeting. This letter should be mailed within ten days of the receipt of the letter informing them of the credit loss. If the parent/guardian is not happy with the outcome of the meeting, they may address their concerns, first, to the district superintendent and then to the school board.

3. The only absences that will not be counted in this procedure are the following:

a. Dismissal under the Pupil Fair Dismissal Act for disciplinary purposes.

b. School sponsored activities.

c. Religious/spiritual days kept sacred by the pupil when religious/spiritual services are observed only during school hours.

4. The State of Minnesota recognizes the following reasons for excused absences; personal illness, death or medical emergency in the immediate family, legal appointments, work at home, and family vacations. While these are considered excused absences, they will still accumulate toward the five absences allowed per quarter. In order for an absence to be excused, notes from parents/guardians excusing these absences must be turned in to the office within two days of the student’s return to school.

5. Unexcused absences are those that can be avoided or delayed. This includes a student who is absent from school without the parent/guardian’s knowledge or approval, or the excuse given is not acceptable to the school administration. These may include, but are not limited to: oversleeping, shopping, hair appointments, leaving school without permission, skipping, and falsifying notes. No credit will be given for unexcused absences missed from a class/day.

6. Tardy to class is defined as late to class. Valid excuses or passes are allowed from staff members.

a. Consequences of unexcused tardiness include detention according to the following:
1st tardy = noon detention
2nd tardy = noon detention
3rd tardy = noon detention
4th tardy = two hours after school detention. In addition every 4 unexcused tardies are equivalent to one unexcused absence.

7. It is the student’s responsibility to contact the teacher for make-up work, and it should be completed in two days for every one excused absence. The teacher may require additional or different assignments than were assigned in class at the time of the absence to make up for loss of group work, discussion, or lecture time.

8. Closed Campus – The school campus is closed which means students are not allowed to leave the school grounds at any time during the regular school day without specific approval from the principal.

a. Any student leaving school for any reason during the school day must check out in the office.

b. Students also must check in the office if they return to school during the school day.

c. Early dismissals will be granted only if a parent/guardian advises the school in advance by phone or note AND it is cleared with the principal.

d. Students who fail to meet the closed campus requirements may be charged with an unexcused absence, depending on the circumstances, and could face disciplinary action.

e. Out-of-school individuals are prohibited from picking up students during the lunch break and from loitering with students on the school grounds.

f. Visitors must register with the office upon arrival at the building and must receive a visitor’s pass before entering the building any farther.

9. Participation in extracurricular activities and school sponsored on the job training programs.

a. This policy applies to all students involved in any extracurricular activity scheduled either during or outside the school day and any school sponsored on the job training program.

b. School-initiated absences will be accepted and participation permitted.

c. A student may not participate in any activity or program if he/she has an unexcused absence from any class during the day.

d. If a student is suspended from any class he/she may be excluded from participation in any activity or program that day.

e. If a student is absent from school due to medical reasons, he/she must present a physician’s statement or a statement from the student’s parent/guardian clearing the student for participation that day. The note must be presented to the coach/advisor before the student participates in the activity or program.

B. Required Reporting

1. Continuing Truant: This is a student who is subject to the compulsory instruction requirements and is absent from instruction in a school without valid excuse within a single school year for:

a. Three days if the child is in elementary school; or

b. Three or more class periods on three days if the child is in junior high or high school.

2. Reporting Responsibility: When a student is initially classified as a continuing truant, the school attendance officer or their designated school official will notify the student’s parent/guardian by first class mail or other reasonable means, of the following:

a. That the child is a truant;

b. That the parent/guardian should notify the school if there is a valid excuse for the child’s absence;

c. That the parent/guardian is obligated to compel the attendance of the child at school and parents/guardians who fail to meet this obligation may be subject to prosecution;

d. That this notification serves as the notification required by Minnesota Statute;

e. That the alternative education program and services may be available in their home district;

f. That the parent/guardian has the right to meet with appropriate school personnel to discuss solutions to the child’s truancy;

g. That if the child continues to be truant, the parent and child may be subject to juvenile court proceedings;

h. That if the child is subject to juvenile court proceedings, the child may be subject to suspension, restriction or delay of the child’s driving privilege;

i. That it is recommended that the parent/guardian accompany the child to school and attend classes with the child for one day.

514 B: KINDERGARTEN ATTENDANCE

New Policy: April 13, 2005

Parents choosing to enroll their child in an ISD #363 kindergarten class can choose one of the following two attendance options:

1. Three days per week (Tuesday, Wednesday, and Thursday) for the first quarter and five days per week during the second, third, and fourth quarters.

2. Five days per week for all four quarters of the school year.

MSBA/MASA Model Policy 515
Orig. 1995
Rev. 2024

515     PROTECTION AND PRIVACY OF PUPIL RECORDS

[NOTE: School districts are required by statute to have a policy addressing these issues.]

  1.        PURPOSE

The school district recognizes its responsibility in regard to the collection, maintenance, and dissemination of pupil records and the protection of the privacy rights of students as provided in federal law and state statutes.

  1.      GENERAL STATEMENT OF POLICY

The following procedures and policies regarding the protection and privacy of parents and students are adopted by the school district, pursuant to the requirements of 20 United States Code, section 1232g, et seq., (Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act (FERPA)) 34 Code of Federal Regulations part 99 and consistent with the requirements of the Minnesota Government Data Practices Act, Minnesota Statutes, chapter 13, and Minnesota Rules, parts 1205.0100-1205.2000.

III.      DEFINITIONS

  1.        Authorized Representative

“Authorized representative” means any entity or individual designated by the school district, state, or an agency headed by an official of the Comptroller of the United States, the Attorney General of the United States, the Secretary of the U.S. Department of Education, or state and local educational authorities to conduct, with respect to federal or state supported education programs, any audit or evaluation or any compliance or enforcement activity in connection with federal legal requirements that relate to these programs.

  1.        Biometric Record

“Biometric record,” as referred to in “Personally Identifiable,” means a record of one or more measurable biological or behavioral characteristics that can be used for automated recognition of an individual (e.g., fingerprints, retina and iris patterns, voiceprints, DNA sequence, facial characteristics, and handwriting).

  1.        Dates of Attendance

“Dates of attendance,” as referred to in “Directory Information,” means the period of time during which a student attends or attended a school or schools in the school district, including attendance in person or by paper correspondence, videoconference, satellite, Internet, or other electronic information and telecommunications technologies for students who are not in the classroom, and including the period during which a student is working under a work-study program.   The term does not include specific daily records of a student’s attendance at a school or schools in the school district.

  1.        Directory Information
  2.      Under federal law, “directory information” means information contained in an education record of a student that would not generally be considered harmful or an invasion of privacy if disclosed.  It includes the student’s name; address; telephone listing; electronic mail address; photograph; date and place of birth; major field of study; dates of attendance; grade level; enrollment status (i.e., full-time or part-time); participation in officially recognized activities and sports; weight and height of members of athletic teams; degrees, honors and awards received; and the most recent educational agency or institution attended.   It also includes the name, address, and telephone number of the student’s parent(s).  Directory information does not include:
  3.        a student’s social security number;
  4.        a student’s identification number (ID), user ID, or other unique personal identifier used by a student for purposes of accessing or communicating in electronic systems if the identifier may be used to access education records without use of one or more factors that authenticate the student’s identity such as a personal identification number (PIN), password, or other factor known or possessed only by the authorized user;
  5.        a student ID or other unique personal identifier that is displayed on a student ID badge if the identifier can be used to gain access to educational records when used in conjunction with one or more factors that authenticate the student’s identity, such as a PIN, password, or other factor known or possessed only by the student;
  6.        personally identifiable data which references religion, race, color, social position, or nationality; or
  7.         data collected from nonpublic school students, other than those who receive shared time educational services, unless written consent is given by the student’s parent or guardian.

[NOTE:   Under the federal Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act (FERPA), the federal definition of “directory information” identifies the types of information that may be specifically referenced as directory information. The federal definition applies to information requests by military recruiting officers, as set out in Article XI below.]

  1.      Under Minnesota law, a school district may not designate a student’s home address, telephone number, email address, or other personal contact information as “directory information.”

[NOTE: Minnesota law prohibits schools from designating student contact information as “directory information” despite the FERPA definition.  Minnesota schools should comply with Minnesota law and should not include student contact information in their definition of “directory information.”

 

This June 2024 revision to the “directory information” section seeks to clarify the law; no substantive change is presented in this revision.]

[NOTE: A school district may choose not to designate some or all of the enumerated information as directory information.  A school district also may add to the list of directory information, as long as the added data is not information that generally would be deemed as an invasion of privacy or information that references the student’s religion, race, color, social position, or nationality.  Federal law now allows a school district to specify that the disclosure of directory information will be limited to specific parties, for specific purposes, or both.  The identity of those parties and/or purposes should be identified.  To the extent a school district adds these restrictions, it must then limit its directory information disclosures to those individuals and/or purposes specified in this public notice.  Procedures to address how these restrictions will be enforced by the school district are advised.  Designation of directory information is an important policy decision for the local school board who must balance not only the privacy interests of the student against public disclosure but also the additional administrative requirements such restrictions on disclosures will place on the school district.]

 

[NOTE: The 2024 Minnesota legislature enacted Minnesota Statutes, section 480.40, which includes a law limiting disclosure of personal information concerning “judicial officials” (school districts can review the statutory definition of “judicial official”).  “Personal information” about a judicial official includes “the name of any child” and the name of any school that such a child attends if combined with an assertion that the child attends the school. School districts may not “knowingly publicly post, display, publish, sell, or otherwise make available on the Internet the personal information of any judicial official,” including in response to requests for directory information.]

  1.        Education Records
  2.        What constitutes “education records.”  Education records means those records that are: (1) directly related to a student; and (2) maintained by the school district or by a party acting for the school district.
  3.        What does not constitute education records.   The term “education records” does not include:
  4.        Records of instructional personnel that are:

(1)       kept in the sole possession of the maker of the record; 

(2)       used only as a personal memory aid;

(3)       not accessible or revealed to any other individual except a temporary substitute teacher; and

(4)       destroyed at the end of the school year.

  1.        Records of a law enforcement unit of the school district, provided education records maintained by the school district are not disclosed to the unit, and the law enforcement records are:

(1)        maintained separately from education records;

(2)        maintained solely for law enforcement purposes; and

(3)        disclosed only to law enforcement officials of the same jurisdiction.

  1.        Records relating to an individual, including a student, who is employed by the school district which:

(1)        are made and maintained in the normal course of business;

(2)        relate exclusively to the individual in that individual’s capacity as an employee; and

(3)        are not available for use for any other purpose.

However, records relating to an individual in attendance at the school district who is employed as a result of his or her status as a student are education records.

  1.        Records relating to an eligible student, or a student attending an institution of post-secondary education, that are:

(1)        made or maintained by a physician, psychiatrist, psychologist, or other recognized professional or paraprofessional acting in his or her professional or paraprofessional capacity or assisting in that capacity;

(2)        made, maintained, or used only in connection with the provision of treatment to the student; and

(3)        disclosed only to individuals providing the treatment; provided that the records can be personally reviewed by a physician or other appropriate professional of the student’s choice.  For the purpose of this definition, “treatment” does not include remedial educational activities or activities that are a part of the program of instruction within the school district.

  1.        Records created or received by the school district after an individual is no longer a student at the school district and that are not directly related to the individual’s attendance as a student.
  2.        Grades on peer-related papers before the papers are collected and recorded by a teacher.
  3.        Education Support Services Data

            “Education support services data” means data on individuals collected, created, maintained, used, or disseminated relating to programs administered by a government entity or entity under contract with a government entity designed to eliminate disparities and advance equities in educational achievement for youth by coordinating services available to participants, regardless of the youth’s involvement with other government services. Education support services data does not include welfare data under Minnesota Statutes, section 13.46.

            Unless otherwise provided by law, all education support services data are private data on individuals and must not be disclosed except according to Minnesota Statutes, section 13.05 or a court order.

  1.        Eligible Student

“Eligible student” means a student who has attained eighteen (18) years of age or is attending an institution of post-secondary education.

  1.        Juvenile Justice System

“Juvenile justice system” includes criminal justice agencies and the judiciary when involved in juvenile justice activities.

  1.        Legitimate Educational Interest

“Legitimate educational interest” includes an interest directly related to classroom instruction, teaching, student achievement and progress, discipline of a student, student health and welfare, and the ability to respond to a request for education data.  It includes a person’s need to know in order to:

  1.        Perform an administrative task required in the school or employee’s contract or position description approved by the school board;
  2.        Perform a supervisory or instructional task directly related to the student’s education; 
  3.        Perform a service or benefit for the student or the student’s family such as health care, counseling, student job placement, or student financial aid; or
  4.        Perform a task directly related to responding to a request for data.
  5.        Parent

“Parent” means a parent of a student and includes a natural parent, a guardian, or an individual acting as a parent of the student in the absence of a parent or guardian.  The school district may presume the parent has the authority to exercise the rights provided herein, unless it has been provided with evidence that there is a state law or court order governing such matters as marriage dissolution, separation or child custody, or a legally binding instrument which provides to the contrary.

  1.       Personally Identifiable

“Personally identifiable” means that the data or information includes, but is not limited to:  (a) a student’s name; (b) the name of the student’s parent or other family member; (c) the address of the student or student’s family; (d) a personal identifier such as the student’s social security number or student number or biometric record; (e) other indirect identifiers, such as the student’s date of birth, place of birth, and mother’s maiden name; (f) other information that, alone or in combination, is linked or linkable to a specific student that would allow a reasonable person in the school community, who does not have personal knowledge of the relevant circumstances, to identify the student with reasonable certainty; or (g) information requested by a person who the school district reasonably believes knows the identity of the student to whom the education record relates.

  1.        Record

“Record” means any information or data recorded in any way including, but not limited to, handwriting, print, computer media, video or audio tape, film, microfilm, and microfiche.

  1.        Responsible Authority

“Responsible authority” means [designate title and actual name of individual].

  1.        Student

“Student” includes any individual who is or has been in attendance, enrolled, or registered at the school district and regarding whom the school district maintains education records.  Student also includes applicants for enrollment or registration at the school district and individuals who receive shared time educational services from the school district.

  1.        School Official

“School official” includes:  (a) a person duly elected to the school board; (b) a person employed by the school board in an administrative, supervisory, instructional, or other professional position; (c) a person employed by the school board as a temporary substitute in a professional position for the period of his or her performance as a substitute; and (d) a person employed by, or under contract to, the school board to perform a special task such as a secretary, a clerk, a public information officer or data practices compliance official, an attorney, or an auditor for the period of his or her performance as an employee or contractor.

[NOTE:   School districts may wish to reference police liaison officers in the definition of a “school official.”   Depending on the circumstances of the relationship, this may be added in subpart (d) of the definition or in a new subpart (e).  Caution should be used to ensure that police liaison officers are considered “school officials” only when performing duties as a police liaison officer and that they are trained as to their obligations pursuant to this policy.  Consultation with the school district’s legal counsel is recommended.]

  1.        Summary Data

“Summary data” means statistical records and reports derived from data on individuals but in which individuals are not identified and from which neither their identities nor any other characteristic that could uniquely identify the individual is ascertainable.

  1.        Other Terms and Phrases

All other terms and phrases shall be defined in accordance with applicable state and federal law or ordinary customary usage.

  1.      GENERAL CLASSIFICATION

State law provides that all data collected, created, received, or maintained by a school district are public unless classified by state or federal law as not public or private or confidential.  State law classifies all data on individuals maintained by a school district which relates to a student as private data on individuals.  This data may not be disclosed to parties other than the parent or eligible student without consent, except pursuant to a valid court order, certain state statutes authorizing access, and the provisions of FERPA and the regulations promulgated thereunder.

  1.        STATEMENT OF RIGHTS
  2.        Rights of Parents and Eligible Students

Parents and eligible students have the following rights under this policy:

  1.        The right to inspect and review the student’s education records;
  2.        The right to request the amendment of the student’s education records to ensure that they are not inaccurate, misleading, or otherwise in violation of the student’s privacy or other rights;
  3.        The right to consent to disclosures of personally identifiable information contained in the student’s education records, except to the extent that such consent is not required for disclosure pursuant to this policy, state or federal law, or the regulations promulgated thereunder;
  4.        The right to refuse release of names, addresses, and home telephone numbers of students in grades 11 and 12 to military recruiting officers and post-secondary educational institutions;
  5.        The right to file a complaint with the U.S. Department of Education concerning alleged failures by the school district to comply with the federal law and the regulations promulgated thereunder;
  6.        The right to be informed about rights under the federal law; and
  7.        The right to obtain a copy of this policy at the location set forth in Section XXI. of this policy.
  8.        Eligible Students

All rights and protections given to parents under this policy transfer to the student when he or she reaches eighteen (18) years of age or enrolls in an institution of post-secondary education.  The student then becomes an “eligible student.” However, the parents of an eligible student who is also a “dependent student” are entitled to gain access to the education records of such student without first obtaining the consent of the student.  In addition, parents of an eligible student may be given access to education records in connection with a health or safety emergency if the disclosure meets the conditions of any provision set forth in 34 Code of Federal Regulations, section 99.31(a).

  1.        Students with a Disability

The school district shall follow 34 Code of Federal Regulations, sections 300.610-300.617 with regard to the privacy, notice, access, recordkeeping, and accuracy of information related to students with a disability.

  1.      DISCLOSURE OF EDUCATION RECORDS
  2.        Consent Required for Disclosure
  3.        The school district shall obtain a signed and dated written informed consent of the parent of a student or the eligible student before disclosing personally identifiable information from the education records of the student, except as provided herein.
  4.        The written consent required by this subdivision must be signed and dated by the parent of the student or the eligible student giving the consent and shall include:
  5.        a specification of the records to be disclosed;
  6.        the purpose or purposes of the disclosure;
  7.        the party or class of parties to whom the disclosure may be made;
  8.        the consequences of giving informed consent; and
  9.        if appropriate, a termination date for the consent.
  10.        When a disclosure is made under this subdivision:
  11.        if the parent or eligible student so requests, the school district shall provide him or her with a copy of the records disclosed; and
  12.        if the parent of a student who is not an eligible student so requests, the school district shall provide the student with a copy of the records disclosed.
  13.        A signed and dated written consent may include a record and signature in electronic form that:
  14.        identifies and authenticates a particular person as the source of the electronic consent; and
  15.        indicates such person’s approval of the information contained in the electronic consent.
  16.        If the responsible authority seeks an individual’s informed consent to the release of private data to an insurer or the authorized representative of an insurer, informed consent shall not be deemed to have been given unless the statement is:
  17.        in plain language;
  18.        dated;
  19.        specific in designating the particular persons or agencies the data subject is authorizing to disclose information about the data subject;
  20.        specific as to the nature of the information the subject is authorizing to be disclosed;
  21.        specific as to the persons or agencies to whom the subject is authorizing information to be disclosed;
  22.        specific as to the purpose or purposes for which the information may be used by any of the parties named in Clause e. above, both at the time of the disclosure and at any time in the future; and
  23.        specific as to its expiration date which should be within a reasonable time, not to exceed one year except in the case of authorizations given in connection with applications for: (i) life insurance or noncancellable or guaranteed renewable health insurance and identified as such, two years after the date of the policy, or (ii) medical assistance under Minnesota Statutes chapter 256B or Minnesota Care under Minnesota Statutes chapter 256L, which shall be ongoing during all terms of eligibility, for individualized education program health-related services provided by a school district that are subject to third party reimbursement.
  24.        Eligible Student Consent

Whenever a student has attained eighteen (18) years of age or is attending an institution of post-secondary education, the rights accorded to and the consent required of the parent of the student shall thereafter only be accorded to and required of the eligible student, except as provided in Section V. of this policy.

  1.        Prior Consent for Disclosure Not Required

The school district may disclose personally identifiable information from the education records of a student without the written consent of the parent of the student or the eligible student unless otherwise provided herein, if the disclosure is:

  1.        To other school officials, including teachers, within the school district whom the school district determines have a legitimate educational interest in such records;
  2.        To a contractor, consultant, volunteer, or other party to whom the school district has outsourced institutional services or functions provided that the outside party:
  3.        performs an institutional service or function for which the school district would otherwise use employees;
  4.        is under the direct control of the school district with respect to the use and maintenance of education records; and
  5.        will not disclose the information to any other party without the prior consent of the parent or eligible student and uses the information only for the purposes for which the disclosure was made;
  6.      To officials of other schools, school districts, or post-secondary educational institutions in which the student seeks or intends to enroll, or is already enrolled, as long as the disclosure is for purposes related to the student’s enrollment or transfer.  The records shall include information about disciplinary action taken as a result of any incident in which the student possessed or used a dangerous weapon, and with proper annual notice (see Section XIX.), suspension and expulsion information pursuant to section 7917 of the federal Every Student Succeeds Act, 20 United States Code, section 7917, [insert the following if the school district has a policy regarding Staff Notification of Violent Behavior by Students] and, if applicable, data regarding a student’s history of violent behavior.   The records also shall include a copy of any probable cause notice or any disposition or court order under Minnesota Statutes, section 260B.171, unless the data are required to be destroyed under Minnesota Statutes, section 120A.22, subdivision 7(c) or section 121A.75.  On request, the school district will provide the parent or eligible student with a copy of the education records that have been transferred and provide an opportunity for a hearing to challenge the content of those records in accordance with Section XV. of this policy;
  7.        To authorized representatives of the Comptroller General of the United States, the Attorney General of the United States, the Secretary of the U.S. Department of Education, or the Commissioner of the State Department of Education or his or her representative, subject to the conditions relative to such disclosure provided under federal law;
  8.        In connection with financial aid for which a student has applied or has received, if the information is necessary for such purposes as to:
  9.        determine eligibility for the aid;
  10.        determine the amount of the aid;
  11.        determine conditions for the aid; or
  12.        enforce the terms and conditions of the aid.

“Financial aid” for purposes of this provision means a payment of funds provided to an individual or a payment in kind of tangible or intangible property to the individual that is conditioned on the individual’s attendance at an educational agency or institution;

  1.        To state and local officials or authorities to whom such information is specifically allowed to be reported or disclosed pursuant to state statute adopted:
  2.        before November 19, 1974, if the allowed reporting or disclosure concerns the juvenile justice system and such system’s ability to effectively serve the student whose records are released; or
  3.        after November 19, 1974, if the reporting or disclosure allowed by state statute concerns the juvenile justice system and the system’s ability to effectively serve, prior to adjudication, the student whose records are released, provided the officials and authorities to whom the records are disclosed certify in writing to the school district that the data will not be disclosed to any other party, except as provided by state law, without the prior written consent of the parent of the student.  At a minimum, the school district shall disclose the following information to the juvenile justice system under this paragraph:  a student’s full name, home address, telephone number, and date of birth; a student’s school schedule, attendance record, and photographs, if any; and parents’ names, home addresses, and telephone numbers;
  4.        To organizations conducting studies for or on behalf of educational agencies or institutions for the purpose of developing, validating, or administering predictive tests, administering student aid programs, or improving instruction; provided that the studies are conducted in a manner which does not permit the personal identification of parents or students by individuals other than representatives of the organization who have a legitimate interest in the information, the information is destroyed when no longer needed for the purposes for which the study was conducted, and the school district enters into a written agreement with the organization that:  (a) specifies the purpose, scope, and duration of the study or studies and the information to be disclosed; (b) requires the organization to use personally identifiable information from education records only to meet the purpose or purposes of the study as stated in the written agreement; (c) requires the organization to conduct the study in a manner that does not permit personal identification of parents and students by anyone other than representatives of the organization with legitimate interests; and (d) requires the organization to destroy all personally identifiable information when information is no longer needed for the purposes for which the study was conducted and specifies the time period in which the information must be destroyed.  For purposes of this provision, the term, “organizations,” includes, but is not limited to, federal, state, and local agencies and independent organizations.   In the event the Department of Education determines that a third party outside of the school district to whom information is disclosed violates this provision, the school district may not allow that third party access to personally identifiable information from education records for at least five (5) years;
  5.        To accrediting organizations in order to carry out their accrediting functions;
  6.        To parents of a student eighteen (18) years of age or older if the student is a dependent of the parents for income tax purposes;
  7.      To comply with a judicial order or lawfully issued subpoena, provided, however, that the school district makes a reasonable effort to notify the parent or eligible student of the order or subpoena in advance of compliance therewith so that the parent or eligible student may seek protective action, unless the disclosure is in compliance with a federal grand jury subpoena, or any other subpoena issued for law enforcement purposes, and the court or other issuing agency has ordered that the existence or the contents of the subpoena or the information furnished in response to the subpoena not be disclosed, or the disclosure is in compliance with an ex parte court order obtained by the United States Attorney General (or designee not lower than an Assistant Attorney General) concerning investigations or prosecutions of an offense listed in 18 United States Code, section 2332b(g)(5)(B),an act of domestic or international terrorism as defined in 18 United States Code, section 2331, or a parent is a party to a court proceeding involving child abuse and neglect or dependency matters, and the order is issued in the context of the proceeding.  If the school district initiates legal action against a parent or student, it may disclose to the court, without a court order or subpoena, the education records of the student that are relevant for the school district to proceed with the legal action as a plaintiff.  Also, if a parent or eligible student initiates a legal action against the school district, the school district may disclose to the court, without a court order or subpoena, the student’s education records that are relevant for the school district to defend itself;
  8.      To appropriate parties, including parents of an eligible student, in connection with an emergency if knowledge of the information is necessary to protect the health, including the mental health, or safety of the student or other individuals.  The decision is to be based upon information available at the time the threat occurs that indicates that there is an articulable and significant threat to the health or safety of a student or other individuals. In making a determination whether to disclose information under this section, the school district may take into account the totality of the circumstances pertaining to a threat and may disclose information from education records to any person whose knowledge of the information is necessary to protect the health or safety of the student or other students.  A record of this disclosure must be maintained pursuant to Section XIII.E. of this policy.  In addition, an educational agency or institution may include in the education records of a student appropriate information concerning disciplinary action taken against the student for conduct that posed a significant risk to the safety or well-being of that student, other students, or other members of the school community.  This information may be disclosed to teachers and school officials within the school district and/or teachers and school officials in other schools who have legitimate educational interests in the behavior of the student;
  9.      To the juvenile justice system if information about the behavior of a student who poses a risk of harm is reasonably necessary to protect the health or safety of the student or other individuals;
  10.      Information the school district has designated as “directory information” pursuant to Section VII. of this policy;
  11.      To military recruiting officers and post-secondary educational institutions pursuant to Section XI. of this policy;
  12.      To the parent of a student who is not an eligible student or to the student himself or herself;
  13.      To appropriate health authorities to the extent necessary to administer immunization programs and for bona fide epidemiologic investigations which the commissioner of health determines are necessary to prevent disease or disability to individuals in the public educational agency or institution in which the investigation is being conducted;
  14.      To volunteers who are determined to have a legitimate educational interest in the data and who are conducting activities and events sponsored by or endorsed by the educational agency or institution for students or former students;
  15.      To the juvenile justice system, on written request that certifies that the information will not be disclosed to any other person except as authorized by law without the written consent of the parent of the student:
  16.        the following information about a student must be disclosed:  a student’s full name, home address, telephone number, date of birth; a student’s school schedule, daily attendance record, and photographs, if any; and any parents’ names, home addresses, and telephone numbers;
  17.        the existence of the following information about a student, not the actual data or other information contained in the student’s education record, may be disclosed provided that a request for access must be submitted on the statutory form and it must contain an explanation of why access to the information is necessary to serve the student:  (1) use of a controlled substance, alcohol, or tobacco; (2) assaultive or threatening conduct that could result in dismissal from school under the Pupil Fair Dismissal Act; (3) possession or use of weapons or look-alike weapons; (4) theft; or (5) vandalism or other damage to property.  Prior to releasing this information, the principal or chief administrative officer of a school who receives such a request must, to the extent permitted by federal law, notify the student’s parent or guardian by certified mail of the request to disclose information.  If the student’s parent or guardian notifies the school official of an objection to the disclosure within ten (10) days of receiving certified notice, the school official must not disclose the information and instead must inform the requesting member of the juvenile justice system of the objection.  If no objection from the parent or guardian is received within fourteen (14) days, the school official must respond to the request for information.

The written requests of the juvenile justice system member(s), as well as a record of any release, must be maintained in the student’s file;

  1.      To the principal where the student attends and to any counselor directly supervising or reporting on the behavior or progress of the student if it is information from a disposition order received by a superintendent under Minnesota Statutes section 260B.171, subdivision 3.  The principal must notify the counselor immediately and must place the disposition order in the student’s permanent education record.   The principal also must notify immediately any teacher or administrator who directly supervises or reports on the behavior or progress of the student whom the principal believes needs the information to work with the student in an appropriate manner, to avoid being needlessly vulnerable, or to protect other persons from needless vulnerability.  The principal may also notify other school district employees, substitutes, and volunteers who are in direct contact with the student if the principal determines that these individuals need the information to work with the student in an appropriate manner, to avoid being needlessly vulnerable, or to protect other persons from needless vulnerability.  Such notices from the principal must identify the student, outline the offense, and describe any conditions of probation about which the school must provide information if this information is provided in the disposition order.   Disposition order information received is private educational data received for the limited purpose of serving the educational needs of the student and protecting students and staff.   The information may not be further disseminated by the counselor, teacher, administrator, staff member, substitute, or volunteer except as necessary to serve the student, to protect students and staff, or as otherwise required by law, and only to the student or the student’s parent or guardian;
  2.      To the principal where the student attends if it is information from a peace officer’s record of children received by a superintendent under Minnesota Statutes, section 260B.171, subdivision 5.  The principal must place the information in the student’s education record.  The principal also must notify immediately any teacher, counselor, or administrator directly supervising the student whom the principal believes needs the information to work with the student in an appropriate manner, to avoid being needlessly vulnerable, or to protect other persons from needless vulnerability.  The principal may also notify other district employees, substitutes, and volunteers who are in direct contact with the student if the principal determines that these individuals need the information to work with the student in an appropriate manner, to avoid being needlessly vulnerable, or to protect other persons from needless vulnerability.   Such notices from the principal must identify the student and describe the alleged offense if this information is provided in the peace officer’s notice.  Peace officer’s record information received is private educational data received for the limited purpose of serving the educational needs of the student and protecting students and staff.  The information must not be further disseminated by the counselor, teacher administrator, staff member, substitute, or volunteer except to communicate with the student or the student’s parent or guardian as necessary to serve the student, to protect students and staff, or as otherwise required by law.

The principal must delete the peace officer’s record from the student’s education record, destroy the data, and make reasonable efforts to notify any teacher, counselor, staff member, administrator, substitute, or volunteer who received information from the peace officer’s record if the county attorney determines not to proceed with a petition or directs the student into a diversion or mediation program or if a juvenile court makes a decision on a petition and the county attorney or juvenile court notifies the superintendent of such action;

  1.      To the Secretary of Agriculture, or authorized representative from the Food and Nutrition Service or contractors acting on behalf of the Food and Nutrition Service, for the purposes of conducting program monitoring, evaluations, and performance measurements of state and local educational and other agencies and institutions receiving funding or providing benefits of one or more programs authorized under the National School Lunch Act or the Child Nutrition Act of 1966 for which the results will be reported in an aggregate form that does not identify any individual, on the conditions that: (a) any data collected shall be protected in a manner that will not permit the personal identification of students and their parents by other than the authorized representatives of the Secretary; and (b) any personally identifiable data shall be destroyed when the data are no longer needed for program monitoring, evaluations, and performance measurements; or
  2.      To an agency caseworker or other representative of a State or local child welfare agency, or tribal organization (as defined in 25 United States Code, section 5304), who has the right to access a student’s case plan, as defined and determined by the State or tribal organization, when such agency or organization is legally responsible, in accordance with State or tribal law, for the care and protection of the student, provided that the education records, or the personally identifiable information contained in such records, of the student will not be disclosed by such agency or organization, except to an individual or entity engaged in addressing the student’s education needs and authorized by such agency or organization to receive such disclosure and such disclosure is consistent with the State or tribal laws applicable to protecting the confidentiality of a student’s education records.
  3.      When requested, educational agencies or institutions may share personal student contact information and directory information for students served in special education with postsecondary transition planning and services under Minnesota Statutes, section 125A.08, paragraph (b), clause (1), whether public or private, with the Minnesota Department of Employment and Economic Development, as required for coordination of services to students with disabilities under Minnesota Statutes, sections 125A.08, paragraph (b), clause (1); 125A.023; and 125A.027.

[NOTE: The 2024 Minnesota legislature enacted this provision.]

  1.        Nonpublic School Students

The school district may disclose personally identifiable information from the education records of a nonpublic school student, other than a student who receives shared time educational services, without the written consent of the parent of the student or the eligible student unless otherwise provided herein, if the disclosure is:

  1.        Pursuant to a valid court order;
  2.        Pursuant to a statute specifically authorizing access to the private data; or
  3.       To appropriate health authorities to the extent necessary to administer immunization programs and for bona fide epidemiological investigations which the commissioner of health determines are necessary to prevent disease or disability to individuals in the public educational agency or institution in which the investigation is being conducted.

VII.     RELEASE OF DIRECTORY INFORMATION

  1.        Educational Data
  2.     Educational data designated as directory information is public data on individuals to the extent required under federal law. Directory information must be designated pursuant to the provisions of:
  3.         Minnesota Statutes, section 13.32, subdivision 5; and
  4.        20 United States Code, section 1232g, and 34 Code of Federal Regulations, section 99.37, which were in effect on January 3, 2012.
  5.         The school district may not designate a student’s home address, telephone number, email address, or other personal contact information as directory information under this section.
  6.         When requested, the school district must share personal contact information and directory information, whether public or private, with the Minnesota Department of Education, as required for federal reporting purposes.

[NOTE: This section became effective on the day following final enactment (May 19, 2023). Beginning on the effective date, a student’s personal contact information subject to this section must be treated as private educational data under Minnesota Statutes, section 13.32, regardless of whether that contact information was previously designated as directory information under Minnesota Statutes, section 13.32, subdivision 5].

  1.        Former Students

Unless a former student validly opted out of the release of directory information while the student was in attendance and has not rescinded the opt out request at any time, the school district may disclose directory information from the education records generated by it regarding the former student without meeting the requirements of Paragraph C. of this section.  In addition, under an explicit exclusion from the definition of an “education record,” the school district may release records that only contain information about an individual obtained after he or she is no longer a student at the school district and that are not directly related to the individual’s attendance as a student (e.g., a student’s activities as an alumnus of the school district).

  1.        Present Students and Parents

The school district may disclose directory information from the education records of a student and information regarding parents without prior written consent of the parent of the student or eligible student, except as provided herein.   

  1.         When conducting the directory information designation and notice process required by federal law, the school district shall give parents and students notice of the right to refuse to let the district designate specified data about the student as directory information. 
  2.        The school district shall give annual notice by any means that are reasonably likely to inform the parents and eligible students of:
  3.        the types of personally identifiable information regarding students and/or parents that the school district has designated as directory information;
  4.        the parent’s or eligible student’s right to refuse to let the school district designate any or all of those types of information about the student and/or the parent as directory information; and
  5.        the period of time in which a parent or eligible student has to notify the school district in writing that he or she does not want any or all of those types of information about the student and/or the parent designated as directory information.

[NOTE:  Federal law allows a school district to specify that the disclosure of directory information will be limited to specific parties, for specific purposes, or both.  If the school district chooses to impose these limitations, it is advisable to add a new paragraph VII.C.1.d. that specifies that disclosures of directory information will be limited to specific parties and/or for specific purposes and identify those parties and/or purposes.  To the extent a school district adds these restrictions, it must then limit its directory information disclosures to those individuals and/or purposes specified in this public notice.  Procedures to address how these restrictions will be enforced by the school district are advised.  This is an important policy decision for the local school board which must balance not only the privacy interests of the student against public disclosure, but also the additional administrative requirements such restrictions will place on the school district.]

  1.        Allow a reasonable period of time after such notice has been given for a parent or eligible student to inform the school district in writing that any or all of the information so designated should not be disclosed without the parent’s or eligible student’s prior written consent, except as provided in Section VI. of this policy.
  2.        A parent or eligible student may not opt out of the directory information disclosures to:
  3.         prevent the school district from disclosing or requiring the student to disclose the student’s name, ID, or school district e-mail address in a class in which the student is enrolled; or
  4.         prevent the school district from requiring a student to wear, to display publicly, or to disclose a student ID card or badge that exhibits information that may be designated as directory information and that has been properly designated by the school district as directory information.
  5.        The school district shall not disclose or confirm directory information without meeting the written consent requirements contained in Section VI.A. of this policy if a student’s social security number or other non-directory information is used alone or in combination with other data elements to identify or help identify the student or the student’s records.
  6.        Procedure for Obtaining Nondisclosure of Directory Information

The parent’s or eligible student’s written notice shall be directed to the responsible authority and shall include the following:

  1.        Name of the student and/or parent, as appropriate;
  2.        Home address;
  3.        School presently attended by student;
  4.        Parent’s legal relationship to student, if applicable; and
  5.        Specific categories of directory information to be made not public without the parent’s or eligible student’s prior written consent, which shall only be applicable for that school year.
  6.        Duration

The designation of any information as directory information about a student or parents will remain in effect for the remainder of the school year unless the parent or eligible student provides the written notifications provided herein.

VIII.    DISCLOSURE OF PRIVATE RECORDS

  1.        Private Records

For the purposes herein, education records are records which are classified as private data on individuals by state law and which are accessible only to the student who is the subject of the data and the student’s parent if the student is not an eligible student.  The school district may not disclose private records or their contents except as summary data, or except as provided in Section VI. of this policy, without the prior written consent of the parent or the eligible student.  The school district will use reasonable methods to identify and authenticate the identity of parents, students, school officials, and any other party to whom personally identifiable information from education records is disclosed.

  1.        Private Records Not Accessible to Parent

In certain cases, state law intends, and clearly provides, that certain information contained in the education records of the school district pertaining to a student be accessible to the student alone, and to the parent only under special circumstances, if at all.

  1.        The responsible authority may deny access to private data by a parent when a minor student who is the subject of that data requests that the responsible authority deny such access.  The minor student’s request must be submitted in writing setting forth the reasons for denying access to the parent and must be signed by the minor.  Upon receipt of such request the responsible authority shall determine if honoring the request to deny the parent access would be in the best interest of the minor data subject.  In making this determination the responsible authority shall consider the following factors:
  2.        whether the minor is of sufficient age and maturity to be able to explain the reasons for and understand the consequences of the request to deny access;
  3.        whether the personal situation of the minor is such that denying parental access may protect the minor data subject from physical or emotional harm;
  4.        whether there are grounds for believing that the minor data subject’s reasons for precluding parental access are reasonably accurate;
  5.        whether the data in question is of such a nature that disclosure of it to the parent may lead to physical or emotional harm to the minor data subject; and
  6.        whether the data concerns medical, dental or other health services provided pursuant to Minnesota Statutes, sections 144.341-144.347, in which case the data may be released only if the failure to inform the parent would seriously jeopardize the health of the minor.
  7.        Private Records Not Accessible to Student

Students shall not be entitled to access to private data concerning financial records and statements of the student’s parent or any information contained therein.

  1.                   Military-Connected Youth Identifier

            When a school district updates its enrollment forms in the ordinary course of business, the school district must include a box on the enrollment form to allow students to self-identify as a military-connected youth.  For purposes of this section, a “military-connected youth” means having an immediate family member, including a parent or sibling, who is currently in the armed forces either as a reservist or on active duty or has recently retired from the armed forces.  Data collected under this provision is private data on individuals, but summary data may be published by the Department of Education. 

  1.      DISCLOSURE OF CONFIDENTIAL RECORDS
  2.        Confidential Records

Confidential records are those records and data contained therein which are made not public by state or federal law, and which are inaccessible to the student and the student’s parents or to an eligible student.

  1.        Reports Under the Maltreatment of Minors Reporting Act

Pursuant to Minnesota Statutes, chapter 260E , written copies of reports pertaining to a neglected and/or physically and/or sexually abused child shall be accessible only to the appropriate welfare and law enforcement agencies.  In respect to other parties, such data shall be confidential and will not be made available to the parent or the subject individual by the school district.  The subject individual, however, may obtain a copy of the report from either the local welfare agency, county sheriff, or the local police department subject to the provisions of Minnesota Statutes, chapter 260E.

Regardless of whether a written report is made under Minnesota Statutes Chapter 260E, as soon as practicable after a school receives information regarding an incident that may constitute maltreatment of a child in a school facility, the school shall inform the parent, legal guardian, or custodian of the child that an incident occurred that may constitute maltreatment of the child, when the incident occurred, and the nature of the conduct that may constitute maltreatment.

  1.        Investigative Data

Data collected by the school district as part of an active investigation undertaken for the purpose of the commencement or defense of pending civil legal action, or are retained in anticipation of a pending civil legal action are classified as protected nonpublic data in the case of data not on individuals, and confidential data in the case of data on individuals.

  1.        The school district may make any data classified as protected non-public or confidential pursuant to this subdivision accessible to any person, agency, or the public if the school district determines that such access will aid the law enforcement process, promote public health or safety, or dispel widespread rumor or unrest.
  2.        A complainant has access to a statement he or she provided to the school district.
  3.        Parents or eligible students may have access to investigative data of which the student is the subject, but only to the extent the data is not inextricably intertwined with data about other school district students, school district employees, and/or attorney data as defined in Minnesota Statutes, section 13.393.
  4.        Once a civil investigation becomes inactive, civil investigative data becomes public unless the release of the data would jeopardize another pending civil legal action, except for those portions of such data that are classified as not public data under state or federal law.  Any civil investigative data presented as evidence in court or made part of a court record shall be public.  For purposes of this provision, a civil investigation becomes inactive upon the occurrence of any of the following events:
  5.        a decision by the school district, or by the chief attorney for the school district, not to pursue the civil legal action.  However, such investigation may subsequently become active if the school district or its attorney decides to renew the civil legal action;
  6.        the expiration of the time to file a complaint under the statute of limitations or agreement applicable to the civil legal action; or
  7.        the exhaustion or expiration of rights of appeal by either party to the civil legal action.
  8.        A “pending civil legal action” for purposes of this subdivision is defined as including, but not limited to, judicial, administrative, or arbitration proceedings.
  9.        Chemical Abuse Records

To the extent the school district maintains records of the identity, diagnosis, prognosis, or treatment of any student which are maintained in connection with the performance of any drug abuse prevention function conducted, regulated, or directly or indirectly assisted by any department or agency of the United States, such records are classified as confidential and shall be disclosed only for the purposes and under the circumstances expressly authorized by law.

  1.        DISCLOSURE OF SCHOOL RECORDS PRIOR TO EXCLUSION OR EXPULSION HEARING

At a reasonable time prior to any exclusion or expulsion hearing, the student and the student’s parent or guardian or representative shall be given access to all school district records pertaining to the student, including any tests or reports upon which the action proposed by the school district may be based, pursuant to the Minnesota Pupil Fair Dismissal Act, Minnesota Statutes, section 121A.40, et seq.

  1.      DISCLOSURE OF DATA TO MILITARY RECRUITING OFFICERS AND POST-SECONDARY EDUCATIONAL INSTITUTIONS
  2.        The school district will release the names, addresses, electronic mail address (which shall be the electronic mail addresses provided by the school district, if available, that may be released to military recruiting officers only), and home telephone numbers of students in grades 11 and 12 to military recruiting officers and post-secondary educational institutions within sixty (60) days after the date of the request unless a parent or eligible student has refused in writing to release this data pursuant to Paragraph C. below. 
  3.        Data released to military recruiting officers under this provision:
  4.        may be used only for the purpose of providing information to students about military service, state and federal veterans’ education benefits, and other career and educational opportunities provided by the military; 
  5.        cannot be further disseminated to any other person except personnel of the recruiting services of the armed forces; and
  6.        copying fees shall not be imposed.
  7.        A parent or eligible student has the right to refuse the release of the name, address, electronic mail addresses (which shall be the electronic mail addresses provided by the school, if available, that may be released to military recruiting officers only) or home telephone number to military recruiting officers and post-secondary educational institutions.  To refuse the release of the above information to military recruiting officers and post-secondary educational institutions, a parent or eligible student must notify the responsible authority[designate title of individual, i.e., building principal] in writing by [date] each year.  The written request must include the following information:
  8.        Name of student and parent, as appropriate;
  9.        Home address;
  10.        Student’s grade level;
  11.        School presently attended by student;
  12.        Parent’s legal relationship to student, if applicable;
  13.        Specific category or categories of information which are not to be released to military recruiting officers and post-secondary educational institutions; and
  14.        Specific category or categories of information which are not to be released to the public, including military recruiting officers and post-secondary educational institutions.
  15.        Annually, the school district will provide public notice by any means that are reasonably likely to inform the parents and eligible students of their rights to refuse to release the names, addresses, and home phone numbers of students in grades 11 and 12 without prior consent.
  16.        A parent or eligible student’s refusal to release the above information to military recruiting officers and post-secondary educational institutions does not affect the school district’s release of directory information to the rest of the public, which includes military recruiting officers and post-secondary educational institutions.  In order to make any directory information about a student private, the procedures contained in Section VII. of this policy also must be followed.   Accordingly, to the extent the school district has designated the name, address, home phone number, and grade level of students as directory information, absent a request from a parent or eligible student not to release such data, this information will be public data and accessible to members of the public, including military recruiting officers and post-secondary educational institutions.

XII.     LIMITS ON REDISCLOSURE

  1.        Redisclosure

Consistent with the requirements herein, the school district may only disclose personally identifiable information from the education records of a student on the condition that the party to whom the information is to be disclosed will not disclose the information to any other party without the prior written consent of the parent of the student or the eligible student, except that the officers, employees, and agents of any party receiving personally identifiable information under this section may use the information, but only for the purposes for which the disclosure was made.

  1.        Redisclosure Not Prohibited
  2.        Subdivision A. of this section does not prevent the school district from disclosing personally identifiable information under Section VI. of this policy with the understanding that the party receiving the information may make further disclosures of the information on behalf of the school district provided:
  3.        The disclosures meet the requirements of Section VI. of this policy; and
  4.        The school district has complied with the record-keeping requirements of Section XIII. of this policy.
  5.      Subdivision A. of this section does not apply to disclosures made pursuant to court orders or lawfully issued subpoenas or litigation, to disclosures of directory information, to disclosures to a parent or student or to parents of dependent students, or to disclosures concerning sex offenders and other individuals required to register under 42 United States Code, section 14071.  However, the school district must provide the notification required in Section XII.D. of this policy if a redisclosure is made based upon a court order or lawfully issued subpoena.

[NOTE:   42 United States Code, section 14071 was repealed.  School districts should retain this statutory reference, however, as it remains a reference in FERPA and the Minnesota Government Data Practices Act and still may apply to individuals required to register prior to the repeal of this law.]

  1.        Classification of Disclosed Data

The information disclosed shall retain the same classification in the hands of the party receiving it as it had in the hands of the school district.

  1.        Notification

The school district shall inform the party to whom a disclosure is made of the requirements set forth in this section, except for disclosures made pursuant to court orders or lawfully issued subpoenas, disclosure of directory information under Section VII. of this policy, disclosures to a parent or student, or disclosures to parents of a dependent student.  In the event that the Family Policy Compliance Office determines that a state or local educational authority, a federal agency headed by an official listed in 34 Code of Federal Regulations, section 99.31(a)(3), or an authorized representative of a state or local educational authority or a federal agency headed by an official listed in section 99.31(a)(3), or a third party outside of the school district improperly rediscloses personally identifiable information from education records or fails to provide notification required under this section of this policy, the school district may not allow that third party access to personally identifiable information from education records for at least five (5) years.

XIII.    RESPONSIBLE AUTHORITY; RECORD SECURITY; AND RECORD KEEPING

  1.        Responsible Authority

The responsible authority shall be responsible for the maintenance and security of student records.

  1.        Record Security

The principal of each school subject to the supervision and control of the responsible authority shall be the records manager of the school, and shall have the duty of maintaining and securing the privacy and/or confidentiality of student records.

  1.        Plan for Securing Student Records

The building principal shall submit to the responsible authority a written plan for securing students records by September 1 of each school year.  The written plan shall contain the following information:

  1.        A description of records maintained;
  2.        Titles and addresses of person(s) responsible for the security of student records;
  3.        Location of student records, by category, in the buildings;
  4.        Means of securing student records; and
  5.        Procedures for access and disclosure.
  6.        Review of Written Plan for Securing Student Records

The responsible authority shall review the plans submitted pursuant to Paragraph C. of this section for compliance with the law, this policy, and the various administrative policies of the school district.  The responsible authority shall then promulgate a chart incorporating the provisions of Paragraph C. which shall be attached to and become a part of this policy.

  1.        Record Keeping
  2.        The principal shall, for each request for and each disclosure of personally identifiable information from the education records of a student, maintain a record, with the education records of the student, that indicates:
  3.        the parties who have requested or received personally identifiable information from the education records of the student;
  4.        the legitimate interests these parties had in requesting or obtaining the information; and
  5.        the names of the state and local educational authorities and federal officials and agencies listed in Section VI.B.4. of this policy that may make further disclosures of personally identifiable information from the student’s education records without consent.
  6.        In the event the school district discloses personally identifiable information from an education record of a student pursuant to Section XII.B. of this policy, the record of disclosure required under this section shall also include:
  7.        the names of the additional parties to which the receiving party may disclose the information on behalf of the school district;
  8.    the legitimate interests under Section VI. of this policy which each of the additional parties has in requesting or obtaining the information; and
  9.      a copy of the record of further disclosures maintained by a state or local educational authority or federal official or agency listed in Section VI.B.4. of this policy in accordance with 34 Code of Federal Regulations, section 99.32 and to whom the school district disclosed information from an education record.   The school district shall request a copy of the record of further disclosures from a state or local educational authority or federal official or agency to whom education records were disclosed upon a request from a parent or eligible student to review the record of requests for disclosure.
  10.      Section XIII.E.1. does not apply to requests by or disclosure to a parent of a student or an eligible student, disclosures pursuant to the written consent of a parent of a student or an eligible student, requests by or disclosures to other school officials under Section VI.B.1. of this policy, to requests for disclosures of directory information under Section VII. of this policy, or to a party seeking or receiving the records as directed by a federal grand jury or other law enforcement subpoena and the issuing court or agency has ordered that the existence or the contents of the subpoena or the information provided in response to the subpoena not be disclosed or as directed by an ex parte court order obtained by the United States Attorney General (or designee not lower than an Assistant Attorney General) concerning investigations or prosecutions of an offense listed in 18 United States Code, section 2332b(g)(5)(B) or an act of domestic or international terrorism.

[NOTE:   While Section XIII.E.1. does not apply to requests for or disclosures of directory information under Section VII. of this policy, to the extent the school district chooses to limit the disclosure of directory information to specific parties, for specific purposes, or both, it is advisable that records be kept to identify the party to whom the disclosure was made and/or purpose for the disclosure.]

  1.        The record of requests of disclosures may be inspected by:
  2.        the parent of the student or the eligible student;
  3.        the school official or his or her assistants who are responsible for the custody of the records; and
  4.        the parties authorized by law to audit the record-keeping procedures of the school district.
  5.        The school district shall record the following information when it discloses personally identifiable information from education records under the health or safety emergency exception:
  6.        the articulable and significant threat to the health or safety of a student or other individual that formed the basis for the disclosure; and
  7.        the parties to whom the school district disclosed the information.
  8.        The record of requests and disclosures shall be maintained with the education records of the student as long as the school district maintains the student’s education records.

XIV.     RIGHT TO INSPECT AND REVIEW EDUCATION RECORDS

  1.        Parent of a Student, an Eligible Student or the Parent of an Eligible Student Who is Also a Dependent Student

The school district shall permit the parent of a student, an eligible student, or the parent of an eligible student who is also a dependent student who is or has been in attendance in the school district to inspect or review the education records of the student, except those records which are made confidential by state or federal law or as otherwise provided in Section VIII. of this policy.

  1.        Response to Request for Access

The school district shall respond to any request pursuant to Subdivision A. of this section immediately, if possible, or within ten (10) days of the date of the request, excluding Saturdays, Sundays, and legal holidays.

  1.        Right to Inspect and Review

The right to inspect and review education records under Subdivision A. of this section includes:

  1.        The right to a response from the school district to reasonable requests for explanations and interpretations of records; and
  2.        If circumstances effectively prevent the parent or eligible student from exercising the right to inspect and review the education records, the school district shall provide the parent or eligible student with a copy of the records requested or make other arrangements for the parent or eligible student to inspect and review the requested records.
  3.        Nothing in this policy shall be construed as limiting the frequency of inspection of the education records of a student with a disability by the student’s parent or guardian or by the student upon the student reaching the age of majority.
  4.        Form of Request

Parents or eligible students shall submit to the school district a written request to inspect education records which identify as precisely as possible the record or records he or she wishes to inspect.

  1.        Collection of Student Records

If a student’s education records are maintained in more than one location, the responsible authority may collect copies of the records or the records themselves from the various locations so they may be inspected at one site.   However, if the parent or eligible student wishes to inspect these records where they are maintained, the school district shall attempt to accommodate those wishes.  The parent or eligible student shall be notified of the time and place where the records may be inspected.

  1.        Records Containing Information on More Than One Student

If the education records of a student contain information on more than one student, the parent or eligible student may inspect and review or be informed of only the specific information which pertains to that student.

  1.        Authority to Inspect or Review

The school district may presume that either parent of the student has authority to inspect or review the education records of a student unless the school district has been provided with evidence that there is a legally binding instrument or a state law or court order governing such matters as marriage dissolution, separation, or custody which provides to the contrary.

  1.        Fees for Copies of Records
  2.        The school district shall charge a reasonable fee for providing photocopies or printed copies of records unless printing a copy is the only method to provide for the inspection of data.  In determining the amount of the reasonable fee, the school district shall consider the following:
  3.        the cost of materials, including paper, used to provide the copies;
  4.        the cost of the labor required to prepare the copies;
  5.        any schedule of standard copying charges established by the school district in its normal course of operations;
  6.        any special costs necessary to produce such copies from machine-based record-keeping systems, including but not limited to computers and microfilm systems; and
  7.        mailing costs.
  8.        If 100 or fewer pages of black and white, letter or legal size paper copies are requested, actual costs shall not be used, and, instead, the charge shall be no more than 25 cents for each page copied.
  9.        The cost of providing copies shall be borne by the parent or eligible student.
  10.        The responsible authority, however, may not impose a fee for a copy of an education record made for a parent or eligible student if doing so would effectively prevent or, in the case of a student with a disability, impair the parent or eligible student from exercising their right to inspect or review the student’s education records.
  11.      REQUEST TO AMEND RECORDS; PROCEDURES TO CHALLENGE DATA
  12.        Request to Amend Education Records

The parent of a student or an eligible student who believes that information contained in the education records of the student is inaccurate, misleading, or violates the privacy rights of the student may request that the school district amend those records.

  1.        The request shall be in writing, shall identify the item the requestor believes to be inaccurate, misleading, or in violation of the privacy or other rights of the student, shall state the reason for this belief, and shall specify the correction the requestor wishes the school district to make.  The request shall be signed and dated by the requestor.
  2.        The school district shall decide whether to amend the education records of the student in accordance with the request within thirty (30) days after receiving the request.
  3.        If the school district decides to refuse to amend the education records of the student in accordance with the request, it shall inform the parent of the student or the eligible student of the refusal and advise the parent or eligible student of the right to a hearing under Subdivision B. of this section.
  4.        Right to a Hearing

If the school district refuses to amend the education records of a student, the school district, on request, shall provide an opportunity for a hearing in order to challenge the content of the student’s education records to ensure that information in the education records of the student is not inaccurate, misleading, or otherwise in violation of the privacy or other rights of the student.   A hearing shall be conducted in accordance with Subdivision C. of this section.

  1.        If, as a result of the hearing, the school district decides that the information is inaccurate, misleading, or otherwise in violation of the privacy or other rights of the student, it shall amend the education records of the student accordingly and so inform the parent of the student or the eligible student in writing.
  2.        If, as a result of the hearing, the school district decides that the information is not inaccurate, misleading, or otherwise in violation of the privacy or other rights of the student, it shall inform the parent or eligible student of the right to place a statement in the record commenting on the contested information in the record or stating why he or she disagrees with the decision of the school district, or both.
  3.        Any statement placed in the education records of the student under Subdivision B. of this section shall:
  4.        be maintained by the school district as part of the education records of the student so long as the record or contested portion thereof is maintained by the school district; and
  5.        if the education records of the student or the contested portion thereof is disclosed by the school district to any party, the explanation shall also be disclosed to that party.
  6.        Conduct of Hearing
  7.        The hearing shall be held within a reasonable period of time after the school district has received the request, and the parent of the student or the eligible student shall be given notice of the date, place, and time reasonably in advance of the hearing.
  8.        The hearing may be conducted by any individual, including an official of the school district who does not have a direct interest in the outcome of the hearing.   The school board attorney shall be in attendance to present the school board’s position and advise the designated hearing officer on legal and evidentiary matters.
  9.        The parent of the student or eligible student shall be afforded a full and fair opportunity for hearing to present evidence relative to the issues raised under Subdivisions A. and B. of this section and may be assisted or represented by individuals of his or her choice at his or her own expense, including an attorney.
  10.        The school district shall make a decision in writing within a reasonable period of time after the conclusion of the hearing.  The decision shall be based solely on evidence presented at the hearing and shall include a summary of evidence and reasons for the decision.
  11.        Appeal

The final decision of the designated hearing officer may be appealed in accordance with the applicable provisions of Minnesota Statutes chapter 14 relating to contested cases.

XVI.     PROBLEMS ACCESSING DATA

  1.        The data practices compliance official is the designated employee to whom persons may direct questions or concerns regarding problems in obtaining access to data or other data practices problems.
  2.        Data practices compliance official means[designate title and actual name of individual].
  3.        Any request by an individual with a disability for reasonable modifications of the school district’s policies or procedures for purposes of accessing records shall be made to the data practices compliance official.

XVII.   COMPLAINTS FOR NONCOMPLIANCE WITH FERPA

  1.        Where to File Complaints

Complaints regarding alleged violations of rights accorded parents and eligible students by FERPA, and the rules promulgated thereunder, shall be submitted in writing to the U.S. Department of Education, Student Privacy Policy Office, 400 Maryland Avenue S.W., Washington, D.C. 20202-8520.

  1.        Content of Complaint

A complaint filed pursuant to this section must contain specific allegations of fact giving reasonable cause to believe that a violation of FERPA and the rules promulgated thereunder has occurred.

XVIII. WAIVER

A parent or eligible student may waive any of his or her rights provided herein pursuant to FERPA.  A waiver shall not be valid unless in writing and signed by the parent or eligible student.   The school district may not require such a waiver.

XIX.     ANNUAL NOTIFICATION OF RIGHTS

  1.        Contents of Notice

The school district shall give parents of students currently in attendance and eligible students currently in attendance annual notice by such means as are reasonably likely to inform the parents and eligible students of the following:

  1.        That the parent or eligible student has a right to inspect and review the student’s education records and the procedure for inspecting and reviewing education records;
  2.        That the parent or eligible student has a right to seek amendment of the student’s education records to ensure that those records are not inaccurate, misleading, or otherwise in violation of the student’s privacy or other rights and the procedure for requesting amendment of records;
  3.        That the parent or eligible student has a right to consent to disclosures of personally identifiable information contained in the student’s education records, except to the extent that federal and state law and the regulations promulgated thereunder authorize disclosure without consent;
  4.        That the parent or eligible student has a right to file a complaint with the U.S. Department of Education regarding an alleged failure by the school district to comply with the requirements of FERPA and the rules promulgated thereunder;
  5.        The criteria for determining who constitutes a school official and what constitutes a legitimate educational interest for purposes of disclosing education records to other school officials whom the school district has determined to have legitimate educational interests; and
  6.        That the school district forwards education records on request to a school in which a student seeks or intends to enroll or is already enrolled as long as the disclosure is for purposes related to the student’s enrollment or transfer and that such records may include suspension and expulsion records pursuant to the federal Every Student Succeeds Act and, if applicable, a student’s history of violent behavior.
  7.        Notification to Parents of Students Having a Primary Home Language Other Than English

The school district shall provide for the need to effectively notify parents of students identified as having a primary or home language other than English.

  1.        Notification to Parents or Eligible Students Who are Disabled

The school district shall provide for the need to effectively notify parents or eligible students identified as disabled.

  1.      DESTRUCTION AND RETENTION OF RECORDS

Destruction and retention of records by the school district shall be controlled by state and federal law.

XXI.     COPIES OF POLICY

Copies of this policy may be obtained by parents and eligible students at the superintendent’s office.

Legal References:      Minn. Stat. Ch. 13 (Minnesota Government Data Practices Act)

Minn. Stat. § 13.32, Subd. 5 (Directory Information)

Minn. Stat. § 13.393 (Attorneys)

Minn. Stat. Ch. 14 (Administrative Procedures Act)

Minn. Stat. § 120A.22 (Compulsory Instruction)

Minn. Stat. § 121A.40-121A.56 (The Pupil Fair Dismissal Act)

Minn. Stat. § 121A.75 (Receipt of Records; Sharing)

Minn. Stat. § 127A.852 (Military-Connected Youth Identifier)

Minn. Stat. § 144.341-144.347 (Consent of Minors for Health Services)

Minn. Stat. Ch. 256B (Medical Assistance for Needy Persons)

Minn. Stat. Ch. 256L (MinnesotaCare)

Minn. Stat. § 260B.171, Subds. 3 and 5 (Disposition Order and Peace Officer Records of Children)

Minn. Stat. Ch. 260E (Reporting of Maltreatment of Minors)

Minn. Stat. § 363A.42 (Public Records; Accessibility)

Minn. Stat. § 480.40 (Personal Information, Dissemination)

Minn. Stat. § 626.557 (Reporting of Maltreatment of Vulnerable Adults)

Minn. Rules Parts 1205.0100-1205.2000 (Data Practices)

10 U.S.C. § 503(b) and (c) (Enlistments: Recruiting Campaigns; Compilation of Directory Information)

18 U.S.C. § 2331 (Definitions)

18 U.S.C. § 2332b (Acts of Terrorism Transcending National Boundaries)

20 U.S.C. § 1232g et seq. (Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act)

20 U.S.C. § 6301 et seq. (Every Student Succeeds Act)

20 U.S.C. § 7908 (Armed Forces Recruiting Information)

20 U.S.C. § 7917 (Transfer of School Disciplinary Records)

25 U.S.C. § 5304 (Definitions – Tribal Organization)

26 U.S.C. §§ 151 and 152 (Internal Revenue Code)

42 U.S.C. § 1711 et seq. (Child Nutrition Act)

42 U.S.C. § 1751 et seq. (Richard B. Russell National School Lunch Act)

34 C.F.R. §§ 99.1-99.67 (Family Educational Rights and Privacy)

34 C.F.R. § 300.610-300.627 (Confidentiality of Information)

42 C.F.R. § 2.1 et seq. (Confidentiality of Drug Abuse Patient Records)

Gonzaga University v. Doe, 536 U.S. 273 309 (2002)

Dept. of Admin. Advisory Op. No. 21-008 (December 8, 2021)

Cross References:      MSBA/MASA Model Policy 414 (Mandated Reporting of Child Neglect or Physical or Sexual Abuse)

MSBA/MASA Model Policy 417 (Chemical Use and Abuse)

MSBA/MASA Model Policy 506 (Student Discipline)

MSBA/MASA Model Policy 519 (Interviews of Students by Outside Agencies)

MSBA/MASA Model Policy 520 (Student Surveys)

MSBA/MASA Model Policy 711 (Video Recording on School Buses)

MSBA/MASA Model Policy 722 (Public Data Requests)

MSBA/MASA Model Policy 906 (Community Notification of Predatory Offenders)

MSBA School Law Bulletin “I” (School Records – Privacy – Access to Data)

516 STUDENT COMPLAINTS AND GRIEVANCES

The board recognizes the right and responsibility of both school officials and students to develop a functional and orderly procedure through which consideration of student problems and concerns can be discussed and resolved quickly and equitably.

1. Students shall have the right to discuss with faculty members matters of both educational and personal concern in order to resolve differences and problems in a friendly and cooperative manner.

2. Students shall have the right to appeal in writing matters of educational and personal concern to the school principal should the discussion with the staff members not resolve the issue.

3. The right of appeal regarding educational and personal problems shall extend to the superintendent of schools and the board of education, following failure of the appeal at step 2.

It is the purpose of discussion and appeal procedures to provide access to appropriate school officials within a reasonable time. It is not the purpose to provide a forum through which trivialities, irresponsible actions, and non-related school issues are conveyed.

MSBA/MASA Model Policy 512
Orig. 1995
Rev. 2024

517     SCHOOL-SPONSORED STUDENT PUBLICATIONS AND ACTIVITIES

I.         PURPOSE

The purpose of this policy is to protect students’ rights to free speech in production of school-sponsored media and activities while at the same time balancing the school district’s role in supervising student publications and the operation of public schools.

II.        GENERAL STATEMENT OF POLICY

[NOTE: A school district generally will wish to reserve a forum it sponsors for its intended purpose in light of the special characteristics of the school environment.   By doing so, the school district will have more authority/editorial control over student expression in such a forum.  Sponsorship alone may not be enough, however.  If the exercise of control is challenged, courts will examine factors such as whether the school district’s purpose in creating the forum was educational, whether school officials supervised the publication or activity and exercised editorial control over the contents, whether the materials were produced as part of the curriculum, and whether students received grades and academic credit for the publication or activity.  If a forum is reserved, regulation of student expression as in Section IV.B. of this policy will be permissible.  If a forum is not reserved, but rather is opened for public communication by tradition or designation, then only the limited regulation of speech as described in Section IV.A. of this policy will be permissible.]

A.        The school district may exercise editorial control over the style and content of student expression in school-sponsored publications and activities.

B.       Expressions and representations made by students in school-sponsored media and activities are not expressions of official school district policy. Faculty advisors shall supervise student writers to ensure compliance with the law and school district policies.

C.        Students who believe their right to free expression has been unreasonably restricted in school-sponsored media or activity may seek review of the decision by the building principal.  The principal shall issue a decision no later than three (3) school days after review is requested.

1.         Students producing school-sponsored media and activities shall be under the supervision of a faculty advisor and the school principal. School-sponsored media and activities shall be subject to the guidelines set forth below.

2.         School-sponsored media may be distributed at reasonable times and locations.

III.      DEFINITIONS

A.         “Distribution” means circulation or dissemination of material by means of handing out free copies, selling or offering copies for sale, accepting donations for copies,  posting or displaying material, or placing materials in internal staff or student mailboxes.

B.         “Material and substantial disruption” of a normal school activity means:

1.         Where the normal school activity is an educational program of the school district for which student attendance is compulsory, “material and substantial disruption” is defined as any disruption which interferes with or impedes the implementation of that program.

2         Where the normal school activity is voluntary in nature (including, without limitation, school athletic events, school plays and concerts, and lunch periods) “material and substantial disruption” is defined as student rioting, unlawful seizures of property, conduct inappropriate to the event, participation in a school boycott, demonstration, sit-in, stand-in, walk-out, or other related forms of activity.

In order for expression to be considered disruptive, there must exist specific facts upon which the likelihood of disruption can be forecast, including past experience in the school, current events influencing student activities and behavior, and instances of actual or threatened disruption relating to the written material in question.

C.         “Minor” means any person under the age of eighteen (18). 

D.         “Obscene to minors” means:

1.         The average person, applying contemporary community standards, would find that the material, taken as a whole, appeals to the prurient interest of minors of the age to whom distribution is requested;

2.         The material depicts or describes, in a manner that is patently offensive to prevailing standards in the adult community concerning how such conduct should be presented to minors of the age to whom distribution is requested, sexual conduct such as intimate sexual acts (normal or perverted), masturbation, excretory functions, or lewd exhibition of the genitals; and

3.         The material, taken as a whole, lacks serious literary, artistic, political, or scientific value for minors.     

E.         “School activities” means any activity of students sponsored by the school including, but not limited to, classroom work, library activities, physical education classes, official assemblies and other similar gatherings, school athletic contests, band concerts, school plays and other theatrical productions, and in-school lunch periods. 

F.         “School-sponsored media” means material that is:

 1.         prepared, wholly or substantially written, published, broadcast, or otherwise disseminated by a student journalist enrolled in the school district;

   2.         distributed or generally made available to students in the school; and

3.         prepared by a student journalist under the supervision of a student media adviser.

School-sponsored media does not include material prepared solely for distribution or transmission in the classroom in which the material is produced, or a yearbook.

G.        “Student journalist” means a school district student in grades 6 through 12 who gathers, compiles, writes, edits, photographs, records, or otherwise prepares information for dissemination in school-sponsored media.

H.       “Student media adviser” means a qualified teacher, as defined in Minnesota Statutes, section 122A.16, that the school district employs, appoints, or designates to supervise student journalists or provide instruction relating to school-sponsored media.            

[NOTE: The 2024 Minnesota legislature enacted the new definitions above and the new language in Article IV. below.]

IV.       GUIDELINES

A.        Except as provided in paragraph B below, a student journalist has the right to exercise freedom of speech and freedom of the press in school-sponsored media regardless of whether the school-sponsored media receives financial support from the school or district, uses school equipment or facilities in its production, or is produced as part of a class or course in which the student journalist is enrolled. Freedom of speech includes freedom to express political viewpoints. Consistent with paragraph B below, a student journalist has the right to determine the news, opinion, feature, and advertising content of school-sponsored media. The school district must not discipline a student journalist for exercising rights or freedoms under this paragraph or the First Amendment of the United States Constitution.

B.        Student expression in school-sponsored media, a yearbook, or a school-sponsored activity is prohibited when the material:

1.         is obscene to minors;

2.         is defamatory;

3.         is profane, harassing, threatening, or intimidating;

4.         constitutes an unwarranted invasion of privacy;

5.         violates federal or state law;

6.         causes a material and substantial disruption of school activities;

7.         is directed to inciting or producing imminent lawless action on school premises or the violation of lawful school policies or rules, including a policy adopted in accordance with Minnesota Statutes, section 121A.03 or 121A.031;

8.         advertises or promotes any product or service not permitted for minors by law;

9.         expresses or advocates sexual, racial, or religious harassment or violence or prejudice; or

10.         is distributed or displayed in violation of time, place, and manner regulations.

   C.      The school district must not retaliate or take adverse employment action against a student media adviser for supporting a student journalist exercising rights or freedoms under paragraph A above or the First Amendment of the United States Constitution.

D.         Notwithstanding the rights or freedoms of this Article or the First Amendment of the United States Constitution, nothing in this Article inhibits a student media adviser from teaching professional standards of English and journalism to student journalists.

These may include, but are not limited to, the following:

1.         assuring that participants learn whatever lessons the activity is designed to teach;

2.         assuring that readers or listeners are not exposed to material that may be inappropriate for their level of maturity;

3.         assuring that the views of the individual speaker are not erroneously attributed to the school;

4.         assuring that the school is not associated with any position other than neutrality on matters of political controversy;

5.         assuring that the sponsored student speech cannot reasonably be perceived to advocate conduct otherwise inconsistent with the shared values of a civilized social order;

6.         assuring that the school is not associated with expression that is, for example, ungrammatical, poorly written, inadequately researched, biased or prejudiced, vulgar or profane, or unsuitable for immature audiences.

E.         Time, Place, and Manner of Distribution

Students shall be permitted to distribute written materials at school as follows:

1.         Time

Distribution shall be limited to the hours before the school day begins, during lunch hour and after school is dismissed.

2.         Place

Written materials may be distributed in locations so as not to interfere with the normal flow of traffic within the school hallways, walkways, entry ways, and parking lots.   Distribution shall not impede entrance to or exit from school premises in any way.

3.         Manner

No one shall induce or coerce a student or staff member to accept a student publication.

V.     POSTING

The school district must adopt a student journalist policy consistent with Minnesota Statutes, section 121A.80 and post it on the district website.

[NOTE: This model policy is crafted to fulfill the obligation stated above.]

Legal References:      U. S. Const., amend. I

Morse v. Frederick, 551 U.S. 393 (2007)

Hazelwood School District v. Kuhlmeier, 484 U.S. 260 (1988)

Bystrom v. Fridley High School, I.S.D. No. 14, 822 F. 2d 747 (8th Cir. 1987)

 

Cross References:      MSBA/MASA Model Policy 505 (Distribution of Nonschool-Sponsored Materials on School Premises by Students and Employees)

            MSBA/MASA Model Policy 506 (Student Discipline)

MSBA/MASA Model Policy 904 (Distribution of Materials on School District Property by Nonschool Persons)

518 STUDENT FUNDRAISING
Replacement Policy: August 13, 2008
Revised: Oct 12, 2022
A. Purpose
The purpose of this policy is to address student fundraising efforts.
B. General Statement of Policy
The school board recognizes a desire and a need by some student organizations for fundraising.
The school board also recognizes a need for some constraint to prevent fundraising activities
from becoming too numerous and overly demanding on employees, students and the general
public.
C. Responsibility
1. It shall be the responsibility of the building principals to develop recommendations to the
superintendent that will result in a level of activity deemed acceptable by employees, parents
and students. Fundraising must be conducted in a manner that will not result in embarrassment
on the part of individual students, employees, or the school.
2. All fundraising activities must be approved in advance by the administration. Participation in
nonapproved activities shall be considered a violation of school district policy.
3. It shall be the responsibility of the superintendent to provide coordination of student
fundraising throughout the school district as deemed appropriate.
4. The school district expects all students who participate in approved fundraising activities to
represent the school, the student organization and the community in a responsible manner. All
rules pertaining to student conduct and student discipline extend to student fundraising
activities.
5. The school district expects all employees who plan, supervise, coordinate, or participate in
student fundraising activities to act in the best interests of the students and to represent the
school, the student organization, and the community in a responsible manner.
D. District Credit Card Use
Student Activity groups that need to purchase items using the District credit card need to fill out a requisition form to
be approved by Administration estimating the cost of the purchase. Upon approval, credit card will be given to Advisor
whereas itemized receipts outlining any items purchased and the corresponding Credit Card Usage Form need to be
submitted to the Business Manager. Failure to comply with the credit card use procedures may result in denied future
card use requests.

519 STUDENT FEES

It is the policy of District #363 that public school education shall be free and no student shall be denied an education because of economic inability to furnish educational books or supplies necessary to complete the educational requirements for graduation. Fees shall not be charged for instructional supplies, books or other materials. However, fees may be charged in a program where the resulting product is above minimum requirements, is at the student’s choice, and upon completion becomes the property of the student.

Students who cannot afford fees required by the school will be exempted from paying them. The following fees are established:

1. Students who lose or damage musical instruments will be charged for the cost of replacement or repair.

2. Students who lose or damage textbooks or other school provided equipment will be charged for the cost of replacement or repair on a pro-rated basis.

3. Students who lose or damage library books will be charged the cost of replacement or repair.

520 SOLICITATION OF STUDENTS

The schools shall strive to safeguard the students and their parents from money raising plans of outside organizations, commercial enterprises, and individuals. This policy applies particularly to ticket sales and to sales of articles or services except those directly sponsored or handled by the school authorities.

Outside organizations shall not be permitted to advertise events through the school or use the children to sell tickets except those jointly school sponsored or school approved parent-teacher activities.

All information, advertising, tickets, and other materials must carry the name of the sponsor. The use of the title BOARD OF DIRECTORS shall not be used on any materials, notices or advertising without the specific consent of the board of education.

521 STUDENT GOVERNMENT

Students have the right to an elected and representative student government. Student government representatives shall share in the formation of general school policies, discuss matters of faculty-student relations, and other matters of student concern.

Some method of establishing faculty, student, parent interaction and feedback to consider matters of mutual concern should be developed. This group may make recommendations for the general operation of the school and policy matters for the district.

Students have the responsibility to participate actively in the student government process, to make sure all students are allowed to vote, and to assure that offices are open to all who qualify. Students may be invited to school meetings by the administrator conducting the meeting.

522 AGE OF ENROLLMENT

Minnesota Statute 120A.20 states that no person shall be admitted to any public school as a: First Grade pupil unless the child is at least six years of age on September 1st of the calendar year in which the school year for which the child seeks admission commences or the child has completed kindergarten; Kindergarten pupil unless the child is at least five years of age on September 1st of the calendar year in which the school year for which the child seeks admission commences.

ISD #363 policy does allow a child whose birth date is after September 1st but before November 1st of their fifth year to be admitted to kindergarten only after the following conditions are met:

1. Parents must notify the administration before June 1st of their interest in early admission.

2. Parents shall present to the administration an official birth certificate. The school shall reserve the right to photo copy the birth certificate.

3. The child must be brought into the school office for an interview with the principal, kindergarten teacher, and/or other individuals at the administration’s discretion, to determine if the pupil has the emotional, physical, and mental maturity to enter kindergarten.

4. If requested by the school district, the parent would be responsible to continue the procedure by having complete psychological testing and a recommendation by the psychologist forwarded to the district office as to his/her evaluation of the child.

5. Upon a complete review by the principal and the superintendent, the board of education will be requested to accept or reject the parent/guardian’s request.

523 PEDICULOSIS (Lice) POLICY

A. Purpose

1. Provide education for the prevention of pediculosis to all students and families periodically.

2. Provide education, counseling, and treatment information to families with active cases of pediculosis.

3. Prevent the spread of pediculosis by actively participating in their eradication.

B. Procedure

1. Current information regarding the prevention of pediculosis will be sent home to all families in the district each fall, by the school nurse.

2. Information/education on the detection and recognition of pediculosis will be made available to all staff of the district.

3. If a teacher suspects a student has head lice, the teacher shall immediately refer the student to the school nurse. The nurse or proxy will assess the child using an electronic detector (ie. Robi–comb). If lice are detected, the nurse shall thoroughly comb the child’s hair with the electronic comb, thus killing and removing the lice. The student may stay in school if the nurse is reasonably sure that all live lice have been removed.

4. On days when the nurse is not in attendance, the appointed proxy will perform the treatment. On occasions when personnel are not available to treat the child, using the electronic comb, the child may be sent home.

5. The school nurse shall provide the student’s family with written instructions regarding the treatment of lice and the removal of nits. A general letter will be sent home to all students in the classroom to alert parents that an active case of pediculosis has been detected.

6. The student may return to school once treatment has been initiated. At the school nurse’s option, the Head Lice Checklist form (see appendix) may be sent home to be completed by the parent or guardian prior to the return of their son/daughter to school.

7. Parents are expected to ensure that their child has been appropriately treated and to continue to check and pick nits from the child’s head until none remain.

8. The school nurse shall be available to answer questions and concerns of both parents and staff. The nurse will monitor students that have been identified with pediculosis at frequent intervals as deemed appropriate by the nurse.

9. Families who are unable to eradicate the pediculosis are expected to discuss the situation with the nurse and to seek help from sources such as the MN Department of Public Health or their own health care provider.

10. In chronic cases, students will not be allowed to attend school until they are lice free.

Adopted: August 13, 2008
Revised: September 8, 2021

524 MANDATED REPORTING OF CHILD NEGLECT OR PHYSICAL OR SEXUAL
ABUSE

[Note: This policy reflects the mandatory law regarding reporting of maltreatment of
minors and is not discretionary in nature.]

I. PURPOSE
The purpose of this policy is to make clear the statutory requirements of school personnel
to report suspected child neglect or physical or sexual abuse.

II. GENERAL STATEMENT OF POLICY
A. The policy of the school district is to fully comply with Minn. Stat. § 626.556
requiring school personnel to report suspected child neglect or physical or sexual
abuse.

B. A violation of this policy occurs when any school personnel fails to immediately
report instances of child neglect or physical or sexual abuse when the school
personnel knows or has reason to believe a child is being neglected or physically
or sexually abused or has been neglected or physically or sexually abused within
the preceding three years.

III. DEFINITIONS

A. “Accidental” means a sudden, not reasonably foreseeable, and unexpected
occurrence or event which:
  1. is not likely to occur and could not have been prevented by exercise of due
care; and
  2. if occurring while a child is receiving services from a facility, happens
when the facility and the employee or person providing services in the
facility are in compliance with the laws and rules relevant to the
occurrence of event.

B. “Child” means one under age 18 and, for purposes of Minn. Stat. Ch. 260C (Child
Protection) and Minn. Stat. Ch. 260D (Child in Voluntary Foster Care for
Treatment), includes an individual under age 21 who is in foster care pursuant to
Minn. Stat. § 260C.451 (Foster Care Benefits Past Age 18).

C. “Immediately” means as soon as possible but in no event longer than 24 hours.

D. “Mandated reporter” means any school personnel who knows or has reason to
believe a child is being neglected or physically or sexually abused, or has been
neglected or physically or sexually abused within the preceding three years.
E. “Neglect” means the commission or omission of any of the acts specified below,
other than by accidental means:
  1. failure by a person responsible for a child’s care to supply a child with
necessary food, clothing, shelter, health care, medical care, or other care
required for the child’s physical or mental health when reasonably able to
do so, including a growth delay, which may be referred to as a failure to
thrive, that has been diagnosed by a physician and is due to parental
neglect;
  2. failure to protect a child from conditions or actions that seriously endanger
the child’s physical or mental health when reasonably able to do so;
  3. failure to provide for necessary supervision or child care arrangements
appropriate for a child after considering factors such as the child’s age,
mental ability, physical condition, length of absence, or environment,
when the child is unable to care for his or her own basic needs or safety or
the basic needs or safety of another child in his or her care;
  4. failure to ensure that a child is educated in accordance with state law,
which does not include a parent’s refusal to provide his or her child with
sympathomimetic medications;
  5. prenatal exposure to a controlled substance used by the mother for a
nonmedical purpose, as evidenced by withdrawal symptoms in the child at
birth, results of a toxicology test performed on the mother at delivery or
the child’s birth, or medical effects or developmental delays during the
child’s first year of life that medically indicate prenatal exposure to a
controlled substance or the presence of a fetal alcohol spectrum disorder;
  6. medical neglect as defined by Minn. Stat. § 260C.007, Subd. 6, Clause (5);
  7. chronic and severe use of alcohol or a controlled substance by a parent or
person responsible for the care of the child that adversely affects the
child’s basic needs and safety; or
  8. emotional harm from a pattern of behavior which contributes to impaired
emotional functioning of the child which may be demonstrated by a
substantial and observable effect in the child’s behavior, emotional
response, or cognition that is not within the normal range for the child’s
age and stage of development, with due regard to the child’s culture.
Neglect does not include spiritual means or prayer for treatment or care of disease
where the person responsible for the child’s care in good faith has selected and
depended on those means for treatment or care of disease, except where the lack
of medical care may cause serious danger to the child’s health.

F. “Nonmaltreatment mistake” means: (1) at the time of the incident, the individual
was performing duties identified in the center’s child care program plan required
under Minn. Rules Part 9503.0045; (2) the individual has not been determined
responsible for a similar incident that resulted in a finding of maltreatment for at
least seven years; (3) the individual has not been determined to have committed a
similar nonmaltreatment mistake under this paragraph for at least four years; (4)
any injury to a child resulting from the incident, if treated, is treated only with
remedies that are available over the counter, whether ordered by a medical
professional or not; and (5) except for the period when the incident occurred, the
facility and the individual providing services were both in compliance with all
licensing requirements relevant to the incident. This definition only applies to
child care centers licensed under Minn. Rules Ch. 9503.

G. “Physical abuse” means any physical injury, mental injury, or threatened injury,
inflicted by a person responsible for the child’s care other than by accidental
means; or any physical or mental injury that cannot reasonably be explained by
the child’s history of injuries or any aversive or deprivation procedures, or
regulated interventions, that have not been authorized by Minn. Stat. § 125A.0942
or § 245.825.
Abuse does not include reasonable and moderate physical discipline of a child
administered by a parent or legal guardian which does not result in an injury.
Abuse does not include the use of reasonable force by a teacher, principal, or
school employee as allowed by Minn. Stat. § 121A.582.
Actions which are not reasonable and moderate include, but are not limited to,
any of the following: (1) throwing, kicking, burning, biting, or cutting a child; (2)
striking a child with a closed fist; (3) shaking a child under age three; (4) striking
or other actions which result in any nonaccidental injury to a child under 18
months of age; (5) unreasonable interference with a child’s breathing; (6)
threatening a child with a weapon, as defined in Minn. Stat. § 609.02, Subd. 6; (7)
striking a child under age one on the face or head; (8) striking a child who is at
least age one but under age four on the face or head, which results in an injury; (9)
purposely giving a child poison, alcohol, or dangerous, harmful, or controlled
substances which were not prescribed for the child by a practitioner, in order to
control or punish the child, or giving the child other substances that substantially
affect the child’s behavior, motor coordination, or judgment or that result in
sickness or internal injury, or subject the child to medical procedures that would
be unnecessary if the child were not exposed to the substances; (10) unreasonable
physical confinement or restraint not permitted under Minn. Stat. § 609.379
including, but not limited to, tying, caging, or chaining; or (11) in a school facility
or school zone, an act by a person responsible for the child’s care that is a
violation under Minn. Stat. § 121A.58.
H. “Report” means any communication received by the local welfare agency, police
department, county sheriff, or agency responsible for child protection pursuant to
this section that describes neglect or physical or sexual abuse of a child and
contains sufficient content to identify the child and any person believed to be
responsible for the neglect or abuse, if known.

I. “School personnel” means professional employee or professional’s delegate of the
school district who provides health, educational, social, psychological, law
enforcement, or child care services.

J. “Sexual abuse” means the subjection of a child by a person responsible for the
child’s care, by a person who has a significant relationship to the child (as defined
in Minn. Stat. § 609.341, Subd. 15), or by a person in a current or recent position
of authority (as defined in Minn. Stat. § 609.341, Subd. 10) to any act which
constitutes a violation of Minnesota statutes prohibiting criminal sexual conduct.
Such acts include sexual penetration, sexual contact, solicitation of children to
engage in sexual conduct, and communication of sexually explicit materials to
children. Sexual abuse also includes any act involving a minor which constitutes
a violation of Minnesota statutes prohibiting prostitution or use of a minor in a
sexual performance. Sexual abuse includes all reports of known or suspected
child sex trafficking involving a child who is identified as a victim of sex
trafficking. Sexual abuse includes threatened sexual abuse which includes the
status of a parent or household member who has committed a violation which
requires registration under Minn. Stat. § 243.166, Subd. 1b(a) or (b) (Registration
of Predatory Offenders).

K. “Mental injury” means an injury to the psychological capacity or emotional
stability of a child as evidenced by an observable or substantial impairment in the
child’s ability to function within a normal range of performance and behavior
with due regard to the child’s culture.

L. “Person responsible for the child’s care” means (1) an individual functioning
within the family unit and having responsibilities for the care of the child such as
a parent, guardian, or other person having similar care responsibilities, or (2) an
individual functioning outside the family unit and having responsibilities for the
care of the child such as a teacher, school administrator, other school employees
or agents, or other lawful custodian of a child having either full-time or short-term
care responsibilities including, but not limited to, day care, babysitting whether
paid or unpaid, counseling, teaching, and coaching.

M. “Threatened injury” means a statement, overt act, condition, or status that
represents a substantial risk of physical or sexual abuse or mental injury.
Threatened injury includes, but is not limited to, exposing a child to a person
responsible for the child’s care who has subjected the child to, or failed to protect
a child from, egregious harm, or a person whose parental rights were involuntarily
terminated, been found palpably unfit, or one from whom legal and physical
custody of a child has been involuntarily transferred to another.

IV. REPORTING PROCEDURES

A. A mandated reporter as defined herein shall immediately report the neglect or
physical or sexual abuse, which he or she knows or has reason to believe is
happening or has happened within the preceding three years, to the local welfare
agency, police department, county sheriff, tribal social services, or tribal police
department. The reporter will include his or her name and address in the report.
B. If the immediate report has been made orally, by telephone or otherwise, the oral
report shall be followed by a written report within 72 hours (exclusive of
weekends and holidays) to the appropriate police department, the county sheriff,
local welfare agency, or agency responsible for assisting or investigating
maltreatment. The written report shall identify the child, any person believed to
be responsible for the abuse or neglect of the child if the person is known, the
nature and extent of the abuse or neglect and the name and address of the reporter.

C. Regardless of whether a report is made, as soon as practicable after a school
receives information regarding an incident that may constitute maltreatment of a
child in a school facility, the school shall inform the parent, legal guardian, or
custodian of the child that an incident has occurred that may constitute
maltreatment of the child, when the incident occurred, and the nature of the
conduct that may constitute maltreatment.

D. A mandated reporter who knows or has reason to know of the deprivation of
parental rights or the kidnapping of a child shall report the information to the local
police department or the county sheriff.

E. With the exception of a health care professional or a social service professional
who is providing the woman with prenatal care or other health care services, a
mandated reporter shall immediately report to the local welfare agency if the
person knows or has reason to believe that a woman is pregnant and has used a
controlled substance for a nonmedical purpose during the pregnancy, including,
but not limited to, tetrahydrocannabinol, or has consumed alcoholic beverages
during the pregnancy in any way that is habitual or excessive.

F. A person mandated by Minnesota law and this policy to report who fails to report
may be subject to criminal penalties and/or discipline, up to and including
termination of employment.

G. Submission of a good faith report under Minnesota law and this policy will not
adversely affect the reporter’s employment, or the child’s access to school.

H. Any person who knowingly or recklessly makes a false report under the
provisions of applicable Minnesota law or this policy shall be liable in a civil suit
for any actual damages suffered by the person or persons so reported and for any
punitive damages set by the court or jury, and the reckless making of a false
report may result in discipline. The court may also award attorney’s fees.
[Note: The Minnesota Department of Education (MDE) is responsible for assessing or
investigating allegations of child maltreatment in schools. Although a report may be made to
any of the agencies listed in Section IV. A., above, and there is no requirement to file more
than one report, if the initial report is not made to MDE, it would be helpful to MDE if schools
also report to MDE.]

V. INVESTIGATION

A. The responsibility for investigating reports of suspected neglect or physical or
sexual abuse rests with the appropriate county, state, or local agency or agencies.
The agency responsible for assessing or investigating reports of child
maltreatment has the authority to interview the child, the person or persons
responsible for the child’s care, the alleged perpetrator, and any other person with
knowledge of the abuse or neglect for the purpose of gathering the facts, assessing
safety and risk to the child, and formulating a plan. The investigating agency
may interview the child at school. The interview may take place outside the
presence of a school official. The investigating agency, not the school, is
responsible for either notifying or withholding notification of the interview to the
parent, guardian or person responsible for the child’s care. School officials may
not disclose to the parent, legal custodian, or guardian the contents of the
notification or any other related information regarding the interview until notified
in writing by the local welfare or law enforcement agency that the investigation or
assessment has been concluded.

B. When the investigating agency determines that an interview should take place on
school property, written notification of intent to interview the child on school
property will be received by school officials prior to the interview. The
notification shall include the name of the child to be interviewed, the purpose of
the interview, and a reference to the statutory authority to conduct an interview on
school property.

C. Except where the alleged perpetrator is believed to be a school official or
employee, the time and place, and manner of the interview on school premises
shall be within the discretion of school officials, but the local welfare or law
enforcement agency shall have the exclusive authority to determine who may
attend the interview. The conditions as to time, place, and manner of the
interview set by the school officials shall be reasonable and the interview shall be
conducted not more than 24 hours after the receipt of the notification unless
another time is considered necessary by agreement between the school officials
and the local welfare or law enforcement agency. Every effort must be made to
reduce the disruption of the educational program of the child, other students, or
school employees when an interview is conducted on school premises.

D. Where the alleged perpetrator is believed to be a school official or employee, the
school district shall conduct its own investigation independent of MDE and, if
involved, the local welfare or law enforcement agency.

E. Upon request by MDE, the school district shall provide all requested data that are
relevant to a report of maltreatment and are in the possession of a school facility,
pursuant to an assessment or investigation of a maltreatment report of a student in
school. The school district shall provide the requested data in accordance with
the requirements of the Minnesota Government Data Practices Act, Minn. Stat.
Ch. 13, and the Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act, 20 U.S.C. § 1232g.

VI. MAINTENANCE OF SCHOOL RECORDS CONCERNING ABUSE OR
POTENTIAL ABUSE

A. When a local welfare or local law enforcement agency determines that a
potentially abused or abused child should be interviewed on school property,
written notification of the agency’s intent to interview on school property must be
received by school officials prior to the interview. The notification shall include
the name of the child to be interviewed, the purpose of the interview, and a
reference to the statutory authority to conduct the interview. The notification
shall be private data. School officials may not disclose to the parent, legal
custodian, or guardian the contents of the notice or any other related information
regarding the interview until notified in writing by the local welfare or law
enforcement agency that the investigation has been concluded.

B. All records regarding a report of maltreatment, including any notification of intent
to interview which was received by the school as described above in Paragraph
A., shall be destroyed by the school only when ordered by the agency conducting
the investigation or by a court of competent jurisdiction.

VII. PHYSICAL OR SEXUAL ABUSE AS SEXUAL HARASSMENT OR VIOLENCE
Under certain circumstances, alleged physical or sexual abuse may also be sexual
harassment or violence under Minnesota law. If so, the duties relating to the reporting
and investigation of such harassment or violence may be applicable.

VIII. DISSEMINATION OF POLICY AND TRAINING

A. This policy shall appear in school personnel handbooks.

B. The school district will develop a method of discussing this policy with school
personnel.

C. This policy shall be reviewed at least annually for compliance with state law.
Legal References: Minn. Stat. Ch. 13 (Minnesota Government Data Practices Act)
Minn. Stat. § 121A.58 (Corporal Punishment)
Minn. Stat. § 121A.582 (Student Discipline; Reasonable Force)
Minn. Stat. § 125A.0942 (Standards for Restrictive Procedures)
Minn. Stat. § 243.166, Subd. 1b(a)(b) (Registration of Predatory
Offenders)
Minn. Stat. § 245.825 (Use of Aversive or Deprivation Procedures)
Minn. Stat. § 260C.007, Subd. 6, Clause (5) (Child in Need of Protection)
Minn. Stat. § 260C.451 (Foster Care Benefits Past Age 18)
Minn. Stat. Ch. 260D (Child in Voluntary Foster Care for Treatment)
Minn. Stat. § 609.02, Subd. 6 (Definitions – Dangerous Weapon)
Minn. Stat. § 609.341, Subd. 10 (Definitions – Position of Authority)
Minn. Stat. § 609.341, Subd. 15 (Definitions – Significant Relationship)
Minn. Stat. § 609.379 (Reasonable Force)
Minn. Stat. § 626.556 et seq. (Reporting of Maltreatment of Minors)
Minn. Stat. § 626.5561 (Reporting of Prenatal Exposure to Controlled
Substances)
20 U.S.C. § 1232g (Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act)
Cross References: MSBA/MASA Model Policy 415 (Mandated Reporting of Maltreatment
of Vulnerable Adults)

525 CARE OF SCHOOL PROPERTY BY STUDENTS

A. Purpose

In order to maintain school property in its best condition and to protect the investment of the community in its schools, the following policy has been adopted:

1. Students shall exercise reasonable care in the use of school property. Such care shall include covering of books, use of property for intended use, not marking, defacing, or damaging school property such as desks, walls, equipment, etc., and the reporting of any vandalism to school administrators.

2. Students and their parents will be held financially responsible for damage, misuse or loss of school property. The cost to the student shall be the cost of repair or replacement. Collection of such monies shall be from the parent of, and if necessary, through the legal channels provided by law.

 

526 SEARCH OF STUDENT LOCKERS, DESKS, PERSONAL POSSESSIONS, AND STUDENT’S PERSON

Replacement Policy: August 13, 2008
A. Purpose

The purpose of this policy is to provide for a safe and healthful educational environment by enforcing the school district’s policies against contraband.

B. General Statement of Policy

1. Lockers and Personal Possessions Within a Locker
Pursuant to Minnesota statutes, school lockers are the property of the school district. At no time does the school district relinquish its exclusive control of lockers provided for the convenience of students. Inspection of the interior of lockers may be conducted by school officials for any reason at any time, without notice, without student consent, and without a search warrant. The personal possessions of students within a school locker may be searched only when school officials have a reasonable suspicion that the search will uncover evidence of a violation of law or school rules. As soon as practicable after the search of a student’s personal possessions, the school officials must provide notice of the search to students whose lockers were searched unless disclosure would impede an ongoing investigation by police or school officials.

2. Desks
School desks are the property of the school district. At no time does the school district relinquish its exclusive control of desks provided for the convenience of students. Inspection of the interior of desks may be conducted by school officials for any reason at any time, without notice, without student consent, and without a search warrant.

3. Personal Possessions and Student’s Person
The personal possessions of students and/or a student’s person may be searched when school officials have a reasonable suspicion that the search will uncover a violation of law or school rules. The search will be reasonable in its scope and intrusiveness.

4. It shall be a violation of this policy for students to use lockers and desks for unauthorized purposes or to store contraband. It shall be a violation for students to carry contraband on their person or in their personal possessions.

C. Definitions

1. “Contraband” means any unauthorized item possession of which is prohibited by school district policy and/or law. It includes but is not limited to weapons and “look-alikes,” alcoholic beverages, controlled substances and “look-alikes,” overdue books and other materials belonging to the school district, and stolen property.

2. “Personal possessions” includes but is not limited to purses, backpacks, bookbags, packages, and clothing.

3. “Reasonable suspicion” means that a school official has grounds to believe that the search will result in evidence of a violation of school district policy, rules, and/or law. Reasonable suspicion may be based on a school official’s personal observation, a report from a student, parent or staff member, a student’s suspicious behavior, a student’s age and past history or record of conduct both in and out of the school context, or other reliable sources of information.

4. “Reasonable scope” means that the scope and/or intrusiveness of the search is reasonably related to the objectives of the search. Factors to consider in determining what is reasonable include the seriousness of the suspected infraction, the reliability of the information, the necessity of acting without delay, the existence of exigent circumstances necessitating an immediate search and further investigation (e.g. to prevent violence, serious and immediate risk of harm or destruction of evidence), and the age of the student.

D. Procedures

1. School officials may inspect the interiors of lockers and desks for any reason at any time, without notice, without student consent, and without a search warrant.

2. School officials may inspect the personal possessions of a student and/or a student’s person based on a reasonable suspicion that the search will uncover a violation of law or school rules. A search of personal possessions of a student and/or a student’s person will be reasonable in its scope and intrusiveness.

3. As soon as practicable after a search of personal possessions within a locker pursuant to this policy, the school officials must provide notice of the search to students whose possessions were searched unless disclosure would impede an ongoing investigation by police or school officials.

4. Whenever feasible, a search of a person shall be conducted in private by a school official of the same sex. A second school official of the same sex shall be present as an observer during the search of a person whenever feasible.

5. A strip search is a search involving the removal of coverings or clothing from private areas. Mass strip searches, or body cavity searches, are prohibited. Strip searches will be conducted only in circumstances involving imminent danger.

6 A school official conducting any other search may determine when it is appropriate to have a second official present as an observer.

7. A copy of this policy will be printed in the student handbook or disseminated in any other way which school officials deem appropriate. The school district shall provide a copy of this policy to a student when the student is given use of a locker.

E. Directives and Guidelines

School administration may establish reasonable directives and guidelines which address specific needs of the school district, such as use of tape in lockers, standards of cleanliness and care, posting of pin-ups and posters which may constitute sexual harassment, etc.

F. Seizure of Contraband

If a search yields contraband, school officials will seize the item and, where appropriate, turn it over to legal officials for ultimate disposition.

G. Violations

A student found to have violated this policy and/or the directives and guidelines implementing it shall be subject to discipline in accordance with the school district’s Student Discipline Policy, which may include suspension, exclusion, or expulsion, and the student may, when appropriate, be referred to legal officials.

527 ACTIVITIES POLICY

The board of education recognizes the important role activity programs have in the development of each student. However, in order for a student to participate in any activities program, he/she must follow the rules listed in the guide.

A. Activities Related to the Minnesota State High School League

1. All school activities that are governed by the Minnesota State High School League will follow their established rules and regulations.

2. Each student who participates in a league related activity must be informed of the league rules and regulations and sign the league eligibility form.

3. A student suspended from school may not participate in a league activity or practice during that time of suspension.

4. Minnesota State High School League individual coach/activity director regulations:

a. All coaches or directors will abide by the rules established by the league. The coach or director must enforce the rules and follow their established procedure for any violation.

b. Each coach or director has the right to establish additional rules that are fair and equitable for all participants. These additional rules pertain only during the activity season and must not be in conflict with district-approved student discipline policies.

B. Activities Not Related to the High School League

1. Students participating in school activities that are not under the jurisdiction of the Minnesota State High School League rules must comply with School District 363 student disciplinary policy while under supervision of school personnel.

2. Students engaged in school social events or games as a spectator who violate the disciplinary policies of the district can be restricted from further attendance at such functions.

3. Students who are suspended, excluded or expelled from school may not participate during that period of time as an active member of any school organization.

4. Individual activity director/coach regulations for activities not related to the league: All activity directors will abide by the rules in the policy guide. The director must enforce the rules and follow the established procedure for violations.

C. Suspensions from School Activities

Parents and students have a right to be informed of any suspension from an activity. The following procedure will be followed in such notification:

1. Activities related to the Minnesota State High School League:

a. In all suspensions from a league-related activity, the parents and student will be informed in writing of the following:

i. Reason for suspension

ii. Statement of facts

iii. Statement of testimony

iv. Length of suspension

b. The principal will be responsible for compliance with this policy.

2. Activities not related to the Minnesota State High School League:

a. All suspensions from non-league related activities will be processed by the administrator who is in charge.

b. Students suspended from participation in school social events will be so notified by the administrator in charge.

c. The administrator who suspends a student from an activity as a participant or spectator shall inform the student and parent in writing of the following:

i. Reason for suspension

ii. Statement of facts

iii. Length of suspension

3. Review Procedure for Cases of Suspension

a. League related: Within one week of suspension, a student who has been suspended from a league activity may, in writing, request a hearing before the local high school league committee.

b. Non-league-related: Within one week of suspension, a student who has been suspended from a non-league related activity as either a spectator or a participant may, in writing, request that the superintendent of schools review the decision.

D. Scholastic Eligibility Requirements for Participation in Extra-Curricular Program

In order to participate in the extra-curricular program, a student must be making satisfactory academic progress toward graduation. Satisfactory academic progress is defined as the earning of an average of five credits per semester in attendance.

When the number of credits a student has earned is below this average, the student will be placed on probation for the following semester. The student will be allowed to participate in activities during the probationary period. If the credit deficiency is not corrected during the probationary period, the student is ineligible to participate in extra-curricular activities until the deficiency is corrected. Exceptions to this policy may be made if the reason for the deficiency is beyond the control of the student, such as illness, transfer, etc. Exceptions can be granted only on these grounds and only by the principal.

Any student receiving a final grade of “F” (failing) will be ineligible to participate in games (scheduled competition) but may practice with the team. Grades are reviewed at the end of the 4th week of the next grading period. If the student is passing all subject areas at that time, he/she regains his/her eligibility, on a weekly basis.

E. Guidelines for Cheerleaders

Cheerleaders at every level are an important level of support for school activities. With the appointment to cheerleading comes many responsibilities and obligations which are assumed by the students, staff, and the entire student body. Sportsmanship in all school endeavors is an ultimate requirement and shall be exemplified by the leadership expressly demonstrated in and by the cheerleading squad.

1. General Guidelines

a. Cheerleading squads shall be placed under the direction of a qualified and knowledgeable sponsor or coach.

b. All Cheerleaders shall receive proper training before attempting any form of cheerleading gymnastics (tumbling, partner stunts, pyramids).

c. Practice sessions shall be supervised by the coach and held in a location suitable for the activities of cheerleaders (i.e., use of tumbling mats; away from excessive noise and distractions).

d. Professional training in proper spotting techniques shall be mandatory for all squads.

e. All cheerleading squads should adopt a professionally developed comprehensive conditioning program.

f. A structured stretching exercise and flexibility routine shall precede and follow all practice sessions and precede all pregame activities.

g. Tumbling and partner stunts shall not be performed on wet surfaces. Tumbling, partner stunts, and pyramids shall NOT be performed on concrete.

h. Sponsors/coaches must recognize a squad’s particular ability level and must limit the squad’s activities accordingly. “Ability level” refers to the squad’s talents as a whole and individuals shall not be pressed to perform activities until safely perfected.

2. Specific Prohibitions

a. Use of the mini-tramp shall be prohibited.

b. Pyramids higher than two persons high shall be prohibited. Pyramid height is measured by body lengths (i.e., a shoulder stand is “too high”, a shoulder straddle or sit is one and one-half high, etc).

c. Split catches shall be prohibited.

d. Front and back tension drops shall be prohibited.

e. Toe pitches shall be prohibited.

f. Flips off of pyramids and partner stunts other than basket tosses and suspended rolls where the flipping person is continually holding the bases’ hands should be prohibited.

g. Suspended rolls higher than shoulder level shall be prohibited.

3. Partner Stunt and Pyramid Guidelines

a. All new partner stunt and pyramid activity shall be reviewed and approved by the coach prior to execution.

b. All pyramids and partner stunts over “two persons” high shall have a spotter in proper position. (This includes single and double based extensions).

c. Pyramids of any height performed outdoors shall not be performed on slick or concrete-like surfaces.

d. Basket tosses (both flips and jumps) shall be performed only after being approved by the advisor and when using three spotters (the two bases and an additional spotter in back) and shall not be performed on concrete or hardwood surfaces.

e. Basket tosses shall not be performed except from ground level.

f. No pyramids or partner stunts shall be performed without spotters unless they can be performed consistently without difficulty and approved by the coach.

g. Suspended rolls from shoulders must be approved by the coach and performed on mats.

4. Tumbling

a. All new tumbling activity shall be reviewed and approved by the coach prior to execution.

b. Tumbling shall not be executed on slick or concrete-like surfaces.

c. Tumbling tricks shall not be executed without the use of a spotter unless they can be performed consistently without difficulty and approved by the coach.

d. Tumbling requiring the use of a spotter shall be preceded by verbal communication of the intended trick.

e. New tumbling skills shall be mastered on a mat whenever possible. If a mat is not available – “over-spotting” should be employed. New tumbling skills shall not be learned on concrete or hardwood surfaces.

5. Tournament Participation Policy

a. “A” squad cheerleaders for basketball or hockey go to all tournament games in their respective sports and do NOT pay for bus fare or tickets.

b. Only “A” squad cheerleaders travel in their respective sports.

c. “B” squad cheerleaders cheer only at home and in their respective sports.

d. Cheerleaders are NOT allowed to “sleep in” the morning after a game (see student handbook).

6. School Policy on Overnight Travel for Cheerleaders

a. During tournaments, the cheerleaders shall stay overnight provided their advisor is present.

b. Cheerleaders must ride home with the team bus or advisor unless other arrangements are cleared in advance through the office.

c. The travel of cheerleaders to and from games shall be subject to the same expectations as any other athletic program travel.

7. School Policy Under Which Cheerleaders May Represent South Koochiching/Rainy River at Certain Out-of-Town Athletic Contests

a. Those games will be selected by the principal or assistant administrator after consulting with the cheerleader coach.

b. Cheerleaders may be authorized by the principal or administrative assistant to attend those games as cheerleaders representing our school and wearing their cheerleading uniforms, only under the following terms and conditions:

i. Transportation to and from the game must be provided by a volunteer parent or parents of one or more of the cheerleaders and those parents must agree in writing to conditions set forth by the principal.

ii. Students will not be excused from any classes for early departures or caused by late return from games.

iii. Parents must agree to properly supervise the groups and not allow smoking, drinking or other activities that are not allowed by school students on school sponsored trips.

iv. While at the site of the athletic contest, there must be a school staff member who will agree in writing to be responsible for supervision of the cheerleaders from the time they arrive at the site of the contest until the contest is over.

MSBA/MASA Model Policy 521
Orig. 1995
Rev. 2024

528      STUDENT DISABILITY NONDISCRIMINATION

[NOTE: School districts are required by statute to have a policy addressing these issues.]

I.          PURPOSE

The purpose of this policy is to protect students with disabilities from discrimination on the basis of disability and to identify and evaluate learners who, within the intent of Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973 (Section 504), need services, accommodations, or programs in order that such learners may receive a free appropriate public education.

II.        GENERAL STATEMENT OF POLICY

A.         Students with disabilities who meet the criteria of Paragraph C. below are protected from discrimination on the basis of a disability.

B         The responsibility of the school district is to identify and evaluate learners who, within the intent of Section 504, need services, accommodations, or programs in order that such learners may receive a free appropriate public education.

C.        For this policy, a learner who is protected under Section 504 is one who:

1.         has a physical or mental impairment that substantially limits one or more of such person’s major life activities; or

2.         has a record of such an impairment; 

3.         is regarded as having such an impairment; or

4.         has an impairment that is episodic or in remission and would materially limit a major life activity when active.

[NOTE: The 2024 Minnesota legislature revised the definition of ‘disability’ in Minnesota Statutes, section 363A.03, subdivision 12]

D.        Learners may be protected from disability discrimination and be eligible for services, accommodations, or programs under the provisions of Section 504 even though they are not eligible for special education pursuant to the Individuals with Disabilities Education Act.

III.       COORDINATOR

Persons who have questions or comments should contact Superintendent Jeremy Tammi at 11731 State Hwy 1 East Northome, MN 56661 (Phone 218-897-5275 Ext 153).  This person is the school district’s Americans with Disabilities Act/Section 504 coordinator. Persons who wish to make a complaint regarding a disability discrimination matter may use the accompanying Student Disability Discrimination Grievance Report Form. The form should be given to the ADA/Section 504 coordinator.

Legal References:       Minn. Stat. § 363A.03, Subd. 12 (Definitions)

  42 U.S.C. Ch. 126 (Equal Opportunity for Individuals with Disabilities)

 29 U.S.C. § 794 et seq. (Rehabilitation Act of 1973, § 504)

 34 C.F.R. Part 104 (Section 504 Implementing Regulations)

Cross References:       MSBA/MASA Model Policy 402 (Disability Nondiscrimination)

529 SCHOOL WEAPONS POLICY

Revised: July 12, 2005
(was named: 529. -VIOLENCE PREVENTION AND WEAPONS IN SCHOOL)

A. Purpose

The purpose of this policy is to assure a safe school environment for students, staff and the public.

B. General Statement of Policy

No student or non-student, including adults and visitors, shall possess, use or distribute a weapon when in a school location except as provided in this policy. The school district will act to enforce this policy and to discipline or take appropriate action against any student, teacher, administrator, school employee, volunteer, or member of the public who violates this policy.

C. Definitions

1. “Weapon”

a. A “weapon” means any object, device or instrument designed as a weapon or through its use is capable of threatening or producing bodily harm or which may be used to inflict self-injury including, but not limited to, any firearm, whether loaded or unloaded; airguns; pellet guns; BB guns; all knives; blades; clubs; metal knuckles; numchucks; throwing stars; explosives; fireworks; mace and other propellants; stunguns; ammunition; poisons; chains; arrows; and objects that have been modified to serve as a weapon.

b. No person shall possess, use or distribute any object, device or instrument having the appearance of a weapon and such objects, devices or instruments shall be treated as weapons including, but not limited to, weapons listed above which are broken or non-functional, look-alike guns; toy guns; and any object that is a facsimile of a real weapon.

c. No person shall use articles designed for other purposes (i.e., lasers or laser pointers, belts, combs, pencils, files, scissors, etc.), to inflict bodily harm and/or intimidate and such use will be treated as the possession and use of a weapon.

2. “School Location” includes any school building or grounds, whether leased, rented, owned or controlled by the school, locations of school activities or trips, bus stops, school buses or school vehicles, school-contracted vehicles, the area of entrance or departure from school premises or events, all locations where school-related functions are conducted, and anywhere students are under the jurisdiction of the school district.

3. “Possession” means having a weapon on ones person or in an area subject to ones control in a school location.

D. Exceptions

1. A student who finds a weapon on the way to school or in a school location, or a student who discovers that he/she accidentally has a weapon in his/her possession, and takes the weapon immediately to the principal’s office shall not be considered to possess a weapon. If it would be impractical or dangerous to take the weapon to the principal’s office, a student shall not be considered to possess a weapon if he or she immediately turns the weapon over to an administrator, teacher or head coach or immediately notifies an administrator, teacher or head coach of the weapons location.

2. It shall not be a violation of this policy if a non-student falls within one of the following categories:

a. licensed peace officers, military personnel, or students or non-students participating in military training, who are on duty performing official duties;

b. persons authorized to carry a pistol under Minn. Stat., Section 624.714, while in a motor vehicle or outside of a motor vehicle for the purpose of directly placing a firearm in, or retrieving it from, the trunk or rear area of the vehicle;

c. persons who keep or store in a motor vehicle pistols in accordance with Minn. Stat., Sections 624.714 or 624.715, or other firearms in accordance with Section 97B.045;

i. Section 624.714 specifies procedures and standards for obtaining pistol permits and penalties for the failure to do so. Section 624.715 defines an exception to the pistol permit requirements for “antique firearms which are carried or possessed as curiosities or for their historical significance or value.”

ii. Section 97B.045 generally provides that a firearm may not be transported in a motor vehicle unless it is (1) unloaded and in a gun case without any portion of the firearm exposed; (2) unloaded and in the closed trunk; or (3) a handgun carried in compliance with Sections 624.714 and 624.715.

d. firearm safety or marksmanship courses or activities for students or non-students conducted on school property;

e. possession of dangerous weapons, BB guns, or replica firearms by a ceremonial color guard;

f. a gun or knife show held on school property;

g. possession of dangerous weapons, BB guns, or replica firearms with written permission of the principal or other person having general control and supervision of the school or the director of a child care center; or

h. persons who are on unimproved property owned or leased by a child care center, school or school district unless the person knows that a student is currently present on the land for a school-related activity.

3. Policy Application to Instructional Equipment/Tools

While the school district takes a firm position on the possession, use or distribution of weapons by students, and a similar position with regard to non-students, such a position is not meant to interfere with instruction or the use of appropriate equipment and tools by students or non-students. Such equipment and tools, when properly possessed, used and stored, shall not be considered in violation of the rule against the possession, use or distribution of weapons. However, when authorized instructional and work equipment and tools are used in a potentially dangerous or threatening manner, such possession and use will be treated as the possession and use of a weapon.

4. Firearms in School Parking Lots and Parking Facilities

A school district may not prohibit the lawful carry or possession of firearms in a school parking lot or parking facility. For purposes of this policy, the “lawful” carry or possession of a firearm in a school parking lot or parking facility is specifically limited to non-student permit-holders authorized under Minn. Stat., Section 624.714, to carry a pistol in the interior of a vehicle or outside the motor vehicle for the purpose of directly placing a firearm in, or retrieving it from, the trunk or rear area of the vehicle. Any possession or carry of a firearm beyond the immediate vicinity of a permit-holders vehicle shall constitute a violation of this policy.

E. Consequences for Student Weapon Possession/Use/Distribution

1. The school district has taken a position regarding the possession, use or distribution of weapons by students. Consequently, the minimum consequence for students possessing, using or distributing weapons shall include:

a. immediate out-of-school suspension;

b. confiscation of the weapon;

c. immediate notification of police;

d. parent or guardian notification; and

e. recommendation to the superintendent of dismissal for a period of time not to exceed one year.

2. Pursuant to Minnesota law, a student who brings a firearm, as defined by federal law, to school will be expelled for at least one year. The school board may modify this requirement on a case-by-case basis.

3. Administrative Discretion

While the school district has taken a position on the possession, use or distribution of weapons by students, the superintendent may use discretion in determining whether, under the circumstances, a course of action other than the minimum consequences specified above is warranted. If so, other appropriate action may be taken, including consideration of a recommendation for lesser discipline.

F. Consequences for Weapon/Possession/Use/Distribution by Non-Students

1. Employees

a. An employee who violates the terms of this policy is subject to disciplinary action, including nonrenewal, suspension, or discharge as deemed appropriate by the school board.

b. Sanctions against employees, including nonrenewal, suspension, or discharge shall be pursuant to and in accordance with applicable statutory authority, collective bargaining agreements, and school district policies.

c. When an employee violates the weapons policy, law enforcement may be notified, as appropriate.

2. Other Non-Students

a. Any member of the public who violates this policy shall be informed of the policy and asked to leave the school location. Depending on the circumstances, the person may be barred from future entry to school locations. In addition, if the person is a student in another school district, that school district may be contacted concerning the policy violation.

b. If appropriate, law enforcement will be notified of the policy violation by the member of the public and may be asked to provide an escort to remove the member of the public from the school location.

G. Parent/Guardian Notification

In the case of a weapon violation or threat, it will be the policy of the district to notify the parents/guardians of a student(s) who has clearly been identified as being threatened. In all cases any notification shall be made in a manner consistent with protecting the rights of individuals under current data privacy laws.

530 HAZING PROHIBITION

Revised: March 9, 2011

A. Purpose

The purpose of this policy is to maintain a safe learning environment for students and staff that is free from hazing. Hazing activities of any type are inconsistent with the educational goals of the school district and are prohibited at all times.

B. General Statement of Policy

1. No student, teacher, administrator, volunteer, contractor or other employee of the school district shall plan, direct, encourage, aid or engage in hazing.

2. No teacher, administrator, volunteer, contractor or other employee of the school district shall permit, condone or tolerate hazing.

3. Apparent permission or consent by a person being hazed does not lessen the prohibitions contained in this policy.

4. This policy applies to behavior that occurs on or off school property and during and after school hours.

5. A person who engages in an act that violates school policy or law in order to be initiated into or affiliated with a student organization shall be subject to discipline for that act.

6. The school district will act to investigate all complaints of hazing and will discipline or take appropriate action against any student, teacher, administrator, volunteer, contractor or other employee of the school district who is found to have violated this policy.

C. Definitions

1. “Hazing” means committing an act against a student or coercing a student into committing an act that creates a substantial risk of harm to a person, in order for the student to be initiated into or affiliated with a student organization or for any other purpose. The term hazing includes, but is not limited to:

a. Any type of physical brutality such as whipping, beating, striking, branding, electronic shocking or placing a harmful substance on the body.

b. Any type of physical activity such as sleep deprivation, exposure to weather, confinement in a restricted area, calisthenics or other activity that subjects the student to an unreasonable risk of harm or that adversely affects the mental or physical health or safety of the student.

c. Any activity involving the consumption of any alcoholic beverage, drug, tobacco product or any other food, liquid or substance that subjects the student to an unreasonable risk of harm or that adversely affects the mental or physical health or safety of the student.

d. Any activity that intimidates or threatens the student with ostracism, that subjects a student to extreme mental stress, embarrassment, shame or humiliation, that adversely affects the mental health or dignity of the student or discourages the student from remaining in school.

e. Any activity that causes or requires the student to perform a task that involves violation of state or federal law or of school district policies or regulations.

2. “Student organization” means a group, club or organization having students as its primary members or participants. It includes grade levels, classes, teams, activities or particular school events. A student organization does not have to be an official school organization to come within the terms of this definition.

D. Reporting Procedures

1. Any person who believes he/she has been the victim of hazing or any person with knowledge or belief of conduct which may constitute hazing shall report the alleged acts immediately to an appropriate school district official designated by this policy.

2. The building principal, the principal’s designee, or the building supervisor (hereinafter building report taker) is the person responsible for receiving reports of hazing at the building level. Any person may report hazing directly to a school district human rights officer or to the superintendent. If the complaint involves the building report taker, the complaint shall be made or filed directly with the superintendent or the school district human rights officer by the reporting party or complainant.

3. Teachers, administrators, volunteers, contractors, and other employees of the school district shall be particularly alert to possible situations, circumstances or events which might include hazing. Any such person who receives a report of, observes or has other knowledge or belief of conduct which may constitute hazing shall inform the building report taker immediately. School district personnel who fail to inform the building report taker of conduct that may constitute hazing in a timely manner may be subject to disciplinary action.

4. Submission of a good faith complaint or report of hazing will not affect the complainant or reporter’s future employment, grades or work assignment.

5. Reports of hazing are classified as private educational and/or personnel data and/or confidential investigative data and will not be disclosed except as permitted by law. The school district will respect the privacy of the complainant(s), the individual(s) against whom the complaint is filed, and the witnesses as much as possible, consistent with the school district’s legal obligations to investigate, to take appropriate action, and to comply with any discovery or disclosure obligations.

E. School District Action

1. Upon receipt of a complaint or report of hazing, the school district shall undertake or authorize an investigation by school district officials or a third party designated by the school district.

2. The school district may take immediate steps, at its discretion, to protect the complainant, reporter, students or others pending completion of an investigation of hazing.

3. Upon completion of the investigation, the school district will take appropriate action. Such action may include, but is not limited to, warning, suspension, exclusion, expulsion, transfer, remediation, termination or discharge. Disciplinary consequences will be sufficiently severe to deter violations and to appropriately discipline prohibited behavior. School district action taken for violation of this policy will be consistent with the requirements of applicable collective bargaining agreements, applicable statutory authority, including the MN Pupil Fair Dismissal Act, and school district policies and regulations.

4. The school district is not authorized to disclose to a victim private educational or personnel data regarding an alleged perpetrator who is a student or employee of the school district. School officials will notify the parent(s) or guardian(s) of students involved in a hazing incident and the remedial action taken, to the extent permitted by law, based on a confirmed report.

F. Reprisal

The school district will discipline or take appropriate action against any student, teacher, administrator, volunteer, contractor or other employee of the school district who retaliates against any person who makes a good faith report of alleged hazing or against any person who testifies, assists or participates in an investigation or against any person who testifies, assists or participates in a proceeding or hearing relating to such hazing. Retaliation includes, but is not limited to, any form of intimidation, reprisal or harassment, or intentional disparate treatment.

G. Dissemination of Policy

1. This policy shall appear in each school’s student handbook and in the district’s teacher handbook.

2. The school district will develop a method of discussing this policy with students and employees.

531 STUDENT USE AND PARKING OF MOTOR VEHICLES; PATROLS, INSPECTIONS, AND SEARCHES

Revised Policy: August 13, 2008

A. Purpose

The purpose of this policy is to provide guidelines for use and parking of motor vehicles by students in school district locations, to maintain order and discipline in the schools and to protect the health, safety and welfare of students and school personnel.

B. General Statement of Policy

It is the policy of this school district to allow the limited use and parking of motor vehicles by students in school district locations. It is the position of the school district that a fair and equitable district-wide student motor vehicle policy will contribute to the quality of the student’s educational experience, will maintain order and discipline in the schools, and will protect the health, safety and welfare of students and school personnel. This policy applies to all students in the school district.

C. Definitions

1. “Contraband” means any unauthorized item possession of which is prohibited by school district policy and/or law. It includes but is not limited to weapons and “look-alikes,” alcoholic beverages, controlled substances and “look-alikes,” overdue books and other materials belonging to the school district, and stolen property.

2. “Reasonable suspicion” means that a school official has grounds to believe that the search will result in evidence of a violation of school district policy, rules, and/or law. Reasonable suspicion may be based on a school official’s personal observation, a report from a student, parent or staff member, a student’s suspicious behavior, a student’s age and past history or record of conduct both in and out of the school context, or other reliable sources of information.

3. “Reasonable scope” means that the scope and/or intrusiveness of the search is reasonably related to the objectives of the search. Factors to consider in determining what is reasonable include the seriousness of the suspected infraction, the reliability of the information, the necessity of acting without delay, the existence of exigent circumstances necessitating an immediate search and further investigation (e.g. to prevent violence, serious and immediate risk of harm or destruction of evidence), and the age of the student.

4. “School district location” means property that is owned, rented, leased, or borrowed by the school district for school purposes, as well as property immediately adjacent to such property that may be used for parking or gaining access to such property. A school district location also shall include off school property at any school-sponsored or school-approved activity, event, or function, such as a field trip or athletic event, where students are under the jurisdiction of the school district.

D. Student Use of Motor Vehicles in School District Locations

Students generally are not permitted to use motor vehicles during the school day in any school district location. Students may use motor vehicles on the high school campus[es] during the school day only if there is an emergency and permission has been granted to the student by the principal or his/her designee to use a motor vehicle.

E. Student Parking of Motor Vehicles In School District Locations

1. Students are permitted to park in a school district location as a matter of privilege, not of right. Students driving a motor vehicle to a high school campus may park the motor vehicle in the parking lot designated for student parking only. Students will not park vehicles in driveways, on private property, or in other designated areas.

2. When there are unauthorized vehicles parked on school district property, school officials may:

a. move the vehicle or require the driver or other person in charge of the vehicle to move it off school district property; or

b. if unattended, provide for the removal of the vehicle, at the expense of the owner or operator, to the nearest convenient garage or other place of safety off of school district property.

F. Patrols, Inspections and Searches

School officials may conduct routine patrols of school district locations and routine inspections of the exteriors of the motor vehicles of students. In addition, the interiors of motor vehicles of students in school district locations may be searched when school officials have a reasonable suspicion that the search will uncover a violation of law and/or school policy or rule.

1. Patrols and Inspections

School officials may conduct routine patrols of student parking lots and other school district locations and routine inspections of the exteriors of the motor vehicles of students. Such patrols and inspections may be conducted without notice, without student consent, and without a search warrant.

2. Search of Interior of Student Motor Vehicle

The interiors of motor vehicles of students in school district locations, including glove or trunk compartments, may be searched when school officials have a reasonable suspicion that the search will uncover a violation of law and/or school policy or rule. The search will be reasonable in its scope and intrusiveness. Such searches may be conducted without notice, without consent, and without a search warrant. A student will be subject to withdrawal of parking privileges and to discipline if the student refuses to open a locked motor vehicle under the student’s control or its compartments upon the request of a school official.

3. Prohibition of Contraband and Interference with Patrols, Inspections, Searches and/or Seizures

It shall be a violation of this policy for students to store or carry contraband in motor vehicles in a school district location or to interfere with patrols, inspections, searches and/or seizures as provided by this policy.

4. Seizure of Contraband

If a search yields contraband, school officials will seize the item and may turn it over to legal officials for ultimate disposition when appropriate.

5. Dissemination of Policy

A copy of this policy will be printed in the student handbook or disseminated in any other way which school officials deem appropriate.

G. Directives and Guidelines

The superintendent is granted authority to develop and present for school board review and approval reasonable directives and guidelines which address specific needs of the school district related to student use and parking of motor vehicles in school district locations, such as a permit system and parking regulations. Approved directives and guidelines shall be attached as an addendum to this policy.

H. Violations

A student found to have violated this policy and/or the directives and guidelines implementing it shall be subject to withdrawal of parking privileges and/or to discipline in accordance with the school district’s Student Discipline Policy, which may include suspension, exclusion, or expulsion. In addition, the student may be referred to legal officials when appropriate.

532 THE PLEDGE OF ALLEGIANCE

New Policy August 13, 2003

A. Purpose

The school board recognizes the need to provide instruction in the proper etiquette, display, and respect of the United States flag. The purpose of this policy is to provide for recitation of the pledge of allegiance and instruction in school to help further that end.

B. General Statement of Policy

All students in this school shall recite the pledge of allegiance to the flag of the United States of America first period on days school is in session for students. The recitation shall be conducted:

1. By each individual classroom teacher or the teacher’s surrogate; or

2. Over a school intercom system by a person designated by the school principal or other person having administrative control over the school.

C. Exceptions

Any student or teacher may decline to participate in recitation of the pledge of allegiance to the flag. Students must respect the choice to not recite the pledge.

D. Instruction

Students will be instructed in the proper etiquette toward, correct display of, and respect for the flag and in patriotic exercises.

 

533 STUDENT SURVEYS

New Policy: October 8, 2003

A. Purpose

Occasionally the school district utilizes surveys to obtain student opinions and information about students. The purpose of this policy is to establish the parameters of information that may be sought in student surveys.

B. General Statement of Policy

Student surveys may be conducted as determined necessary by the school district. Surveys, analyses and evaluations conducted as part of any program funded through the U.S. Department of Education must comply with 20 U.S.C. § 1232h.

C. Student Surveys in General

1. Student surveys will be conducted anonymously and in an indiscernible fashion. No mechanism will be used for identifying the participating student in any way. No attempt will be made in any way to identify a student survey participant. There will be no requirement that the student return the survey, and no record of the students returning a survey will be maintained.

2. The superintendent may choose not to approve any survey that seeks probing personal and/or sensitive information that could result in identifying the survey participant, or is discriminatory in nature based on age, race, color, sex, disability, religion, or national origin.

3. Surveys containing questions pertaining to the student’s or the student’s parent(s) or guardian(s) personal beliefs or practices in sex, family life, morality and religion will not be administered to any student unless the parent or guardian of the student is notified in writing that such survey is to be administered and the parent or guardian of the student gives written permission for the student to participate in such survey. Any and all documents containing the written permission of a parent for a student to participate in a survey will be maintained by the school district in a file separate from the survey responses.

4. Although the survey is conducted anonymously, potential exists for personally identifiable information to be provided in response thereto. To the extent that personally identifiable information of a student is contained in his/her responses to a survey, the school district will take appropriate steps to ensure the data is protected in accordance with Minn. Stat. Ch. 13 (Minnesota Government Data Practices Act), 20 U.S.C. §1232g (Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act) and 34 C.F.R. Part 99.

D. Student Surveys Conducted as part of Department of Education Program

1. All instructional materials, including teachers manuals, films, tapes, or other supplementary material which will be used in connection with any survey, analysis, or evaluation as part of any program funded in whole or in part by the U.S. Department of Education shall be available for inspection by the parents or guardians of the students.

2. No student shall be required, as part of any program funded in whole or in part by the U.S. Department of Education, without the prior consent of the student (if the student is an adult or emancipated minor) or, in the case of an unemancipated minor, without the prior written consent of the parent, to submit to a survey that reveals information concerning:

a. Political affiliations or beliefs of the student or the student’s parent;

b. Mental and psychological problems of the student or the student’s family;

c. Sex behavior or attitudes;

d. Illegal, antisocial, self-incriminating, or demeaning behavior;

e. Critical appraisals of other individuals with whom respondents have close family relationships;

f. Legally recognized privileged or analogous relationships, such as those of lawyers, physicians, and ministers;

g. Religious practices, affiliations, or beliefs of the student or the student’s parent; or

h. Income (other than that required by law to determine eligibility for participation in a program or for receiving financial assistance under such program).

3. A school district that receives funds under any program funded by the U.S. Department of Education shall develop local policies consistent with Sections D.1. and D.2. concerning student privacy, parental access to information, and administration of certain physical examinations to minors.

a. The following policies are to be adopted in consultation with parents:

i. The right of a parent to inspect, on request, a survey, including an evaluation, created by a third party before the survey is administered or distributed by a school to a student, including procedures for granting a parent’s request for reasonable access to such survey within a reasonable period of time after the request is received. “Parent” means a legal guardian or other person acting in loco parentis (in place of a parent), such as a grandparent or stepparent with whom the child lives, or a person who is legally responsible for the welfare of the child.

ii. Arrangements to protect student privacy in the event of the administration or distribution of a survey, including an evaluation, to a student which contains one or more of the items listed in Section D.2. including the right of a parent of a student to inspect, on request, any such survey.

iii. The right of a parent of a student to inspect, on request, any instructional material used as part of the educational curriculum for the student and procedures for granting a request by a parent for such access within a reasonable period of time after the request is received. “Instructional material” means instructional content that is provided to a student, regardless of format, including printed or representational materials, audiovisual materials, and materials in electronic or digital formats (i.e., materials accessible through the Internet). The term does not include academic tests or academic assessments.

iv. The administration of physical examinations or screenings that the school district may administer to a student. This provision does not apply to a survey administered to a student in accordance with the Individuals with Disabilities Education Act (20 U.S.C. § 1400 et. seq.).

v. The collection, disclosure, or use of personal information collected from students for the purpose of marketing or for selling that information (or otherwise providing the information to others for that purpose), including arrangements to protect student privacy that are provided by the school district in the event of such collection, disclosure, or use.

 

(a) “Personal information” means individually identifiable information including a student’s or parent’s first and last name; a home or other physical address (including street name and the name of the city or town); a telephone number; or a Social Security identification number.

(b) This provision does not apply to the collection, disclosure, or use of personal information collected from students for the exclusive purpose of developing, evaluating, or providing educational products or services for, or to, students or educational institutions, such as:


(1) college or other postsecondary education recruitment or military;

(2) book clubs, magazines, and programs providing access to low cost literary products;

(3) curriculum and instructional materials used by elementary and secondary schools;

(4) tests and assessments used by elementary schools and secondary schools to provide cognitive, evaluative, diagnostic, clinical, aptitude, or achievement information about students, or to generate other statistically useful data for the purpose of securing such tests and assessments and the subsequent analysis and public release of the aggregate data from such tests and assessments;


(5) the sale by students of products or services to raise funds for school-related or education-related activities; and

(6) student recognition programs.

(c) The right of a parent to inspect, on request, any instrument used in the collection of information, as described in Section D.3.a., Subparagraph v., above, before the instrument is administered or distributed to a student and procedures for granting a request by a parent for reasonable access to such an instrument within a reasonable period of time after the request is received.

b. The policies adopted under Section D.3.a. shall provide for reasonable notice of the adoption or continued use of such policies directly to parents of students enrolled in or served by the school district.

i. The notice will be provided at least annually, at the beginning of the school year, and within a reasonable period of time after any substantive change in a policy.

ii. The notice will provide parents with an opportunity to opt out of participation in the following activities:

 


(a). Activities involving the collection, disclosure, or use of personal information collected from students for the purpose of marketing or for selling that information, or otherwise providing that information to others for that purpose.

(b). The administration of any third-party survey (non-Department of Education funded) containing one or more of the items contained in Section D.2.

(c). Any nonemergency, invasive physical examination or screening that is required as a condition of attendance, administered by the school and scheduled by the school in advance, and not necessary to protect the immediate health and safety of the student or other students. “Invasive physical examination” means any medical examination that involves the exposure of private body parts, or act during such examination that includes incision, insertion, or injection into the body, but does not include a hearing, vision, or scoliosis screening.

4. The notice will advise students of the specific or approximate dates during the school year when the activities in Section D.3.b.ii. are scheduled, or expected to be scheduled.

a. The notice provisions shall not be construed to preempt applicable provisions of state law that require parental notification and do not apply to any physical examination or screening that is permitted or required by applicable state law, including physical examinations or screenings that are permitted without parental notification.

5. The school district shall give parents and students notice of their rights under this section.

534 INTERVIEWS OF STUDENTS BY OUTSIDE AGENCIES

New Policy: March 10, 2004

A. Purpose

There are occasions in which persons other than school district officials and employees find it necessary to speak with a student during the school day. Student safety and disruption of the educational program is of concern to the school district. The purpose of this policy is to establish the procedures for access to students by authorized individuals during the school day.

B. General Statement of Policy

1. Generally, students may not be interviewed during the school day by persons other than a student’s parents, school district officials, employees and/or agents, except as otherwise provided by law and/or this policy.

2. Requests from law enforcement officers and those other than a student’s parents, school district officials, employees and/or agents to interview students shall be made through the principal’s office. Upon receiving a request, it shall be the responsibility of the principal to determine whether the request will be granted. Prior to granting a request, the principal shall attempt to contact the student’s parents to inform them of the request, except where otherwise prohibited by law.

C. Interviews, Conducted Under the Maltreatment of Minors Act

1. In the case of an investigation pursuant to the Maltreatment of Minors Act, Minn. Stat. § 626.556, Subd. 10, a local welfare agency, the agency responsible for investigating the report, and a local law enforcement agency may interview, without parental consent, an alleged victim and any minors who currently reside with or who have resided with the alleged perpetrator. The interview may take place at school and during school hours. School district officials will work with the local welfare agency, the agency responsible for investigating the report, or law enforcement agency to select a place appropriate for the interview. The interview may take place outside the presence of the perpetrator or parent, legal custodian, guardian, or school district official.

2. If the interview took place or is to take place on school district property, an order of the juvenile court pursuant to Minn. Stat. § 626.556, Subd. 10 (c) may specify that school district officials may not disclose to the parent, legal custodian, or guardian the contents of the notification of intent to interview the child on school district property and/or any other related information regarding the interview that may be a part of the child’s record. The school district official must receive a copy of the order from the local welfare or law enforcement agency.

3. When the local welfare agency, local law enforcement agency, or agency responsible for investigating a report of maltreatment determines that an interview should take place on school district property, school district officials must receive written notification of intent to interview the child on school district property prior to the interview. The notification shall include the name of the child to be interviewed, the purpose of the interview, and a reference to the statutory authority to conduct an interview on school district property. Where the interviews are conducted by the local welfare agency, the notification must be signed by the chair of the local social services agency or the chair’s designee. The notification is private educational data on the student. School district officials may not disclose to the parent, legal custodian or guardian the contents of the notification or any other related information regarding the interview until notified in writing by the local welfare or law enforcement agency that the investigation or assessment has been concluded, unless a school employee or agent is alleged to have maltreated the child. Until school district officials receive said notification, all inquiries regarding the nature of the investigation or assessment should be directed to the local welfare or law enforcement agency or the agency responsible for assessing or investigating a report of
maltreatment shall be solely responsible for any disclosures regarding the nature of the assessment or investigation.

4. School district officials shall have discretion to reasonably schedule the time, place, and manner of an interview by a local welfare or local law enforcement agency on school district premises. However, where the alleged perpetrator is believed to be a school district official or employee, the local welfare or local law enforcement agency will have discretion to determine where the interview will be held. The interview must be conducted not more than 24 hours after the receipt of the notification unless another time is considered necessary by agreement between the school district officials and the local welfare or law enforcement agency. However, school district officials must yield to the discretion of the local welfare or law enforcement agency concerning other persons in attendance at the interview. School district officials will make every effort to reduce the disruption to the educational program of the child, other students, or school staff when an interview is conducted on school district premises.

5. Students shall not be taken from school district property without the consent of the principal and without proper warrant.

535 IMMUNIZATION REQUIREMENTS

New Policy: March 10, 2004Revised: November 14, 2012

I. Purpose
The purpose of this policy is to require that all students receive the proper immunizations as mandated by law to ensure the health and safety of all students.

II. General Statement of Policy
All students are required to provide proof of immunization, or appropriate documentation exempting the student from such immunization, and such other data necessary to ensure that the student is free from any communicable diseases, as a condition of enrollment.

III. Student Immunization Requirements
A. No student may be enrolled or remain enrolled, on a full-time, part-time, or shared-time basis, in any elementary or secondary school within the school district until the student or the student’s parent or guardian has submitted to the designated school district administrator the required proof of immunization. Prior to the student’s first date of attendance, the student or the student’s parent/guardian shall provide to the designated school district administrator one of the following statements:

  1. A statement, from a physician or a public clinic which provides immunizations, stating that the student received the immunizations required by law, consistent with medically acceptable standards; or

  2. A statement, from a physician or a public clinic which provides immunizations, stating that the student received the primary schedule of immunizations required by law and has commenced a schedule of the remaining required immunizations, indicating the month and year each immunization was administered, consistent with medically acceptable standards.

B. The statement of a parent/guardian of a student or an emancipated student may be substituted for the statement of a physician or public clinic which administers immunizations. If such a statement is substituted, this statement must indicate the month and year each immunization was administered. Upon request, the designated school district administrator will provide information to the parent/guardian of a student or an emancipated student of the dosages required for each vaccine according to the age of the student.

C. The parent/guardian of persons receiving instruction in a home school shall submit one of the statements set forth in Section III.A. or III.B., above, or statement of immunization set forth in Section IV., to the superintendent of the school district by October 1 of the first year of their home schooling in Minnesota and the grade 7 year.

D. When there is evidence of the presence of a communicable disease, or when required by any state or federal agency and/or state or federal law, students and/or their parents/guardians may be required to submit such other health care data as is necessary to ensure that the student has received any necessary immunizations and/or is free of any communicable diseases. No student may be enrolled or remain enrolled in any elementary or secondary school within the school district until the student or the student’s parent/guardian has submitted the required data.

E. The school district may allow a student transferring into a school a maximum of 30 days to submit a statement specified in Section C.1. or C.2., above, or Section D. Students who do not provide the appropriate proof of immunization or the required documentation related to an applicable exemption of the student from the required immunization within the specified time frames shall be excluded from school until such time as the appropriate proof of immunizations or exemption documentation has been provided.

F. If a person who is not a Minnesota resident enrolls in a school district online learning course or program that delivers instruction to the person only by computer and does not provide any teacher or instructor contact time or require classroom attendance, the person is not subject to the immunization, statement , and other requirements of this policy.

IV. Exemptions From Immunization Requirements

Students will be exempt from the foregoing immunization requirements under the following circumstances:

A. The parent/guardian of a minor student or an emancipated student submits a physician’s signed statement stating that the immunization of the student is contraindicated for medical reasons or that laboratory confirmation of the presence of adequate immunity exists; or

B. The parent/guardian of a minor student or an emancipated student submits his/her notarized statement stating the student has not been immunized because of the conscientiously held beliefs of the parent, guardian or student.

V. Notice of Immunization Requirements

A. The school district will develop and implement a procedure to:

  1. Notify parents and students of the immunization and exemption requirements by use of a form approved by the Department of Health;

  2. Notify parents and students of the consequence for failure to provide required documentation regarding immunizations;

  3. Review student health records to determine whether the required information has been provided; and

  4. Make reasonable arrangements to send a student home when the immunization requirements have not been met and advise the student and/or the student’s parent/guardian of the conditions for re-enrollment.

B. The notice provided shall contain written information describing the exemptions from immunization as permitted by law. The notice shall be in a font size at least equal to the font size and style as the immunization requirements and on the same page as the immunization requirements.

VI. Immunization Records

A. The school district will maintain a file containing the immunization records for each student in attendance at the school district for at least five years after the student attains the age of majority.

B. Upon request, the school district may exchange immunization data with persons or agencies providing services on behalf of the student. Immunization data is private student data and disclosure of such data shall be governed by Policy 515 Protection and Privacy of Pupil Records.

C. The designated school district administrator will assist a student and/or the student’s parent/guardian in the transfer of the student’s immunization file to the student’s new school within 30 days of the student’s transfer.

D. Upon request of a public or private post-secondary educational institution, the designated school district administrator will assist in the transfer of the student’s immunization file to the post-secondary educational institution.

VII. Other   

Within 60 days of the commencement of each new school term, the school district will forward a report to the Commissioner of the Department of Education stating the number of students attending each school in the school district, including the number of students receiving instruction in a home school, the number of students who have not been immunized, and the number of students who received an exemption. The school district also will forward a copy of all exemption statements received by the school district to the Commissioner of the Department of Health.

MSBA/MASA Model Policy 532
Orig. 2003
Rev. 2024

536      USE OF PEACE OFFICERS AND CRISIS TEAMS TO REMOVE STUDENTS WITH IEPs FROM SCHOOL GROUNDS 

[NOTE: School districts are required by statute to have a policy addressing these issues.]

  1.          PURPOSE

The purpose of this policy is to describe the appropriate use of peace officers and crisis teams to remove, if necessary, a student with an individualized education program (IEP) from school grounds. 

  1.        GENERAL STATEMENT OF POLICY

The school district is committed to promoting learning environments that are safe for all members of the school community.  It further believes that students are the first priority and that they should be reasonably protected from physical or emotional harm at all school locations and during all school activities.

In general, all students, including those with IEPs, are subject to the terms of the school district’s discipline policy. Building level administrators have the leadership responsibility to maintain a safe, secure, and orderly educational environment within which learning can occur.  Corrective action to discipline a student and/or modify a student’s behavior will be taken by staff when a student’s behavior violates the school district’s discipline policy.

If a student with an IEP engages in conduct which, in the judgment of school personnel, endangers or may endanger the health, safety, or property of the student, other students, staff members, or school property, that student may be removed from school grounds in accordance with this policy.

III.       DEFINITIONS

For purposes of this policy, the following terms have the meaning given them in this section:

  1.     “Crisis team” means a group of persons, which may include teachers and non-teaching school personnel, selected by the building administrator in each school building who have received crisis intervention training and are responsible for becoming actively involved with resolving crises.  The building administrator or designee shall serve as the leader of the crisis team. 
  2.      “Emergency” means a situation where immediate intervention is needed to protect a child or other individual from physical injury.
  3.       “Peace officer” means an employee or an elected or appointed official of a political subdivision or law enforcement agency who is licensed by the Board of Peace Officer Standards and Training, charged with the prevention and detection of crime and the enforcement of general criminal laws of the state and who has the full power of arrest.  The term “peace officer” includes a person who serves as a sheriff, a deputy sheriff, a police officer, or a state patrol trooper.
  4.       “Physical holding” means physical intervention intended to hold a child immobile or limit a child’s movement, where body contact is the only source of physical restraint, and where immobilization is used to effectively gain control of a child in order to protect a child or other individual from physical injury.

[NOTE: This definition is added to provide clarity for discussion of physical holds later in this policy and in light of recent Minnesota legislative action.]

  1.       The phrase “remove the student from school grounds” is the act of securing the person of a student with an IEP and escorting that student from the school building or school activity at which the student with an IEP is located.
  2.       “School Resource Officer” means a peace officer who is assigned to work in an elementary school, middle school, or secondary school during the regular instructional school day as one of the officer’s regular responsibilities through the terms of a contract entered between the peace officer’s employer and the designated school district or charter school.

[NOTE: The 2024 Minnesota legislature enacted this definition of “school resource officer.” MSBA deleted the definition of “police liaison officer” as part of this change. School districts should use the term that reflects their local circumstances.]

  1.        “Student with an IEP” or “the student” means a student who is eligible to receive special education and related services pursuant to the terms of an IEP or an individual interagency intervention plan (IIIP).
  2.        All other terms and phrases used in this policy shall be defined in accordance with applicable state and federal law or ordinary and customary usage.
  3.       REMOVAL OF STUDENTS WITH IEPs FROM SCHOOL GROUNDS 
  4.        Removal By Crisis Team

If the behavior of a student with an IEP escalates to the point where the student’s behavior endangers or may endanger the health, safety, or property of the student, other students, staff members, or school property, the school building’s crisis team may be summoned.   The crisis team may attempt to de-escalate the student’s behavior by means including, but not limited to, those described in the student’s IEP and/or behavior intervention plan.  When such measures fail, or when the crisis team determines that the student’s behavior continues to endanger or may endanger the health, safety, or property of the student, other students, staff members, or school property, the crisis team may remove the student from school grounds.

                    If the student’s behavior cannot be safely managed, school personnel may immediately request assistance from the school resource officer or a peace officer.

  1.        Removal By School Resource Officer or Peace Officer

                   If a student with an IEP engages in conduct which endangers or may endanger the health, safety, or property of the student, other students, staff members, or school property, the school building’s crisis team, building administrator, or the building administrator’s designee, may request that the school resource officer or a peace officer remove the student from school grounds.

                    If a student with an IEP is restrained or removed from a classroom, school building, or school grounds by a peace officer at the request of a school administrator or school staff person during the school day twice in a 30-day period, the student’s IEP team must meet to determine if the student’s IEP is adequate or if additional evaluation is needed.

                  Whether or not a student with an IEP engages in conduct which endangers or may endanger the health, safety, or property of the student, other students, staff members, or school property, school district personnel may report a crime committed by a student with an IEP to appropriate authorities.   If the school district reports a crime committed by a student with an IEP, school personnel shall transmit copies of the special education and disciplinary records of the student for consideration by appropriate authorities to whom it reports the crime, to the extent that the transmission is permitted by the Family Education Rights and Privacy Act (FERPA), the Minnesota Government Data Practices Act, and school district’s policy, Protection and Privacy of Pupil Records.

                      [NOTE:  If the school district uses a different reference name for its student records policy, insert that name in place of the reference to Protection and Privacy of Pupil Records, which is the title of MSBA/MASA Model Policy 515.]

                      The fact that a student with an IEP is covered by special education law does not prevent state law enforcement and judicial authorities from exercising their responsibilities with regard to the application of federal and state law to crimes committed by a student with an IEP.

  1.        Reasonable Force Permitted
  2.          In removing a student with an IEP from school grounds, a building administrator, other crisis team members, or the school resource officer or            other agents of the school district, whether or not members of a crisis team, may use reasonable force when it is necessary under the                        circumstances to correct or restrain a student or prevent bodily harm or death to another.
  3.         In removing a student with an IEP from school grounds, school resource officers and school district personnel are further prohibited from                   engaging in the following conduct:
  4.         Corporal punishment prohibited by Minnesota Statutes section 121A.58;
  5.         Requiring a child to assume and maintain a specified physical position, activity, or posture that induces physical pain;
  6.         Totally or partially restricting a child’s senses as punishment;
  7.       Denying or restricting a child’s access to equipment and devices such as walkers, wheelchairs, hearing aids, and communication boards that facilitate the child’s functioning except when temporarily removing the equipment or device is needed to prevent injury to the child or others or serious damage to the equipment or device, in which case the equipment or device shall be returned to the child as soon as possible;
  8.         Interacting with a child in a manner that constitutes sexual abuse, neglect, or physical abuse under Minnesota Statutes Chapter 260E;
  9.        Physical holding (as defined above and in Minnesota Statutes section 125A.0941) that restricts or impairs a child’s ability to breathe, restricts or impairs a child’s ability to communicate distress, places pressure or weight on a child’s head, throat, neck, chest, lungs, sternum, diaphragm, back, or abdomen, or results in straddling a child’s torso;
  10.         Withholding regularly scheduled meals or water; and/or
  11.         Denying a child access to toilet facilities.
  12.      Any reasonable force used under Minnesota Statutes, sections 121A.582; 609.06, subdivision 1; and 609.379 which intends to hold a child immobile or limit a child’s movement where body contact is the only source of physical restraint or confines a child alone in a room from which egress is barred shall be reported to the Minnesota Department of Education as a restrictive procedure, including physical holding or seclusion used by an unauthorized or untrained staff person.
  13.        Parental Notification

The building administrator or designee shall make reasonable efforts to notify the student’s parent or guardian of the student’s removal from school grounds as soon as possible following the removal.

  1.        Continued Removals; Review of IEP

                        Continued and repeated use of the removal process described herein must be reviewed in the development of the individual student’s IEP or IIIP.

  1.        Effect of Policy in an Emergency; Use of Restrictive Procedures

                       A student with an IEP may be removed in accordance with this policy regardless of whether the student’s conduct would create an emergency.

                    If the school district seeks to remove a student with an IEP from school grounds under this policy due to behaviors that constitute an emergency and the student’s IEP, IIIP, or behavior intervention plan authorizes the use of one or more restrictive procedures, the crisis team may employ those restrictive procedures, in addition to any reasonable force that may be necessary, to facilitate the student’s removal from school grounds, as long as the crisis team members who are implementing the restrictive procedures have received the training required by Minnesota Statutes, section 125A.0942, subdivision 5, and otherwise comply with the requirements of section 125A.0942.

  1.        Reporting to the Minnesota Department of Education (MDE)

                 Annually, stakeholders may recommend, as necessary, to the Commissioner of MDE (Commissioner) specific and measurable implementation and outcome goals for reducing the use of restrictive procedures.   The Commissioner must submit to the Legislature a report on districts’ progress in reducing the use of restrictive procedures that recommends how to further reduce these procedures and eliminate the use of seclusion.   By January 15, April 15, July 15, and October 15 of each year, districts must report, in a form and manner determined by the Commissioner, about individual students who have been secluded.  By July 15 each year, districts must report summary data. The summary data must include information on the use of restrictive procedures for the prior school year, July 1 through June 30, including the use of reasonable force by school personnel that is consistent with the definition of physical holding or seclusion of a child with a disability.

Legal References:      Minn. Stat. Ch. 13 (Minnesota Government Data Practices Act)

Minn. Stat. §§ 121A.40-121A.56 (Minnesota Pupil Fair Dismissal Act)

                                  Minn. Stat. § 121A.582 (Student Discipline; Reasonable Force)

Minn. Stat. § 121A.61 (Discipline and Removal of Students from Class)

Minn. Stat. § 121A.67 (Removal by Police Officer)

Minn. Stat. §§ 125A.094-125A.0942 (Restrictive Procedures for Children with Disabilities)

Minn. Stat. § 609.06 (Authorized Use of Force)

Minn. Stat. § 609.379 (Permitted Actions)

Minn. Stat. § 626.8482 (School Resource Officers; Duties; Training; Model Policy)

20 U.S.C. § 1232g et seq. (Family Educational Rights and Privacy (FERPA))

20 U.S.C. § 1415(k)(6) (Individuals with Disabilities Education Act)

34 C.F.R. § 300.535 (Referral to and Action by Law Enforcement and Judicial Authorities)

Cross References:      MSBA/MASA Model Policy 506 (Student Discipline)

MSBA/MASA Model Policy 507 (Corporal Punishment)

MSBA/MASA Model Policy 515 (Protection and Privacy of Pupil Records)

MSBA/MASA Model Policy 525 (Violence Prevention)

MSBA/MASA Model Policy 806 (Crisis Management Policy)

537 WELLNESS

Adopted: August 9, 2006
Revised: August 12, 2020


I. PURPOSE
The purpose of this policy is to set forth methods that promote student wellness, prevent and reduce childhood obesity, and assure that school meals and other food and beverages sold and otherwise made available on the school campus during the school day are consistent with applicable minimum local, state, and federal standards.

II. GENERAL STATEMENT OF POLICY
A. The school board recognizes that nutrition promotion and education, physical activity, and other school-based activities that promote student wellness are essential components of the educational process and that good health fosters student attendance and learning.

B. The school environment should promote students’ health, well-being, and ability to learn by encouraging healthy eating and physical activity.

C. The school district encourages the involvement of parents, students, representatives of the school food authority, teachers, school health professionals, the school board, school administrators, and the general public in the development, implementation, and periodic review and update of the school district’s wellness policy.

D. Children need access to healthy foods and opportunities to be physically active in order to grow, learn, and thrive.

E. All students in grades K-12 will have opportunities, support, and encouragement to be physically active on a regular basis.

F. Qualified food service personnel will provide students with access to a variety of affordable, nutritious, and appealing foods that meet the health and nutrition needs of students; try to accommodate the religious, ethnic, and cultural diversity of the student body in meal planning; and will provide clean, safe, and pleasant settings and adequate time for students to eat.

III. WELLNESS GOALS
A. Nutrition Promotion and Education

  1. The school district will encourage and support healthy eating by students and engage in nutrition promotion that is:

     a. offered as part of a comprehensive program designed to provide students with the knowledge and skills necessary to promote and protect their health;

     b. part of health education classes, as well as classroom instruction in subjects such as math, science, language arts, social sciences, and elective subjects, where appropriate; and

     c. enjoyable, developmentally appropriate, culturally relevant, and includes participatory activities, such as contests, promotions, taste testing, and field trips.

  2. The school district will encourage all students to make age appropriate, healthy selections of foods and beverages, including those sold individually outside the reimbursable school meal programs, such as through a la carte/snack lines, vending machines, fundraising events, concession stands, and student stores.

B. Physical Activity

  1. Students need opportunities for physical activity and to fully embrace regular physical activity as a personal behavior. Toward that end, health and physical education will reinforce the knowledge and self-management skills needed to maintain a healthy lifestyle and reduce sedentary activities, such as watching television;

  2. Opportunities for physical activity will be incorporated into other subject lessons, where appropriate; and

  3. Classroom teachers will provide short physical activity breaks between lessons or classes, as appropriate.

C. Communications with Parents

  1. The school district recognizes that parents and guardians have a primary role in promoting their children’s health and well-being.

  2. The school district will support parents’ efforts to provide a healthy diet and daily physical activity for their children.

  3. The school district encourages parents to pack healthy lunches and snacks and refrain from including beverages and foods without nutritional value.

  4. The school district will provide information about physical education and other school-based physical activity opportunities and will support parents’ efforts to provide their children with opportunities to be physically active outside of school.

IV. STANDARDS AND NUTRITION GUIDELINES

A. School Meals

  1. The school district will provide healthy and safe school meal programs that comply with all applicable federal, state, and local laws, rules, and regulations.

  2. Food service personnel will provide students with access to a variety of affordable, nutritious, and appealing foods that meet the health and nutrition needs of students.

  3. Food service personnel will try to accommodate the religious, ethnic, and cultural diversity of the student body in meal planning.

  4. Food service personnel will provide clean, safe, and pleasant settings and adequate time for students to eat.

  5. Food service personnel will take every measure to ensure that student access to foods and beverages meets or exceeds all applicable federal, state, and local laws, rules, and regulations and that reimbursable school meals meet USDA nutrition standards.

  6. Food service personnel shall adhere to all applicable federal, state, and local food safety and security guidelines.

  7. The school district will make every effort to eliminate any social stigma attached to, and prevent the overt identification of, students who are eligible for free and reduced-price school meals.

  8. The school district will provide students access to hand washing or hand sanitizing before they eat meals or snacks.

  9. The school district will make every effort to provide students with sufficient time to eat after sitting down for school meals and will schedule meal periods at appropriate times during the school day.

  10. The school district will discourage tutoring, club, or organizational meetings or activities during mealtimes unless students may eat during such activities.

B. School Food Service Program/Personnel

  1. The school district shall designate an appropriate person to be responsible for the school district’s food service program, whose duties shall include the creation of nutrition guidelines and procedures for the selection of foods and beverages made available on campus to ensure food and beverage choices are consistent with current USDA guidelines.

  2. As part of the school district’s responsibility to operate a food service program, the school district will provide continuing professional development for all food service personnel in schools.

C. Competitive Foods and Beverages

  1. All foods and beverages  sold on school grounds to students, outside of reimbursable meals, are considered “competitive foods.” Competitive foods include items sold a la carte in the cafeteria, from vending machines, school stores, and for in-school fundraisers.

  2. All competitive foods will meet the USDA Smart Snacks in School (Smart Snacks) nutrition standards and any applicable state nutrition standards, at a minimum. Smart Snacks aim to improve student health and well-being, increase consumption of healthful foods during the school day, and create an environment that reinforces the development of healthy eating habits.

  3. Before and Aftercare (child care) programs must also comply with the school district’s nutrition standards unless they are reimbursable under USDA school meals program, in which case they must comply with all applicable USDA standards.

D. Other Foods and Beverages Made Available to Students

  1. Student wellness will be a consideration for all foods offered, but not sold, to students on the school campus, including those foods provided through:

     a. Celebrations and parties. The school district will provide a list of healthy party ideas to parents and teachers, including non-food celebration ideas.

     b. Classroom snacks brought by parents. The school district will provide to parents a list of suggested foods and beverages that meet Smart Snacks nutrition standards.

  2. Rewards and incentives. Schools will not use foods or beverages as rewards for academic performance or good behavior (unless this practice is allowed by a student’s individual education plan or behavior intervention plan) and will not withhold food or beverages as punishment.

  3. Fundraising. The school district will make available to parents and teachers a list of suggested healthy fundraising ideas.

E. Food and Beverage Marketing in Schools

  1. School-based marketing will be consistent with nutrition education and health promotion.

  2. Schools will restrict food and beverages marketing to the promotion of only those foods and beverages that meet the Smart Snacks nutrition standards.

V. WELLNESS LEADERSHIP AND COMMUNITY INVOLVEMENT

A. Wellness Coordinator

  1. The superintendent will designate a school district official to oversee the school district’s wellness-related activities (Wellness Coordinator). The Wellness Coordinator will ensure that each school implements the policy.

  2. The principal of each school, or a designated school official, will ensure compliance within the school and will report to the Wellness Coordinator regarding compliance matters upon request.

B. Public Involvement

  1. The Wellness Coordinator will permit parents, students, representatives of the school food authority, teachers of physical education, school health professionals, the school board, school administrators, and the general public to participate in the development, implementation, and periodic review and update of the wellness policy.

  2. The Wellness Coordinator will hold meetings, from time to time, for the purpose of discussing the development, implementation, and periodic review and update of the wellness policy. All meeting dates and times will be posted on the school district’s website and will be open to the public.

VI. POLICY IMPLEMENTATION AND MONITORING

A. Implementation and Publication

  1. After approval by the school board, the wellness policy will be implemented throughout the school district.

  2. The school district will post its wellness policy on its website, to the extent it maintains a website.

B. Annual Reporting

The Wellness Coordinator will annually inform the public about the content and implementation of the wellness policy and make the policy and any updates to the policy available to the public.

C. Triennial Assessment

  1. At least once every three years, the school district will evaluate compliance with the wellness policy to assess the implementation of the policy and create a report that includes the following information:

     a. the extent to which schools under the jurisdiction of the school district are in compliance with the wellness policy;

     b. the extent to which the school district’s wellness policy compares to model local wellness policies; and

     c. a description of the progress made in attaining the goals of the school district’s wellness policy.

  2. The Wellness Coordinator will be responsible for conducting the triennial assessment.

  3. The triennial assessment report shall be posted on the school district’s website or otherwise made available to the public.

D. Recordkeeping

The school district will retain records to document compliance with the requirements of the wellness policy. The records to be retained include, but are not limited to:

  1. The school district’s written wellness policy.

  2. Documentation demonstrating compliance with community involvement requirements, including requirements to make the local school wellness policy and triennial assessments available to the public.

  3. Documentation of the triennial assessment of the local school wellness policy for each school under the school district’s jurisdiction efforts to review and update the wellness policy (including an indication of who is involved in the update and methods the school district uses to make stakeholders aware of their ability to participate on the Wellness Committee).

Adopted: June 2007
Revised: September 8, 2021

538 BULLYING PROHIBITION POLICY
[Note: School districts are required by statute to have a policy addressing bullying.]

I. PURPOSE

A safe and civil environment is needed for students to learn and attain high academic
standards and to promote healthy human relationships. Bullying, like other violent or
disruptive behavior, is conduct that interferes with a student’s ability to learn and/or a
teacher’s ability to educate students in a safe environment. The school district cannot
monitor the activities of students at all times and eliminate all incidents of bullying
between students, particularly when students are not under the direct supervision of
school personnel. However, to the extent such conduct affects the educational
environment of the school district and the rights and welfare of its students and is within
the control of the school district in its normal operations, the school district intends to
prevent bullying and to take action to investigate, respond to, and to remediate and
discipline for those acts of bullying which have not been successfully prevented. The
purpose of this policy is to assist the school district in its goal of preventing and
responding to acts of bullying, intimidation, violence, reprisal, retaliation, and other
similar disruptive and detrimental behavior.

II. GENERAL STATEMENT OF POLICY

A. An act of bullying, by either an individual student or a group of students, is
expressly prohibited on school premises, on school district property, at school
functions or activities, or on school transportation. This policy applies not only
to students who directly engage in an act of bullying but also to students who, by
their indirect behavior, condone or support another student’s act of bullying.
This policy also applies to any student whose conduct at any time or in any place
constitutes bullying or other prohibited conduct that interferes with or obstructs
the mission or operations of the school district or the safety or welfare of the
student or other students, or materially and substantially interferes with a
student’s educational opportunities or performance or ability to participate in
school functions or activities or receive school benefits, services, or privileges.
This policy also applies to an act of cyberbullying regardless of whether such act
is committed on or off school district property and/or with or without the use of
school district resources.

B. No teacher, administrator, volunteer, contractor, or other employee of the school
district shall permit, condone, or tolerate bullying.

C. Apparent permission or consent by a student being bullied does not lessen or
negate the prohibitions contained in this policy.

D. Retaliation against a victim, good faith reporter, or a witness of bullying is
prohibited.

E. False accusations or reports of bullying against another student are prohibited.

F. A person who engages in an act of bullying, reprisal, retaliation, or false reporting
of bullying or permits, condones, or tolerates bullying shall be subject to
discipline or other remedial responses for that act in accordance with the school
district’s policies and procedures, including the school district’s discipline policy
(See MSBA/MASA Model Policy 506). The school district may take into
account the following factors:
  1. The developmental ages and maturity levels of the parties involved;
  2. The levels of harm, surrounding circumstances, and nature of the
behavior;
  3. Past incidences or past or continuing patterns of behavior;
  4. The relationship between the parties involved; and
  5. The context in which the alleged incidents occurred.
Consequences for students who commit prohibited acts of bullying may range
from remedial responses or positive behavioral interventions up to and including
suspension and/or expulsion. The school district shall employ research-based
developmentally appropriate best practices that include preventative and remedial
measures and effective discipline for deterring violations of this policy, apply
throughout the school district, and foster student, parent, and community
participation.
Consequences for employees who permit, condone, or tolerate bullying or engage
in an act of reprisal or intentional false reporting of bullying may result in
disciplinary action up to and including termination or discharge.
Consequences for other individuals engaging in prohibited acts of bullying may
include, but not be limited to, exclusion from school district property and events.

G. The school district will act to investigate all complaints of bullying reported to the
school district and will discipline or take appropriate action against any student,
teacher, administrator, volunteer, contractor, or other employee of the school
district who is found to have violated this policy.

III. DEFINITIONS
For purposes of this policy, the definitions included in this section apply.

A. “Bullying” means intimidating, threatening, abusive, or harming conduct that is
objectively offensive and:
  1. an actual or perceived imbalance of power exists between the student
engaging in the prohibited conduct and the target of the prohibited
conduct, and the conduct is repeated or forms a pattern; or
  2. materially and substantially interferes with a student’s educational
opportunities or performance or ability to participate in school functions or
activities or receive school benefits, services, or privileges.
The term, “bullying,” specifically includes cyberbullying as defined in this policy.

B. “Cyberbullying” means bullying using technology or other electronic
communication, including, but not limited to, a transfer of a sign, signal, writing,
image, sound, or data, including a post on a social network Internet website or
forum, transmitted through a computer, cell phone, or other electronic device.
The term applies to prohibited conduct which occurs on school premises, on
school district property, at school functions or activities, on school transportation,
or on school computers, networks, forums, and mailing lists, or off school
premises to the extent that it substantially and materially disrupts student learning
or the school environment.

C. “Immediately” means as soon as possible but in no event longer than 24 hours.

D. “Intimidating, threatening, abusive, or harming conduct” means, but is not limited
to, conduct that does the following:
  1. Causes physical harm to a student or a student’s property or causes a
student to be in reasonable fear of harm to person or property;
  2. Under Minnesota common law, violates a student’s reasonable expectation
of privacy, defames a student, or constitutes intentional infliction of
emotional distress against a student; or
  3. Is directed at any student or students, including those based on a person’s
actual or perceived race, ethnicity, color, creed, religion, national origin,
immigration status, sex, marital status, familial status, socioeconomic
status, physical appearance, sexual orientation including gender identity
and expression, academic status related to student performance, disability,
or status with regard to public assistance, age, or any additional
characteristic defined in the Minnesota Human Rights Act (MHRA).
However, prohibited conduct need not be based on any particular
characteristic defined in this paragraph or the MHRA.

E. “On school premises, on school district property, at school functions or activities,
or on school transportation” means all school district buildings, school grounds,
and school property or property immediately adjacent to school grounds, school
bus stops, school buses, school vehicles, school contracted vehicles, or any other
vehicles approved for school district purposes, the area of entrance or departure
from school grounds, premises, or events, and all school-related functions,
school-sponsored activities, events, or trips. School district property also may
mean a student’s walking route to or from school for purposes of attending school
or school-related functions, activities, or events. While prohibiting bullying at
these locations and events, the school district does not represent that it will
provide supervision or assume liability at these locations and events.

F. “Prohibited conduct” means bullying or cyberbullying as defined in this policy or
retaliation or reprisal for asserting, alleging, reporting, or providing information
about such conduct or knowingly making a false report about bullying.

G. “Remedial response” means a measure to stop and correct prohibited conduct,
prevent prohibited conduct from recurring, and protect, support, and intervene on
behalf of a student who is the target or victim of prohibited conduct.

H. “Student” means a student enrolled in a public school or a charter school.

IV. REPORTING PROCEDURE

A. Any person who believes he or she has been the target or victim of bullying or
any person with knowledge or belief of conduct that may constitute bullying or
prohibited conduct under this policy shall report the alleged acts immediately to
an appropriate school district official designated by this policy. A person may
report bullying anonymously. However, the school district may not rely solely
on an anonymous report to determine discipline or other remedial responses.

B. The school district encourages the reporting party or complainant to use the report
form available from the principal or building supervisor of each building or
available in the school district office, but oral reports shall be considered
complaints as well.

C. The building principal, the principal’s designee, or the building supervisor
(hereinafter the “building report taker”) is the person responsible for receiving
reports of bullying or other prohibited conduct at the building level. Any person
may report bullying or other prohibited conduct directly to a school district human
rights officer or the superintendent. If the complaint involves the building report
taker, the complaint shall be made or filed directly with the superintendent or the
school district human rights officer by the reporting party or complainant.
The building report taker shall ensure that this policy and its procedures,
practices, consequences, and sanctions are fairly and fully implemented and shall
serve as the primary contact on policy and procedural matters. The building
report taker or a third party designated by the school district shall be responsible
for the investigation. The building report taker shall provide information about
available community resources to the target or victim of the bullying or other
prohibited conduct, the perpetrator, and other affected individuals as appropriate.

D. A teacher, school administrator, volunteer, contractor, or other school employee
shall be particularly alert to possible situations, circumstances, or events that
might include bullying. Any such person who witnesses, observes, receives a
report of, or has other knowledge or belief of conduct that may constitute bullying
or other prohibited conduct shall make reasonable efforts to address and resolve
the bullying or prohibited conduct and shall inform the building report taker
immediately. School district personnel who fail to inform the building report
taker of conduct that may constitute bullying or other prohibited conduct or who
fail to make reasonable efforts to address and resolve the bullying or prohibited
conduct in a timely manner may be subject to disciplinary action.

E. Reports of bullying or other prohibited conduct are classified as private
educational and/or personnel data and/or confidential investigative data and will
not be disclosed except as permitted by law. The building report taker, in
conjunction with the responsible authority, shall be responsible for keeping and
regulating access to any report of bullying and the record of any resulting
investigation.

F. Submission of a good faith complaint or report of bullying or other prohibited
conduct will not affect the complainant’s or reporter’s future employment, grades,
work assignments, or educational or work environment.

G. The school district will respect the privacy of the complainant(s), the individual(s)
against whom the complaint is filed, and the witnesses as much as possible,
consistent with the school district’s obligation to investigate, take appropriate
action, and comply with any legal disclosure obligations.

V. SCHOOL DISTRICT ACTION

A. Within three days of the receipt of a complaint or report of bullying or other
prohibited conduct, the school district shall undertake or authorize an
investigation by the building report taker or a third party designated by the school
district.

B. The building report taker or other appropriate school district officials may take
immediate steps, at their discretion, to protect the target or victim of the bullying
or other prohibited conduct, the complainant, the reporter, and students or others,
pending completion of an investigation of the bullying or other prohibited
conduct, consistent with applicable law.

C. The alleged perpetrator of the bullying or other prohibited conduct shall be
allowed the opportunity to present a defense during the investigation or prior to
the imposition of discipline or other remedial responses.

D. Upon completion of an investigation that determines that bullying or other
prohibited conduct has occurred, the school district will take appropriate action.
Such action may include, but is not limited to, warning, suspension, exclusion,
expulsion, transfer, remediation, termination, or discharge. Disciplinary
consequences will be sufficiently severe to try to deter violations and to
appropriately discipline prohibited conduct. Remedial responses to the bullying
or other prohibited conduct shall be tailored to the particular incident and nature
of the conduct and shall take into account the factors specified in Section II.F. of
this policy. School district action taken for violation of this policy will be
consistent with the requirements of applicable collective bargaining agreements;
applicable statutory authority, including the Minnesota Pupil Fair Dismissal Act;
the student discipline policy (See MSBA/MASA Model Policy 506) and other
applicable school district policies; and applicable regulations.

E. The school district is not authorized to disclose to a victim private educational or
personnel data regarding an alleged perpetrator who is a student or employee of
the school district. School officials will notify the parent(s) or guardian(s) of
students who are targets of bullying or other prohibited conduct and the parent(s)
or guardian(s) of alleged perpetrators of bullying or other prohibited conduct who
have been involved in a reported and confirmed bullying incident of the remedial
or disciplinary action taken, to the extent permitted by law.

F. In order to prevent or respond to bullying or other prohibited conduct committed
by or directed against a child with a disability, the school district shall, when
determined appropriate by the child’s individualized education program (IEP)
team or Section 504 team, allow the child’s IEP or Section 504 plan to be drafted
to address the skills and proficiencies the child needs as a result of the child’s
disability to allow the child to respond to or not to engage in bullying or other
prohibited conduct.

VI. RETALIATION OR REPRISAL
The school district will discipline or take appropriate action against any student, teacher,
administrator, volunteer, contractor, or other employee of the school district who
commits an act of reprisal or who retaliates against any person who asserts, alleges, or
makes a good faith report of alleged bullying or prohibited conduct, who provides
information about bullying or prohibited conduct, who testifies, assists, or participates in
an investigation of alleged bullying or prohibited conduct, or who testifies, assists, or
participates in a proceeding or hearing relating to such bullying or prohibited conduct.
Retaliation includes, but is not limited to, any form of intimidation, reprisal, harassment,
or intentional disparate treatment. Disciplinary consequences will be sufficiently severe
to deter violations and to appropriately discipline the individual(s) who engaged in the
prohibited conduct. Remedial responses to the prohibited conduct shall be tailored to the
particular incident and nature of the conduct and shall take into account the factors
specified in Section II.F. of this policy.

VII. TRAINING AND EDUCATION

A. The school district shall discuss this policy with school personnel and volunteers
and provide appropriate training to school district personnel regarding this policy.
The school district shall establish a training cycle for school personnel to occur
during a period not to exceed every three school years. Newly employed school
personnel must receive the training within the first year of their employment with
the school district. The school district or a school administrator may accelerate
the training cycle or provide additional training based on a particular need or
circumstance. This policy shall be included in employee handbooks, training
materials, and publications on school rules, procedures, and standards of conduct,
which materials shall also be used to publicize this policy.

B. The school district shall require ongoing professional development, consistent
with Minn. Stat. § 122A.60, to build the skills of all school personnel who
regularly interact with students to identify, prevent, and appropriately address
bullying and other prohibited conduct. Such professional development includes,
but is not limited to, the following:
  1. Developmentally appropriate strategies both to prevent and to immediately
and effectively intervene to stop prohibited conduct;
  2. The complex dynamics affecting a perpetrator, target, and witnesses to
prohibited conduct;
  3. Research on prohibited conduct, including specific categories of students
at risk for perpetrating or being the target or victim of bullying or other
prohibited conduct in school;
  4. The incidence and nature of cyberbullying; and
  5. Internet safety and cyberbullying.

C. The school district annually will provide education and information to students
regarding bullying, including information regarding this school district policy
prohibiting bullying, the harmful effects of bullying, and other applicable
initiatives to prevent bullying and other prohibited conduct.

D. The administration of the school district is directed to implement programs and
other initiatives to prevent bullying, to respond to bullying in a manner that does
not stigmatize the target or victim, and to make resources or referrals to resources
available to targets or victims of bullying.

E. The administration is encouraged to provide developmentally appropriate
instruction and is directed to review programmatic instruction to determine if
adjustments are necessary to help students identify and prevent or reduce bullying
and other prohibited conduct, to value diversity in school and society, to develop
and improve students’ knowledge and skills for solving problems, managing
conflict, engaging in civil discourse, and recognizing, responding to, and
reporting bullying or other prohibited conduct, and to make effective prevention
and intervention programs available to students.
The administration must establish strategies for creating a positive school climate
and use evidence-based social-emotional learning to prevent and reduce
discrimination and other improper conduct.
The administration is encouraged, to the extent practicable, to take such actions as
it may deem appropriate to accomplish the following:
  1. Engage all students in creating a safe and supportive school environment;
  2. Partner with parents and other community members to develop and
implement prevention and intervention programs;
  3. Engage all students and adults in integrating education, intervention, and
other remedial responses into the school environment;
  4. Train student bystanders to intervene in and report incidents of bullying
and other prohibited conduct to the schools’ primary contact person;
  5. Teach students to advocate for themselves and others;
  6. Prevent inappropriate referrals to special education of students who may
engage in bullying or other prohibited conduct; and
  7. Foster student collaborations that, in turn, foster a safe and supportive
school climate.

F. The school district may implement violence prevention and character
development education programs to prevent or reduce policy violations. Such
programs may offer instruction on character education including, but not limited
to, character qualities such as attentiveness, truthfulness, respect for authority,
diligence, gratefulness, self-discipline, patience, forgiveness, respect for others,
peacemaking, and resourcefulness.

G. The school district shall inform affected students and their parents of rights they
may have under state and federal data practices laws to obtain access to data
related to an incident and their right to contest the accuracy or completeness of the
data. The school district may accomplish this requirement by inclusion of all or
applicable parts of its protection and privacy of pupil records policy (See
MSBA/MASA Model Policy 515) in the student handbook.

VIII. NOTICE

A. A. The school district will give annual notice of this policy to students,
parents or guardians, and staff, and this policy shall appear in the student
handbook.

B. This policy or a summary thereof must be conspicuously posted in the
administrative offices of the school district and the office of each school.

C. This policy must be given to each school employee and independent contractor
who regularly interacts with students at the time of initial employment with the
school district.

D. Notice of the rights and responsibilities of students and their parents under this
policy must be included in the student discipline policy (See MSBA/MASA
Model Policy 506) distributed to parents at the beginning of each school year.

E. This policy shall be available to all parents and other school community members
in an electronic format in the language appearing on the school district’s or a
school’s website.

F. The school district shall provide an electronic copy of its most recently amended
policy to the Commissioner of Education.
IX. POLICY REVIEW
To the extent practicable, the school board shall, on a cycle consistent with other school
district policies, review and revise this policy. The policy shall be made consistent with
Minn. Stat. § 121A.031 and other applicable law. Revisions shall be made in
consultation with students, parents, and community organizations.
Legal References: Minn. Stat. Ch. 13 (Minnesota Government Data Practices Act)
Minn. Stat. § 120A.05, Subds. 9, 11, 13, and 17 (Definition of Public
School)
Minn. Stat. § 120B.232 (Character Development Education)
Minn. Stat. § 121A.03 (Sexual, Religious and Racial Harassment and
Violence)
Minn. Stat. § 121A.031 (School Student Bullying Policy)
Minn. Stat. § 121A.0311 (Notice of Rights and Responsibilities of
Students and Parents under the Safe and Supportive Minnesota Schools
Act)
Minn. Stat. §§ 121A.40-121A.56 (Pupil Fair Dismissal Act)
Minn. Stat. § 121A.69 (Hazing Policy)
Minn. Stat. Ch. 124E (Charter School)
Minn. Stat. Ch. 363A (Minnesota Human Rights Act)
20 U.S.C. § 1232g et seq. (Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act)
34 C.F.R. §§ 99.1 – 99.67 (Family Educational Rights and Privacy)
Cross References: MSBA/MASA Model Policy 403 (Discipline, Suspension, and Dismissal
of School District Employees)
MSBA/MASA Model Policy 413 (Harassment and Violence)
MSBA/MASA Model Policy 414 (Mandated Reporting of Child Neglect
or Physical or Sexual Abuse)
MSBA/MASA Model Policy 415 (Mandated Reporting of Maltreatment
of Vulnerable Adults)
MSBA/MASA Model Policy 423 (Employee-Student Relationships)
MSBA/MASA Model Policy 501 (School Weapons Policy)
MSBA/MASA Model Policy 506 (Student Discipline)
MSBA/MASA Model Policy 507 (Corporal Punishment)
MSBA/MASA Model Policy 515 (Protection and Privacy of Pupil
Records)
MSBA/MASA Model Policy 521 (Student Disability Nondiscrimination)
MSBA/MASA Model Policy 522 (Student Sex Nondiscrimination)
MSBA/MASA Model Policy 524 (Internet Acceptable Use and Safety
Policy)
MSBA/MASA Model Policy 525 (Violence Prevention)
MSBA/MASA Model Policy 526 (Hazing Prohibition)
MSBA/MASA Model Policy 529 (Staff Notification of Violent Behavior
by Students)
MSBA/MASA Model Policy 709 (Student Transportation Safety Policy)
MSBA/MASA Model Policy 711 (Video Recording on School Buses)
MSBA/MASA Model Policy 712 (Video Surveillance Other Than on
Buses)

Adopted: 1995
Revised : October 14, 2020
539 TITLE IX SEX NONDISCRIMINATION POLICY, GRIEVANCE PROCEDURE
AND PROCESS

I. GENERAL STATEMENT OF POLICY

A. The school district does not discriminate on the basis of sex in its education
programs or activities, and it is required by Title IX of the Education Amendments
Act of 1972, and its implementing regulations, not to discriminate in such a manner.
The requirement not to discriminate in its education program or activity extends to
admission and employment. The school district is committed to maintaining an
education and work environment that is free from discrimination based on sex,
including sexual harassment.

B. The school district prohibits sexual harassment that occurs within its education
programs and activities. When the school district has actual knowledge of sexual
harassment in its education program or activity against a person in the United
States, it shall promptly respond in a manner that is not deliberately indifferent.

C. This policy applies to sexual harassment that occurs within the school district’s
education programs and activities and that is committed by a school district
employee, student, or other members of the school community. This policy does
not apply to sexual harassment that occurs off school grounds, in a private setting,
and outside the scope of the school district’s education programs and activities.
This policy does not apply to sexual harassment that occurs outside the geographic
boundaries of the United States, even if the sexual harassment occurs in the school
district’s education programs or activities.

D. Any student, parent, or guardian having questions regarding the application of TitleIX and its regulations and/or this policy and grievance process should discuss them
with the Title IX Coordinator. The school district’s Title IX Coordinator is
Jeremy Tammi, District Superintendent. Phone Number (218-897-5275 Ext 153)
Address 11731 Hwy 1 East Northome, MN 56661 and Email
jeremy.tammi@isd363.org
Questions relating solely to Title IX and its regulations may be referred to the Title
IX Coordinator, the Assistant Secretary for Civil Rights of the United States
Department of Education, or both.

E. The effective date of this policy is August 26, 2020 and applies to alleged violations
of this policy occurring on or after August 26, 2020.

II. DEFINITIONS

A. “Actual knowledge” means notice of sexual harassment or allegations of sexual
harassment to the school district’s Title IX Coordinator or to any employee of the
school district. Imputation of knowledge based solely on vicarious liability or
constructive notice is insufficient to constitute actual knowledge. This standard is
not met when the only official of the school district with actual knowledge is the
respondent.

B. “Complainant” means a person who is alleged to be the victim of conduct that could
constitute sexual harassment under Title IX. A Title IX Coordinator who signs a
formal complaint is not a complainant unless the Title IX Coordinator is alleged to
be the victim of the conduct described in the formal complaint.

C. “Day” or “days” means, unless expressly stated otherwise, business days (i.e. day(s)
that the school district office is open for normal operating hours, Monday – Friday,
excluding State-recognized holidays).

A. “Deliberately indifferent” means clearly unreasonable in light of the known
circumstances. The school district is deliberately indifferent only if its response to
sexual harassment is clearly unreasonable in light of the known circumstances.

B. “Education program or activity” means locations, events, or circumstances for
which the school district exercises substantial control over both the respondent and
the context in which the sexual harassment occurs and includes school district
education programs or activities that occur on or off of school district property.

C. “Formal complaint” means a document filed by a complainant or signed by the Title
IX Coordinator alleging sexual harassment against a respondent and requesting that
the school district investigate the allegation of sexual harassment.
  1. A formal complaint filed by a complainant must be a physical document or
an electronic submission. The formal complaint must contain the
complainant’s physical or digital signature, or otherwise indicate that the
complainant is the person filing the formal complaint, and must be
submitted to the Title IX Coordinator in person, by mail, or by email.
  2. A formal complaint shall state that, at the time of filing the formal
complaint, the complainant was participating in, or attempting to participate
in, an education program or activity of the school district with which the
formal complaint is filed.

D. “Informal resolution” means options for resolving a formal complaint that do not
involve a full investigation and adjudication. Informal resolution may encompass
a broad range of conflict resolution strategies, including mediation or restorative
justice.

E. “Relevant questions” and “relevant evidence” are questions, documents,
statements, or information that are related to the allegations raised in a formal
complaint. Relevant evidence includes evidence that is both inculpatory and
exculpatory. Questions and evidence about the complainant’s sexual predisposition
or prior sexual behavior are not relevant, unless such questions and evidence about
the complainant’s prior sexual behavior are offered to prove that someone other
than the respondent committed the conduct alleged by the complainant, or if the
questions and evidence concern specific incidents of the complainant’s prior sexual
behavior with respect to the respondent and are offered to prove consent.

F. “Remedies” means actions designed to restore or preserve the complainant’s equal
access to education after a respondent is found responsible. Remedies may include
the same individualized services that constitute supportive measures, but need not
be non-punitive or non-disciplinary, nor must they avoid burdening the
respondent.

G. “Respondent” means an individual who has been reported to be the perpetrator of
conduct that could constitute sexual harassment under Title IX.

H. “Sexual harassment” means any of three types of misconduct on the basis of sex
that occurs in a school district education program or activity and is committed
against a person in the United States:
  1. Quid pro quo harassment by a school district employee (conditioning the
provision of an aid, benefit, or service of the school district on an
individual’s participation in unwelcome sexual conduct);
  2. Unwelcome conduct that a reasonable person would find so severe,
pervasive, and objectively offensive that it denies a person equal
educational access; or
  3. Any instance of sexual assault (as defined in the Clery Act, 20 U.S.C.
§1092(f)(6)A(v)), dating violence, domestic violence, or stalking (as
defined in the Violence Against Women Act, 34 U.S.C. §12291).

I. “Supportive measures” means individualized services provided to the complainant
or respondent without fee or charge that are reasonably available, non-punitive,
non-disciplinary, not unreasonably burdensome to the other party, and designed to
ensure equal educational access, protect safety, and deter sexual harassment.
Supportive measures may include counseling, extensions of deadlines or other
course-related adjustments, modifications of work or class schedules, alternative
educational services as defined under Minn. Stat. § 121A.41, as amended, mutual
restrictions on contact between the parties, changes in work locations, leaves of
absence, increased security and monitoring of certain areas of the school district
buildings or property, and other similar measures.

J. “Title IX Personnel” means any person who addresses, works on, or assists with
the school district’s response to a report of sexual harassment or formal complaint,
and includes persons who facilitate informal resolutions. The following are
considered Title IX Personnel: Ms. Laurie Bitter and Ms. MacKenzie Bodem
  1. “Title IX Coordinator” means an employee of the school district that
coordinates the school district’s efforts to comply with and carry out its
responsibilities under Title IX. The Title IX Coordinator is responsible for
acting as the primary contact for the parties and ensuring that the parties are
provided with all notices, evidence, reports, and written determinations to
which they are entitled under this policy and grievance process. The Title
IX Coordinator is also responsible for effective implementation of any
supportive measures or remedies. The Title IX Coordinator must be free
from conflicts of interest and bias when administrating the grievance
process.
  2. “Investigator” means a person who investigates a formal complaint. The
investigator of a formal complaint may not be the same person as the
Decision-maker or the Appellate Decision-maker. The Investigator may be
a school district employee, school district official, or a third party
designated by the school district.
  3. “Decision-maker” means a person who makes a determination regarding
responsibility after the investigation has concluded. The Decision-maker
cannot be the same person as the Title IX Coordinator, the Investigator, or
the Appellate Decision-maker.
  4. “Appellate Decision-maker” means a person who considers and decides
appeals of determinations regarding responsibility and dismissals of formal
complaints. The Appellate Decision-maker cannot be the same person as
the Title IX Coordinator, Investigator, or Decision-maker. The Appellate
Decision-maker may be a school district employee, or a third party
designated by the school district.
  5. The superintendent of the school district may delegate functions assigned
to a specific school district employee under this policy, including but not
limited to the functions assigned to the Title IX Coordinator, Investigator,
Decision-maker, Appellate Decision-maker, and facilitator of informal
resolution processes, to any suitably qualified individual and such
delegation may be rescinded by the superintendent at any time. The school
district may also, in its discretion, appoint suitably qualified persons who
are not school district employees to fulfill any function under this policy,
including, but not limited to, Investigator, Decision-maker, Appellate
Decision-maker, and facilitator of informal resolution processes.

III. BASIC REQUIREMENTS FOR GRIEVANCE PROCESS

A. Equitable Treatment
  1. The school district shall treat complainants and respondents equitably.
However, equality or parity with respect to supportive measures provided
to complainants and respondents is not required.
  2. The school district will not impose any disciplinary sanctions or take any
other actions against a respondent that do not constitute supportive
measures until it has completed this grievance process and the respondent
has been found responsible.
  3. The school district will provide appropriate remedies to the complainant any
time a respondent is found responsible.

B. Objective and Unbiased Evaluation of Complaints
  1. Title IX Personnel, including the Title IX Coordinator, Investigator,
Decision-maker, and Appellate Decision-maker, shall be free from conflicts
of interest or bias for or against complainants or respondents generally or a
specific complainant or respondent.
  2. Throughout the grievance process, Title IX Personnel will objectively
evaluate all relevant evidence, inculpatory and exculpatory, and shall avoid
credibility determinations based solely on a person’s status as a
complainant, respondent, or witness.

C. Title IX Personnel will presume that the respondent is not responsible for the
alleged conduct until a determination regarding responsibility is made at the
conclusion of the grievance process.

D. Confidentiality
The school district will keep confidential the identity of any individual who has
made a report or complaint of sex discrimination, including any individual who has
made a report or filed a formal complaint of sexual harassment, any complainant,
any individual who has been reported to be the perpetrator of sex discrimination,
any respondent, and any witness, except as may be permitted by the Family
Educational Rights and Privacy Act (FERPA), 20 U.S.C. § 1232g, or FERPA’s
regulations, and State law under Minn. Stat. § 13.32 34 C.F.R. Part 99, or as
required by law, or to carry out the purposes of 34 C.F.R. Part 106, including the
conduct of any investigation, hearing, or judicial proceeding arising thereunder
(i.e., the school district’s obligation to maintain confidentiality shall not impair or
otherwise affect the complainants and respondents receipt of the information to
which they are entitled with respect to the investigative record and determination
of responsibility).

E. Right to an Advisor; Right to a Support Person
Complainants and respondents have the right, at their own expense, to be assisted
by an advisor of their choice during all stages of any grievance proceeding,
including all meetings and investigative interviews. The advisor may be, but is not
required to be, an attorney. In general, an advisor is not permitted to speak for or
on behalf of a complainant or respondent, appear in lieu of complainant or
respondent, participate as a witness, or participate directly in any other manner
during any phase of the grievance process.
A complainant or respondent with a disability may be assisted by a support person
throughout the grievance process, including all meetings and investigative
interviews, if such accommodation is necessary. A support person may be a friend,
family member, or any individual who is not otherwise a potential witness. The
support person is not permitted to speak for or on behalf of a complainant or
respondent, appear in lieu of complainant or respondent, participate as a witness,
or participate directly in any other manner during any phase of the grievance
process.

F. Notice
The school district will send written notice of any investigative interviews or
meetings to any party whose participation is invited or expected. The written notice
will include the date, time, location, participants, and purpose of the meeting or
interview, and will be provided to allow sufficient time for the party to prepare to
participate.

G. Consolidation
The school district may, in its discretion, consolidate formal complaints as to
allegations of sexual harassment against more than one respondent, or by more than
one complainant against one or more respondents, or by one party against the other
party, where the allegations of sexual harassment arise out of the same facts or
circumstances.

H. Evidence
1. During the grievance process, the school district will not require, allow, rely
upon, or otherwise use questions or evidence that constitute or seek
disclosure of information protected under a legally recognized privilege,
unless the person holding such privilege has waived the privilege.
2. The school district shall not access, consider, disclose, or otherwise use a
party’s medical, psychological, and similar treatment records unless the
school district obtains the party’s voluntary, written consent.

I. Burden of Proof
  1. The burden of gathering evidence and the burden of proof shall remain upon
the school district and not upon the parties.
  2. The grievance process shall use a preponderance of the evidence standard
(i.e. whether it is more likely than not that the respondent engaged in sexual
harassment) for all formal complaints of sexual harassment, including when
school district employees are respondents.

J. Timelines
  1. Any informal resolution process must be completed within thirty (30)
calendar days following the parties’ agreement to participate in such
informal process.
  2. An appeal of a determination of responsibility or of a decision dismissing a
formal complaint must be received by the school district within five (5) days
of the date the determination of responsibility or dismissal was provided to
the parties.
  3. Any appeal of a determination of responsibility or of a dismissal will be
decided within thirty (30) calendar days of the day the appeal was received
by the School District.
  4. The school district will seek to conclude the grievance process, including
any appeal, within 120 calendar days of the date the formal complaint was
received by the School District.
  5. Although the school district strives to adhere to the timelines described
above, in each case, the school district may extend the time frames for good
cause. Good cause may include, without limitation: the complexity of the
allegations; the severity and extent of the alleged misconduct; the number
of parties, witnesses, and the types of other evidence (e.g., forensic
evidence) involved; the availability of the parties, advisors, witnesses, and
evidence (e.g., forensic evidence); concurrent law enforcement activity;
intervening school district holidays, breaks, or other closures; the need for
language assistance or accommodation of disabilities; and/or other
unforeseen circumstances.

K. Potential Remedies and Disciplinary Sanctions
  1. The following is the range of possible remedies that the school district may
provide a complainant and disciplinary sanctions that the school district
might impose upon a respondent, following determination of responsibility:
counseling, extensions of deadlines or other course-related adjustments,
modifications of work or class schedules, mutual or unilateral restrictions
on contact between the parties, changes in work locations, leaves of
absence, monitoring of certain areas of the school district buildings or
property, warning, suspension, exclusion, expulsion, transfer, remediation,
termination, or discharge.
  2. If the Decision-maker determines a student-respondent is responsible for
violating this policy, the Decision-maker will recommend appropriate
remedies, including disciplinary sanctions/consequences. The Title IX
Coordinator will notify the superintendent of the recommended remedies,
such that an authorized administrator can consider the recommendation(s)
and implement appropriate remedies in compliance with MSBA Model
Policy 506 – Student Discipline. The discipline of a student-respondent
must comply with the applicable provisions of Minnesota Pupil Fair
Dismissal Act, the Individuals with Disabilities Education Improvement
Act (IDEA) and/or Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1972, and their
respective implementing regulations.

IV. REPORTING PROHIBITED CONDUCT

A. Any student who believes they have been the victim of unlawful sex discrimination
or sexual harassment, or any person (including the parent of a student) with actual
knowledge of conduct which may constitute unlawful sex discrimination or sexual
harassment toward a student should report the alleged acts as soon as possible to
the Title IX Coordinator.

B. Any employee of the school district who has experienced, has actual knowledge of,
or has witnessed unlawful sex discrimination, including sexual harassment, or who
otherwise becomes aware of unlawful sex discrimination, including sexual
harassment, must promptly report the allegations to the Title IX Coordinator
without screening or investigating the report or allegations.

C. A report of unlawful sex discrimination or sexual harassment may be made at any
time, including during non-business hours, and may be made in person, by mail, by
telephone, or by e-mail using the Title IX Coordinator’s contact information. A
report may also be made by any other means that results in the Title IX Coordinator
receiving the person’s verbal or written report.

D. Sexual harassment may constitute both a violation of this policy and criminal law.
To the extent the alleged conduct may constitute a crime, the School District may
report the alleged conduct to law enforcement authorities. The school district
encourages complainants to report criminal behavior to the police immediately.

V. INITIAL RESPONSE AND ASSESSMENT BY THE TITLE IX COORDINATOR

A. When the Title IX Coordinator receives a report, the Title IX Coordinator shall
promptly contact the complainant confidentially to discuss the availability of
supportive measures, consider the complainant’s wishes with respect to supportive
measures, inform the complainant of the availability of supportive measures with
or without the filing of a formal complaint, and explain to the complainant the
process for filling a formal complaint.

B. The school district will offer supportive measures to the complainant whether or
not the complainant decides to make a formal complaint. The school district must
maintain as confidential any supportive measures provided to the complainant or
respondent, to the extent that maintaining such confidentiality would not impair the
school district’s ability to provide the supportive measures. The Title IX
Coordinator is responsible for coordinating the effective implementation of
supportive measures.

C. If the complainant does not wish to file a formal complaint, the allegations will not
be investigated by the school district unless the Title IX Coordinator determines
that signing a formal complaint to initiate an investigation over the complainant’s
wishes is not clearly unreasonable in light of the known circumstances.

D. Upon receipt of a formal complaint, the school district must provide written notice
of the formal complaint to the known parties with sufficient time to prepare a
response before any initial interview. This written notice must contain:
  1. The allegations of sexual harassment, including sufficient details known at
the time, the identities of the parties involved in the incident (if known), the
conduct allegedly constituting sexual harassment, and the date and location
of the alleged incident, if known;
  2. A statement that the respondent is presumed not responsible for the alleged
conduct and that a determination regarding responsibility will be made at
the conclusion of the grievance process;
  3. A statement explaining that the parties may have an advisor of their choice,
who may be, but is not required to be, an attorney;
  4. A statement that the parties may inspect and review evidence gathered
pursuant to this policy;
  5. A statement informing the parties of any code of conduct provision that
prohibits knowingly making false statements or knowingly submitting false
information; and
  6. A copy of this policy.

VI. STATUS OF RESPONDENT DURING PENDENCY OF FORMAL COMPLAINT

A. Emergency Removal of a Student
  1. The school district may remove a student-respondent from an education
program or activity of the school district on an emergency basis before a
determination regarding responsibility is made if:
     a. The school district undertakes an individualized safety and risk
analysis;
     b. The school district determines that an immediate threat to the
physical health or safety of any student or other individual arising
from the allegations of sexual harassment justifies removal of the
student-respondent; and
     c. The school district determines the student-respondent poses such a
threat, it will so notify the student-respondent and the studentrespondent will have an opportunity to challenge the decision
immediately following the removal. In determining whether to
impose emergency removal measures, the Title IX Coordinator shall
consult related school district policies, including MSBA Model
Policy 506 – Student Discipline. The school district must take into
consideration applicable requirements of the Individuals with
Disabilities Education Act and Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act
of 1973, prior to removing a special education student or Section
504 student on an emergency basis.

B. Employee Administrative Leave
The school district may place a non-student employee on administrative leave
during the pendency of the grievance process of a formal complaint. Such leave
will typically be paid leave unless circumstances justify unpaid leave in compliance
with legal requirements. The school district must take into consideration applicable
requirements of Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973 and the Americans
with Disabilities Act prior to removing an individual with a qualifying disability.

VII. INFORMAL RESOLUTION OF A FORMAL COMPLAINT

A. At any time prior to reaching a determination of responsibility, informal resolution
may be offered and facilitated by the school district at the school district’s
discretion, but only after a formal complaint has been received by the school
district.

B. The school district may not require as a condition of enrollment or continued
enrollment, or of employment or continued employment, or enjoyment of any other
right, waiver of the right to a formal investigation and adjudication of formal
complaints of sexual harassment.

C. The informal resolution process may not be used to resolve allegations that a school
district employee sexually harassed a student.

D. The school district will not facilitate an information resolution process without both
parties’ agreement, and will obtain their voluntary, written consent. The school
district will provide to the parties a written notice disclosing the allegations, the
requirements of the informal resolution process including the circumstances under
which it precludes the parties from resuming a formal complaint arising from the
same allegations, the parties’ right to withdraw from the informal resolution
process, and any consequences resulting from participating in the informal
resolution process, including the records that will be maintained or could be shared.

E. At any time prior to agreeing to a resolution, any party has the right to withdraw
from the informal resolution process and resume the grievance process with respect
to the formal complaint.

VIII. DISMISSAL OF A FORMAL COMPLAINT

A. Under federal law, the school district must dismiss a Title IX complaint, or a portion
thereof, if the conduct alleged in a formal complaint or a portion thereof:
  1. Would not meet the definition of sexual harassment, even if proven;
  2. Did not occur in the school district’s education program or activity; or
  3. Did not occur against a person in the United States.

B. The school district may, in its discretion, dismiss a formal complaint or allegations
therein if:
  1. The complainant informs the Title IX Coordinator in writing that the
complainant desires to withdraw the formal complaint or allegations
therein;
  2. The respondent is no longer enrolled or employed by the school district; or
  3. Specific circumstances prevent the school district from gathering sufficient
evidence to reach a determination.

C. The school district shall provide written notice to both parties of a dismissal. The
notice must include the reasons for the dismissal.

D. Dismissal of a formal complaint or a portion thereof does not preclude the school
district from addressing the underlying conduct in any manner that the school
district deems appropriate.

IX. INVESTIGATION OF A FORMAL COMPLAINT

A. If a formal complaint is received by the School District, the school district will
assign or designate an Investigator to investigate the allegations set forth in the
formal complaint.

B. If during the course of the investigation the school district decides to investigate
any allegations about the complainant or respondent that were not included in the
written notice of a formal complaint provided to the parties, the school district must
provide notice of the additional allegations to the known parties.

C. When a party’s participation is invited or expected in an investigative interview,
the Investigator will coordinate with the Title IX Coordinator to provide written
notice to the party of the date, time, location, participants, and purposes of the
investigative interview with sufficient time for the party to prepare.

D. During the investigation, the Investigator must provide the parties with an equal
opportunity to present witnesses for interviews, including fact witnesses and expert
witnesses, and other inculpatory and exculpatory evidence.

E. Prior to the completion of the investigative report, the Investigator, through the
Title IX Coordinator, will provide the parties and their advisors (if any) with an
equal opportunity to inspect and review any evidence directly related to the
allegations. The evidence shall be provided in electronic format or hard copy and
shall include all relevant evidence, evidence upon which the school district does
not intend to rely in reaching a determination regarding responsibility, and any
inculpatory or exculpatory evidence whether obtained from a party or another
source. The parties will have ten (10) days to submit a written response, which the
Investigator will consider prior to completion of the investigative report.

F. The Investigator will prepare a written investigative report that fairly summarizes
the relevant evidence. The investigative report may include credibility
determinations that are not based on a person’s status as a complainant, respondent
or witness. The school district will send the parties and their advisors (if any) a
copy of the report in electronic format or hard copy, for their review and written
response at least ten (10) days prior to a determination of responsibility.

X. DETERMINATION REGARDING RESPONSIBILITY

A. After the school district has sent the investigative report to both parties and before
the school district has reached a determination regarding responsibility, the
Decision-maker must afford each party the opportunity to submit written, relevant
questions that a party wants asked of any party or witness.

B. The Decision-maker must provide the relevant questions submitted by the parties
to the other parties or witnesses to whom the questions are offered, and then provide
each party with the answers, and allow for additional, limited follow-up questions
from each party.

C. The Decision-maker must explain to the party proposing the questions any decision
to exclude a question as not relevant.

D. When the exchange of questions and answers has concluded, the Decision-maker
must issue a written determination regarding responsibility that applies the
preponderance of the evidence standard to the facts and circumstances of the formal
complaint. The written determination of responsibility must include the following:
  1. Identification of the allegations potentially constituting sexual harassment;
  2. A description of the procedural steps taken from the receipt of the formal
complaint through the determination, including any notifications to the
parties, interviews with parties and witnesses, site visits, and methods used
to gather other evidence;
  3. Findings of fact supporting the determination;
  4. Conclusions regarding the application of the school district’s code of
conduct to the facts;
  5. A statement of, and rationale for, the result as to each allegation, including
a determination regarding responsibility, any disciplinary sanctions the
school district imposes on the respondent, and whether remedies designed
to restore or preserve equal access to the recipient’s education program or
activity will be provided by the school district to the complainant; and
  6. The school district’s procedures and permissible bases for the complainant
and respondent to appeal and the date by which an appeal must be made.

E. In determining appropriate disciplinary sanctions, the Decision-maker should
consider the surrounding circumstances, the nature of the behavior, past incidents
or past or continuing patterns of behavior, the relationships between the parties
involved, and the context in which the alleged incident occurred.

F. The written determination of responsibility must be provided to the parties
simultaneously.

G. The Title IX Coordinator is responsible for the effective implementation of any
remedies.

H. The determination regarding responsibility becomes final either on the date that the
school district provides the parties with the written determination of the result of
the appeal, if an appeal is filed, or if an appeal is not filed, the date on which an
appeal would no longer be considered timely.

XI. APPEALS

A. The school district shall offer the parties an opportunity to appeal a determination
regarding responsibility or the school district’s dismissal of a formal complaint or
any allegations therein, on the following bases:
  1. A procedural irregularity that affected the outcome of the matter (e.g., a
material deviation from established procedures);
  2. New evidence that was not reasonably available at the time the
determination regarding responsibility or dismissal was made, that could
affect the outcome of the matter; and
  3. The Title IX Coordinator, Investigator, or Decision-maker had a conflict of
interest or bias for or against complainants or respondents generally or the
individual complainant or respondent that affected the outcome of the
matter.
B. If notice of an appeal is timely received by the school district, the school district
will notify the parties in writing of the receipt of the appeal, assign or designate the
Appellate Decision-maker, and give the parties a reasonable, equal opportunity to
submit a written statement in support of, or challenging, the outcome.

C. After reviewing the parties’ written statements, the Appellate Decision-maker must
issue a written decision describing the result of the appeal and the rationale for the
result.

D. The written decision describing the result of the appeal must be provided
simultaneously to the parties.

E. The decision of the Appellate Decision-maker is final. No further review beyond
the appeal is permitted.

XII. RETALIATION PROHIBITED

A. Neither the school district nor any other person may intimidate, threaten, coerce, or
discriminate against any individual for the purpose of interfering with any right or
privilege secured by Title IX, its implementing regulations, or this policy, or
because the individual made a report or complaint, testified, assisted, or participated
or refused to participate in any manner in an investigation, proceeding, or hearing
under this policy. Intimidation, threats, coercion, or discrimination, including
charges against an individual for code of conduct violations that do not involve sex
discrimination or sexual harassment, but arise out of the same facts or
circumstances as a report or complaint of sex discrimination, or a report or formal
complaint of sexual harassment, for the purpose of interfering with any right or
privilege secured by Title IX, its implementing regulations, or this policy,
constitutes retaliation. Retaliation against a person for making a report of sexual
harassment, filing a formal complaint, or participating in an investigation,
constitutes a violation of this policy that can result in the imposition of disciplinary
sanctions/consequences and/or other appropriate remedies.

B. Any person may submit a report or formal complaint alleging retaliation in the
manner described in this policy and it will be addressed in the same manner as other
complaints of sexual harassment or sex discrimination.

C. Charging an individual with violation of school district policies for making a
materially false statement in bad faith in the course of a grievance proceeding under
this policy shall not constitute retaliation, provided, however, that a determination
regarding responsibility, alone, is not sufficient to conclude that any party made a
materially false statement in bad faith.

XIII. TRAINING
A. The school district shall ensure that Title IX Personnel receive appropriate training.
The training shall include instruction on:
  1. The Title IX definition of sexual harassment;
  2. The scope of the school district’s education program or activity;
  3. How to conduct an investigation and grievance process, appeals, and
informal resolution processes, as applicable;
  4. How to serve impartially, including by avoiding prejudgment of the facts at
issue, conflicts of interest, and bias;
  5. For Decision-makers, training on issues of relevance of questions and
evidence, including when questions and evidence about the complainant’s
prior sexual behavior are not relevant; and
  6. For Investigators, training on issues of relevance, including the creation of
an investigative report that fairly summarizes relevant evidence.

B. The training materials will not rely on sex stereotypes and must promote impartial
investigations and adjudications of formal complaints.

C. Materials used to train Title IX Personnel must be posted on the school district’s
website. If the school district does not have a website, it must make the training
materials available for public inspection upon request.

XIV. DISSEMINATION OF POLICY

A. This policy shall be made available to all students, parents/guardians of students,
school district employee, and employee unions.

B. The school district shall conspicuously post the name of the Title IX Coordinator,
including office address, telephone number, and work e-mail address on its website
and in each handbook that it makes available to parents, employees, students,
unions, or applicants.

C. The school district must provide applicants for admission and employment,
students, parents or legal guardians of secondary school students, employees, and
all unions holding collective bargaining agreements with the school district, with
the following:
  1. The name or title, office address, electronic mail address, and telephone
number of the Title IX Coordinator;
  2. Notice that the school district does not discriminate on the basis of sex in
the education program or activity that it operates, and that it is required by
Title IX not to discriminate in such a manner;
  3. A statement that the requirement not to discriminate in the education
program or activity extends to admission and employment, and that
inquiries about the application of Title IX may be referred to the Title IX
Coordinator, to the Assistant Secretary for Civil Rights of the United States
Department of Education, or both; and
  4. Notice of the school district’s grievance procedures and grievance process
contained in this policy, including how to report or file a complaint of sex
discrimination, how to report or file a formal complaint of sexual
harassment, and how the school district will respond.

XV. RECORDKEEPING

A. The school district must create, and maintain for a period of seven calendar years,
records of any actions, including any supportive measures, taken in response to a
report or formal complaint of sexual harassment. In each instance, the school
district must document:
  1. The basis for the school district’s conclusion that its response to the report
or formal complaint was not deliberately indifferent;
  2. The measures the school district has taken that are designed to restore or
preserve equal access to the school district’s education program or activity;
and
  3. If the school district does not provide a complainant with supportive
measures, then it must document the reasons why such a response was not
clearly unreasonable in light of the known circumstances. Such a record
must be maintained for a period of seven years.
  4. The documentation of certain bases or measures does not limit the recipient
in the future from providing additional explanations or detailing additional
measures taken.

B. The school district must also maintain for a period of seven calendar years records
of:
  1. Each sexual harassment investigation including any determination
regarding responsibility, any disciplinary sanctions imposed on the
respondent, and any remedies provided to the complainant designed to
restore or preserve equal access to the recipient’s education program or
activity;
  2. Any appeal and the result therefrom;
  3. Any informal resolution and the result therefrom; and
  4. All materials used to train Title IX Personnel.

540 EXTENDED SCHOOL YEAR FOR CERTAIN STUDENTS WITH INDIVIDUALIZED EDUCATION PROGRAMS

New Policy:August 13, 2008

A. Purpose

The purpose of this policy is to ensure that the school district complies with the overall requirements of law as mandated for certain students subject to individualized education programs (IEPs) when necessary to provide a free appropriate public education (FAPE).

B. General Statement of Policy

1. Extended School Year Services Must Be Available to Provide a FAPE. The school district shall provide extended school year (ESY) services to a student who is the subject of an IEP if the student’s IEP team determines the services are necessary during a break in instruction in order to provide a FAPE.

2. Extended School Year Determination. At least annually, the IEP team must determine that a student is in need of ESY services if the student meets any of the following conditions:

a. There will be significant regression of a skill or acquired knowledge from the student’s level of performance on an annual goal that requires more than the length of the break in instruction to recoup unless the IEP team determines a shorter time for recoupment is more appropriate; OR

b. Services are necessary for the student to attain and maintain self-sufficiency because of the critical nature of the skill addressed by an annual goal, the student’s age and level of development, and the timeliness for teaching the skill; OR

c. The IEP team otherwise determines, given the student’s unique needs, that ESY services are necessary to ensure the pupil receives a FAPE.

3. Required Factors Schools Must Consider in Making ESY Determinations. The IEP team must decide ESY eligibility using information including:

a. Prior observations of the student’s regression and recoupment over the summer;

b. Observations of the student’s tendency to regress over extended breaks in instruction during the school year; and

c. Experience with other students with similar instructional needs.

4. Additional Factors to Consider, Where Relevant. In making its determination of ESY needs, the following factors must be considered, where relevant:

a. The student’s progress and maintenance of skills during the regular school year.

b. The student’s degree of impairment.

c. The student’s rate of progress.

d. The student’s behavioral or physical problems.

e. The availability of alternative resources.

f. The student’s ability and need to interact with nondisabled peers.

g. The areas of the student’s curriculum which need continuous attention.

h. The student’s vocational needs.

5. No Unilateral Decisions. In the course of providing ESY services to children with disabilities, the school district may not unilaterally limit the type, amount, or duration of those services.

6. Services to Nonresident Students Temporarily Placed in School District. A school district may provide ESY services to nonresident children with disabilities temporarily placed in the school district in accordance with applicable state law.

Section 600 EDUCATION PROGRAMS

601 ACADEMIC POLICIES

A. Purpose

The Board of Education of District #363 is dedicated to the assurance of student mastery in the areas of communications (reading) and mathematics. The district supports the need for each student (excluding special education students) to achieve, at the minimum, basic competency in these skills before high school graduation and to provide the student with the opportunity to gain the necessary knowledge, concepts, and appreciation in communications and mathematics. This policy assures that each student’s progress toward mastery in these curriculum areas will be evaluated at least once during grades K-3, once during grades 4-6, once during grades 7-9, and once during grades 10-12. When a student is not making sufficient progress toward mastery in either communications or mathematics, a parent conference will be held to establish a “Special Learning Plan” for communications or mathematics for the student. The student will then be given instruction geared toward remediating the specific deficits outlined in the “Special Learning Plan.”


B. Equal Educational Opportunity

The board supports equal educational opportunity for students, free from limitations based on ethnic, racial, economic, social or religious background and conditions.

This concept of equal educational opportunity serves as a guide for the board and the staff in making decisions relating to school facilities, employment of personnel, selection of educational materials, purchase of equipment, and development of curriculum and regulations affecting students.

MSBA/MASA Model Policy 613
Orig. 1997
Rev. 2024

602      GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS

[NOTE:  The requirements set forth in this policy govern the graduation standards that Minnesota public schools must require for a high school diploma for all students.]

  1.         PURPOSE

The purpose of this policy is to set forth requirements for graduation from the school district. 

  1.        GENERAL STATEMENT OF POLICY

The policy of the school district is that all students must demonstrate, as determined by the school district, their satisfactory completion of the credit requirements and their understanding of academic standards.  The school district must adopt graduation requirements that meet or exceed state graduation requirements established in law or rule.

III.      DEFINITIONS

  1.        “Credit” means a student’s successful completion of an academic year of study or a student’s mastery of the applicable subject matter, as determined by the school district.
  2.         “English language learners” or “ELL” student means an individual whose first language is not English and whose test performance may be negatively impacted by lack of English language proficiency. 
  3.         “Individualized Education Program” or “IEP” means a written statement developed for a student eligible by law for special education and services.
  4.        “Required standard” means a statewide adopted expectation for student learning in the content areas of language arts, mathematics, science, social studies, physical education, health, and the arts. Locally developed academic standards in health apply until statewide rules implementing statewide health standards under Minnesota Statutes, section 120B.021, subdivision 3, are required to be implemented in the classroom.

[NOTE: The 2024 Minnesota legislature enacted this change. Paragraphs B and C are flipped to create alphabetical order.]

  1.       “Section 504 Accommodation” means the defined appropriate accommodations or modifications that must be made in the school environment to address the needs of an individual student with disabilities.
  2.       DISTRICT ASSESSMENT COORDINATOR

The building principal shall be named the District Assessment Coordinator.  Said person shall be in charge of all test procedures and shall bring recommendations to the school board annually for approval.

  1.         ASSESSMENT GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS
  2.        Graduation Requirements

Students’ state graduation requirements, based on a longitudinal, systematic approach to student education and career planning, assessment, instructional support, and evaluation, include the following:

  1.       Achievement and career and college readiness in mathematics, reading, and writing, consistent with paragraph (k) and to the extent available, to monitor students’ continuous development of and growth in requisite knowledge and skills; analyze students’ progress and performance levels, identifying students’ academic strengths and diagnosing areas where students require curriculum or instructional adjustments, targeted interventions, or remediation; and, based on analysis of students’ progress and performance data, determine students’ learning and instructional needs and the instructional tools and best practices that support academic rigor for the student; and
  2.       Consistent with this paragraph and Minnesota Statutes, section 120B.125 (see Policy 604, Section II.H.), age-appropriate exploration and planning activities and career assessments to encourage students to identify personally relevant career interests and aptitudes and help students and their families develop a regularly reexamined transition plan for postsecondary education or employment without need for postsecondary remediation.
  3.        Based on appropriate state guidelines, students with an IEP may satisfy state graduation requirements by achieving an individual score on the state-identified alternative assessments.
  4.        Targeted Instruction Plan
  5.       A student must receive targeted, relevant, academically rigorous, and resourced instruction, which may include a targeted instruction and intervention plan focused on improving the student’s knowledge and skills in core subjects so that the student has a reasonable chance to succeed in a career or college without need for postsecondary remediation. 
  6.        Consistent with Minnesota Statutes, sections 120B.13, 124D.09, 124D.091, 124D.49, and related sections, an enrolling school or district must actively encourage a student in grade 11 or 12 who is identified as academically ready for a career or college to participate in courses and programs awarding college credit to high school students. Students are not required to achieve a specified score or level of proficiency on an assessment under this subdivision to graduate from high school.
  1.       As appropriate, students through grade 12 must continue to participate in targeted instruction, intervention, or remediation and be encouraged to participate in courses awarding college credit to high school students.

[NOTE: The revisions in Paragraphs A and B align the model policy language with Minnesota Statutes 120B.303.]

  1.         A student’s progress toward career and college readiness must be recorded on the student’s high school transcript.
  1.       GRADUATION CREDIT REQUIREMENTS

Students must successfully complete, as determined by the school district, the following high school level credits for graduation:

  1.        Credit Requirements
  2.         Four credits of language arts sufficient to satisfy all academic standards in English language arts;
  3.         Three credits of mathematics sufficient to satisfy all of the academic standards in mathematics;
  4.        Three credits of science, including one credit to satisfy all the earth and space science standards for grades 9 through 12, one credit to satisfy all the life science standards for grades 9 through 12, and one credit to satisfy all the chemistry or physics standards for grades 9 through 12;
  5.       Three and one-half credits of social studies, encompassing at least United States history, geography, government and citizenship in either grade 11 or 12 for students beginning in grade 9 in the 2025-2026 school year and later or an advanced placement, international baccalaureate, or other rigorous course on government and citizenship under Minnesota Statutes, section 120B.21, subdivision 1a, and a combination of other credits encompassing at least United States history, geography, government and citizenship, world history, and economics sufficient to satisfy all of the academic standards in social studies;

[NOTE: This revision includes the 2024 change on implementation of the government and citizenship requirement to the 2025-26 school year.]

  1.         One credit in the arts sufficient to satisfy all of the academic standards in the arts;
  2.         Credit sufficient to satisfy the state standards in physical education; and
  3.         A minimum of seven elective credits.
  4.       Students who begin grade 9 in the 2024-2025 school year and later must successfully complete a course for credit in personal finance in grade 10, 11, or 12. A teacher of a personal finance course that satisfies the graduation requirement must have a field license or out-of-field permission in agricultural education, business, family and consumer science, social studies, or math.

[Note: The revisions above align the policy language with Minnesota law, including changes enacted by the 2024 Minnesota legislature concerning physical education credit and state standards in health. Paragraph 8 was enacted in 2023; it affects students who begin grade 9 in the 2024-25 school year.]

  1.        Credit equivalencies
  2.      A one-half credit of economics taught in a school’s agricultural, food, and natural resources education or business education program or department may fulfill a one-half credit in social studies under Paragraph D., above, if the credit is sufficient to satisfy all of the academic standards in economics.
  3.        An agriculture science or career and technical education credit may fulfill the elective science credit required under Paragraph C., above, if the credit meets the state physical science, life science, earth and space science, chemistry, or physics academic standards or a combination of these academic standards as approved by the school district. An agriculture or career and technical education credit may fulfill the credit in chemistry or physics required under Paragraph C., above, if the credit meets the state chemistry or physics academic standards as approved by the school district. A student must satisfy either all of the chemistry academic standards or all of the physics academic standards prior to graduation.  An agriculture science or career and technical education credit may not fulfill the required biology credit under Paragraph C., above.
  4.         A career and technical education credit may fulfill a mathematics or arts credit requirement under Paragraph B. or Paragraph E., above.
  5.      A computer science credit may fulfill a mathematics credit requirement under Paragraph B., above, if the credit meets state academic standards in mathematics.
  6.         A Project Lead the Way credit may fulfill a mathematics or science credit requirement under Paragraph B. or Paragraph C., above, if the credit meets the state academic standards in mathematics or science.
  7.       An ethnic studies course may fulfill a social studies, language arts, arts, math, or science credit if the course meets the applicable state academic standards.  An ethnic studies course may fulfill an elective credit if the course meets applicable local standards or other requirements.

[Note: The revisions above align the policy language with Minnesota law, including changes enacted by the 2024 Minnesota legislature. Starting in the 2026-27 school year, a high school must offer an ethnic studies course; in elementary and middle schools by the 2027-28 school year.]

VII.     GRADUATION STANDARDS REQUIREMENTS

  1.         All students must demonstrate their understanding of the following academic standards:
  2.         School District Standards, Health (K-12);
  3.         School District Standards, Career and Technical Education (K-12); and
  4.         School District Standards, World Languages (K-12).
  5.         Academic standards in health, world languages, and career and technical education will be reviewed on an annual basis.*  A school district must use the current world languages standards developed by the American Council on the Teaching of Foreign Languages.

* Reviews are required to be conducted on a periodic basis.  Therefore, this time period may be changed to accommodate individual school district needs.

  1.       All students must satisfactorily complete the following required Graduation Standards in accordance with the standards developed by the Minnesota Department of Education (MDE):
  2.         Minnesota Academic Standards, English Language Arts K-12;
  3.         Minnesota Academic Standards, Mathematics K-12;
  4.         Minnesota Academic Standards, Science K-12;
  5.         Minnesota Academic Standards, Social Studies K-12; and
  6.         Minnesota Academic Standards, Physical Education K-12.
  1.         State standards in the Arts K-12 are available, or school districts may choose to develop their own standards.
  1.       The academic standards for language arts, mathematics, and science apply to all students except the very few students with extreme cognitive or physical impairments for whom an IEP team has determined that the required academic standards are inappropriate.  An IEP team that makes this determination must establish alternative standards.

VIII.    EARLY GRADUATION

Students may be considered for early graduation, as provided for within Minnesota Statutes, section 120B.07, upon meeting the following conditions:

  1.         All course or standards and credit requirements must be met;
  2.         The principal or designee shall conduct an interview with the student and parent or guardian, familiarize the parties with opportunities available in post-secondary education, and arrive at a timely decision; and
  3.         The principal’s decision shall be in writing and may be subject to review by the superintendent and school board.

Legal References:      Minn. Stat. § 120B.018 (Definitions)

                                  Minn. Stat. § 120B.02 (Educational Expectations and Graduation Requirements for Minnesota’s Students)

Minn. Stat. § 120B.021 (Required Academic Standards)

Minn. Stat. § 120B.023 (Benchmarks)

Minn. Stat. § 120B.024 (Credits)

Minn. Stat. § 120B.07 (Early Graduation)

Minn. Stat. § 120B.11 (School District Process for Reviewing Curriculum, Instruction, and Student Achievement Goals; Striving for Comprehensive Achievement and Civic Readiness 

Minn. Stat. § 120B.125 (Planning for Students’ Successful Transition to Postsecondary Education and Employment; Personal Learning Plans)

Minn. Stat. § 120B.30 (General Requirements; Statewide Assessments)

Minn. Stat. § 120B.303 (Assessment Graduation Requirements)

Minn. Stat. § 120B.307 (College and Career Readiness)

Minn. Rules Part 3501.0660 (Academic Standards For Kindergarten through Grade 12)

Minn. Rules Parts 3501.0700-3501.0745 (Academic Standards for Mathematics)

Minn. Rules Part 3501.0820 (Academic Arts Standards for Kindergarten through Grade 12)

Minn. Rules Parts 3501.0900-3501.0960 (Academic Standards in Science)

Minn. Rules Parts 3501.1200-1210 (Academic Standards for English Language Development)

Minn. Rules Parts 3501.1300-3501.1345 (Academic Standards for Social Studies)

Minn. Rules Parts 3501.1400-3501.1410 (Academic Standards for Physical Education)

20 U.S.C. § 6301, et seq. (Every Student Succeeds Act)

Cross References:      MSBA/MASA Model Policy 104 (School District Mission Statement)

MSBA/MASA Model Policy 601 (School District Curriculum and Instruction Goals)

MSBA/MASA Model Policy 614 (School District Testing Plan and Procedure)

MSBA/MASA Model Policy 615 (Testing Accommodations, Modifications, and Exemptions for IEPs, Section 504 Plans, and LEP Students)

MSBA/MASA Model Policy 616 (School District System Accountability)

603 STUDY HALL POLICY

A. General Statement of Policy

It is the policy of School District #363 to grade study hall activities.

B. Policy Defined

1. Students will be evaluated on a daily basis using the following criteria:

a. Two points for work.

b. Two points for behaving.

c. Two points for being respectful.

2. Students must maintain 80% of their daily points (20 points) a week. Student scores will not be affected by excused absences. This grade will be on the student’s report card, but will not affect the cumulative grade point average (GPA).

3. This grade will affect eligibility standing.

4. A discipline referral form will be sent home to parents of students who do not maintain an 80% average in daily points. Students who receive this discipline referral or receive a detention will not be allowed to attend any extra curricular activities as a spectator for one week.

604 ACADEMIC HONOR ROLLS

A. Defined

For the purposes of computation for the academic honor roll an:

1. “A+” is 12 points;

2. “A” is 11 points;

3. “A-” is 10 points:

4. “B+” is 9 points;

5. “B” is 8 points;

6. “B-” is 7 points;

7. “C+” is 6 points;

8. “C” is 5 points;

9. “C-” is 4 points;

10. “D+” is 3 points;

11. “D” is 2 points;

12. “D-” is 1 point.

Points divided by credits equals grade point average or letter grade.

At the end of each nine (9) week grading period, the names of students eligible for either the “A” or “B” honor roll will be compiled and made public.

To be eligible for the “A” honor roll a student must earn a 10 average. To be eligible for the “B” honor roll a student must earn a 7 average. Any grade lower than a “C-” will disqualify a student from either honor roll.

605 HOMEWORK

A. Defined

School homework shall be related to the school’s aims or philosophy of education. The assignment of homework is encouraged when it can be seen to be of benefit to the student and the following limitations are observed:

1. Homework should not interfere with the proper development of the student’s health.

2. Homework shall not unreasonably interfere with the student’s assuming responsibilities at home.

3. Homework should not take an unreasonable amount of the student’s time.

606 GROUPING FOR INSTRUCTION

Children can be grouped within a school and within a classroom so that each child may benefit to a greater extent than otherwise. Effective grouping must consider its purpose in each case to determine the basic differences to be minimized in each situation. Grouping should be as flexible as possible, with provision for altering the group as often as necessary to fit the purpose involved. This aim is placement of each child among a group with whom he/she will be continually challenged and inspired to work for higher goals within his/her capacity.
607 CLASS SIZE/PROGRAM CAPACITY

Revised: 11/9/2004

The board is aware that class size has bearing upon effective teaching. Therefore, Independent School District #363 will adhere to the following guidelines relating to pupil-teacher ratios as follows:

1. The acceptable maximum pupil-teacher ratio at Northome School is 25 to1 in any class grades K through 6 and 30 to 1 in grades 7 through 12. A recommended pupil-teacher ratio for music teachers including music specialists is an average of 240 pupils per day per week in grades K through 6 or K through 8.

2. The acceptable maximum pupil-teacher ratio at Indus School is 15 to 1 for preschool (per section), 15 to 1 for kindergarten, 18 to 1 for grades 1 through 6, 25 to 1 for grades 7 through 12.

3. The maximum number of pupils per day for a secondary school teacher is 160 except for teachers of performing music groups and physical education classes. An acceptable class size for instruction in physical education shall not exceed 40 pupils. The recommended secondary teacher of performing music groups is 180.

The above guidelines may be adjusted in any one or more of the following circumstances:

1. Classroom, facility, and supply constraints;

2. Funding and financial considerations;

3. Curriculum and instructional considerations;

4. Availability of licensed staff and other staff considerations;

5. Student enrollment and demographics;

6. Location of students and transportation considerations;

7. The discretion of the building administration;

8. Definition of Space Available in ISD 363: Space is available to Open Enrollment Students if, without compromising the integrity of the educational experience, there is room for more students in a class, program or building.

Decisions for determining whether or not space is available will be made administratively. Decisions will be guided by the school district’s class size policy. Enrollment will be closed to Open Enrollment applicants if the programming they are seeking is already closed to resident students, it is not available in ISD 363, or if the Superintendent of Schools or designee determines that adding more students may jeopardize the learning environment or compromise program integrity.

Instructional Methodology: Optimum learning environment is created for some programs and activities when an instructional methodology is used requiring a certain maximum student class size or certain minimum amount of classroom space. Enrollment will be closed to Open Enrollment students when either of these boundaries are reached. Examples: laboratory facilities, work experience program.

Specialized Equipment and/or Materials: Specialized equipment and/or materials will not be added to a program to facilitate entry of option students unless, in the opinion of the Superintendent or designee, it can be done in a cost effective manner. Examples: musical instruments, shop equipment.

Personnel and Staffing: Additional faculty or other staff will not be hired to enlarge or enhance an existing program to facilitate entry of option students unless, in the opinion of the Superintendent or designee, it can be done in a cost effective manner.

Whenever the pupil-staff ratios exceed the above guidelines, the superintendent of schools shall make a written report to the school board describing the circumstances which make exceptions to the guidelines necessary.

MSBA/MASA Model Policy 607
Orig. 1995
Rev. 2024

607      ORGANIZATION OF GRADE LEVELS

I.          PURPOSE

   The purpose of this policy is to address the grade level organization of schools within the school district.

II.        GENERAL STATEMENT OF POLICY

A.     The policy of the school district is to address the groupings of grade levels as recognized in Minnesota Statutes section 120A.05, as follows:

[NOTE:  Each school district should identify within the groupings as defined in Minnesota Statutes section 120A.05, how grade levels shall be organized within the school district from the options listed below:

 

Elementary:               Grades prekindergarten through 6

Middle:                       Minimum of two consecutive grades above 4th but below 10th

                        Secondary:                 Grades 7 through 12

                        Junior High                Grades ___ through ___

                        Senior High                Grades ___ through ___

                        Vocational                  Grades 7 through 12]

B.      The superintendent may seek school board approval to administer certain programs on a nongraded basis or a design different from that indicated.  Program proposals that seek school board approval must meet all state requirements and reflect the rationale for the modification.

C.      The school district may request documentation that verifies a student falls within the school’s minimum and maximum age requirements for admission to publicly funded prekindergarten, preschool, kindergarten, or grades 1 through 12. Documentation may include a passport, a hospital birth record or physician’s certificate, a baptismal or religious certificate, an adoption record, health records, immunization records, immigration records, previously verified school records, early childhood screening records, Minnesota Immunization Information Connection records, or an affidavit from a parent.

III.       DEFINITIONS

A.     “Kindergarten” means a program designed for students five years of age on September 1 of the calendar year in which the school year commences that prepares students to enter first grade the following school year.

B.      “Prekindergarten” means a program designed for students younger than five years of age on September 1 of the calendar year in which the school year commences that prepares students to enter kindergarten the following school year.

[NOTE: School districts with a voluntary prekindergarten program may choose to add a provision in line with Minnesota Statutes, section 124D.1, which was updated in 2024. The statute states that a school district may establish a voluntary prekindergarten program for eligible four-year-old children (the italicized language is new.)]

Legal References:      Minn. Stat. § 120A.05, Subds. 9, 10a, 11, 13, 17 (Definitions) 

            Minn. Stat. § 120A.20, Subd. 4 (Admission to Public School)

 Minn. Stat. § 123B.02, Subd. 2 (General Powers of Independent School Districts)

 

Cross References:       None

608 CORRESPONDENCE COURSES

The school shall plan and develop a program of correspondence study that recognizes individual differences in interests and abilities and encourages student initiative and self-direction in learning. No course will be accepted that is a duplication of courses being taught or offered currently. Any courses to be considered must be approved in advance by the administration. The total cost for administratively approved correspondence course work shall be the sole responsibility of the enrolling student and his/her parent/guardian. However, if the correspondence course is completed with a passing grade, the initial course work costs will be reimbursed to the student and/or parent/guardian providing they provide the district with a copy of the original billing and proof of payment.

609 FIELD TRIPS AND EXCURSIONS, OUT OF TOWN ATHLETIC EVENTS AND EXTRA CURRICULARS

Revised: March 10, 2004
A. Purpose

Field trips or excursions have long been a part of the educational program of the schools. The board approves the continuation of such trips under regulations established by the superintendent and reported to the board. The purpose of this policy is to provide guidelines for student trips and to identify the general process to be followed for review and approval of trip requests.

B. General Statement of Policy

It is the general expectation of the school board that all student trips will be well planned, conducted in an orderly manner and safe environment, and will relate directly to the objectives of the class or activity for which the trip is requested. Student trips will be categorized within three general areas:

1. Instructional Trips: Trips that take place during the school day, relate directly to a course of study, and require student participation shall fall in this category. These trips shall be subject to review and approval of the building principal, and shall be financed by school district funds within the constraints of the school building budget. Fees may not be assessed against students to defray direct costs of instructional trips. (Minn. Stat. § 123B.37, Prohibited Fees)

2. Supplementary Trips: This category pertains to those trips in which students voluntarily participate and which usually take place outside the regular school day. Examples of trips in this category involve student activities, clubs, and other special interest groups. These trips are subject to review and approval of the activities director and/or the building principal. Financial contributions by students may be requested. (Minn. Stat. § 123B.36, Authorized Fees)

3. Extended Trips:

a. Trips that involve one or more overnight stops fall into this category. Extended trips may be instructional or supplementary, and must be requested well in advance of the planned activity. All extended trips must have advanced school board approval. Exceptions to the approval policy may be granted or expedited to accommodate emergencies or contingencies (e.g. tournament competition).

b. The school board acknowledges and supports the efforts of booster clubs and similar organizations in providing extended trip opportunities for students.

C. Motel Expenses

1. One night motel room expense per athletic or academic team competition, per season will be paid with board approval. Additional nights are to be paid for by participants, bus drivers, advisors, and/or coaches.

2. Approval for the cost of motel rooms for all other trips are to be decided by the school board on a case by case basis. However, the board will not be responsible for more than 50% of such expense.

3. Exceptions to this policy can be made by the school board for requests covering post season tournament athletic or academic competition.

D. Regulations

1. Rules of conduct and discipline for students and employees shall apply to all student trip activity.

2. The school administration shall be responsible for providing more detailed procedures, including parental involvement, supervision, and such other factors deemed important and in the best interest of students.

3. Transportation shall be furnished through a commercial carrier or school-owned vehicle. In the event a private vehicle is approved for use, a certificate of insurance must be on file in the school district office.

610 COMMUNITY RESOURCE PERSONS

The board encourages the enrichment of curriculum and widening of educational horizons by inviting persons from outside the school with special knowledge, talent or an interesting vocation to address the students. The time given by the resource person and the limitations imposed by the necessity to schedule the regular program of studies must be considered when arranging for speakers. Approval for each such visit must be given by the principal.

611 SCHOOL VOLUNTEERS

A. Definition

The term VOLUNTEER refers to those persons who are not paid for services they provide in whatever capacity they serve but who play a supporting role in the educational program. The term does not include secondary students who serve as tutors or aides in supervised programs approved by the Minnesota Department of Education.

B. Purpose

A critical issue in today’s schools is the proper utilization of volunteers. If the service of volunteers is to be effectively and efficiently utilized, the relevant decisions must be made by the professional who is being assisted. Volunteers always serve in a supportive role to extend educational opportunities so more can be done within time and budget without displacing paid personnel.

C. Role

Within the school organization each person has a role to play.

1. The responsibility of the volunteer is to assist the teacher or other professional staff by performing tasks which are assigned and/or directed by that staff person. These tasks cannot infringe upon the professional responsibilities reserved for teachers and other professionals, but volunteers may assist the staff in meeting these responsibilities. Volunteers should be regarded as a flexible resource, specifically requested by, directed by, and evaluated by the professional staff and building administrator.

2. The volunteer should understand that the teacher is responsible for all professional functions such as:

a. The organization and management of the classroom.

b. The planning of teacher strategies.

c. The direction of learning experiences of all assigned students.

d. Requesting volunteer services to meet the needs of his/her class and/or individual students within the classroom.

e. Providing adequate supervision of volunteers and assigning duties within the limits of the volunteers competence.

f. Safeguarding privacy rights of others.

3. Other professional staff members, such as counselors, social workers, and school nurses, may also work with volunteers. While the exact responsibilities of persons in such fields will differ somewhat from those of the teaching staff, the relationship between the professional and the volunteer should be governed by the same guidelines as those cited for teachers and volunteers.

4. The principal is responsible for the volunteers working with his/her staff and delegation of appropriate supervisory functions. The principal retains overall supervisory responsibilities for the school and the entire staff including the volunteers.

5. The responsibility for the decision to develop a volunteer program rests with the school board. The plans for the responsibility of the organization and/or individual serving as a liaison between the schools and the volunteer might include:

a. Comprehensive recruiting of volunteers.

b. Orientation, training, evaluation, and support of volunteers.

c. Identification of volunteer’s talents to enhance the volunteer as well as the school program.

d. Developing mutually beneficial relationships between staff and volunteers.

e. Annual recognition of volunteers.

D. Background Checks

For volunteers who intend to volunteer ten (10) hours or more for the benefit of the school district, the school district will pay for the criminal background check, otherwise the volunteer is responsible for the cost.

613 TEXTBOOKS AND INSTRUCTIONAL MATERIALS

A. Purpose

The purpose of this policy is to provide direction for selection of textbooks and instructional materials.

B. General Statement of Policy

The school board recognizes that selection of textbooks and instructional materials is a vital component of the school district’s curriculum. The school board also recognizes that it has the authority to make final decisions on selection of all textbooks and instructional materials.

C. Responsibility of Selection

1. While the school board retains its authority to make final decisions on the selection of textbooks and instructional materials, the school board recognizes the expertise of the professional staff and the vital need of such staff to be primarily involved in the recommendation of textbooks and instructional materials. Accordingly, the school board delegates to the superintendent the responsibility of directing the professional staff in formulating recommendations to the school board on textbooks and other instructional materials.

2. In reviewing textbooks and instructional materials during the selection process, the professional staff shall select materials which:

a. Support the goals and objectives of the education programs;

b. Consider the needs, age, and maturity of students;

c. Foster respect and appreciation for cultural diversity and varied opinion;

d. Fit within the constraints of the school district budget.

3. The superintendent shall be responsible for developing procedures and guidelines to establish an orderly process for the review and recommendation of textbooks and other instructional materials by the professional staff. Such procedures and guidelines shall provide opportunity for input and consideration of the views of students, parents, and other interested members of the school district community. This procedure shall be coordinated with the school district’s curriculum development effort and may utilize advisory committees.

D. Selection of Textbooks and Other Instructional Materials

1. The superintendent shall be responsible for keeping the school board informed on progress of the part of staff and others involved in the textbook and other instructional materials review and selection process.

2. The superintendent shall present a recommendation to the school board on the selection of textbooks and other instructional materials after completion of the review process as outlined in this policy.

E. Reconsideration of Textbooks or Other Instructional Materials

1. The school board recognizes differences of opinion on the part of some members of the school district community relating to certain areas of the instruction program. Interested persons may request an opportunity to review materials and submit a request for reconsideration of textbooks or other instructional materials.

2. The superintendent shall be responsible for the development of guidelines and procedures to identify the steps to be followed to seek reconsideration of textbooks or other instructional materials.

3. The Citizen’s Request for Reconsideration of a Book form (see appendix) has been approved by the school board for review and approval regarding reconsideration of textbooks or other instructional materials.

614 LIBRARY BOOK SELECTION POLICY AND PHILOSOPHY

A. Objectives

The school library is an educational device used to implement all classroom and school activity and is an integral part of the curriculum. The primary objective of the school library shall be to implement, enrich, and support the educational program of the school. Other objectives are concerned with 1) the development of reading skill, literacy taste, and discrimination in choice of reading material; and 2) instruction in the use of books and libraries. It offers enrichment for the students with the intent of further developing youth intellectually, socially, and spiritually. It shall also be a source of material for the faculty.

B. Legal Responsibility for Book Selection:

1. The board of education, as the governing body of the district, is legally responsible for the selection of the library staff and school library materials. It shall appoint a person qualified as a professional school librarian to administer the school library. It shall appoint additional professional and clerical staff as deemed necessary to meet state and local standards of school library service and as the total school budget will permit.

2. Responsibility for the selection of materials must be delegated to the professional librarian who will encourage teachers and students to participate in suggesting and selecting materials for the collection. The selection of materials must be a shared responsibility with a teamwork approach. The total school curriculum, the courses of study, the methods of teaching, and the individual differences of the pupils in the school, for whom the materials are provided, will be the prime consideration for the selection of materials.

C. Criteria for Book Selection:

There are certain criteria to be applied throughout the school in selecting library materials. These materials should:

1. Enrich and support the curriculum.

2. Provide materials on opposing sides of controversial issues so that young citizens may develop the practice of critical reading and thinking.

3. Provide a background of information which will enable students to make intelligent judgments in their daily life.

4. Provide materials representative of the many religious, ethnic, and cultural groups and their contributions to our society.

5. Judge the value and impact of any literary work as a whole, taking into account the author’s intent rather than individual words, phrases or incidents out of which it is made.

6. In selecting books, the contemporary standards of the community will be considered, as well as the age and maturity of the students. Books will be chosen with consideration being given to the fact that attendance at public schools is for the most part compulsory and that exposure to school library materials is therefore on a different basis from that in general public libraries or college and university libraries.

D. Personnel Involved in Selection of Library Books

1. School Librarian

2. Building Principal – The building principal will be included in the selection of library materials if he/she chooses. If a strong difference of opinion exists between the librarian and the principal regarding specific materials, the matter will be brought to the superintendent and then to the board, if necessary.

615 PARENT CONFERENCES

Parent conferences shall be scheduled in accordance with the school calendar. Individual conferences are encouraged whenever a pupil’s educational interests can best be served.

614.1  LIBRARY MATERIALS
Orig. 2023
Rev. 2024

I.         PURPOSE

The purpose of this policy is to provide direction and to delegate responsibility for selection and reconsideration of library materials.

II.        GENERAL STATEMENT OF PURPOSE

The school board recognizes that library materials serve as a vital component of a student’s education by enriching the breadth of the curriculum as a whole and meeting the needs and interests of individual students.  The purpose of library materials is to meet the needs of all students. Therefore, questions regarding selection and reconsideration of library materials should be handled differently than those concerning textbooks and instructional materials.

To ensure that library materials fulfill this role, the school board delegates to the superintendent or the superintendent’s designee responsibility for administering a process for selection of library materials. Responsibility for selection shall rest with professionally trained school district staff, with recognition that the school board has the final authority on selection of library materials. Parents and guardians have the right and the responsibility to determine their children’s access to library materials.

[NOTE: The school board may choose to revise the General Statement of Purpose.]

III.      DEFINITIONS

A.         “Library” is the school district resource that holds the library collection that serves the information and independent reading needs of students and supports the curriculum needs of teachers and staff. The term “library” includes a school library media center. The term also includes access to electronic materials.

            For school districts with multiple school buildings, the term “library” refers to the resource within a specific school building.

Minnesota Statutes, section 124D.901, states that a school district or charter school library or school library media center provides equitable and free access to students, teachers, and administrators and that a school library or school library media center must have the following characteristics:

1.      ensures every student has equitable access to resources and is able to locate, access, and use resources that are organized and cataloged;

2.       has a collection development plan that includes but is not limited to materials selection and deselection, a challenged materials procedure, and an intellectual and academic freedom statement;

3.       is housed in a central location that provides an environment for expanded learning and supports a variety of student interests;

4.         has technology and Internet access; and

5.         is served by a licensed school library media specialist or licensed school librarian.

           [NOTE: The school board may add a sentence that incorporates the term(s) used to identify libraries in the school district, such as “The school district’s libraries are commonly referred to as ________.]

B.         “Library collection” consists of the library materials made available to students.

C.       “Library materials” are the books, periodicals, newspapers, manuscripts, films, prints, documents, videotapes, subscription content, electronic and digital materials (including e-books, audiobooks, and databases), and related items made available to students in a school building or through access to electronic materials This term does not include materials made available to students as part of the curriculum.

D.       “Library media specialist” is a teacher holding a Library Media Specialist teaching license issued by the Professional Educator Licensing and Standards Boards and who is trained to deliver library services to students and staff in a library. A library media specialist is authorized under Minnesota Rules to provide to students in kindergarten through grade 12 instruction that is designed to provide information and technology literacy skills instruction, to lead, collaborate, and consult with other classroom teachers for the purpose of integrating information and technology literacy skills with content teaching, and to administer media center operations, programming, and resources.

[NOTE: The specific titles of the school district’s library staff should be used for this definition and substituted for “library media specialist” throughout this model policy. Please note the new 2024 law in Article IV regarding administration of selection and reconsideration procedures.]

IV.       RESPONSIBILITY FOR SELECTION OF LIBRARY MATERIALS

A.        The school board recognizes the expertise of the school district’s professional staff and the vital need of such staff to be responsible for selection of library materials. 

B.      While recommendations by administrators, faculty members, students, parents, and other community members may be considered, the final responsibility for selection of library materials shall rest with the library media specialist.

C.        The procedures for selection and reconsideration set forth in this policy will be administered by:

1.         a licensed library media specialist under Minnesota Rules, part 8710.4550;

2.         an individual with a master’s degree in library science or library and information science; or

3.         a professional librarian or a person trained in library collection management.

D.        The school board may decline to purchase, lend, or shelve or remove access to library materials legitimately based on:

1.        practical reasons, including but not limited to shelf space limitations, rare or antiquarian status, damage, or obsolescence;

2.       legitimate pedagogical concerns, including but not limited to the appropriateness of potentially sensitive topics for the library’s intended audience, the selection of library materials for a curated collection, or the likelihood of causing a material and substantial disruption of the work and discipline of the school; or

3.        compliance with state or federal law.

[NOTE: In 2024, the Minnesota legislature enacted a new law—Minnesota Statutes 134.51–that includes the new provisions above.]

V.       SELECTION OF LIBRARY MATERIALS

A.        Selection Criteria: The library materials selection process should result in a library collection that, when considered as a whole, is consistent with the following criteria:

1.      Library materials shall support and be consistent with the general educational goals of the state and the district and the aims and objectives of individual schools and specific courses;

2.        Library materials shall be chosen to enrich and support the curriculum as well as to promote reading for pleasure by responding to the personal needs and interests of student users;

3.         Library materials shall not be excluded because of the race, nationality, religion, sex, gender, or political views of the writer;

4.      Library materials shall be appropriate to and reflect the needs, ages, maturity level, emotional development, ability levels, learning styles, social development, background, diversity, and needs and interests of the students for whom the materials were selected;

5.         Library materials shall meet high standards of quality in one or more of these categories (presented alphabetically): 

a.         Artistic quality and/or literary style;

b.         Authenticity; 

c.         Critical thinking;

d.         Educational significance; 

  e.         Factual content;

f.          High interest for intended audience; and

g.         Readability.

6.         The selection of library materials shall conform to the constraints of the school district budget.

[NOTE: Before adopting selection criteria, the school board is strongly encouraged to consult with the licensed library media specialist, who possesses professional expertise and experience in selecting appropriate library materials. The school board may choose to adopt selection criteria specifically designed for each school building.]

[NOTE: A school board may choose to adopt similar selection criteria for classroom library materials, with the classroom teacher making selection decisions.  If a school board chooses to address classroom libraries, the board can decide whether to follow the reconsideration process in this model policy or to create a different process for classroom library materials.]

B.        The library media specialist shall consult sources and specialists experienced in library materials collections appropriate for the building’s students and that are reputable, experienced, unbiased, and professionally trained in school library materials. 

[NOTE: The school board may choose to identify specific sources and specialists that satisfy this paragraph.]

C.      The superintendent or the superintendent’s designee shall be responsible for keeping the school board informed of progress on review and selection of each building’s library materials.

D.       Library materials that are outdated, inaccurate, no longer useful for curricular support or reading enrichment, or have not been utilized for an extended period of time may be removed. Library materials that are in poor physical condition may be removed or replaced as determined by the library media specialist or the principal.

E.        Gifts and Donations of Library Materials

Materials offered for donation or gifted to a school library may be accepted if they comply with the library collection selection criteria and approved by the library media specialist. The school district’s libraries welcome donations of books and other resource materials from individuals and organizations, but also reserve the right to decline to accept library materials that do not meet the criteria for selection.  In addition, financial donations to benefit school district’s libraries will be accepted with the understanding that funds will be used to purchase materials that are needed for libraries based on the needs of the individual schools.

VI.         INDIVIDUAL STUDENT ACCESS TO SPECIFIC LIBRARY MATERIAL

A parent or guardian may request that access to specific material in the library materials collection be restricted from their student. The school shall take reasonable steps to fulfill this request. This type of request will not result in removal of specific library collection material from the library or restrictions upon any other student accessing specific library materials.

VII.       RECONSIDERATION OF SPECIFIC LIBRARY MATERIAL

A.       The school board seeks to uphold students’ access to library materials that meet the educational goals and selection criteria set forth in this policy. 

B.         A school district employee, student, or a parent or guardian of a school district student may request reconsideration of specific library material on the basis of appropriateness. Access to the material in question shall not be restricted until the procedures listed below have been fully completed and a decision to remove or restrict the materials has been made.

[NOTE: The school board may decide whether to allow a building principal to remove library materials pending completion of the reconsideration process.]

C.         Informal Request for Reconsideration of Specific Library Material

1.       Requests for reconsideration of specific library material shall be directed to the library media specialist and the building principal.  The building principal and the library media specialist shall assume responsibility for processing the request on an informal basis.

2.         The building principal and/or the library media specialist shall provide an explanation to the individual who submitted the request. The explanation shall include the particular selection criteria that the material in question met in order to be included in the library as curriculum support or as an independent reading choice for students in the building.

3.         If the request is not resolved informally, the principal shall submit a report on the matter to the superintendent or the superintendent’s designee.  The requestor will have an option to initiate a Formal Request for Reconsideration.

D.         Formal Request for Reconsideration of Specific Library Collection Material

1.       A Formal Request for Reconsideration of specific library material is initiated upon submission of a completed Formal Request for Reconsideration of Specific Library Collection Material form.  The form must be completed in its entirety for each work that is subject to a request for reconsideration. The principal shall notify the superintendent or the superintendent’s designee and the library media specialist of receipt of a completed Formal Request form.

If specific library material is the subject of a Formal Request for Reconsideration and a final decision is made to retain the specific library material, then the specific library material shall not be subject to additional requests for reconsideration for three years following the date of final resolution of the initial Formal Request for Reconsideration.

2.       On an annual basis, the Superintendent or the superintendent’s designee shall appoint a Library Materials Review Committee (Review Committee). This committee shall include:

a.         One member of the school district administration

b.         One principal

c.         Two teachers

d.         One library media specialist (or district media specialist or public librarian if the school district does not have a library media specialist)

e.         Two members of the school district community with no direct connection with the request for reconsideration

f.          Two student representatives (as appropriate to the specific request).

[NOTE: This list of Review Committee members is an example. The school board may alter this list. The school district may decide to create Review Committees for individual schools.]

3.     The Review Committee shall establish a date upon which it will discuss the request and whether the specific library collection material conforms to the selection criteria set forth in this policy.

4.         The Review Committee

a.         may consult individuals, organizations, and other resources with relevant professional knowledge on school library material;

b.         shall examine the specific library material as a whole; 

c.         shall examine the specific library material as to its conformance with the criteria for selection of library materials; and

d.         shall submit a written report to the superintendent or the superintendent’s designee containing the Review Committee’s decision on whether to retain, to remove, or to take other action regarding the specific library material. 

5.      The superintendent or the superintendent’s designee shall inform the requestor and the school board of the Review Committee’s decision.   The requestor may appeal the Review Committee’s decision to the superintendent or the superintendent’s designee by submitting a written appeal to the superintendent or the superintendent’s designee within fourteen (14) days of submission of the Review Committee’s decision to the requestor. The superintendent or the superintendent’s designee shall provide a written decision on a requestor’s appeal within a reasonable time period.

[NOTE: The school board can decide whether to allow appeal of a Review Committee decision to the superintendent or the superintendent’s designee. If appeal to the superintendent or the superintendent’s designee is permitted, the school board may direct the superintendent or the superintendent’s designee to craft an appeal process or the board may choose to create the process itself.]

6.         The requestor shall have the right to appeal the decision of the superintendent or the superintendent’s designee to the school board.

[NOTE: The school board may decide whether to allow an appeal of a Review Committee decision directly to the school board or whether the appeal to the superintendent or the superintendent’s designee is a required intermediary step. If appeal to the school board is permitted, the school board may direct the superintendent or the superintendent’s designee or designee to craft an appeal process or the board may choose to create the process itself.]

VIII.     CHALLENGE REPORT

Upon the completion of a content challenge or reconsideration process in accordance with this policy, the school board must submit a report of the challenge to the Commissioner of the Minnesota Department of Education that includes:

A.         the title, author, and other relevant identifying information about the material being challenged;

B.         the date, time, and location of any public hearing held on the challenge in question, including minutes or transcripts;

C.        the result of the challenge or reconsideration request; and

D.         accurate and timely information on who from the school district the Department of Education may contact with questions or follow-up.

[NOTE: This article was enacted in 2024 by the Minnesota legislature.]

IX.    PROHIBITION ON RETALIATION

The school district may not discriminate against or discipline an employee for complying with Minnesota Statutes, section 134.51.

[NOTE: This article was enacted in 2024 by the Minnesota legislature.]

Legal References:      Minn. Stat. § 120A.22, Subd. 9 (Compulsory Instruction)

Minn. Stat. § 123B.02 (General Powers of Independent School Districts)

Minn. Stat. § 123B.09 (School Board Responsibilities)

Minn. Stat. § 124D.991 (Public School Libraries and Media Centers)

Minn. Rules Part 8710.4550 (Library Media Specialists)

Bd. of Educ., Island Trees Union Free Sch. Dist. No. 26 v. Pico, 457 U.S. 853 (1982)

Virginia State Bd. of Educ. v. Barnette, 319 U.S. 624, 642 (1943)

 

Cross References:     MSBA/MASA Model Policy 524 (Internet Acceptable Use and Safety Policy)

MSBA/MASA Model Policy 606 (Textbooks and Instructional Materials)

615 PARENT CONFERENCES

Parent conferences shall be scheduled in accordance with the school calendar. Individual conferences are encouraged whenever a pupil’s educational interests can best be served.

616 MULTICULTURAL AND GENDER FAIR POLICY

The school district, in order to assure that curriculum developed for use in district schools establishes and maintains an educational program in which students and staff gain an appreciation and understanding of:

1. The cultural diversity of the United States and reflects the wide range of contributions by and roles open to Americans of all races and cultures;

2. The historical and contemporary contributions of women and men to society reflects the wide range of contributions by and roles open to American men and women;

3. The historical and contemporary contributions to society by disabled persons and reflects the wide range of contributions by and roles open to disabled Americans.

617 DRIVER EDUCATION

The board of education believes that it is important for students to have access to a driver education program. This program is the responsibility of community education. The scheduling of this program is the responsibility of the community education director and the driver education instructor. However, the expectations are that the class will not be held during the regular school day.

1. The requirements for attending driver education classes shall be established in advance by the community education director and the driver education instructor. Requirements shall conform to any Minnesota Statute addressing driver education.

2. Class requirements and a schedule of class meeting times will be given to the building principal and superintendent prior to the first class meeting for their input and approval.

3. Students may take driver education (both classroom and behind the wheel) from an outside certified source.

4. All costs for providing a driver education program shall be recouped through participation fees charged to individuals enrolled in the class.

 

MSBA/MASA Model Policy 609
Orig. 1995
Rev. 2024

18     RELIGION AND RELIGIOUS AND CULTURAL OBSERVANCES

  1.          PURPOSE

   The purpose of this policy is to identify the status of religion as it pertains to the programs of the school district. 

  1.        GENERAL STATEMENT OF POLICY
  2.     The school district shall neither promote nor disparage any religious belief or nonbelief.  Instead, the school district encourages all students and employees to have appreciation for and tolerance of each other’s views.
  3.      The school district also recognizes that religion has had and is having a significant role in the social, cultural, political, and historical development of civilization.
  4.      The school district recognizes that one of its educational objectives is to increase its students’ knowledge and appreciation of music, art, drama, and literature which may have had a religious basis or origin as well as a secular importance.
  5.       The school district supports the inclusion of religious music, art, drama, and literature in the curriculum and in school activities provided it is intrinsic to the learning experience and is presented in an objective manner without sectarian indoctrination. 
  6.      The historical and contemporary values and the origin of various religions, holidays, customs, and beliefs may be explained in an unbiased and nonsectarian manner.

III.       RESPONSIBILITY 

  1.      The superintendent shall be responsible for ensuring that the study of religious materials, customs, beliefs, and holidays in the  school district is in keeping with the following guidelines:
  2.       The proposed activity must have a secular purpose.
  3.       The primary objective of the activity must be one that neither advances nor inhibits religion.
  4.       The activity must not foster excessive governmental relationships with religion.
  5.      Notwithstanding the foregoing guidelines, reasonable efforts must be made to accommodate any student who wishes to be excused from a curricular activity for a religious observance or American Indian cultural practice, observance, or ceremony.  The school district must provide annual notice to parents of this policy.
  6.      The superintendent is granted authority to develop and present for school board review and approval directives and guidelines for the purpose of providing further guidance relative to the teaching of materials related to religion.   Approved directives and guidelines shall be attached as an addendum to this policy.

Legal References:            U. S. Const., amend. I

      Minn. Stat. § 120A.22, Subd. 12 (Compulsory Instruction)

      Minn. Stat. § 120A.35 (Absence from School for Religious and Cultural Observances)

      Minn. Stat. § 121A.10 (Moment of Silence)

      Good News Club v. Milford Central School, 533 U.S. 98 (2001)

      Santa Fe Indep. Sch. Dist. v. Doe, 530 U.S. 290 (2000)

      Tangipahoa Parish Bd. of Educ. v. Freiler, 530 U.S. 1251 (2000)

      Lemon v. Kurtzman, 403 U.S.602 (1971)

      Child Evangelism Fellowship v. Minneapolis Special Sch. Dist. No. 1, 690 F.3d 996 (8th Cir. 2012)

      Wigg v. Sioux Falls Sch. Dist., 382 F.3d 807 (8th Cir. 2004)

      Doe v. School Dist. of City of Norfolk, 340 F.3d 605 (8th Cir. 2003)

      Stark v. Independent Sch. Dist. No. 640, 123 F.3d 1068 (8th Cir. 1997)

      Florey v. Sioux Falls Sch. Dist. 49-5, 619 F.2d 1311 (8th Cir. 1980)

      Roark v. South Iron R-1 Sch. Dist., 573 F.3d 556 (8th Cir. 2009)

      Child Evangelism Fellowship v. Elk River Area Sch. Dist. No. 728, 599 F.Supp.2d 1136 (D. Minn. 2009)

      LeVake v. Independent Sch. Dist. No. 656, 625 N.W.2d 502 (Minn. App. 2001)

      Minn. Op. Atty. Gen. 169-J (Feb. 14, 1968)

      Minn. Op. Atty. Gen. 169-K (Oct. 21, 1949)

      Minn. Op. Atty. Gen. 63 (1940)

      Minn. Op. Atty. Gen. 120 (1924)

      Minn. Op. Atty. Gen. 121 (1924)

Cross References:       MSBA/MASA Model Policy 801 (Equal Access to School Facilities)

619 SCHOOL DISTRICT TECHNOLOGY POLICY

The people of the Independent School District #363 have undertaken a commitment by putting forth resources to provide its schools with the most current technology. In order to maintain and preserve this investment for the maximum benefit of the district, a uniform policy should be established. The technology committee has recommended the following guidelines:

A. Access to Computers

1. Students: Computer labs will be open to students during classes scheduled in the lab. Only with prior permission and with approved supervision, will the labs be open to students during other times, such as: study halls, after school, lunch period, etc.

2. Faculty Members: Computer labs are always open to faculty members. Use of a faculty computer in the classroom is restricted to the responsible faculty member and to students ONLY with the permission of that same faculty member.

3. Office Areas: Office computers are restricted to use by office personnel only.

B. Supervision of Computer Lab

Supervision of computer labs will be performed only by faculty and staff trained in the use of computer software and equipment. Labs may be supervised, on occasion, by students who have received adequate instruction in the regulations and procedures of the lab. These students need to have been approved for this responsibility by both the building administration and technology committee. Training sessions for computer lab supervisors may be provided periodically by the technology committee.

C. Protective Software

Protective software, such as Mac Control, will be installed on all laboratory and office computers. This software may be installed on faculty computers in individual classrooms at the discretion of the faculty member. The protective software will permit users access to all approved programs and applications needed for classroom instruction while protecting the integrity of the operating system.

D. Computer Software

Only software (computer programs) legally licensed and owned by Independent School District #363 may be installed on computers in the school. This includes lab computers, faculty computers, and office computers. The technology committee will provide a list of educational programs approved for use on school computers.

E. Role of Technology Committee

The technology committee shall have the following responsibilities for technology development:

1. Formulate and work toward both short and long term goals relative to the acquisition and integration of new technology into the school system;

2. Solicit input from the faculty, students, and community, relative to the possible applications of technology;

3. Establish, record, and maintain an inventory of all technology-related hardware, software, and relative documentation for the building;

4. Locate and preview possible software applications requested by faculty members for specific purposes;

5. Provide the faculty members and administration with specific information concerning both hardware and software materials applicable to any particular need;

6. Establish a priority ranking of selected technology needs based on consideration of all identified areas of application;

7. Submit recommendations to the administration for the acquisition of technology-related items;

8. Establish a system of maintaining a working technology apparatus by monitoring the use and reporting any abnormalities to a designated individual who will determine the proper course of action and who will maintain open communications with the suppliers of technology devices and arrange for required services as needed when the problems cannot be corrected without outside assistance.

MSBA/MASA Model Policy 524
Orig. 1996
Rev. 2024

620     INTERNET, TECHNOLOGY, AND CELL PHONE ACCEPTABLE USE AND SAFETY POLICY

[NOTE: School districts are required by statute to have a policy addressing these issues.]

I.         PURPOSE

The purpose of this policy is to set forth policies and guidelines for access to the school district computer system and acceptable and safe use of the Internet, including electronic communications.

II.        GENERAL STATEMENT OF POLICY

In making decisions regarding student and employee access to the school district computer system and the Internet, including electronic communications, the school district considers its own stated educational mission, goals, and objectives.  Electronic information research skills are now fundamental to preparation of citizens and future employees.  Access to the school district computer system and to the Internet enables students and employees to explore thousands of libraries, databases, bulletin boards, and other resources while exchanging messages with people around the world.   The school district expects that faculty will blend thoughtful use of the school district computer system and the Internet throughout the curriculum and will provide guidance and instruction to students in their use.

III.      LIMITED EDUCATIONAL PURPOSE

The school district is providing students and employees with access to the school district computer system, which includes Internet access.   The purpose of the system is more specific than providing students and employees with general access to the Internet.   The school district system has a limited educational purpose, which includes use of the system for classroom activities, educational research, and professional or career development activities.   Users are expected to use Internet access through the district system to further educational and personal goals consistent with the mission of the school district and school policies. Uses which might be acceptable on a user’s private personal account on another system may not be acceptable on this limited-purpose network.

IV.       USE OF SYSTEM IS A PRIVILEGE

The use of the school district system and access to use of the Internet is a privilege, not a right.  Depending on the nature and degree of the violation and the number of previous violations, unacceptable use of the school district system or the Internet may result in one or more of the following consequences:  suspension or cancellation of use or access privileges; payments for damages and repairs; discipline under other appropriate school district policies, including suspension, expulsion, exclusion, or termination of employment; or civil or criminal liability under other applicable laws.

V.         UNACCEPTABLE USES

A.         While not an exhaustive list, the following uses of the school district system and Internet resources or accounts are considered unacceptable:

1.         Users will not use the school district system to access, review, upload, download, store, print, post, receive, transmit, or distribute:

a.       pornographic, obscene, or sexually explicit material or other visual depictions that are harmful to minors;

b.   obscene, abusive, profane, lewd, vulgar, rude, inflammatory, threatening, disrespectful, or sexually explicit language;

c.      materials that use language or images that are inappropriate in the education setting or disruptive to the educational process;

d.        information or materials that could cause damage or danger of disruption to the educational process;

e.        materials that use language or images that advocate violence or discrimination toward other people (hate literature) or that may constitute harassment or discrimination.

2.       Users will not use the school district system to knowingly or recklessly post, transmit, or distribute false or defamatory information about a person or organization, or to harass another person, or to engage in personal attacks, including prejudicial or discriminatory attacks.

3.         Users will not use the school district system to engage in any illegal act or violate any local, state, or federal statute or law.

4.      Users will not use the school district system to vandalize, damage, or disable the property of another person or organization, will not make deliberate attempts to degrade or disrupt equipment, software, or system performance by spreading computer viruses or by any other means, will not tamper with, modify, or change the school district system software, hardware, or wiring or take any action to violate the school district’s security  system, and will not use the school district system in such a way as to disrupt the use of the system by other users.

5.        Users will not use the school district system to gain unauthorized access to information resources or to access another person’s materials, information, or files without the implied or direct permission of that person.

6.       Users will not use the school district system to post private information about another person, personal contact information about themselves or other persons, or other personally identifiable information, including, but not limited to, addresses, telephone numbers, school addresses, work addresses, identification numbers, account numbers, access codes or passwords, labeled photographs, or other information that would make the individual’s identity easily traceable, and will not repost a message that was sent to the user privately without permission of the person who sent the message.  

         [NOTE: School districts should consider the impact of this paragraph on present practices and procedures, including, but not limited to, practices pertaining to employee communications, school or classroom websites, and student/employee use of social networking websites.  Depending upon school district policies and practices, school districts may wish to add one or more of the following clarifying paragraphs.]

a.       This paragraph does not prohibit the posting of employee contact information on school district webpages or communications between employees and other individuals when such communications are made for education-related purposes (i.e., communications with parents or other staff members related to students).

b.      Employees creating or posting school-related webpages may include personal contact information about themselves on a webpage. However, employees may not post personal contact information or other personally identifiable information about students unless:

(1)      such information is classified by the school district as directory information and verification is made that the school district has not received notice from a parent/guardian or eligible student that such information is not to be designated as directory information in accordance with Policy 515; or

(2)      such information is not classified by the school district as directory information but written consent for release of the information to be posted has been obtained from a parent/guardian or eligible student in accordance with Policy 515.

In addition, prior to posting any personal contact or personally identifiable information on a school-related webpage, employees shall obtain written approval of the content of the postings from the building administrator.

c.      These prohibitions specifically prohibit a user from utilizing the school district system to post personal information about a user or another individual on social networks, including, but not limited to, social networks such as “Facebook,” “Twitter,” “Instagram,” “Snapchat,” “TikTok,” “Reddit,” and similar websites or applications.

7.      Users must keep all account information and passwords on file with the designated school district official.  Users will not attempt to gain unauthorized access to the school district system or any other system through the school district system, attempt to log in through another person’s account, or use computer accounts, access codes, or network identification other than those assigned to the user.  Messages and records on the school district system may not be encrypted without the permission of appropriate school authorities.

8.      Users will not use the school district system to violate copyright laws or usage licensing agreements, or otherwise to use another person’s property without the person’s prior approval or proper citation, including the downloading or exchanging of pirated software or copying software to or from any school computer, and will not plagiarize works they find on the Internet.

9.      Users will not use the school district system for conducting business, for unauthorized commercial purposes, or for financial gain unrelated to the mission of the school district. Users will not use the school district system to offer or provide goods or services or for product advertisement.  Users will not use the school district system to purchase goods or services for personal use without authorization from the appropriate school district official.

10.     Users will not use the school district system to engage in bullying or cyberbullying in violation of the school district’s Bullying Prohibition Policy. This prohibition includes using any technology or other electronic communication off school premises to the extent that student learning or the school environment is substantially and materially disrupted.

B.       The school district has a special interest in regulating off-campus speech that materially disrupts classwork or involves substantial disorder or invasion of the rights of others. A student or employee engaging in the foregoing unacceptable uses of the Internet when off school district premises also may be in violation of this policy as well as other school district policies.  Examples of such violations may include, but are not limited to, serious or severe bullying or harassment targeting particular individuals, threats aimed at teachers or other students, failure to follow rules concerning lessons, the writing of papers, the use of computers, or participation in other online school activities, and breaches of school security devices. If the school district receives a report of an unacceptable use originating from a non-school computer or resource, the school district may investigate such reports to the best of its ability.  Students or employees may be subject to disciplinary action for such conduct, including, but not limited to, suspension or cancellation of the use or access to the school district computer system and the Internet and discipline under other appropriate school district policies, including suspension, expulsion, exclusion, or termination of employment.

C.     If a user inadvertently accesses unacceptable materials or an unacceptable Internet site, the user shall immediately disclose the inadvertent access to an appropriate school district official.  In the case of a school district employee, the immediate disclosure shall be to the employee’s immediate supervisor and/or the building administrator.  This disclosure may serve as a defense against an allegation that the user has intentionally violated this policy.  In certain rare instances, a user also may access otherwise unacceptable materials if necessary to complete an assignment and if done with the prior approval of and with appropriate guidance from the appropriate teacher or, in the case of a school district employee, the building administrator.

VI.       FILTER

[NOTE: Pursuant to state law, school districts are required to restrict access to inappropriate materials on school computers with Internet access.  School districts seeking technology revenue pursuant to Minnesota Statutes section 125B.26 or certain federal funding, such as e-rate discounts, for purposes of Internet access and connection services and/or receive funds to purchase Internet accessible computers are subject to the federal Children’s Internet Protection Act, effective in 2001.  Those districts are required to comply with additional standards in restricting possible access to inappropriate materials.  Therefore, school districts should select one of the following alternative sections depending upon whether the school district is seeking such funding and the type of funding sought.]

ALTERNATIVE NO. 1

[NOTE:  For a school district that does not seek either state or federal funding in connection with its computer system, the following language should be adopted.  It reflects a mandatory requirement under Minnesota Statutes, section 125B.15.]

All computers equipped with Internet access and available for student use at each school site will be equipped to restrict, by use of available software filtering technology or other effective methods, all student access to materials that are reasonably believed to be obscene, child pornography or harmful to minors under state or federal law.  Software filtering technology shall be narrowly tailored and shall not discriminate based on viewpoint.

[NOTE: The purchase of filtering technology is not required by state law if the school site would incur more than incidental expense in making the purchase. In the absence of filtering technology, school sites still are required to use “other effective methods” to restrict student access to such materials.]

ALTERNATIVE NO. 2

[NOTE:  Technology revenue is available to school districts that meet the additional condition of also restricting adult access to inappropriate materials.  School districts that seek such state technology revenue may adopt or retain the following language.  However, the school district is not required to do so.]

A.        All school district computers with Internet access and available for student use will be equipped to restrict, by use of available software filtering technology or other effective methods, all student access to materials that are reasonably believed to be obscene, child pornography or harmful to minors under state or federal law.

B.      All school district computers with Internet access, not just those accessible and available to students, will be equipped to restrict, by use of available software filtering technology or other effective methods, adult access to materials that are reasonably believed to be obscene or child pornography under state or federal law.

C.        Software filtering technology shall be narrowly tailored and shall not discriminate based on viewpoint.

ALTERNATIVE NO. 3

[NOTE:  School districts that receive certain federal funding, such as e-rate discounts, for purposes of Internet access and connection services and/or receive funds to purchase Internet accessible computers are subject to the federal Children’s Internet Protection Act, effective in 2001.  This law requires school districts to adopt an Internet safety policy that contains the provisions set forth below.  Also, the Act requires such school districts to provide reasonable notice and hold at least one public hearing or meeting to address the proposed Internet safety policy prior to its implementation.   School districts that do not seek such federal financial assistance need not adopt the alternative language set forth below nor meet the requirements with respect to a public meeting to review the policy.  The following alternative language for school districts that seek such federal financial assistance satisfies both state and federal law requirements.]

A.         With respect to any of its computers with Internet access, the school district will monitor the online activities of both minors and adults and employ technology protection measures during any use of such computers by minors and adults.  The technology protection measures utilized will block or filter Internet access to any visual depictions that are:

1.         Obscene;

2.         Child pornography; or

3.         Harmful to minors.

B.         The term “harmful to minors” means any picture, image, graphic image file, or other visual depiction that:         

1.        Taken as a whole and with respect to minors, appeals to a prurient interest in nudity, sex, or excretion; or

2.      Depicts, describes, or represents, in a patently offensive way with respect to what is suitable for minors, an actual or simulated sexual act or sexual contact, actual or simulated normal or perverted sexual acts, or a lewd exhibition of the genitals; and

3.       Taken as a whole, lacks serious literary, artistic, political, or scientific value as to minors.

C.      Software filtering technology shall be narrowly tailored and shall not discriminate based on viewpoint.

D.       An administrator, supervisor, or other person authorized by the Superintendent may disable the technology protection measure, during use by an adult, to enable access for bona fide research or other lawful purposes.

E.        The school district will educate students about appropriate online behavior, including interacting with other individuals on social networking websites and in chat rooms and cyberbullying awareness and response.

[NOTE: Although school districts are not required to adopt the more restrictive provisions contained in either Alternative No. 2 or No. 3 if they do not seek state or federal funding, they may choose to adopt the more restrictive provisions as a matter of school policy.]

VII.     CONSISTENCY WITH OTHER SCHOOL POLICIES

Use of the school district computer system and use of the Internet shall be consistent with school district policies and the mission of the school district.

VIII.    LIMITED EXPECTATION OF PRIVACY

A.        By authorizing use of the school district system, the school district does not relinquish control over materials on the system or contained in files on the system.  Users should expect only limited privacy in the contents of personal files on the school district system.

B.      Routine maintenance and monitoring of the school district system may lead to a discovery that a user has violated this policy, another school district policy, or the law.

C.       An individual investigation or search will be conducted if school authorities have a reasonable suspicion that the search will uncover a violation of law or school district policy.

D.       Parents may have the right at any time to investigate or review the contents of their child’s files and e-mail files in accordance with the school district’s Protection and Privacy of Pupil Records Policy.  Parents have the right to request the termination of their child’s individual account at any time.

E.        School district employees should be aware that the school district retains the right at any time to investigate or review the contents of their files and e-mail files.  In addition, school district employees should be aware that data and other materials in files maintained on the school district system may be subject to review, disclosure or discovery under Minnesota Statutes chapter 13 (Minnesota Government Data Practices Act).

F.         The school district will cooperate fully with local, state and federal authorities in any investigation concerning or related to any illegal activities or activities not in compliance with school district policies conducted through the school district system.

IX.       INTERNET USE AGREEMENT

A.        The proper use of the Internet, and the educational value to be gained from proper Internet use, is the joint responsibility of students, parents, and employees of the school district.

B.      This policy requires the permission of and supervision by the school’s designated professional staff before a student may use a school account or resource to access the Internet.

C.       The Internet Use Agreement form for students must be read and signed by the user, the parent or guardian, and the supervising teacher.  The Internet Use Agreement form for employees must be signed by the employee.  The form must then be filed at the school office.  As supervising teachers change, the agreement signed by the new teacher shall be attached to the original agreement.

X.         LIMITATION ON SCHOOL DISTRICT LIABILITY

Use of the school district system is at the user’s own risk.   The system is provided on an “as is, as available” basis.  The school district will not be responsible for any damage users may suffer, including, but not limited to, loss, damage, or unavailability of data stored on school district diskettes, tapes, hard drives, or servers, or for delays or changes in or interruptions of service or misdeliveries or nondeliveries of information or materials, regardless of the cause. The school district is not responsible for the accuracy or quality of any advice or information obtained through or stored on the school district system.  The school district will not be responsible for financial obligations arising through unauthorized use of the school district system or the Internet.

XI.       USER NOTIFICATION

A.         All users shall be notified of the school district policies relating to Internet use.

B.         This notification shall include the following:

1.         Notification that Internet use is subject to compliance with school district policies.

2.         Disclaimers limiting the school district’s liability relative to:

a.         Information stored on school district diskettes, hard drives, or servers.

b.         Information retrieved through school district computers, networks, or online resources.

c.         Personal property used to access school district computers, networks, or online resources.

d.         Unauthorized financial obligations resulting from use of school district resources/accounts to access the Internet.

3.         A description of the privacy rights and limitations of school sponsored/managed Internet accounts.

4.      Notification that, even though the school district may use technical means to limit student Internet access, these limits do not provide a foolproof means for enforcing the provisions of this acceptable use policy.

5.     Notification that goods and services can be purchased over the Internet that could potentially result in unwanted financial obligations and that any financial obligation incurred by a student through the Internet is the sole responsibility of the student and/or the student’s parents.

6.       Notification that the collection, creation, reception, maintenance, and dissemination of data via the Internet, including electronic communications, is governed by Public and Private Personnel Data Policy, and Protection and Privacy of Pupil Records Policy.

7.         Notification that, should the user violate the school district’s acceptable use policy, the user’s access privileges may be revoked, school disciplinary action may be taken and/or appropriate legal action may be taken.

8.       Notification that all provisions of the acceptable use policy are subordinate to local, state, and federal laws.

XII.     PARENTS’ RESPONSIBILITY; NOTIFICATION OF STUDENT INTERNET USE

A.      Outside of school, parents bear responsibility for the same guidance of Internet use as they exercise with information sources such as television, telephones, radio, movies, and other possibly offensive media.  Parents are responsible for monitoring their student’s use of the school district system and of the Internet if the student is accessing the school district system from home or a remote location.

B.       Parents will be notified that their students will be using school district resources/accounts to access the Internet and that the school district will provide parents the option to request alternative activities not requiring Internet access.  This notification should include:

1.         A copy of the user notification form provided to the student user.

2.         A description of parent/guardian responsibilities.

3.       A notification that the parents have the option to request alternative educational activities not requiring Internet access and the material to exercise this option.

4.         A statement that the Internet Use Agreement must be signed by the user, the parent or guardian, and the supervising teacher prior to use by the student.

5.      A statement that the school district’s acceptable use policy is available for parental review.

XIII.  NOTIFICATION REGARDING TECHNOLOGY PROVIDERS

A.         “Technology provider” means a person who:

1.         contracts with the school district, as part of a one-to-one program or otherwise, to provide a school-issued device for student use; and

2.         creates, receives, or maintains educational data pursuant or incidental to a contract with the school district.

B.       “Parent” means a parent of a student and includes a natural parent, a guardian, or an individual acting as a parent in the absence of a parent or a guardian.

C.         Within 30 days of the start of each school year, the school district must give parents and students direct and timely notice, by United States mail, e-mail, or other direct form of communication, of any curriculum, testing, or assessment technology provider contract affecting a student’s educational data. The notice must:

1.         identify each curriculum, testing, or assessment technology provider with access to educational data;

2.         identify the educational data affected by the curriculum, testing, or assessment technology provider contract; and

3.         include information about the contract inspection and provide contact information for a school department to which a parent or student may direct questions or concerns regarding any program or activity that allows a curriculum, testing, or assessment technology provider to access a student’s educational data.

D.     The school district must provide parents and students an opportunity to inspect a complete copy of any contract with a technology provider.

E.     A contract between a technology provider and the school district must include requirements to ensure appropriate security safeguards for educational data. The contract must require that:

1.         the technology provider’s employees or contractors have access to educational data only if authorized; and

2.         the technology provider’s employees or contractors may be authorized to access educational data only if access is necessary to fulfill the official duties of the employee or contractor.

F.      All educational data created, received, maintained, or disseminated by a technology provider pursuant or incidental to a contract with a public educational agency or institution are not the technology provider’s property.

XIV.     SCHOOL-ISSUED DEVICES

A.       “School-issued device” means hardware or software that the school district, acting independently or with a technology provider, provides to an individual student for that student’s dedicated personal use. A school-issued device includes a device issued through a one-to-one program.

B.         Except as provided in paragraph C, the school district or a technology provider must not electronically access or monitor:

1.         any location-tracking feature of a school-issued device;

2.         any audio or visual receiving, transmitting, or recording feature of a school-issued device; or

3.      student interactions with a school-issued device, including but not limited to keystrokes and web-browsing activity.

C.         The school district or a technology provider may only engage in activities prohibited by paragraph B if:

1.      the activity is limited to a noncommercial educational purpose for instruction, technical support, or exam-proctoring by school district employees, student teachers, staff contracted by the school district, a vendor, or the Minnesota Department of Education, and notice is provided in advance;

2.        the activity is permitted under a judicial warrant;

3.         the school district is notified or becomes aware that the device is missing or stolen;

4.         the activity is necessary to respond to an imminent threat to life or safety and the access is limited to that purpose;

5.      the activity is necessary to comply with federal or state law, including but not limited to Minnesota Statutes section 121A.031; or

6.        the activity is necessary to participate in federal or state funding programs, including but not limited to the E-Rate program.

D.        If the school district or a technology provider interacts with a school-issued device as provided in paragraph C, clause 4, it must, within 72 hours of the access, notify the student to whom the school-issued device was issued or that student’s parent and provide a written description of the interaction, including which features of the device were accessed and a description of the threat. This notice is not required at any time when the notice itself would pose an imminent threat to life or safety, but must instead be given within 72 hours after that imminent threat has ceased.

XV.       CELL PHONE USE

           The school board directs the superintendent and school district administration to establish rules and procedures regarding student possession and use of cell phones in schools.  These rules and procedures should seek to minimize the impact of cell phones on student behavior, mental health, and academic attainment.  These rules and procedures may be designed for specific school buildings, grade levels, or similar criteria.

[NOTE: In 2024, the Minnesota legislature enacted a law requiring that school districts adopt a policy on students’ possession and use of cell phones in school by March 15, 2025.  This law does not state that school districts must incorporate specific language or provisions in the school district policy. 

MSBA recognizes the common practice of setting forth cell phone rules in a student handbook or similar document. This Article directs school administration to establish cell phone rules, which the school board may require be presented to the board for approval. This approach enables administrators to craft flexible and specific rules that are specific to grade levels and buildings.  The school board may choose to set forth general principles regarding cell phone use in this Article.

Under the new law, the Minnesota Elementary School Principals Association and the Minnesota Association of Secondary School Principals will collaborate to make best practices available to schools on a range of different strategies to achieve the goals stated above.]

XVI.       LIMIT ON SCREEN TIME FOR CHILDREN IN PRESCHOOL AND KINDERGARTEN

A child in a publicly funded preschool or kindergarten program may not use an individual-use screen, such as a tablet, smartphone, or other digital media, without engagement from a teacher or other students. This section does not apply to a child for whom the school has an individualized family service plan, an individualized education program, or a 504 plan in effect.

XVII.    IMPLEMENTATION; POLICY REVIEW

A.        The school district administration may develop appropriate user notification forms, guidelines, and procedures necessary to implement this policy for submission to the school board for approval.  Upon approval by the school board, such guidelines, forms, and procedures shall be an addendum to this policy.

B.       The administration shall revise the user notifications, including student and parent notifications, if necessary, to reflect the adoption of these guidelines and procedures.

C.      The school district Internet policies and procedures are available for review by all parents, guardians, staff, and members of the community.

D.       Because of the rapid changes in the development of the Internet, the school board shall conduct an annual review of this policy.

Legal References:     Minn. Stat. Ch. 13 (Minnesota Government Data Practices Act

Minn. Stat. § 13.32 (Educational Data) 

Minn. Stat. § 121A.031 (School Student Bullying Policy)

Minn. Stat. § 121A.73 (School Cell Phone Policy)

Minn. Stat. §  124D.166 (Limit on Screen Time for Children in Preschool and Kindergarten)

Minn. Stat. § 125B.15 (Internet Access for Students)   

Minn. Stat. § 125B.26 (Telecommunications/Internet Access Equity Act)

15 U.S.C. § 6501 et seq. (Children’s Online Privacy Protection Act)

17 U.S.C. § 101 et seq. (Copyrights)

20 U.S.C. § 1232g (Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act)

47 U.S.C. § 254 (Children’s Internet Protection Act of 2000 (CIPA))

47 C.F.R. § 54.520 (FCC rules implementing CIPA)

Mahanoy Area Sch. Dist. v. B.L., 594 U.S. 180, 141 S. Ct. 2038 (2021)

Tinker v. Des Moines Indep. Cmty. Sch. Dist., 393 U.S. 503 (1969)

United States v. Amer. Library Assoc., 539 U.S. 1942003)

Sagehorn v. Indep. Sch. Dist. No. 728, 122 F.Supp.2d 842 (D. Minn. 2015)

R.S. v. Minnewaska Area Sch. Dist. No. 2149, 894 F.Supp.2d 1128 (D. Minn. 2012)

Tatro v. Univ. of Minnesota, 800 N.W.2d 811 (Minn. App. 2011), aff’d on other grounds 816 N.W.2d 509 (Minn. 2012)

S.J.W. v. Lee’s Summit R-7 Sch. Dist., 696 F.3d 771 (8th Cir. 2012)

Parents, Families and Friends of Lesbians and Gays, Inc. v. Camdenton R-III Sch. Dist., 853 F.Supp.2d 888 (W.D. Mo. 2012)

M.T. v. Cent. York Sch. Dist., 937 A.2d 538 (Pa. Commw. Ct. 2007)

Cross References:      MSBA/MASA Model Policy 403 (Discipline, Suspension, and Dismissal of School District Employees)

MSBA/MASA Model Policy 406 (Public and Private Personnel Data)

MSBA/MASA Model Policy 505 (Distribution of Nonschool-Sponsored Materials on School Premises by Students and Employees)

MSBA/MASA Model Policy 506 (Student Discipline)

MSBA/MASA Model Policy 514 (Bullying Prohibition Policy)

MSBA/MASA Model Policy 515 (Protection and Privacy of Pupil Records)

MSBA/MASA Model Policy 519 (Interviews of Students by Outside Agencies)

MSBA/MASA Model Policy 521 (Student Disability Nondiscrimination)

MSBA/MASA Model Policy 522 (Title IX Sex Nondiscrimination Grievance Procedures and Process)

MSBA/MASA Model Policy 603 (Curriculum Development)

MSBA/MASA Model Policy 604 (Instructional Curriculum)

MSBA/MASA Model Policy 606 (Textbooks and Instructional Materials)

MSBA/MASA Model Policy 806 (Crisis Management Policy)

MSBA/MASA Model Policy 904 (Distribution of Materials on School District Property by Nonschool Persons)

621 HOME-SCHOOLING

(9/22/04)

A. Purpose

The purpose of this policy is to recognize and provide guidelines in accordance with state law for parents who wish to have their children receive education in a home-school that is an alternative to an accredited public or private school.

B. General Statement of Policy

The Compulsory Attendance Law provides that the parent/guardian of a child is primarily responsible for assuring that the child acquires knowledge and skills that are essential for effective citizenship.

C. Conditions for Home-Schooling

The person in charge of a home-school and the school district must provide instruction and meet the requirements specified in statute.

D. Immunizations

The parent of a home-schooled child shall submit statements, as required by statute, to the superintendent of the school by October 1st of each school year.

E. Textbooks, Instructional Material, Standard Tests

Upon formal request as required by law, the school district will provide (loan) textbooks, individualized instructional materials, and standardized tests for use by a home-schooled child as provided in statute and Minnesota Rules. The school district is not required to expend any amount for this purpose that exceeds the amount it receives, pursuant to statute, for this purpose.

F. Pupil Support Services

Upon formal request as required by law, the school district will provide pupil support services in the form of health services, counseling and guidance services to a home-schooled child as provided by statute and Minnesota Rules. The school district is not required to expend an amount for any of these purposes that exceeds the amount it receives, pursuant to statute, for any of these purposes.

G. Extracurricular Activities

Resident pupils who receive instruction in a home-school (where five or fewer students receive instruction) may fully participate in extracurricular activities of the school district on the same basis as other public school students.

H. Shared Time Programs

Enrollment in class offerings of the school district.

1. A home-schooled child who is a resident of the school district may enroll in classes in the school district as a shared time pupil on the same basis as other nonpublic school students. The provisions of this policy shall not be determinative of whether the school district allows the enrollment of any pupils on a shared-time basis.

2. The school district may limit enrollment of shared-time pupils in such classes based on the capacity of a program, class, grade level or school building. The school board and administration retain sole discretion and control over scheduling of all classes and assignments of shared time pupils to classes.

I. Optional Cooperative Arrangements

1. Activities

a. Minnesota State High School League sponsored activities (where six or more students receive instruction in the home-school): A home-school which is a member of the Minnesota State High School League may request that the school district enter into a cooperative sponsorship arrangement as provided in Minnesota State High School League Rule 405.00. The approval of such an arrangement shall be at the discretion of the school board.

i. The home-school must become a member of the Minnesota State High School League in accordance with the rules of the Minnesota State High School League.

ii. The home-school is solely responsible for any costs or fees associated with its application for and/or subsequent membership in the Minnesota State High School League.

iii. The home-school is responsible for any and all costs associated with its participation in a cooperative sponsorship arrangement as well as any school district activity fees associated with the Minnesota State High School League activity.

b. Non-Minnesota State High School League activities where six or more students receive instruction in the home-school: A home-schooled child may participate in non-Minnesota State High School League activities offered by the school district upon application and approval from the school board to participate in the activity and the payment of any activity fees associated with the activity. However, home-schooled students may not be charged higher activity fees than other public school students. An approval shall be granted at the discretion of the school board.

2. Transportation Services

a. The school district may provide nonpublic non-regular transportation services to a home-schooled child.

b. The school board of the school district retains sole discretion and control and management of scheduling routes, establishment of the location of bus stops, manner and method of transportation, control and discipline of school children, and any other matter relating to the provision of transportation services.

J. Credit for Home-Schooling

In order to place students enrolling in ISD #363 at the proper curricular grade level and give credit for work completed, ISD #363 will consider achievement transferred and progress acknowledged on transcripts by consensus of the school counselor and principal. The assessment will typically involve a review of transcripts, interview of the student, and review of supporting tests or materials. The team may include a faculty member of the department(s) where credit is requested.

MSBA/MASA Model Policy 624
Orig. 2023
Rev. 2024

622     ONLINE INSTRUCTION 

[NOTE: In 2023, the Minnesota Legislature repealed the Online Learning Option Act (Minnesota Statutes, section 124D.095) and replaced it with the Online Instruction Act (Minnesota Statutes, section 124D.094). This policy fully replaces the old Model Policy 624].

I.         PURPOSE

The purpose of this policy is to recognize and govern online instruction options of students enrolled in the school district for purposes of compulsory attendance and address enrollment of students with an online instruction site for supplemental or full-time online learning.

 

II.        GENERAL STATEMENT OF POLICY

A.         The school district shall not prohibit an enrolled student from applying to enroll in online instruction.

B.         The school district shall grant academic credit for completing the requirements of an online instruction course or program.

III.      DEFINITIONS

A.         “Blended instruction” means a form of digital instruction that occurs when a student learns part time in a supervised physical setting and part time through online instruction under paragraph (E).

B.         “Digital instruction” means instruction facilitated by technology that offers students an element of control over the time, place, path, or pace of learning and includes blended and online instruction.

C.         “Enrolling district” means the school district in which a student is enrolled under Minnesota Statutes, section 120A.22, subdivision 4.

D.         “Online course syllabus” means a written document that identifies the state academic standards taught and assessed in a supplemental online course under paragraph (I); course content outline; required course assessments; instructional methods; communication procedures with students, guardians, and the enrolling district under paragraph (C); and supports available to the student.

E.         “Online instruction” means a form of digital instruction that occurs when a student learns primarily through digital technology away from a supervised physical setting.

F.         “Online instructional site” means a site that offers courses using online instruction under paragraph (E) and may enroll students receiving online instruction under paragraph (E).

G.         “Online teacher” means an employee of the enrolling district under paragraph (C) or the supplemental online course provider under paragraph (J) who holds the appropriate licensure under Minnesota Rules, chapter 8710, and is trained to provide online instruction under paragraph (E).

H.         “Student” means a Minnesota resident enrolled in a school defined under Minnesota Statutes, section 120A.22, subdivision 4, in kindergarten through grade 12 up to the age of 21.

I.          “Supplemental online course” means an online learning course taken in place of a course provided by the student’s enrolling district under paragraph (C).

J.          “Supplemental online course provider” means a school district, an intermediate school district, an organization of two or more school districts operating under a joint powers agreement, or a charter school located in Minnesota that is authorized by the Minnesota Department of Education (MDE) to provide supplemental online courses under paragraph (I).

IV.       DIGITAL INSTRUCTION 

A.         An enrolling district may provide digital instruction, including blended instruction and online instruction, to the district’s own enrolled students. Enrolling districts may establish agreements to provide digital instruction, including blended instruction and online instruction, to students enrolled in the cooperating schools.

B.         When online instruction is provided, an online teacher shall perform all duties of teacher of record under Minnesota Rules, part 8710.0310. Unless the Commissioner of MDE grants a waiver, a teacher providing online instruction shall not instruct more than 40 students in any one online learning course or section.

C.         Students receiving online instruction full time shall be reported as enrolled in an online instructional site.

D.         Curriculum used for digital instruction shall be aligned with Minnesota’s current academic standards and benchmarks.

E.        Digital instruction shall be accessible to students under sections 504 and 508 of the federal Rehabilitation Act and Title II of the federal Americans with Disabilities Act.

F.         An enrolling district providing digital instruction and a supplemental online course provider shall assist an enrolled student whose family qualifies for the education tax credit under Minnesota Statutes, section 290.0674 to acquire computer hardware and educational software so they may participate in digital instruction. Funds provided to a family to support digital instruction or supplemental online courses may only be used for qualifying expenses as determined by the provider. Nonconsumable materials purchased with public education funds remain the property of the provider. Records for any funds provided must be available for review by the public or MDE.

G.      An enrolling district providing digital instruction shall establish and document procedures for determining attendance for membership and keep accurate records of daily attendance under Minnesota Statutes, section 120A.21.

V.         SUPPLEMENTAL ONLINE COURSES

A.    Notwithstanding Minnesota Statutes, sections 124D.03 and 124D.08 and Minnesota Statutes, chapter 124E, procedures for applying to take supplemental online courses other than those offered by the student’s enrolling district are as provided in this subdivision.

B.       Any kindergarten through grade 12 student may apply to take a supplemental online course. The student, or the student’s parent or guardian for a student under age 17, must submit an application for the proposed supplemental online course or courses. A student may:

1.         apply to take an online course from a supplemental online course provider that meets or exceeds the academic standards of the course in the enrolling district they are replacing;

2.         apply to take supplemental online courses for up to 50 percent of the student’s scheduled course load; 

3.       apply to take supplemental online courses no later than 15 school days after the student’s enrolling district’s term has begun. An enrolling district may waive the 50 percent course enrollment limit or the 15-day time limit; and

4.        enroll in additional courses with the online learning provider under a separate agreement that includes terms for paying any tuition or course fees.

[NOTE: The 2024 Minnesota legislature added this provision.]

C.         A student taking a supplemental online course must have the same access to the computer hardware and education software available in a school as all other students in the enrolling district.

D.       A supplemental online course provider must have a current, approved application to be listed by MDE as an approved provider. The supplemental online course provider must:

1.         use an application form specified by MDE;

2.      notify the student, the student’s guardian if they are age 17 or younger, and enrolling district of the accepted application to take a supplemental online course within ten days of receiving a completed application;

3.       notify the enrolling district of the course title, credits to be awarded, and the start date of the online course. A supplemental online course provider must make the online course syllabus available to the enrolling district;

4.         request applicable academic support information for the student, including a copy of the IEP, EL support plan, or 504 plan; and

5.       track student attendance and monitor academic progress and communicate with the student, the student’s guardian if they are age 17 or younger, and the enrolling district’s designated online learning liaison.

E.         A supplemental online course provider may limit enrollment if the provider’s school board or board of directors adopts by resolution specific standards for accepting and rejecting students’ applications. The provisions may not discriminate against any protected class or students with disabilities.

F.         A supplemental online course provider may request that MDE review an enrolling district’s written decision to not accept a student’s supplemental online course application. The student may participate in the supplemental online course while the application is under review. Decisions shall be final and binding for both the enrolling district and the supplemental online course provider.

G.         A supplemental online course provider must participate in continuous improvement cycles with MDE.

 

VI.       ENROLLING DISTRICT 

A.         An enrolling district may not restrict or prevent a student from applying to take supplemental online courses.

B.      An enrolling district may request an online course syllabus to review whether the academic standards in the online course meet or exceed the academic standards in the course it would replace at the enrolling district.

C.        Within 15 days after receiving notice of a student applying to take a supplemental online course, the enrolling district must notify the supplemental online course provider whether the student, the student’s guardian, and the enrolling district agree that academic standards in the online course meet or exceed the academic standards in the course it would replace at the enrolling district. If the enrolling district does not agree that the academic standards in the online course meet or exceed the academic standards in the course it would replace at the enrolling district, then:

1.         the enrolling district must provide a written explanation of the district’s decision to the student, the student’s guardian, and the supplemental online course provider; and

2.        the online provider must provide a response to the enrolling district explaining how the course or program meets the graduation requirements of the enrolling district.

D.         An enrolling district may reduce the course schedule of a student taking supplemental online courses in proportion to the number of supplemental online learning courses the student takes.

E.         An enrolling district must appoint an online learning liaison who:

1.         provides information to students and families about supplemental online courses;

2.         provides academic support information including IEPs, EL support plans, and 504 plans to supplemental online providers; and

3.         monitors attendance and academic progress, and communicates with supplemental online learning providers, students, families, and enrolling district staff.

F.        An enrolling district must continue to provide support services to students taking supplemental online courses as they would for any other enrolled student including support for English learners, case management of an individualized education program, and meal and nutrition services for eligible students.

G.      An online learning student must receive academic credit for completing the requirements of a supplemental online learning course. If a student completes an online learning course that meets or exceeds a graduation standard or the grade progression requirement at the enrolling district, that standard or requirement is met.

H.       Secondary credits granted to a supplemental online learning student count toward the graduation and credit requirements of the enrolling district. The enrolling district must apply the same graduation requirements to all students, including students taking supplemental online courses.

I.         An enrolling district must provide access to extracurricular activities for students taking supplemental online courses on the same basis as any other enrolled student.

VII.     REPORTING 

Courses that include blended instruction and online instruction must be reported in the manner determined by the Commissioner of MDE.

LEGAL REFERENCES:             Minn. Stat. § 120A.21 (Enrollment of a Student in Foster Care)

Minn. Stat. § 120A.22 (Compulsory Instruction)

Minn. Stat. § 120A.24 (Reporting)

Minn. Stat. § 124D.03 (Enrollment Options Act)

Minn. Stat. § 124D.08 (School Board’s Approval to Enroll in Nonresident District; Exceptions)

Minn. Stat. § 124D.094 (Online Instruction Act)

Minn. Rules Ch. 8710 (Teacher and Other School Professional Licensing)

CROSS REFERENCES:             MSBA/MASA Model Policy 613 (Graduation Requirements)

MSBA/MASA Model Policy 620 (Credit for Learning)

623 TEST OUT OF CLASS POLICY

New Policy: January 10, 2007

A. General Statement of Policy

Minnesota State Board of Education Rule #3500.290 provides that school districts must establish demonstration, through “test out” procedures, of the essential learner outcomes (ELO) of any course. In compliance with this rule, the South Koochiching-Rainy River School District provides a process by which students may qualify for either exemption from required course or full credit for courses based on skills and knowledge they have previously achieved in school or elsewhere.

The process of “testing out” of a course is not intended to suggest that a student would not benefit from completion of the regular course, but rather is a recognition that some students are able and ready to move directly to more advanced courses or to expand their learning options more broadly when they can test out of subjects in which they have extensive background and/or experience.

The student testing out should consider applying to test out of a course very carefully, as the process requires significant work and skill. Only when the student and his/her parents/guardians and school counselor truly feel that the student is very well prepared will the process be initiated.

B. 3500.2900 Basis For Secondary School Credit

Districts shall establish and maintain a system through which students can receive credits for any course offered by the district in any subject area if the student is able to demonstrate that the student meets the learner outcomes of the course. A district may require an examination before awarding credit on a performance basis. Credit may be given on a performance basis when a school district determines a student has completed work on an independent basis that warrants the award of credit. This credit shall be noted on the student’s transcript and count towards graduation requirements.

C. Purpose

The benefits of testing out for students are perceived to be:

1. Allows a well-prepared student to move ahead to more advanced courses for which they have skill and competence, but lack the “prerequisite credits.”

2. Allows students to pursue broader course work then they would otherwise be able to pursue if they were required to participate in courses they have already mastered.

3. Recognizes that learning takes place at different rates for a given grade level or age, and in places outside the school even before the school program is offered.

D. Types of Testing Out Results

1. Exemption: Exemption for required classes is for students who can demonstrate that they already could perform the outcomes of the course at good “B” level work. This would allow the student to move, for example, to English 10 without enrolling in English 9 because the student could handle English 10 course work without taking the English 9 prerequisite.

Exemptions are used to get the students to the correct level of difficulty.

Under this exemption, a student would not receive a credit or grade, but would simply be exempted from the required course. This would not change the student’s credit requirements for graduation, but would simply allow the student to pursue other courses without taking the actual required course.

2 Credit: Credit for any course is awarded when the student performs the outcomes of the course at a high “A-” level before the course commences.

Under this awarding of credit, a student would earn actual graduation credit for the test out. Depending on the course, the student may earn a half credit or a full credit.

The student would be granted full credit with the transcript notation of “P” which would not affect the student’s GPA or class rank.

E. Application Procedures

1. The students shall discuss the request for test out assessment with the counselor no later than one full quarter prior to the start of the regular class. Under special circumstances, the application deadline may be waived by the test out committee. At the time of the application, it is assumed that the student is ready to begin the assessment process. Students may only attempt to test out of the courses that are the students’ correct level of difficulty.

2. Student application must be completed on the approved “Testing Out” application form (see appendix). Students may not apply to test out of classes for which they have previously received grades, received an incomplete, or dropped.

a. Students may apply for and be approved for the test out process only once for a given course.

b. Students shall test out of a sequential courses in the same sequence.

c. Students shall currently be enrolled as a full time student and must agree to maintain full time status during the time the tested-out course is scheduled.

3. The student must submit with the application form supporting evidence of competence in the course materials. Such evidence may include portfolios or other samples of previous accomplishments and work, letters of support from teachers or other individuals.

4. The school shall name a test out committee of faculty and administrators who shall review the materials of each applicant. This committee shall include at least one teacher, one counselor, and the principal/dean. The committee shall determine based on the student application materials and the course outcomes, whither or not the student is approved for the test out opportunity.

5. The applicant and his/her parents/guardians shall be notified of the committee decision within ten working days of the application deadline. Decisions of the committee may be appealed within ten days of notification. The committee’s decision regarding the student application for test out shall become a part of the student’s file.

6. When approved for test out opportunity, the teacher(s) of the course for which the testing is to take place will interview the applicant. Details of the requirements, which may vary according to the class the student is attempting to test out of, including dates shall be determined and recorded in the student’s file.

a. Test out requirements may include both examinations and performances.

b. Failure to meet deadlines established will be sufficient cause for termination of the test out opportunity.

c. Requirement for test out shall be at the level of the course exit outcomes and shall not require completion of all developmental activities and information. The level of achievement required shall parallel the skills students would normally demonstrate at the end of the course to receive a “B” in cases or exemption of “A-” in cases of credit.

d. Student shall have access to course materials for the test out requirement.

e. Testing in two parts: that is, it may be pre-established that a student must achieve at a specified level on one part of the requirements before moving to the next.

f. During the next portion of the assessment process, the student may be asked to demonstrate skills, answer questions in an interview, exhibit a portfolio of tasks, or be involved in some other performance based assessment.

g. Requirements, shall not be unduly time consuming for either instructors or students. It is assumed that the student can achieve the requirements at the time of application and approval.

7. The notification of the results must be completed at least three weeks before the regular course commences. Upon completion of all requirements and required materials, the teacher will file results with the school test out committee, which shall notify the student and his/her parents/guardians of the student’s test out results within five working days. A principal/dean or counselor on the school test out committee may act with the power of the committee to receive results and notify students and parents/guardians. This step does not require an actual committee meeting.

8. The result of the testing may be appealed to the test out committed within ten working days of notification.

9. The results of a completed test out attempt shall be one of the following;

a. Pass – with full credit

b. Pass – Student Exempted from the course

c. Fail

10. Students with Individualized Education Plans (IEP), Federal 504 modification, or Limited English Proficiency (LEP) status shall have access to these tests with appropriate accommodations.

624 ASSESSMENT OF STANDARD ACHIEVEMENT

New Policy: October 10, 2007
Revised: April 13, 2011
Revised: November 14, 2012

I. Purpose
The purpose of this policy is to institute a process for the establishment and revision of assessments to be used to determine how well students have achieved Graduation Standards.

II. General Statement of Policy
The school district has established a procedure by which students shall complete the Graduation Standards. This procedure includes the adoption of performance assessment methods to be used in measuring student performance. The school district strives to continually enhance student achievement of the Graduation Standards.

III. Definitions

A. “Graduation-required assessment for diploma” or “GRAD” means the assessment that measures the reading, writing, and mathematics proficiency of high school students.

B. “Benchmark” means the academic knowledge and skills students must achieve at each grade level or high school level to satisfactorily complete a state standard.

C. “Elective standards” are the academic standards adopted by the school district in the subject areas of vocational and technical education and world languages.

D. “Rubric” means the criteria set by the Commissioner of the Minnesota Department of Education (MDE) that must be used by a district to score a student work that meets the specifications of a content standard.

IV. Establishment of Criteria For Assessment

A. The School Board shall establish criteria by which student performance of locally adopted Graduation Standards and elective standards are to be evaluated and approved. The criteria will be submitted to the school board for approval. Upon approval by the school board, the criteria shall be deemed part of this policy.

B. The superintendent shall ensure that students and parents or guardians are provided with notice of the process by which program Graduation Standards will be assessed.

C. Staff members will be expected to utilize staff development opportunities to the extent necessary to ensure effective implementation and continued improvement of the implementation of the Minnesota Academic Standards.

V. Standards for Minnesota Academic Standards Performance Assessments

A. Benchmarks: The school district will offer academic knowledge and skills to allow students to satisfactorily complete a state standard by the use of grade level or high school level benchmarks. These benchmarks will be used by the school district and its staff in developing tests to measure student academic knowledge and skills.

B. Local Assessments: Locally selected assessments are expected to provide opportunities for students to demonstrate their achievement of the elective standards or other locally adopted standards.

C. Statewide Academic Standards Testing:

  1. The school district will utilize state constructed tests developed from and aligned with the state’s required academic standards as these tests become available. If a state assessment is not available, the school district will determine if a student has met the required academic standards through locally developed assessments.

  2. The school district will administer annually, in accordance with the process determined by the Department, the state-constructed tests to all students in grades three through eight and at the high school level as follows:

     a. Annual reading and mathematic assessments in grades three through eight and high school;

     b. Annual science assessments in one grade in the grades three through five span, the grades six through eight span, and a life science assessment in the grades nine through twelve span (a passing score on high school science assessments is not a condition of receiving a diploma);

  3. The school district will develop and administer locally constructed tests in social studies, health and physical education, and the arts to determine if a student has met the required academic standards in these areas.

  4. Students incapable of taking the statewide or locally constructed tests, as determined by the student’s IEP, or students with limited English proficiency who have been in the United States for fewer than three years, shall be exempt from statewide and local testing with the approval of the student’s parent or guardian. The school district will report student exemptions to the Department consistent with the format provided by the Department. Alternative assessments shall be provided to students exempt from the statewide tests.

  5. The school district may use a student’s performance on a statewide assessment as one of the multiple criteria to determine grade promotion or retention. The school district also may use a high school student’s performance on a statewide assessment as a percentage of the student’s final grade in a course, or place a student’s assessment score on the student’s transcript.

D. Passing Scores for GRAD

  1. The passing scores of basic skills tests in reading and mathematics are the equivalent of 75 percent correct for students entering grade 9 based on the first uniform test administered in February 1998. Students who have not successfully passed a Minnesota basic skills test by the end of the 2011-2012 school year must pass the GRADs under paragraph E.4.b. below.

  2. For students enrolled in grade 8 in the 2005-2006 school year and later, only the following options shall fulfill students’ state graduation test requirements:

     a. for reading and mathematics:

          (1) obtaining an achievement level equivalent to or greater than proficient as determined through a standard setting process on the Minnesota comprehensive assessments in grade 10 for reading and grade 11 for mathematics or achieving a passing score as determined through a standard

setting process on the GRAD in grade 10 for reading and grade 11 for mathematics or subsequent retests;

          (2) achieving a passing score as determined through a standard setting process on the state-identified language proficiency test in reading and the mathematics test for English language learners or the GRAD equivalent of those assessments for students designated as English language learners;

          (3) achieving an individual passing score on the GRAD as determined by appropriate state guidelines for students with an IEP or Section 504 accommodation plan;

          (4) obtaining an achievement level equivalent to or greater than proficient as determined through a standard setting process on the state-identified alternate assessment or assessments in grade 10 for reading and grade 11 for mathematics for students with an IEP; or

          (5) achieving an individual passing score on the state-identified alternate assessment or assessments as determined by appropriate state guidelines for students with an IEP; and

     b. for writing:

          (1) achieving a passing score on the GRAD;

          (2) achieving a passing score as determined through a standard setting process on the state-identified language proficiency test in writing for students designated as English language learners;

          (3) achieving an individual passing score on the GRAD as determined by appropriate state guidelines for students with an IEP or Section 504 accommodation plan; or

          (4) achieving an individual passing score on the state-identified alternate assessment or assessments as determined by appropriate state guidelines for students with an IEP.

     3. Students enrolled in grade 8 in any school year from the 2005-2006 school year to the 2009-2010 school year who do not pass the mathematics GRAD under paragraph VI.D.2. above, are eligible to receive a high school diploma with a passing state notation if they:

     a. complete with a passing score or grade all state and local coursework and credits required for graduation by the school board granting the students their diploma;

     b. participate in district-prescribed academic remediation in mathematics; and

     c. fully participate in at least two retests of the mathematics GRAD test or until they pass the mathematics GRAD test, whichever comes first. A student’s current pass status for each subject that has a required graduation assessment score for each of the following assessments must be placed on the student’s high school transcript.

     4. The school district must place a student’s highest assessment score for each of the following assessments on the student’s high school transcript: the mathematics Minnesota Comprehensive Assessment, reading Minnesota Comprehensive Assessment, and writing GRAD, and, when applicable, the mathematics GRAD and reading GRAD. In addition, the school district may include a notation of high achievement on the high school diplomas of those graduating seniors who, according to established school board criteria, demonstrate exemplary academic achievement during high school.

E. Rigorous Course of Study Waiver:

  1. Upon receiving a student’s application (see appendix) signed by the student’s parent or guardian, the school district must declare that a student meets or exceeds a specific academic standard required for graduation if the school board determines that the student:

     a. Is participating in a course of study, including an advanced placement or international baccalaureate course or program; a learning opportunity outside the curriculum of the school district; or an approved preparatory program for employment or postsecondary education that is equally or more rigorous than the corresponding state or local academic standard required by the school district;

     b. Would be precluded from participating in the rigorous course of study, learning opportunity, or preparatory employment or postsecondary education program if the student were required to achieve the academic standard to be waived; and

     c. Satisfactorily completes the requirements for the rigorous course of study, learning opportunity, or preparatory employment or postsecondary education program.

  2. The school board also may formally determine other circumstances in which to declare that a student meets or exceeds a specific academic standard that the site requires for graduation under this section.

  3. A student who satisfactorily completes a postsecondary enrollment options course or program or an advanced placement or international baccalaureate course or program is not required to complete other requirements of the academic standards corresponding to that specific rigorous course of study.

MSBA/MASA Model Policy 616
Orig. 1997
Rev. 2024

625      SCHOOL DISTRICT SYSTEM ACCOUNTABILITY

[NOTE:   Minnesota Statutes section 120B.11 requires school districts to adopt a comprehensive long-term strategic plan that addresses the review of curriculum, instruction, student achievement, and assessment.  Model Policies 601, 603, and 616 address these statutory requirements.  Model Policies 613-615 and 617-620 provide procedures to further implement the requirements of Minnesota Statutes section 120B.11.]

  1.          PURPOSE

The purpose of this policy is to focus public education strategies on a process that promotes higher academic achievement for all students and ensures broad-based community participation in decisions regarding implementation of the Minnesota K-12 Academic Standards and federal law.

  1.        GENERAL STATEMENT OF POLICY

Implementation of the Minnesota K-12 Academic Standards and federal law requires accountability for the school district.  The school district established a system to transition to the graduation requirements of the Minnesota K-12 Academic Standards.  The school district also established a system to review and improve instruction, curriculum, and assessment which will include substantial input by students, parents or guardians, and local community members.   The school district will be accountable to the public and the state through annual reporting.

III.      DEFINITIONS

  1.       “Comprehensive achievement and civic readiness” means striving to:  meet school readiness goals; close the academic achievement gap among all racial and ethnic groups of students and between students living in poverty and students not living in poverty; have all students attain career and college readiness before graduating from high school; and have all students graduate from high school; and prepare students to be lifelong learners.

[NOTE: The 2024 Minnesota legislature revised Minnesota Statutes, section 120B.11, including replacement of the term “world’s best workforce” with “comprehensive achievement and civic readiness.”]

  1.       “Credit” means a student’s successful completion of an academic year of study or a student’s mastery of the applicable subject matter, as determined by the school district.
  2.       ESTABLISHMENT OF GOALS; IMPLEMENTATION; EVALUATION AND REPORTING
  3.        School District Goals
  1.        The school board has established school district-wide goals that provide broad direction for the school district.  Incorporated in these goals are the graduation and education standards contained in the Minnesota K-12 Academic Standards and federal law.  The broad goals shall be reviewed annually and approved by the school board.  The school board shall adopt annual goals based on the recommendations of the school district’s Advisory Committee.
  2.      The District Advisory Committee created under Policy 603 (Curriculum Development) is established by the school board to ensure active community participation in all phases of planning and improving the instruction and curriculum affecting state and district academic standards.
  3.        The school district-wide improvement goals should address recommendations identified through the District Advisory Committee process.  The school district’s goal setting process will include consideration of individual site goals.  School district goals may also be developed through an education effectiveness program or through some other locally determined process.
  4.    System for Reviewing All Instruction and Curriculum.  

          Incorporated in the process will be analysis of the school district’s progress toward implementation of the Minnesota Academic Standards.  Instruction and curriculum shall be reviewed and evaluated by taking into account strategies and best practices, student outcomes, principal evaluations under Minnesota Statutes, section 123B.147, and teacher evaluations under Minnesota Statutes, section 122A.40 or 122A.41.

  1.        Implementation of Graduation Requirements
  1.       The District Advisory Committee shall also advise the school board on implementation of the state and local graduation requirements, including K-12 curriculum, assessment, student learning opportunities, and other related issues.  Recommendations of the District AdvisoryCommittee shall be published annually to the community.  The school board shall receive public input and comment and shall adopt or update this policy at least annually.
  1.       The school board shall annually review and determine if student achievement levels at each school site meet federal expectations.   If the school board determines that student achievement levels at a school site do not meet federal expectations and the site has not made adequate yearly progress for two consecutive school years, the District Advisory Committee shall work with the school site to adopt a plan to raise student achievement levels to meet federal expectations. The District Advisory Committee may seek assistance from the Commissioner of the Minnesota Department of Education (MDE) (Commissioner) in developing a plan which must include parental involvement components.
  1.       The educational assessment system component utilized by the school board to measure individual students’ educational progress must be based, to the extent annual tests are administered, on indicators of current achievement that show growth relative to an individual student’s prior achievement.  Indicators of achievement and prior achievement must be based on highly reliable statewide or districtwide assessments. The school board will utilize models developed by the Commissioner for measuring individual student progress. The school board must coordinate with MDE in evaluating school sites and continuous improvement plans, consistent with best practices.
  1.        Comprehensive Continuous Improvement of Student Achievement
  1.         By January 1st of each year, the District Advisory Committee will meet to advise and assist the school district in the implementation of the school district system accountability and comprehensive continuous improvement process.
  1.         The District Advisory Committee, working in cooperation with other committees of the school district [such as the Technology, Educational Effectiveness, Grade Level, Site Instruction, Curriculum and Assessment Committees, etc.], will provide active community participation in:
  1.     Reviewing the school district instructional and curriculum plan, with emphasis on implementing the Minnesota K-12 Academic Standards;
  1.        Identifying annual instruction and curriculum improvement goals for recommendation to the school board;
  1.        Making recommendations regarding the evaluation process that will be used to measure school district progress toward its goals; and,
  1.        Advising the school board about development of the annual budget.
  1.         The District Advisory Committee shall meet the following criteria:
  1.       The District Advisory Committee shall ensure active community participation in all planning for instruction and curriculum affecting Graduation Standards.
  1.        The District Advisory Committee shall make recommendations to the school board on school district-wide standards, assessments, and program evaluation.
  1.       Building teams may be established as subcommittees to develop and implement an education effectiveness plan and to carry out methods to improve instruction, curriculum, and assessments as well as methods to use technology in meeting the school district improvement plan.
  1.        A local plan to evaluate student progress, using a local process, shall be used for developing a plan for assessment of student progress toward the Graduation Standards, as well as program evaluation data for use by the District Advisory Committee in the instruction and curriculum review process.  This plan shall annually be approved by the school board.
  1.         Translation services should be provided to the extent appropriate and practicable.
  1.         The District Advisory Committee shall meet the following timeline each year:

Month:       Organizational meeting of the Committee to review the authorizing legislation and the roles and responsibilities of the Committee as determined by the school board.

Month(s):   Agree on the process to be used.  Become familiar with the instruction and curriculum of the cycle content area.

Month(s):   Review evaluation results and prepare recommendations.

Month:       Present recommendations to the school board for its input and approval.

  1.        Evaluation of Student Progress Committee.  

          A committee of professional staff shall develop a plan for assessment of student progress, the Graduation Standards, as well as program evaluation data for use by the District Advisory Committee to review instruction and curriculum, cultural competencies, including cultural awareness and cross-cultural communication, and student achievement at the school site.  This plan shall annually be approved by the school board.

[NOTE: The school board may choose to delete this paragraph regarding an Evaluation of Student Progress Committee upon consultation with school administration.]

  1.        Reporting
  1.     Consistent with Minnesota Statutes, section 120B.36, subdivision. 1, the school board shall publish a report in the local newspaper with the largest circulation in the district, by mail, or by electronic means on the school district website.  The school board shall hold an annual public meeting to review and revise, where appropriate, student achievement goals, local assessment outcomes, plans, strategies, and practices for improving curriculum and instruction and cultural competency and efforts to equitably distribute diverse, effective, experienced, and in-field teachers, and to review school district success in realizing the previously adopted student achievement goals and related benchmarks and the improvement plans leading to comprehensive achievement and civic readiness.  The school board must transmit an electronic summary of its report to the Commissioner in the form and manner the Commissioner determines.  The school district shall periodically survey affected constituencies in their native languages, where appropriate and practicable, about their connection to and level of satisfaction with school.  The school district shall include the results of this evaluation in its published reports and in its summary report to the Commissioner.
  1.       The school performance report for a school site and a school district must include performance reporting information and calculate proficiency rates as required by the most recently reauthorized Elementary and Secondary Education Act.
  1.        The school district must annually report the district’s class size ratios by each grade to the commissioner of education in the form and manner specified by the commissioner. 
  1.       The school district must report whether programs funded with compensatory revenue are consistent with best practices demonstrated to improve student achievement.

Legal References:      Minn. Stat. § 120B.018 (Definitions)

Minn. Stat. § 120B.02 (Educational Expectations and Graduation Requirements for Minnesota’s Students)

Minn. Stat. § 120B.11 (School District Process for Reviewing Curriculum, Instruction, and Student Achievement Goals; Striving for Comprehensive Achievement and Civic Readiness)

Minn. Stat. § 120B.35 (Student Academic Achievement and Growth)

Minn. Stat. § 120B.36 (School Accountability)

Minn. Stat. § 122A.40 (Employment; Contracts; Termination)

Minn. Stat. § 122A.41 (Teacher Tenure Act; Cities of the First Class; Definitions)

Minn. Stat. § 123B.04 (Site Decision Making; Individualized Learning Agreement; Other Agreements)

Minn. Stat. § 123B.147 (Principals)

Minn. Stat. § 126C.12 (Learning and Development Revenue Amount and Use)

Minn. Rules Parts 3501.0660 (Academic Standards for Language Arts)

Minn. Rules Parts 3501.0700-3501.0745 (Academic Standards for Mathematics)

Minn. Rules Parts 3501.0820 (Academic Standards for the Arts)

Minn. Rules Parts 3501.0900-3501.0960 (Academic Standards in Science)

Minn. Rules Parts 3501.1300-3501.1345 (Academic Standards for Social Studies)

Minn. Rules Parts 3501.1400-3501.1410 (Academic Standards for Physical Education)

20 U.S.C. § 6301, et seq. (Every Student Succeeds Act)

Cross References:       MSBA/MASA Model Policy 104 (School District Mission Statement)

MSBA/MASA Model Policy 601 (School District Curriculum and Instruction Goals)

MSBA/MASA Model Policy 613 (Graduation Requirements)

MSBA/MASA Model Policy 614 (School District Testing Plan and Procedure)

MSBA/MASA Model Policy 615 (Testing Accommodations, Modifications, and Exemptions for IEPs, Section 504 Plans, and LEP Students)

MSBA/MASA Model Policy 617 (School District Ensurance of Preparatory and High School Standards)

MSBA/MASA Model Policy 618 (Assessment of Student Achievement)

MSBA/MASA Model Policy 619 (Staff Development for Standards)

MSBA/MASA Model Policy 620 (Credit for Learning)

MSBA/MASA Model Policy 601
Orig. 1995
Rev. 2024

626     SCHOOL DISTRICT CURRICULUM AND INSTRUCTION GOALS

[NOTE:  Minnesota Statutes section 120B.11 requires school districts to adopt a comprehensive long-term strategic plan that addresses the review of curriculum, instruction, student achievement, and assessment.  MSBA/MASA Model Policies 601, 603, and 616 address these statutory requirements.  In addition, MSBA/MASA Model Policies 613-615 and 617-620 provide procedures to further implement the requirements of Minnesota Statutes section 120B.11.]

I.         PURPOSE

The purpose of this policy is to establish broad curriculum parameters for the school district that encompass the Minnesota Academic Standards and federal law and are aligned with comprehensive achievement and civic readiness.

II.        GENERAL STATEMENT OF POLICY

The policy of the school district is to strive for comprehensive achievement and civic readiness in which all learning in the school district should be directed and for which all school district learners should be held accountable.

III.      DEFINITIONS

A.         “Academic standard” means a summary description of student learning in a required content area or elective content area.

           B.       “Antiracist” means actively working to identify and eliminate racism in all forms in order to change policies, behaviors, and beliefs that perpetuate racist ideas and actions.

C.        “Benchmark” means specific knowledge or skill that a student must master to complete part of an academic standard by the end of the grade level or grade band.

D.      “Comprehensive Achievement and Civic Readiness” means striving to:  meet school readiness goals; close the academic achievement gap among all racial and ethnic groups of students and between students living in poverty and students not living in poverty; have all students attain career and college readiness before graduating from high school; have all students graduate from high school; and prepare students to be lifelong learners.

E.     “Culturally sustaining” means integrating content and practices that infuse the culture and language of Black, Indigenous, and People of Color communities who have been and continue to be harmed and erased through the education system.

F.       “Curriculum” means district or school adopted programs and written plans for providing students with learning experiences that lead to expected knowledge, skills, and career and college readiness.

G.       “Ethnic studies” as defined in Minnesota Statutes, section 120B.25, has the same meaning for purposes of this section.   Ethnic studies curriculum may be integrated in existing curricular opportunities or provided through additional curricular offerings.

H.     “Experiential learning” means learning for students that includes career exploration through a specific class or course or through work-based experiences such as job shadowing, mentoring, entrepreneurship, service learning, volunteering, internships, other cooperative work experience, youth apprenticeship, or employment.

I.         “Institutional racism” means structures, policies, and practices within and across
 institutions that produce outcomes that disadvantage those who are Black, Indigenous, and People of Color.

J.        “Instruction” means methods of providing learning experiences that enable students to meet state and district academic standards and graduation requirements including applied and experiential learning.

K.      “Performance measures” are measures to determine school district and school site progress in striving for comprehensive achievement and civic readiness and must include at least the following:

1.         the size of the academic achievement gap; rigorous course taking, including college-level advanced placement, international baccalaureate, postsecondary enrollment options, including concurrent enrollment, other rigorous courses of study or industry certification courses or programs, and enrichment experiences by student subgroup;

                        2.         student performance on the Minnesota Comprehensive Assessments;

                        3.         high school graduation rates; and

                       4.         career and college readiness under Minnesota Statutes, section 120B.30, subdivision 1.

[Note: Definitions B, E, G, and I were added to Minnesota Statutes, section 120B.11—the Comprehensive Achievement and Civic Readiness law—effective August 1, 2023.  The definitions apply to revisions to the Comprehensive Achievement and Civic Readiness law regarding  strategic plans; these revisions are effective “for all strategic plans reviewed and updated after June 30, 2024.]

IV.       LONG-TERM STRATEGIC PLAN

A.        The school board, at a public meeting, must adopt a comprehensive, long-term strategic plan to support and improve teaching and learning that is aligned with striving for comprehensive achievement and civic readiness and includes the following:

1.       clearly defined school district and school site goals and benchmarks for instruction and student achievement for all student categories identified in Minnesota Statutes, section 120B.35, subdivision 3, paragraph (b)(2);

[NOTE: MSBA/MASA Model Policy 601, Section IV.B. and MSBA/MASA Model Policy 616 address this requirement.]

2.        a process to assess and evaluate each student’s progress toward meeting state and local academic standards, assess and identify students for participation in gifted and talented programs and services and accelerate their instruction, adopt early-admission procedures consistent with Minnesota Statutes, section 120B.15 and identifying the strengths and weaknesses of instruction in pursuit of student and school success and curriculum affecting students’ progress and growth toward career and college readiness and leading to the world’s best workforce;

[NOTE:  MSBA/MASA Model Policy 618 addresses this requirement.]

3.      a system to periodically review and evaluate the effectiveness of all instruction and curriculum, taking into account strategies and best practices, student outcomes, principal evaluations under Minnesota Statutes, section 123B.147, subdivision 3, students’ access to effective teachers who are members of populations underrepresented among the licensed teachers in the district or school and who reflect the diversity of enrolled students under Minnesota Statutes, section 120B.35, subdivision 3(b)(2), and teacher evaluations under Minnesota Statutes, section 122A.40, subdivision. 8, or 122A.41, subdivision 5;

[NOTE: MSBA/MASA Model Policy 616 addresses this requirement.]

4.         strategies for improving instruction, curriculum, and student achievement, including the English and, where practicable, the native language development and the academic achievement of English learners;

[NOTE: MSBA/MASA   Model Policy 616 addresses this requirement.]

5.       a process to examine the equitable distribution of teachers and strategies to ensure children in low-income families, children in families of People of Color, and children in American Indian families are not taught at higher rates than other children by inexperienced, ineffective, or out-of-field teachers;

6.         education effectiveness practices that 

a.         integrate high-quality instruction, technology, and curriculum that is rigorous, accurate, antiracist, and culturally sustaining; 

b.         ensure learning and work environments validate, affirm, embrace, and integrate cultural and community strengths for all students, families, and employees;

c.         provide a collaborative professional culture that seeks to retain qualified, racially and ethnically diverse staff effective at working with diverse students while developing and supporting teacher quality, performance, and effectiveness; and

7.         an annual budget for continuing to implement the school district plan; and

8.        identifying a list of suggested and required materials, resources, sample curricula, and pedagogical skills for use in kindergarten through grade 12 that accurately reflect the diversity of the state of Minnesota.

B.         The school district is not required to include information regarding literacy in a plan
 or report required under this section, except with regard to the academic achievement of English learners.

          C.         Every child is reading at or above grade level every year, beginning in kindergarten, and multilingual learners and students receiving special education services are receiving support in achieving their individualized reading goals pursuant to Policy 621 (Literacy and the Read Act)

Legal References:      Minn. Stat. § 120B.018 (Definitions)

                                   Minn. Stat. § 120B.02 (Educational Expectations and Graduation Requirements for Minnesota Students)

Minn. Stat. § 120B.11 (School District Process for Reviewing Curriculum, Instruction, and Student Achievement; Striving for Comprehensive Achievement and Civic Readiness)

Minn. Stat. § 120B.12 (Read Act Goal and Interventions)

Minn. Stat. § 120B.30, Subd. 1 (Statewide Testing and Reporting System)

Minn. Stat. § 120B.35, Subd. 3 (Student Academic Achievement and Growth)

Minn. Stat. § 122A.40, Subd. 8 (Employment; Contracts; Termination)

Minn. Stat. § 122A.41, Subd. 5 (Teacher Tenure Act; Cities of the First Class; Definitions)

Minn. Stat. § 123B.147, Subd. 3 (Principals)

Minn. Stat. § 125A.56, Subd. 1 (Alternate Instruction Required before Assessment Referral)

20 U.S.C. § 5801, et seq. (National Education Goals)

20 U.S.C. § 6301, et seq. (Every Student Succeeds Act)

 

Cross References:      MSBA/MASA Model Policy 104 (School District Mission Statement)

MSBA/MASA Model Policy 613 (Graduation Requirements)

MSBA/MASA Model Policy 614 (School District Testing Plan and Procedure)

MSBA/MASA Model Policy 615 (Testing Accommodations, Modifications, and Exemptions for IEPs, Section 504 Plans, and LEP Students)

MSBA/MASA Model Policy 616 (School District System Accountability)

MSBA/MASA Model Policy 618 (Assessment of Student Achievement)

MSBA/MASA Model Policy 604
Orig. 1995
Rev. 2024

627     INSTRUCTIONAL CURRICULUM

  1.         PURPOSE

The purpose of this policy is to provide for the development of course offerings for students.

  1.        GENERAL STATEMENT OF POLICY
  2.         Instruction must be provided in at least the following subject areas:
  3.         basic communication skills including reading and writing, literature, and fine arts;
  4.         mathematics and science;
  5.         social studies, including history, geography, economics, government, and citizenship;
  6.         health and physical education;

[NOTE: Health curriculum may include child sexual abuse prevention in consultation with other federal, state, or local agencies and community-based organizations to identify research-based tools, curricula, and programs.]

  1.        the arts;
  2.        career and technical education; and
  3.        world languages.

[NOTE: The school district must use the current world languages standards developed by the American Council on the Teaching of Foreign Languages. World languages programs should be developed and implemented to acknowledge and reinforce the language proficiency and cultural awareness that non-English language speakers already possess and encourage students’ proficiency in multiple world languages.   Programs also must encompass indigenous American Indian languages and cultures, among other world languages and cultures.  School districts may award Minnesota World Language Proficiency Certificates consistent with Minnesota Statutes, section 120B.022.]

  1.         The basic instructional program shall include all courses required for each grade level by the Minnesota Department of Education (MDE) and courses required in all elective subject areas.  The instructional approach will be nonsexist and multicultural.
  2.       The school district must establish and regularly review its own standards for career and technical education (CTE) programs. Standards must align with CTE frameworks developed by the Department of Education, standards developed by national CTE organizations, or recognized industry standards.
  3.         The school board, at its discretion, may offer additional courses in the instructional program at any grade level.
  4.      Each instructional program shall be planned for optimal benefit taking into consideration the financial condition of the school district and other relevant factors.  Each program plan should contain goals and objectives, materials, minimum student competency levels, and methods for student evaluation.
  5.         The superintendent shall have discretionary authority to develop guidelines and directives to implement school board policy relating to instructional curriculum.
  6.      The school district may not discriminate against or discipline a teacher or principal on the basis of incorporating into curriculum contributions of persons in a federally protected class or state protected class when the included contribution is in alignment with standards and benchmarks adopted under Minnesota Statutes, sections 120B.021 and 120B.023.

III.      REQUIRED ACADEMIC STANDARDS

  1.         The following subject areas are required for statewide accountability:
  2.         language arts;
  3.         mathematics, encompassing algebra II, integrated mathematics III, or an equivalent in high school, and to be prepared for the three credits of mathematics in grades 9 through 12, the grade 8 standards include the completion of algebra;
  4.         science, including earth and space science, life science, and the physical sciences, including chemistry and physics;
  5.         social studies, including history, geography, economics, and government and citizenship that includes civics;
  6.         physical education;
  7.         health, for which locally developed academic standards apply; and
  8.         the arts. 

1.        Elementary and middle schools must offer at least three and require at least two of the following five arts areas: dance, media arts, music, theater , and visual arts.  High schools must5 offer at least three and require at least one of the following five arts areas: media arts, dance, music, theater, and visual arts.

[NOTE: Line 6. regarding locally developed health academic standard continues to be in effect. The 2024 Minnesota legislature enacted a change in health standards from local to state determination, as noted in Model Policy 613.  It will likely take eighteen months or more for a state health standard to be finalized.  Until that time, school districts should maintain their locally developed health academic standards.  MSBA will alert school districts to update line 6. when the state standards are finalized.]

  1.       PARENTAL CURRICULUM REVIEW

The school district shall have a procedure for a parent, guardian, or an adult student, 18 years of age or older, to review the content of the instructional materials to be provided to a minor child or to an adult student and, if the parent, guardian, or adult student objects to the content, to make reasonable arrangements with school personnel for alternative instruction. Alternative instruction may be provided by the parent, guardian, or adult student if the alternative instruction, if any, offered by the school board does not meet the concerns of the parent, guardian, or adult student. The school board is not required to pay for the costs of alternative instruction provided by a parent, guardian, or adult student. School personnel may not impose an academic or other penalty upon a student merely for arranging alternative instruction under this section. School personnel may evaluate and assess the quality of the student’s work.

  1.       CPR AND AED INSTRUCTION

The school district will provide onetime cardiopulmonary resuscitation (CPR) and automatic external defibrillator (AED) instruction as part of its grade 7 to 12 curriculum.

  1.         In the school district’s discretion, training and instruction may result in CPR certification.
  2.         CPR and AED instruction must include CPR and AED training that have been developed:
  3.         by the American Heart Association or the American Red Cross and incorporate psychomotor skills to support the instruction; or
  4.         using nationally recognized, evidence-based guidelines for CPR and incorporate psychomotor skills to support the instruction. “Psychomotor skills” means hands-on practice to support cognitive learning; it does not mean cognitive-only instruction and training.
  5.       The school district may use community members such as emergency medical technicians, paramedics, police officers, firefighters, and representatives of the Minnesota Resuscitation Consortium, the American Heart Association, or the American Red Cross, among others, to provide instruction and training.
  6.         A school administrator may waive this curriculum requirement for a high school transfer student regardless of whether or not the student previously received instruction under this section, an enrolled student absent on the day the instruction occurred under this section, or an eligible student who has a disability.

[NOTE:  If a school district requests resources, the Minnesota Resuscitation Consortium must provide them to the school district for instruction and training provided to students under this section.]

 

  1.         COLLEGE AND CAREER PLANNING
  2.       The school district shall assist all students by no later than grade 9 to explore their educational college and career interests, aptitudes, and aspirations and develop a plan for a smooth and successful transition to postsecondary education or employment. All students’ plans must:
  3.       provide a comprehensive plan to prepare for and complete career and college-ready curriculum by meeting state and local academic standards and developing career and employment-related skills such as teamwork, collaboration, creativity, communication, critical thinking, and good work habits;
  4.        emphasize academic rigor and high expectationsand inform the student, and the student’s parent or guardian if the student is a minor, of the student’s achievement level score on the Minnesota Comprehensive Assessments that are administered during high school;
  5.      help students identify interests, aptitudes, aspirations, and personal learning styles that may affect their career and college-ready goals andpostsecondary education and employment choices;
  6.         set appropriate career and college-ready goals with timelines that identify effective means for achieving those goals;
  7.         help students access education and career options;
  8.       integrate strong academic content into career-focused courses and applied and experiential learning opportunities and integrate relevant career-focused courses and applied and experiential learning opportunities into strong academic content;
  9.       help identify and access appropriate counseling and other supports and assistance that enable students to complete required coursework, prepare for postsecondary education and careers, and obtain information about postsecondary education costs and eligibility for financial aid and scholarship;
  10.         help identify collaborative partnerships among pre-kindergarten through grade 12 schools, postsecondary institutions, economic development agencies, and local and regional employers that support students’ transitions to postsecondary education and employment and provide students with applied and experiential learning opportunities; and
  11.        be reviewed and revised at least annually by the student, the student’s parent or guardian, and the school district to ensure that the student’s course-taking schedule keeps the student on track for graduation, making adequate progress to meet state and local academic standards and high school graduation requirements and with a reasonable chance to succeed with employment or postsecondary education without the need to first complete remedial course work.
  12.       The school district may develop grade-level curricula or provide instruction that introduces students to various careers, but must not require any curriculum, instruction, or employment-related activity that obligates an elementary or secondary student to involuntarily select or pursue a career, career interest, employment goals, or related job training.
  13.      Educators must possess the knowledge and skills to effectively teach all English learners in their classrooms.  School districts must provide appropriate curriculum, targeted materials, professional development opportunities for educators, and sufficient resources to enable English learners to become career and college ready.
  14.      When assisting students in developing a plan for a smooth and successful transition to postsecondary education and employment, school districts must recognize the unique possibilities of each student and ensure that the contents of each student’s plan reflect the student’s unique talents, skills, and abilities as the student grows, develops, and learns.
  15.        If a student with a disability has an Individualized Education Program (IEP) or standardized written plan that meets the plan components herein, the IEP satisfies the requirement, and no additional transition plan is needed.
  16.       Students who do not meet or exceed the Minnesota Academic Standards, as measured by the Minnesota Comprehensive Assessments that are administered during high school, shall be informed that admission to a public school is free and available to any resident under 21 years of age or who meets the requirements of the compulsory attendance law.  A student’s plan under this provision shall continue while a student is enrolled.

 

Legal References:      Minn. Stat. § 120A.22 (Compulsory Instruction)

                                  Minn. Stat. § 120B.021 (Required Academic Standards)

                                  Minn. Stat. § 120B.022 (Elective Standards)

                                  Minn. Stat. § 120B.023 (Benchmarks)

Minn. Stat. § 120B.101 (Curriculum)

Minn. Stat. § 120B.125 (Planning for Students’ Successful Transition to Postsecondary Education and Employment; Personal Learning Plans)

Minn. Stat. § 120B.20 (Parental Curriculum Review)

Minn. Stat. § 120B.021 (Required Academic Standards)

Minn. Stat. § 120B.022 (Elective Standards)

Minn. Stat. § 120B.023 (Benchmarks Implement, Supplement Statewide Academic Standards)

Minn. Stat. § 120B.234 (Child Sexual Abuse Prevention Education)

Minn. Stat. § 120B.236 (Cardiopulmonary Resuscitation and Automatic External Defibrillator Instruction)

 

Cross References:      MSBA/MASA Model Policy 603 (Curriculum Development)

MSBA/MASA Model Policy 605 (Alternative Programs)

MSBA/MASA Model Policy 603
Orig. 1995
Rev. 2024

628     CURRICULUM DEVELOPMENT

[NOTE:  Minnesota Statutes, section 120B.11 requires school districts to adopt a comprehensive long-term strategic plan that addresses the review of curriculum, instruction, student achievement, and assessment.  MSBA/MASA Model Policies 601, 603, and 616 address these statutory requirements.  In addition, MSBA/MASA Model Policies 613-615 and 618-620 provide procedures to further implement the requirements of Minnesota Statutes, section 120B.11.]

  1.         PURPOSE

The purpose of this policy is to provide direction for continuous review and improvement of the school curriculum.

  1.        GENERAL STATEMENT OF POLICY

Curriculum development shall be directed toward the fulfillment of the goals and objectives of the education program of the school district.

III.      RESPONSIBILITY

The superintendent shall be responsible for curriculum development and for determining the most effective way of conducting research on the school district’s curriculum needs and establishing a long-range curriculum development program.   Timelines shall be determined by the superintendent that will provide for periodic reviews of each curriculum area.

  1.      DISTRICT ADVISORY COMMITTEE
  2.         The school board must establish an advisory committee to ensure active community participation in all phases of planning and improving the instruction and curriculum affecting state and district academic standards. 
  3.         The District Advisory Committee, to the extent possible, must reflect the diversity of the district and its school sites, include teachers, parents, support staff, students, and other community residents, and provide translation to the extent appropriate and practicable. Whenever possible, parents and other community residents must comprise at least two-thirds of committee members.
  4.         The District Advisory Committee must pursue community support to accelerate the academic and native literacy and achievement of English learners with varied needs, from young children to adults, consistent with Minnesota Statutes, section 124D.59, subdivisions 2 and 2a. 
  5.        The school district may establish site teams as subcommittees of the District Advisory Committee. 
  6.         The District Advisory Committee must recommend to the school board 
  7.         rigorous academic standards, student achievement goals and measures consistent with Minnesota Statutes, sections 120B.11, subdivision 1a, 120B.022, subdivisions 1a and 1b; and 120B.35; 
  8.         district assessments; 
  9.         means to improve students’ equitable access to effective and more diverse teachers;  
  10.         strategies to ensure the curriculum is rigorous, accurate, antiracist, culturally sustaining, and reflects the diversity of the student population; 
  11.         strategies to ensure that curriculum and learning and work environments validate, affirm, embrace, and integrate the cultural and community strengths of all racial and ethnic groups; and
  12.         program evaluations. 
  13.         School sites may expand upon district evaluations of instruction, curriculum, assessments, or programs.
  14.         SCHOOL SITE TEAM

Each school must establish a site team to develop and implement strategies and education effectiveness practices to improve instruction, curriculum, cultural competencies, including cultural awareness and cross-cultural communication, and student achievement at the school site. The site team must include an equal number of teachers and administrators and at least one parent. The site team advises the board and the advisory committee about developing the annual budget and creates an instruction and curriculum improvement plan to align curriculum, assessment of student progress, and growth in meeting state and district academic standards and instruction.

  1.       CURRICULUM DEVELOPMENT PROCESS

[Note: In light of changes in Minnesota law regarding curriculum, MSBA encourages school districts to consider deleting Article VI, Section A or revising it to reflect local curriculum development processes.  Literacy planning is now addressed in new model policy 621: Literacy and the READ Act.]    

  1.      Students who do not meet or exceed Minnesota academic standards, as measured by the Minnesota Comprehensive Assessments that are administered during high school, shall be informed that admission to a public school is free and available to any resident under 21 years of age or who meets the requirements of Minnesota Statutes, section 120A.20, subdivision 1(c).   A student’s plan under this section shall continue while the student is enrolled.
  2.        The superintendentshall be responsible for keepingthe school board informed of all state-mandated curriculum changes, as well as recommended discretionary changes, and for periodically presenting recommended modifications for school board review and approval.
  3.       The superintendent shall have discretionary authority to develop guidelines and directives to implement school board policy relating to curriculum development.

Legal References:      Minn. Stat. § 120A.20 (Admission to Public School)

Minn. Stat. § 120B.10 (Findings; Improving Instruction and Curriculum)

Minn. Stat. § 120B.11 (School District Process for Reviewing Curriculum, Instruction, and Student Achievement Goals; Striving for Comprehensive Achievement and Civic Readiness)

Minn. Stat. § 120B.12 (Read Act Goal and Interventions)

Minn. Stat. § 120B.125(f) (Planning for Students’ Successful Transition to Postsecondary Education and Employment; Personal Learning Plans)

Minn. Stat. § 124D.59 (Definitions)

Minn. Rules Part 3500.0550 (Inclusive Educational Program)

Minn. Rules Part 3501.0660 (Academic Standards for Kindergarten through Grade 12)

Minn. Rules Parts 3501.0700-3501.0745 (Academic Standards for Mathematics)

Minn. Rules Part 3501.0820 (Academic Standards for the Arts)

Minn. Rules Parts 3501.0900-3501.0960 (Academic Standards in Science)

Minn. Rules Parts 3501.1200-3501.1210 (Academic Standards for English Language Development)

Minn. Rules Parts 3501.1300-3501.1345 (Academic Standards for Social Studies)

Minn. Rules Parts 3501.1400-3501.1410 (Academic Standards for Physical Education)

20 U.S.C. § 6301, et seq. (Every Student Succeeds Act)

 

Cross References:      MSBA/MASA Model Policy 604 (Instructional Curriculum)

MSBA/MASA Model Policy 605 (Alternative Programs)

MSBA/MASA Model Policy 613 (Graduation Requirements)

MSBA/MASA Model Policy 614 (School District Testing Plan and Procedure)

MSBA/MASA Model Policy 615 (Testing Accommodations, Modifications, and Exemptions for IEPs, Section 504 Plans, and LEP Students)

MSBA/MASA Model Policy 616 (School District System Accountability)

MSBA/MASA Model Policy 618 (Assessment of Student Achievement)

MSBA/MASA Model Policy 619 (Staff Development for Standards)

MSBA/MASA Model Policy 620 (Credit for Learning)

MSBA/MASA Model Policy 623 (Mandatory Summer School Instruction)

Adopted: July 2023
Revised:

629 LITERACY AND THE READ ACT

[Note: By the 2026-2027 school year, the school district must provide evidencebased reading instruction through a focus on student mastery of the foundational
reading skills of phonemic awareness, phonics, and fluency, as well as the
development of oral language, vocabulary, and reading comprehension skills.
Students must receive evidence-based instruction that is proven to effectively teach
children to read, consistent with Minnesota Statutes, sections 120B.1117 to
120B.124.]

I. PURPOSE
This policy aligns with Minnesota law established in the Read Act and on other topics related to
reading.

II. GENERAL STATEMENT OF POLICY
The school district recognizes the centrality of reading in a student’s educational experience.

III. DEFINITIONS
A. “Evidence-based” means the instruction or item described is based on reliable,
trustworthy, and valid evidence and has demonstrated a record of success in increasing
students’ reading competency in the areas of phonological and phonemic awareness,
phonics, vocabulary development, reading fluency, and reading comprehension.
Evidence-based literacy instruction is explicit, systematic, and includes phonological and
phonemic awareness, phonics and decoding, spelling, fluency, vocabulary, oral
language, and comprehension that can be differentiated to meet the needs of individual
students. Evidence-based instruction does not include the three-cueing system, as
defined in subdivision 16.

B. “Fluency” means the ability of students to read text accurately, automatically, and with
proper expression.

C. “Foundational reading skills” includes phonological and phonemic awareness, phonics
and decoding, and fluency. Foundational reading skills appropriate to each grade level
must be mastered in kindergarten, grade 1, grade 2, and grade 3. Struggling readers in
grades 4 and above who do not demonstrate mastery of grade-level foundational
reading skills must continue to receive explicit, systematic instruction to reach mastery.

D. “Literacy specialist” means a person licensed by the Professional Educator Licensing and
Standards Board as a teacher of reading, a special education teacher, or a kindergarten
through grade 6 teacher, who has completed professional development approved by the
Minnesota Department of Education (MDE) in structured literacy. A literacy specialist
employed by the department under Minnesota Statutes, section 120B.123, subdivision
7, or by a district as a literacy lead, is not required to complete the approved training
before August 30, 2025.
E. “Literacy lead” means a literacy specialist with expertise in working with educators as
adult learners. A district literacy lead must support the district’s implementation of the
Read Act; provide support to school-based coaches; support the implementation of
621-2
structured literacy, interventions, curriculum delivery, and teacher training; assist with
the development of personal learning plans; and train paraprofessionals and other
support staff to support classroom literacy instruction. A literacy lead may be employed
by one district, jointly by two or more districts, or may provide services to districts
through a partnership with the regional service cooperatives or another district.

F. “Multitiered system of support” or “MTSS” means a systemic, continuous improvement
framework for ensuring positive social, emotional, behavioral, developmental, and
academic outcomes for every student. The MTSS framework provides access to layered
tiers of culturally and linguistically responsive, evidence-based practices and relies on
the understanding and belief that every student can learn and thrive. Through a MTSS
at the core (Tier 1), supplemental (Tier 2), and intensive (Tier 3) levels, educators
provide high quality, evidence-based instruction and intervention that is matched to a
student’s needs; progress is monitored to inform instruction and set goals and data is
used for educational decision making.

G. “Oral language,” also called “spoken language,” includes speaking and listening, and
consists of five components: phonology, morphology, syntax, semantics, and
pragmatics.

H. “Phonemic awareness” means the ability to notice, think about, and manipulate
individual sounds in spoken syllables and words.

I. “Phonics instruction” means the explicit, systematic, and direct instruction of the
relationships between letters and the sounds they represent and the application of this
knowledge in reading and spelling.

J. “Progress monitoring” means using data collected to inform whether interventions are
working. Progress monitoring involves ongoing monitoring of progress that quantifies
rates of improvement and informs instructional practice and the development of
individualized programs using state-approved screening that is reliable and valid for the
intended purpose.

K. “Reading comprehension” means a function of word recognition skills and language
comprehension skills. It is an active process that requires intentional thinking during
which meaning is constructed through interactions between the text and reader.
Comprehension skills are taught explicitly by demonstrating, explaining, modeling, and
implementing specific cognitive strategies to help beginning readers derive meaning
through intentional, problem-solving thinking processes.

L. “Structured literacy” means an approach to reading instruction in which teachers
carefully structure important literacy skills, concepts, and the sequence of instruction to
facilitate children’s literacy learning and progress. Structured literacy is characterized
by the provision of systematic, explicit, sequential, and diagnostic instruction in
phonemic awareness, phonics, fluency, vocabulary and oral language development, and
reading comprehension.

M. “Three-cueing system,” also known as “meaning structure visual (MSV),” means a
method that teaches students to use meaning, structure and syntax, and visual cues
when attempting to read an unknown word.

N. “Vocabulary development” means the process of acquiring new words. A robust
vocabulary improves all areas of communication, including listening, speaking, reading,
and writing. Vocabulary growth is directly related to school achievement and is a strong
621-3
predictor for reading success.

IV. READING SCREENER; PARENT NOTIFICATION AND INVOLVEMENT
A. The school district must administer an approved evidence-based reading screener to
students in kindergarten through grade 3 within the first six weeks of the school year,
and again within the last six weeks of the school year. The screener must be one of the
screening tools approved by the Minnesota Department of Education (MDE).

B. The school district must identify any screener it uses in the district’s annual literacy plan,
and submit screening data with the annual literacy plan by June 15.

C. Schools, at least biannually after administering each screener, must give the parent of
each student who is not reading at or above grade level timely information about:

  1. the student’s reading proficiency as measured by a screener approved by MDE;
  2. reading-related services currently being provided to the student and the
student’s progress; and
  3. strategies for parents to use at home in helping their student succeed in
becoming grade-level proficient in reading in English and in their native
language.

D. The school district may not use this section to deny a student’s right to a special
education evaluation.

V. IDENTIFICATION AND REPORT
A. Students enrolled in kindergarten, grade 1, grade 2, and grade 3, including multilingual
learners and students receiving special education services, must
be universally screened for mastery of foundational reading skills, including phonemic
awareness, phonics, decoding, fluency, oral language, and for characteristics of
dyslexia as measured by a screening tool approved by MDE. The screening for
characteristics of dyslexia may be integrated with universal screening for mastery of
foundational skills and oral language.

B. The school district must submit data on student performance in kindergarten, grade 1,
grade 2, and grade 3 on foundational reading skills, including phonemic awareness,
phonics, decoding, fluency, and oral language to MDE in the annual local literacy plan
submission due on June 15.

C. Students in grades 4 and above, including multilingual learners and students receiving
special education services, who do not demonstrate mastery of foundational reading
skills, including phonemic awareness, phonics, decoding, fluency, and oral
language, must be screened using a screening tool approved by MDE for characteristics
of dyslexia and must continue to receive evidence-based instruction, interventions, and
progress monitoring until the students achieve grade-level proficiency. A parent, in
consultation with a teacher, may opt a student out of the literacy screener if the parent
and teacher decide that continuing to screen would not be beneficial to the student. In
such limited cases, the student must continue to receive progress monitoring and
literacy interventions.

D. Reading screeners in English, and in the predominant languages of school district
621-4
students where practicable, must identify and evaluate students’ areas of academic need
related to literacy. The school district also must monitor the progress and provide
reading instruction appropriate to the specific needs of multilingual learners. The school
district must use an approved, developmentally appropriate, and culturally
responsive screener and annually report summary screener results to the MDE
Commissioner by June 15 in the form and manner determined by the MDE
Commissioner.

E. The school district must include in its literacy plan a summary of the district’s efforts to
screen, identify, and provide interventions to students who demonstrate characteristics
of dyslexia as measured by a screening tool approved by MDE. With respect to students
screened or identified under paragraph (a), the report must include:
  1. a summary of the school district’s efforts to screen for dyslexia;
  2. the number of students universally screened for that reporting year;
  3. the number of students demonstrating characteristics of dyslexia for that year;
and
  4. an explanation of how students identified under this subdivision are provided
with alternate instruction and interventions under Minnesota Statutes,
section 125A.56, subdivision 1.

VI. INTERVENTION
A. For each student identified under the screening identification process, the school district
shall provide reading intervention to accelerate student growth and reach the goal of
reading at or above grade level by the end of the current grade and school year.

B. The school district must implement progress monitoring, as defined in Minnesota
Statutes, section 120B.1118, for a student not reading at grade level.

C. The school district must use evidence-based curriculum and intervention materials at
each grade level that are designed to ensure student mastery of phonemic awareness,
phonics, vocabulary development, reading fluency, and reading comprehension.
Starting July 1, 2023, if the school district purchases new literacy curriculum, or literacy
intervention or supplementary materials, the curriculum or materials must be evidencebased as defined in Minnesota Statutes, section 120B.1118.

D. If a student does not read at or above grade level by the end of the current school year,
the school district must continue to provide reading intervention until the student reads
at grade level. School district intervention methods shall encourage family engagement
and, where possible, collaboration with appropriate school and community programs
that specialize in evidence-based instructional practices and measure mastery of
foundational reading skills, including phonemic awareness, phonics, decoding, fluency,
and oral language.

E. By the 2025-2026 school year, intervention programs must be taught by an intervention
teacher or special education teacher who has successfully completed training in
evidence-based reading instruction approved by MDE. Intervention may
include but is not limited to requiring student attendance in summer school, intensified
reading instruction that may require that the student be removed from the regular
621-5
classroom for part of the school day, extended-day programs, or programs that
strengthen students’ cultural connections.

F. The school district must determine the format of the personal learning plan in
collaboration with the student’s educators and other appropriate professionals. The
school must develop the learning plan in consultation with the student’s parent or
guardian. The personal learning plan must include targeted instruction that is evidencebased and ongoing progress monitoring, and address knowledge gaps and skill
deficiencies through strategies such as specific exercises and practices during and
outside of the regular school day, group interventions, periodic assessments or
screeners, and reasonable timelines. The personal learning plan may include grade
retention, if it is in the student’s best interest; a student may not be retained solely due
to delays in literacy or not demonstrating grade-level proficiency. A school must
maintain and regularly update and modify the personal learning plan until the student
reads at grade level. This paragraph does not apply to a student under an individualized
education program.
VII. LOCAL LITERACY PLAN
A. The school district must adopt a local literacy plan to have every child reading at or
above grade level every year beginning in kindergarten and to support multilingual
learners and students receiving special education services in achieving their
individualized reading goals. The school district must update and submit the plan to the
Commissioner of MDE by June 15 each year. The plan must be consistent with the Read
Act, and include the following:
  1. a process to assess students’ foundational reading skills, oral language,
and level of reading proficiency and the screeners used, by school site and grade
level, under Minnesota Statutes, section 120B.123;
  2. a process to notify and involve parents;
  3. a description of how schools in the school district will determine the
targeted reading instruction that is evidence-based and includes an intervention
strategy for a student and the process for intensifying or modifying the reading
strategy in order to obtain measurable reading progress;
  4. evidence-based intervention methods for students who are not reading at or
above grade level and progress monitoring to provide information on the
effectiveness of the intervention;
  5. identification of staff development needs, including a plan to meet those needs;
  6. the curricula used by school site and grade level;
  7. a statement of whether the school district has adopted a MTSS framework;
  8. student data using the measures of foundational literacy skills and mastery
identified by MDE for the following students:
     a. students in kindergarten through grade 3;
     b. students who demonstrate characteristics of dyslexia; and
621-6
     c. students in grades 4 to 12 who are identified as not reading at
grade level; and
  9. the number of teachers and other staff that have completed training approved
by the department.

B. The school district must post its literacy plan on the official school district website and
submit it to the Commissioner of MDE using the template developed by the
Commissioner beginning June 15, 2024.

VIII. STAFF TRAINING
A. Beginning July 1, 2024, a school district must provide access to the training required
under Minnesota Statutes, section 120B.123, subdivision 5, to:
  1. intervention teachers working with students in kindergarten through grade 12;
  2. all classroom teachers of students in kindergarten through grade 3 and children
in prekindergarten programs;
  3. special education teachers;
  4. curriculum directors;
  5. instructional support staff who provide reading instruction; and
  6. employees who select literacy instructional materials for a district.

B. The school district must provide training from a menu of approved evidence-based
training programs to all reading intervention teachers, literacy specialists, and other
teachers and staff identified in Minnesota Statutes, section 120B.12, subdivision 1,
paragraph (b), by July 1, 2025; and by July 1, 2027, to other teachers in the school
district, prioritizing teachers who work with students with disabilities, English learners,
and students who qualify for the graduation incentives program under Minnesota
Statutes, section 124D.68. The Commissioner of MDE may grant a school district an
extension to these deadlines.

C. By August 30, 2025, the school district must employ or contract with a literacy lead, or
be actively supporting a designated literacy specialist through the process of becoming
a literacy lead. The school board may satisfy the requirements of this subdivision by
contracting with another school board or cooperative unit under Minnesota Statutes,
section 123A.24 for the services of a literacy lead by August 30, 2025. The school
district literacy lead must collaborate with school district administrators and staff to
support the school district’s implementation of requirements under the Read Act.

IX. STAFF DEVELOPMENT
A. The school district must provide training programs on evidence-based reading
instruction to teachers and instructional staff in accordance with subdivision 1,
paragraph (b). The training must include teaching in the areas of phonemic awareness,
phonics, vocabulary development, reading fluency, reading comprehension, and
culturally and linguistically responsive pedagogy.
621-7

B. The school district shall use the data under Article V. above to identify the staff
development needs so that:
  1. elementary teachers are able to implement explicit, systematic, evidencebased instruction in the five reading areas of phonemic awareness, phonics,
fluency, vocabulary, and comprehension with emphasis on mastery of
foundational reading skills as defined in Minnesota Statutes,
section 120B.1118 and other literacy-related areas including writing until the
student achieves grade-level reading and writing proficiency;
  2. elementary teachers have sufficient training to provide students with evidencebased reading and oral language instruction that meets students’
developmental, linguistic, and literacy needs using the intervention methods or
programs selected by the school district for the identified students;
  3. licensed teachers employed by the school district have regular opportunities to
improve reading and writing instruction;
  4. licensed teachers recognize students’ diverse needs in cross-cultural settings
and are able to serve the oral language and linguistic needs of students who
are multilingual learners by maximizing strengths in their native languages in
order to cultivate students’ English language development, including oral
academic language development, and build academic literacy; and
  5. licensed teachers are well trained in culturally responsive pedagogy that
enables students to master content, develop skills to access content, and build
relationships.

C. The school district must provide staff in early childhood programs sufficient training to
provide children in early childhood programs with explicit, systematic instruction in
phonological and phonemic awareness; oral language, including listening
comprehension; vocabulary; and letter-sound correspondence.

X. LITERACY INCENTIVE AID USES
The school district must use its literacy incentive aid to support implementation of evidencebased reading instruction. The following are eligible uses of literacy incentive aid:
  1. training for kindergarten through grade 3 teachers, early childhood educators,
special education teachers, reading intervention teachers working with students
in kindergarten through grade 12, curriculum directors, and instructional
support staff that provide reading instruction, on using evidence-based
screening and progress monitoring tools;
  2. evidence-based training using a training program approved by MDE;
  3. employing or contracting with a literacy lead, as defined in Minnesota Statutes,
section 120B.1118;
  4. materials, training, and ongoing coaching to ensure reading interventions under
Minnesota Statutes, section 125A.56, subdivision 1, are evidence-based; and
costs of substitute teachers to allow teachers to complete required training
during the teachers’ contract day.

621-8
Legal References: Minn. Stat. § 120B.1118 (Read Act Definitions)
Minn. Stat. § 120B.12 (Read Act Goal and Interventions)
Minn. Stat. § 120B.123 (Read Act Implementation)
Minn. Stat. § 123A.24 (Withdrawing from a Cooperative Unit; Appealing Denial
of Membership)
Minn. Stat. §124D.68 (Graduation Incentives Program)
Minn. Stat. § 124D.98 (Literacy Incentive Aid)
Minn. Stat. § 125A.56 (Alternate Instruction Required before Assessment
Referral)
Cross References: None

MSBA/MASA Model Policy 602
Orig. 1995
Rev. 2024

630     ORGANIZATION OF SCHOOL CALENDAR AND SCHOOL DAY

I.         PURPOSE

The purpose of this policy is to provide for a timely determination of the school calendar and school day.

II.        GENERAL STATEMENT OF POLICY

The school calendar and schedule of the school day are important to parents, students, employees, and the general public for advance, effective planning of the school year.

III.      CALENDAR RESPONSIBILITY

A.         The school calendar shall be adopted annually by the school board.  It shall meet all provisions of Minnesota statutes pertaining to minimum number of school days and other provisions of law.  The school calendar shall establish student days, workshop days for staff, provide for emergency closings and other information related to students, staff, and parents.

[NOTE: The annual school calendar must include at least 425 hours of instruction for a kindergarten student, 935 hours of instruction for a student in grades 1 through 6, and 1,020 hours of instruction for a student in grades 7 through 12, not including summer school.  The school calendar for all-day kindergarten must include at least 850 hours of instruction for the school year. If a voluntary prekindergarten program is offered by the school district, a prekindergarten student must receive at least 350 hours of instruction for the school year.  A school board’s annual calendar must include at least 165 days of instruction for a student in grades 1 through 11 unless a four-day week schedule has been approved by the Commissioner of the Minnesota Department of Education under Minnesota Statutes, section 124D.126.  A school board’s annual school calendar may include plans for up to five days of instruction provided through online instruction due to inclement weather.  The inclement weather plans must be developed according to Section V., below.]

            [NOTE: To the extent the school board offers K-12 teachers the opportunity for more staff development training under Minnesota Statutes, section 122A.40, subdivisions 7 and 7a, or Minnesota Statutes, section 122A.41, subdivisions 4 and 4a, the school district shall adopt as its school calendar a total of 240 days of student instruction and staff development, of which the total number of staff development days equals the difference between the total number of days of student instruction and 240 days.  The school board may schedule additional staff development days throughout the calendar year.]

B.         Except for learning programs during summer and flexible learning year programs, the school district will not commence an elementary or secondary school year before Labor Day, except as provided in Section III.B.1., III.B.2., or III.B.3.  Days devoted to teacher’s workshops may be held before Labor Day.

                        1.       The school district may begin the school year on any day before Labor Day to accommodate a construction or remodeling project of $400,000 or more affecting a school district school facility.

                        2.       The school district may begin the school year on any day before Labor Day if the school district has agreement under Minnesota Statutes section 123A.30, 123A.32, or 123A.35 with a school district that qualifies under Section III.B.1.

                        3.       The school district may begin the school year on any day before Labor Day if the school district agrees to the same schedule with a school district in an adjoining state.

C.         Employee and advisory groups shall be provided an opportunity to participate in school calendar considerations through a meet and confer process.

[NOTE: The school board should still attempt to establish the calendar as early as possible so proper planning can take place by all members of the school community.]

IV.       SCHOOL DAY RESPONSIBILITY

A.         The superintendent shall be responsible for developing a schedule for the student day, subject to review by the school board.   All requirements and provisions of Minnesota Statutes and Minnesota Department of Education Rules shall be met.

B.         In developing the student day schedule, the superintendent shall consider such factors as school bus schedules, cooperative programs, differences in time requirements at various grade levels, effective utilization of facilities, cost effectiveness, and other concerns deserving of attention.

C.         Proposed changes in the school day shall be subject to review and approval by the school board.

V.         E-LEARNING DAYS

A.         An “e-learning day” is a school day where a school offers full access to online instruction provided by students’ individual teachers due to inclement weather.

B.         A school district may designate up to five e-learning days in one school year.

C.         An e-learning day is counted as a day of instruction and included in the hours of instruction pursuant to Section III.A., above.

D.         A school board may adopt an e-learning day plan after consulting with the exclusive representative of the teachers.  The e-learning day plan developed by the school district will include accommodations for students without Internet access at home and for digital device access for families without the technology or with an insufficient amount of technology for the number of children in the household.  The plan must also provide accessible options for students with disabilities.

E.         The school district must notify parents and students of its e-learning day plan at the beginning of each school year.

F.         When an e-learning day is declared by the school district, notice must be provided to parents and students at least two hours prior to the normal school start time that students will need to follow the e-learning day plan for that day.

G.         On an e-learning day, each student’s teacher must be accessible both online and by telephone during normal school hours to assist students and parents.

H.         When the school district declares an e-learning day, it must continue to pay the full wages for scheduled work hours and benefits of all school employees for the duration of the e-learning period. During the e-learning period, school employees must be allowed to work from home to the extent practicable, be assigned to work in an alternative location, or be retained on an on-call basis for any potential need.

Legal References:      Minn Stat. 10.55 (Juneteenth)

                                  Minn. Stat. § 120A.40 (School Calendar)

Minn. Stat. § 120A.41 (Length of School Year; Hours of Instruction)

Minn. Stat. § 120A.414 (E-Learning Days)

Minn. Stat. § 120A.415 (Extended School Calendar)

Minn. Stat. § 120A.42 (Conduct of School on Certain Holidays)

Minn. Stat. § 122A.40, Subds. 7 and 7a (Employment; Contracts; Termination)

Minn. Stat. § 122A.41, Subds. 4 and 4a (Teacher Tenure Act; Cities of the First Class; Definitions)

Minn. Stat. § 123A.30 (Agreements for Secondary Education)

Minn. Stat. § 123A.32 (Interdistrict Cooperation)

Minn. Stat. § 123A.35 (Cooperation and Combination)

Minn. Stat. § 124D.126 (Powers and Duties of Commissioner; Flexible Learning Year Programs)

Minn. Stat. § 124D.151 (Voluntary Prekindergarten Program)

Minn. Stat. § 124E.25 (Payment of Aids to Charter Schools)

Minn. Stat. § 127A.41, Subd. 7 (Distribution of School Aids; Appropriation)

Minn. Stat. § 645.44 (Words and Phrases Defined)

 

Cross References:      MSBA/MASA Model Policy 425 (Staff Development)

MSBA/MASA Model Policy 614
Orig. 1999
Rev. 2024

631     SCHOOL DISTRICT TESTING PLAN AND PROCEDURE

I.         PURPOSE

The purpose of this policy is to set forth the school district’s testing plan and procedure.

II.        GENERAL STATEMENT OF POLICY

The policy of the school district is to implement procedures for testing, test security, documentation, and record keeping.

III.      DUTIES OF SCHOOL DISTRICT PERSONNEL REGARDING TEST ADMINISTRATION

[NOTE: This listing of school personnel may not be consistent with the personnel in the school district and, consequently, should be amended to reflect the personnel with responsibility for testing in the school district.]

A.         Superintendent

  1.         Responsibilities before testing.

     a.         Designate a district assessment coordinator and district technology coordinator.

     b.      The superintendent, or a designee who has been authorized to be the identified official with authority by the school board, pre-authorizes staff access for applicable Minnesota Department of Education (MDE) secure systems.

     c.         Annually review and recertify staff who have access to MDE secure systems.

     d.         Read and complete the Assurance of Test Security and Non-Disclosure.

[NOTE: This form is available on the Minnesota PearsonAccess Next website—see Cross References for website address.]

     e.         Establish a culture of academic integrity.

     f.        Fully cooperate with MDE representatives conducting site visits or Minnesota Test of Academic Skills (MTAS) audits during testing.

     g.         Ensure student information is current and accurate.

     h.        Ensure that a current district test security procedure is in place and that all relevant staff have been provided district training on test administration and test security.

     i.         Ensure that a current process is included for tracking which students tested with which test monitors and any other adult(s) who were present in the testing room (e.g., staff providing assistance, paraprofessionals, etc.).

     j.       Confirm the district assessment coordinator has current information and training specific to test security and the administration of statewide assessments.

     k.         Confirm the district assessment coordinator completes Pre-test Editing in the Test Web Edit System (WES).

     l.        Post on the school district website the complete Parent/Guardian Guide and Refusal for Student Participation in Statewide Testing form.

  2.         Responsibilities after testing.

     a.        Confirm the district assessment coordinator and Minnesota Automated Reporting Student System (MARSS) coordinator complete Post-test Editing in Test WES.

      b.        Verify with the district assessment coordinator that all test security issues have been reported to MDE and are being addressed.

     c.        Confirm the MARSS coordinator has updated all student records for Post-test Editing.

     d.       Confirm the district assessment coordinator has finalized the district’s assessment information prior to the close of Post-test Editing in Test WES.

     e.       Confirm the district assessment coordinator, or designee, has access to the Graduation Requirements Records (GRR) system and enters necessary information.

     f.          Discuss assessment results with the district assessment coordinator and school administrators.

B.         District Assessment Coordinator

  1.         Responsibilities before testing.

     a.        Serve as primary contact with MDE regarding policy and procedure questions related to test administration.

     b.        Read and complete the Assurance of Test Security and Non-Disclosure.

     c.       Confirm all staff who handle test materials, administer tests, or have access to secure test content have completed the Assurance of Test Security and Non-Disclosure.

       (1)       Maintain the completed Assurance of Test Security and Non-Disclosure for two years after the end of the academic school year in which testing took place.

     d.        Review with all staff the Assurance of Test Security and Non-Disclosure and their responsibilities thereunder.

      e.        Identify appropriate tests for students and ensure student data sent to service providers for testing are correct.

     f.         Establish district testing schedule within the testing windows specified by the MDE and service providers.

      g.        Prepare testing conditions, including user access to service provider websites, preparing readiness for online testing, preparing a plan for tracking which students test on which computers or devices, ensure accommodations are indicated as necessary, providing students with opportunity to become familiar with test format, item types, and tools prior to test administration; establishing process for inventorying and distributing secure test materials where necessary; preparing procedures for expected and unexpected situations occurring during testing; planning for addressing technical issues while testing; identify staff who will enter student responses from paper accommodated test materials and scores from MTAS administration online.

     h.        Train school assessment coordinators, test monitors, MTAS test administrators, and ACCESS (test for English language learners) and Alternate ACCESS test administrators.

       (1)    Provide training on proper test administration and test security (Pearson’s Training Management System).

       (2)        Verify staff complete any and all test-specific training.

     i.          Maintain security of test content, test materials, and record of all staff involved.

       (1)      Receive secure paper test materials from the service provider and immediately lock them in a previously identified secure area, inventory same, and contact service provider with any discrepancies.

       (2)      Organize secure test materials for online administrations and keep them secure.

       (3)      Define chain of custody for providing test materials to test monitors and administrators.  The chain of custody must address the process for providing test materials on the day of testing, distributing test materials to and collecting test materials from students at the time of testing, keeping test materials secure between testing sessions, and returning test materials after testing is completed.

     j.          Confirm that all students have appropriate test materials.

  2.         Responsibilities on testing day(s).

     a.        Conduct random, unannounced visits to testing rooms to observe staff adherence to test security and policies and procedures.

     b.         Fully cooperate with MDE representatives conducting site visits or MTAS audits.

     c.        Contact the MDE assessment contact within 24 hours of a security breach and submit the Test Security Notification in Test WES within 48 hours.

     d.         Address invalidations and test or accountability codes.

  3.         Responsibilities after testing.

     a.        Ensure that student responses from paper accommodated test materials and MTAS scores are entered.

     b.       Arrange for secure disposal of all test materials that are not required to be returned within 48 hours after the close of the testing window.

     c.         Return secure test materials as outlined in applicable manuals and resources.

     d.         Collect security documents and maintain them for two years from the end of the academic school year in which testing took place.

     e.         Review student assessment data and resolve any issues.

     f.          Distribute Individual Student Reports no later than fall parent/teacher conferences.

     g.         Enter Graduation Requirements Records in the GRR system.

C.         School Principal

  1.         Responsibilities before testing.

     a.         Designate a school assessment coordinator and technology coordinator for the building.

     b.         Be knowledgeable about proper test administration and test security as outlined in manuals and directions.

     c.         Read and complete the Assurance of Test Security and Non-Disclosure.

     d.       Communicate the importance of test security and expectation that staff will keep test content secure and act with honesty and integrity during test administration.

     e.        Provide adequate secure storage space for secure test materials before, during, and after testing until they are returned to the service provider or securely disposed of.

     f.          Ensure adequate computers and/or devices are available and rooms are appropriately set up for online testing.

     g.         Verify that all test monitors and test administrators receive proper training for test administration.

     h.      Ensure students taking specified tests have opportunity to become familiar with test format, item types, and tools prior to test administration.

     i.        Include the complete Parent/Guardian Guide and Refusal for Student Participation in Statewide Testing form in the student handbook.

     2.         Responsibilities on testing day(s).

       a.         Ensure that test administration policies and procedures and test security requirements in all manuals and directions are followed.

       b.         Fully cooperate with MDE representatives conducting site visits or MTAS audits.

  3.         Responsibilities after testing.

     a.         Ensure all secure test materials are collected, returned, and/or disposed of securely as required in any manual.

     b.         Ensure requirements for embargoed final assessment results are followed.

D.         School Assessment Coordinator

  1.         Responsibilities before testing.

     a.        Implement test administration and test security policies and procedures.

     b.        Read and complete the Assurance of Test Security and Non-Disclosure.

     c.       Ensure all staff who handle test materials, administer tests, or have access to secure test content read and complete the Assurance of Test Security and Non-Disclosure.

     d.       Identify appropriate tests for students and ensure student data sent to service providers for testing are correct.

     e.      Prepare testing conditions, including the following: schedule rooms and computer labs; arrange for test monitors and administrators; arrange for additional staff to assist with unexpected situations; arrange for technology staff to assist with technical issues; develop a plan for tracking which students test on which computers or devices; plan seating arrangements for students; ensure preparations are completed for Optional Local Purpose Assessment (OLPA), Minnesota Comprehensive Assessment (MCA), and ACCESS online testing; ensure accommodations are properly reported; confirm how secure paper test materials will arrive and quantities to expect; address accommodations and specific test administration procedures; determine staff who will enter the student responses from paper accommodated test materials and scores from MTAS administrations online.

     f.          Train staff, including all state-provided training materials, policies and procedures, and test-specific training.

      g.         Maintain security of test content and test materials.

       (1)     Receive secure paper test materials from the service provider and immediately lock them in a previously identified secure area, inventory same, and contact service provider with any discrepancies.

       (2)       Organize secure test materials for online administrations and keep them secure.

       (3)      Follow chain of custody for providing test materials to test monitors and administrators.  The chain of custody must address the process for providing test materials on the day of testing, distributing test materials to and collecting test materials from students at the time of testing, keeping test materials secure between testing sessions, and returning test materials after testing is completed.

       (4)       Identify need for additional test materials to district assessment coordinator.

       (5)       Provide MTAS student data collection forms if necessary.

       (6)    Distribute applicable ACCESS and Alternate ACCESS Test Administrator Scripts and Test Administration Manuals to test administrators so they can become familiar with the script and prepare for test administration.

       (7)    Confirm that all students taking ACCESS and Alternate ACCESS have appropriate test materials and preprinted student information on the label is accurate.

  2.         Responsibilities on testing day(s).

     a.       Distribute materials to test monitors and ACCESS test administrators and ensure security of test materials between testing sessions and that district procedures are followed.

     b.         Ensure Test Monitor and Student Directions and Test Administrator Scripts are followed and answer questions regarding same.

     c.         Fully cooperate with MDE representatives conducting site visits or MTAS audits, as applicable.

     d.       Conduct random, unannounced visits to testing rooms to observe staff adherence to test security and test administration policies and procedures.

     e.        Report testing irregularities to district assessment coordinator using the Test Administration Report.

[NOTE: This form is available on the Minnesota PearsonAccess Next website—see Cross References for website address.]

     f.     Report security breaches to the district assessment coordinator as soon as possible.

3.         Responsibilities after testing.

     a.     Ensure that all paper test materials are kept locked and secure and security checklists completed.

     b.      Ensure that student responses from paper accommodated test materials and MTAS scores are entered.

     c.     Arrange for secure disposal of all test materials that are not required to be returned within 48 hours after the close of the testing window.

     d.      Return secure test materials as outlined in applicable manuals and resources.

     e.     Prepare materials for pickup by designated carrier on designated date(s).  Maintain security of all materials.

     f.      Ensure requirements for embargoed final assessment results are followed.

E.         Technology Coordinator

  1.     Ensure that district is prepared for online test administration and provide technical support to district staff.

  2.         Acquire all necessary user identifications and passwords.

  3.         Read and complete the Assurance of Test Security and Non-Disclosure.

  4.         Fully cooperate with MDE representatives conducting site visits or MTAS audits.

  5.         Attend district training and any service provider technology training.

  6.         Review, use, and be familiar with all service provider technical documentation.

  7.         Prepare computers and devices for online testing.

  8.         Confirm site readiness.

  9.       Provide all necessary accessories for testing, technical support/troubleshooting during test administration and contact service provider help desks as needed.

F.         Test Monitor

  1.         Responsibilities before testing.

     a.         Read and complete the Assurance of Test Security and Non-Disclosure.

     b.         Attend trainings related to test administration and security.

     c.         Complete required training course(s) for tests administering.

     d.        Be knowledgeable about how to contact the school assessment coordinator during testing, where to pick up materials on day of test, and plan for securing test materials between test sessions.

     e.         Be knowledgeable regarding student accommodations.

      f.         Remove or cover any instructional posters or visual materials in the testing room.

  2.         Responsibilities on testing day(s).

     a.         Before test.

       (1)        Receive and maintain security of test materials.

       (2)        Verify that all test materials are received.

       (3)        Ensure proper number of computers/devices or paper accommodated test materials are present.

        (4)        Verify student testing tickets and appropriate allowable materials.

       (5)        Assign numbered test books to individual students.

       (6)        Complete information as directed.

       (7)        Record extra test materials.

     b.         During test.

       (1)      Verify that students are logged in and taking the correct test or using the correct grade-level and tier test booklet for students with paper accommodated test materials.

       (2)       Follow all directions and scripts exactly.

       (3)     Follow procedures for restricting student access to cell phones and other electronic devices, including wearable electronic devices.

       (4)      Stay in testing room and remain attentive during entire test session. Practice active monitoring by circulating throughout the room during testing.

[NOTE: School districts may allow test monitors to use their cell phones only to alert other staff of issues.  If allowed, the school district should train the test monitors on proper and improper use.]

       (5)      Be knowledgeable about responding to emergency or unusual circumstances and technology issues.

       (6)      Do not review, discuss, capture, email, post, or share test content in any format.

       (7)       Ensure all students have been provided the opportunity to independently demonstrate their knowledge.

       (8)       Fully cooperate with MDE representatives conducting site visits or MTAS audits.

        (9)       Document the students who tested with the test monitor and any other adult(s) who were present in the testing room (e.g., staff providing assistance, paraprofessionals, etc.).

       (10)    Document students who require a scribe or translated directions or any unusual circumstances and report to school assessment coordinator.

       (11)      Report any possible security breaches as soon as possible.

     c.         After test.

       (1)        Follow directions and scripts exactly.

       (2)        Collect all materials and keep secure after each session.  Upon completion return to the school assessment coordinator.

       (3)        Immediately report any missing test materials to the school assessment coordinator.

G.         MTAS Test Administrator

  1.         Before testing.

      a.         Read and complete the Assurance of Test Security and Non-Disclosure.

     b.         Attend trainings related to test administration and security.

     c.         Complete required training course(s) for tests administering.

     d.         Be knowledgeable as to when and where to pick up MTAS materials and the school’s plan for keeping test materials secure.

     e.         Prepare test materials for administration, including objects and manipulatives, special instructions, and specific adaptations for each student.

  2.         Responsibility on testing day(s).

     a.         Before the test.

       (1)        Maintain security of materials.

       (2)        Confirm appropriate MTAS materials are available and prepared for student.

     b.         During the test.

       (1)        Administer each task to each student and record the score.

       (2)   Be knowledgeable about how to contact the district or school assessment coordinator, if necessary, and responding to emergency and unusual circumstances.

       (3)      Fully cooperate with MDE representatives conducting site visits or MTAS audits.

       (4)     Document and report and unusual circumstances to district or school assessment coordinator.

     c.         After the test.

       (1)        Keep materials secure.

       (2)        Return all materials.

       (3)        Return objects and manipulatives to classroom.

       (4)        Enter MTAS scores online or return data collection forms to the district or school assessment coordinator.

H.         MARSS Coordinator

  1.         Responsibilities before testing.

     a.     Confirm all eligible students have unique state student identification (SSID) or MARSS numbers.

     b.     Ensure English language and special education designations are current and correct for students testing based on those designations.

     c.     Submit MARSS data on an ongoing basis to ensure accurate student demographic and enrollment information.

  2.         Responsibilities after testing.

     a.      Ensure accurate enrollment of students in schools during the accountability windows.

     b.      Ensure MARSS identifying characteristics are correct, especially for any student not taking an accountability test.

     c.      Work with district assessment coordinator to edit discrepancies during the Post-test Edit window in Test WES.

  I.          Any Person with Access to Test Materials

Read and complete the Assurance of Test Security and Non-Disclosure.

IV.       TEST SECURITY 

A.         Test Security Procedures will be adopted by school district administration.

[NOTE: This form is available on the Minnesota PearsonAccess Next website—see Cross References for website address.]

B.         Students will be informed of the following:

  1.         The importance of test security;

  2.         Expectation that students will keep test content secure;

  3.        Expectation that students will act with honesty and integrity during test administration; 

  4.        Expectation that students will not access cell phones, wearable technology (e.g., smart watches, fitness trackers), or other devices that can electronically send or receive information.  The test of a student who wears a device during testing must be invalidated.

If a student completes testing and then accesses a cell phone or other prohibited device (including wearable technology), the school district must take further action to determine if the test should be invalidated, rather than automatically invalidating the test.

  5.        Availability of the online Test Security Tip Line on the MDE website for reporting suspected incidents of cheating or other improper or unethical behavior.

C.         Staff will be informed of the following:

  1.        Availability of the online Test Security Tip Line on the MDE website for reporting suspected incidents of cheating or other improper or unethical behavior.

  2.         Other contact information and options for reporting security concerns.

V.          REQUIRED DOCUMENTATION FOR PROGRAM AUDIT

A.         The school district shall maintain records necessary for program audits conducted by MDE.  The records must include documentation consisting of the following:

  1.         Signed Assurance of Test Security and Non-Disclosure forms must be maintained for two years after the end of the academic year in which   the testing took place.

  2.       School district security checklists provided in the test materials shipment must be maintained for two years after the end of the academic school year in which testing took place.

  3.        School security checklists provided in the test materials shipment must be maintained for two years after the end of the academic school year in which testing took place.

  4.        Test Monitor Test Materials Security Checklist provided for each group of students assigned to a test monitor must be maintained for two years after the end of the academic school year in which testing took place.

  5.        School district test monitor tracking documentation must be maintained for two years after the end of the academic year in which the tracking took place.

  6.         ACCESS and Alternate ACCESS Packing List and Security Checklist provided in the test materials shipment must be maintained for two years after the end of the academic school year in which testing took place.

  7.         Documentation of school district staff training on test administration and test security must be maintained for two years after the end of the academic school year in which testing took place.

  8.         Test Security Notification must be maintained for two years after the end of the academic school year in which testing took place.

  9.         Test Administration Report must be maintained for one year after the end of the academic school year in which testing took place.

  10.       Record of staff trainings and test-specific trainings must be maintained for one year after the end of the academic year in which testing took place.

VI.       RETALIATION PROHIBITED

An employee who discloses information to the MDE Commissioner or a parent or guardian about service disruptions or technical interruptions related to administering assessments under this section is protected under section 181.932, governing disclosure of information by employees.

[NOTE: The 2024 Minnesota legislature enacted this provision.]

Legal References:      Minn. Stat. § 13.34 (Examination Data)

Minn. Stat. § 120B.11 (School District Process for Reviewing Curriculum Instruction, and Student Achievement Goals; Striving for Comprehensive Achievement and Civic Readiness)

Minn. Stat. § 120B.30 (Statewide Testing and Reporting System)

Minn. Stat. § 120B.36, Subd. 2 (School Accountability)

Minn. Rules Parts 3501.0660 (Academic Standards for Language Arts)

Minn. Rules Parts 3501.0700-3501.0745 (Academic Standards for Mathematics)

Minn. Rules Parts 3501.082 (Academic Standards for the Arts)

Minn. Rules Parts 3501.0900-3501.0960 (Academic Standards in Science)

Minn. Rules Parts 3501.1300-3501.1345 (Academic Standards for Social Studies)

Minn. Rules Parts 3501.1400-3501.1410 (Academic Standards for Physical Education)

20 U.S.C. § 6301, et seq. (Every Student Succeeds Act)

 

Cross References:      MSBA/MASA Model Policy 601 (School District Curriculum and Instruction Goals)

MSBA/MASA Model Policy 613 (Graduation Requirements)

MSBA/MASA Model Policy 615 (Testing Accommodations, Modifications, and Exemptions for IEPs, Section 504 Plans, and LEP Students)

MSBA/MASA Model Policy 616 (School District System Accountability)

Minnesota PearsonAccess Next Resources and Forms:

http://minnesota.pearsonaccessnext.com/policies-and-procedures/ 

 

MSBA/MASA Model Policy 615
Orig. 1997  
Rev. 2024

632     TESTING ACCOMMODATIONS, MODIFICATIONS, AND EXEMPTIONS FOR IEPS, SECTION 504 PLANS, AND LEP STUDENTS

I.         PURPOSE

The purpose of the policy is to provide adequate opportunity for students identified as having individualized education program (IEP), Rehabilitation Act of 1973, Section 504 accommodation plan (504 plan), or English Learner (EL) needs to participate in statewide assessment systems designed to hold schools accountable for the academic performance of all students.

II.        GENERAL STATEMENT OF POLICY

A.         Minnesota Test of Academic Skills (MTAS)

  1.        The school district will utilize the existing annual review of IEPs or 504 plans to review, on a case-by-case basis, and determine how a student with a disability will participate in statewide testing.

  2.     Participation decisions will be made separately for mathematics, reading, and science. The assessment options are the Minnesota Comprehensive Assessment (MCA) and the MTAS.

  3.         Eligibility Requirements

     a.         The following requirements must be met for a student with a significant cognitive disability to be eligible for the MTAS:

       (1)        The IEP team must consider the student’s ability to access the MCA, with or without accommodations;

       (2)     The IEP must review the student’s instructional program to ensure that the student is receiving instruction linked to the general education curriculum to the extent appropriate.  If instruction is not linked to the general education curriculum, the IEP team must review the student’s goals and determine how access to the general curriculum will be provided;

       (3)     The IEP team determined the student’s cognitive functioning to be significantly below age expectations.  The team also determined that the student’s disability has a significant impact on his or her ability to function in multiple environments, including home, school, and community;

       (4)     The IEP team determined that the student needs explicit and intensive instruction and/or extensive supports in multiple settings to acquire, maintain, and generalize academic and life skills in order to actively participate in school, work, home, and community environments;

       (5)     The IEP team must document, in the IEP, reasons the MCA is or is not an appropriate measure of the student’s academic progress and how the student would participate in statewide testing.

     b.         MTAS participation decisions must not be made on the following factors:

       (1)        Student’s disability category;

       (2)        Placement;

       (3)        Participation in a separate, specialized curriculum;

       (4)        An expectation that the student will receive a low score on the MCA;

       (5)        Language, social, cultural, or economic differences;

       (6)        Concern for accountability calculations.

B.         Alternate ACCESS for ELs

  1.         The school district will utilize the existing annual review of IEPs or 504   plans to review, on a case-by-case basis, and determine how an identified EL student with a disability will participate in statewide testing.

  2.         Eligibility Requirements

     a.         The student must be identified as EL in MARSS in order to take an English language proficiency assessment.

     b.       The student must have a significant cognitive disability.  If the student has been identified as eligible to take the MTAS in mathematics, reading, or science, the student meets this criterion. 

     c.         For students in grades that the MTAS is not administered: 

       (1)        the student must have cognitive functioning significantly below age level;

       (2)        the student’s disability must have a significant impact on his or her ability to function in multiple environments, including home, school, and community; and

       (3)        the student needs explicit and intensive instruction and/or extensive supports in multiple settings to acquire, maintain, and generalize academic and life skills in order to actively  participate in school, work, home, and community environments.

     d.         The IEP team must consider the student’s ability to access the ACCESS, with or without accommodations.

     e.         The IEP team must document, in the IEP, reasons the MCA is or is not an appropriate English language proficiency assessment for the student.

  3.        Alternate ACCESS participation decisions must not be made on the following factors:

     a.         Student’s disability category;

     b.      Participation in a separate, specialized curriculum;

     c.         Current level of English language proficiency;

     d.         The expectation that the student will receive a low score on the ACCESS for ELs;

     e.         Language, social, cultural, or economic differences;

     f.          Concern for accountability calculations.

C.         EL Students New to the United States

EL students new to the United States will take all assessments, including all academic assessments (math, reading, and science), as well as the English Language Proficiency Assessment (ACCESS).

III.      DEFINITION OF TERMS

See the current “Procedures Manual for the Minnesota Assessments” which is produced by the Minnesota Department of Education and available through minnesota.pearsonaccessnext.com/policies-and-procedures 

IV.       GRANTING AND DOCUMENTING ACCOMMODATIONS, MODIFICATIONS, OR EXEMPTIONS FOR TESTING

See Chapter 5 of the current “Procedures Manual for the Minnesota Assessments” and Guidelines for Administration of Accommodations and Linguistic Supports. 

V.         RECORDS

All test accommodations, modifications, or exemptions shall be reported to the school district test administrator.  The school district test administrator shall be responsible for keeping a list of all such test accommodations, modifications, and exemptions for school district audit purposes.  Testing results will be documented and reported.

 

Legal References:   Minn. Stat. § 120B.11 (School District Process for Reviewing Curriculum, Instruction, and Student Achievement Goals; Striving for Comprehensive Achievement and Civic Readiness)

Minn. Stat. § 120B.30 (Statewide Testing and Reporting System)

Minn. Stat. § 125A.08 (Individualized Education Programs)

Minn. Rules Parts 3501.0660 (Academic Standards for Language Arts)

Minn. Rules Parts 3501.0700-3501.0745 (Academic Standards for Mathematics)

Minn. Rules Parts 3501.0820 (Academic Standards for the Arts)

Minn. Rules Parts 3501.0900-3501.0960 (Academic Standards in Science)

Minn. Rules Parts 3501.1300-3501.1345 (Academic Standards for Social Studies)

Minn. Rules Parts 3501.1400-3501.1410 (Academic Standards for Physical Education)

Eligibility Requirements for the Minnesota Test of Academic Skills (MTAS),  https://education.mn.gov/mdeprod/groups/educ/documents/hiddencontent/mdaw/mda2/~edisp/006087.pdf

Alternate ACCESS for ELLs Participation Guidelines, https://education.mn.gov/mdeprod/groups/educ/documents/hiddencontent/mdaw/mdq5/~edisp/049763.pdf

 

Cross References:      MSBA/MASA Model Policy 104 (School District Mission Statement)

MSBA/MASA Model Policy 601 (School District Curriculum and Instruction Goals)

MSBA/MASA Model Policy 613 (Graduation Requirements)

MSBA/MASA Model Policy 614 (School District Testing Plan and Procedure)

MSBA/MASA Model Policy 616 (School District System Accountability)

Adopted:1995
Revised:2024


633 CREDIT FOR LEARNING

I. PURPOSE

This policy recognizes student achievement that occurs in postsecondary enrollment option and other advanced enrichment programs. This policy also recognizes student achievement that occurs in other schools, in alternative learning sites, and in out-of-school experiences such as community organizations, work-based learning, and other educational activities and opportunities. This policy addresses transfer of student credit from out-of-state, private, or home schools and online learning programs and to address how the school district will recognize student achievement obtained outside of the school district.

II. GENERAL STATEMENT OF POLICY

The policy of the school district is to provide a process for awarding students credit toward graduation requirements for credits and grades students complete in other schools, postsecondary or higher education institutions, other learning environments, and online courses and programs.

III. DEFINITIONS

A. “Accredited school” means a school that is accredited by an accrediting agency, recognized according to Minnesota Statutes, section 123B.445 or recognized by the Commissioner of the Minnesota Department of Education (Commissioner).

B. “Concurrent enrollment” means nonsectarian courses in which an eligible pupil under subdivision 5 or 5b enrolls to earn both secondary and postsecondary credits, are taught by a secondary teacher or a postsecondary faculty member, and are offered at a high school for which the district is eligible to receive concurrent enrollment program aid under Minnesota Statutes, section 124D.091.

C. “Course” means a course or program.

D. “Eligible institution” means a Minnesota public postsecondary institution, a private, nonprofit two-year trade and technical school granting associate degrees, an opportunities industrialization center accredited by an accreditor recognized by the United States Department of Education, or a private, residential, two-year or four-year, liberal arts, degree-granting college or university located in Minnesota.

E. “Nonpublic school” is a private school or home school in which a child is provided instruction in compliance with the Minnesota compulsory attendance laws.

F. “Weighted grade” is a letter or numerical grade that is assigned a numerical advantage when calculating the grade point average.

IV. TRANSFER OF CREDIT FROM OTHER SCHOOLS

A. Transfer of Academic Requirements from Other Minnesota Public Secondary Schools

1. The school district will accept and transfer secondary credits and grades awarded to a student from another Minnesota public secondary school upon presentation of a certified transcript from the transferring public secondary school evidencing the course taken and the grade and credit awarded.

2. Credits and grades awarded from another Minnesota public secondary school may be used to compute honor roll and/or class rank if a student has earned at least 20 credits from the school district.

B. Transfer of Academic Requirements from Other Schools

1. The school district will accept secondary credits and grades awarded to a student for courses successfully completed at a public school outside of Minnesota or an accredited nonpublic school upon presentation of a certified transcript from the transferring public school in another state or nonpublic school evidencing the course taken and the grade and credit awarded.

a. When a determination is made that the content of the course aligns directly with school district graduation requirements, the student will be awarded commensurate credits and grades.

b. Commensurate credits and grades awarded from an accredited nonpublic school or public school in another state may be used to compute honor roll and/or class rank if a student has earned at least 20 credits from the school district.

c. In the event the content of a course taken at an accredited nonpublic school or public school in another state does not fully align with the content of the school district’s high school graduation requirements but is comparable to elective credits offered by the school district for graduation, the student may be provided elective credit applied toward graduation requirements. Credit that does not fully align with the school district’s high school graduation requirements will not be used to compute honor roll and/or class rank.

d. If no comparable course is offered by the school district for which high school graduation credit would be provided, no credit will be provided to the student.

2. Students transferring from a non-accredited, nonpublic school shall receive credit from the school district upon presentation of a transcript or other documentation evidencing the course taken and grade and credit awarded.

a. Students will be required to provide copies of course descriptions, syllabi, or work samples for determination of appropriate credit. In addition, students also may be asked to provide interviews/conferences with the student and/or student’s parent and/or former administrator or teacher; review of a record of the student’s entire curriculum at the nonpublic school; and review of the student’s complete record of academic achievement.

b. Where the school district determines that a course completed by a student at a non-accredited, nonpublic school is commensurate with school district graduation requirements, credit shall be awarded, but the grade shall be “P” (pass).

c. In the event the content of a course taken at an non-accredited, nonpublic school does not fully align with the content of the school district’s high school graduation requirements but is comparable to elective credits offered by the school district for graduation, the student may be provided elective credit applied toward graduation requirements.

d. If no comparable course is offered by the school district for which local high school graduation credit would be provided, no credit will be provided to the student.

e. Credit and grades earned from a non-accredited nonpublic school shall not be used to compute honor roll and/or class rank.

C. A student must provide the school with a copy of the student’s grades in each course taken for secondary credit under this policy, including interim or nonfinal grades earned during the academic term.

V. POSTSECONDARY ENROLLMENT CREDIT

A. A student who satisfactorily completes a postsecondary enrollment options course or program under Minnesota Statutes, section 124D.09 that has been approved as meeting the necessary requirements is not required to complete other requirements of the academic standards corresponding to that specific rigorous course of study.

B. Secondary credits granted to a student through a postsecondary enrollment options course or program must be counted toward the graduation requirements and subject area requirements of the district.

1. Course credit will be considered by the school district only upon presentation of a certified transcript from an eligible institution evidencing the course taken and the grade and credit awarded.

2. Seven quarter or four semester postsecondary credits shall equal at least one full year of high school credit. Fewer postsecondary credits may be prorated.

3. When a determination is made that the content of the postsecondary course aligns directly with a required course for high school graduation, the commensurate credit and grade will be recorded on the student’s transcript as a course credit applied toward graduation requirements.

4. In the event the content of the postsecondary course does not fully align with the content of a high school course required for graduation but is comparable to elective credits offered by the school district for graduation, the school district may provide elective credit and the grade will be recorded on the student’s transcript as an elective course credit applied toward graduation requirements.

5. If no comparable course is offered by the school district for which high school graduation credit would be provided, the school district will notify the Commissioner, who shall determine the number of credits that shall be granted to a student.

6. When secondary credit is granted for postsecondary credits taken by a student, the school district will record those credits on the student’s transcript as credits earned at a postsecondary institution.

C. A list of the courses or programs meeting the necessary requirements may be obtained from the school district.

D. By the earlier of (1) three weeks prior to the date by which a student must register for district courses for the following school year, or (2) March 1 of each year, the school district must provide up-to-date information on the district’s website and in materials that are distributed to parents and students about the program, including information about enrollment requirements and the ability to earn postsecondary credit to all pupils in grades 8, 9, 10, and 11. To assist the school district in planning, a pupil must inform the district by October 30 or May 30 of each year of the pupil’s intent to enroll in postsecondary courses during the following academic term. A pupil is bound by notifying or not notifying the district by October 30 or May 30.

E. Postsecondary institutions must notify a pupil’s school as soon as practicable if the pupil withdraws from the enrolled course. The institution must also notify the pupil’s school as soon as practicable if the pupil has been absent from a course for ten consecutive days on which classes are held, based on the postsecondary institution’s academic calendar, and the pupil is not receiving instruction in their home or hospital or other facility.

VI. CREDIT FOR EMPLOYMENT WITH HEALTH CARE PROVIDERS

Consistent with the career and technical pathways program, a student in grade 11 or 12 who is employed by an institutional long-term care or licensed assisted living facility, a home and community-based services and supports provider, a hospital or health system clinic, or a child care center may earn up to two elective credits each year toward graduation under Minnesota Statutes, section 120B.024, subdivision 1, paragraph (a), clause (7), at the discretion of the enrolling school district. A student may earn one elective credit for every 350 hours worked, including hours worked during the summer. A student who is employed by an eligible employer must submit an application, in the form or manner required by the school district, for elective credit to the school district in order to receive elective credit. The school district must verify the hours worked with the employer before awarding elective credit.

VII. ADVANCED ACADEMIC CREDIT

A. The school district will grant academic credit to a student attending an accelerated or advanced academic course offered by a higher education institution or a nonprofit public agency, other than the school district.

B. Course credit will be considered only upon official documentation from the higher education institution or nonprofit public agency that the student successfully completed the course attended and passed an examination approved by the school district.

C. When a determination is made that the content of the advanced academic course aligns directly with a required course for high school graduation, the commensurate credit and grade will be recorded on the student’s transcript as a course credit applied toward graduation requirements.

D. In the event the content of the advanced academic course does not fully align with the content of a high school course required for graduation but is comparable to elective credits offered by the school district for graduation, the school district may provide elective credit and the grade will be recorded on the student’s transcript as an elective course credit applied toward graduation requirements.

E. If no comparable course is offered by the school district for which high school graduation credit would be provided, the school district will notify the Commissioner and request a determination of the number of credits that shall be granted to a student.

VIII. WEIGHTED GRADES


When allowed, the School District will assess students based off rubrics that coincide with MN State Standards.


IX. PROCESS FOR AWARDING CREDIT

A. The building principal will be responsible for carrying out the process to award credits and grades pursuant to this policy. The building principal will notify students in writing of the decision as to how credits and grades will be awarded.

B. A student or the student’s parent or guardian may seek reconsideration of the decision by the building principal as to credits and/or grades awarded upon request of a student or the student’s parent or guardian if the request is made in writing to the superintendent within five school days of the date of the building principal’s decision. The request should set forth the credit and/or grade requested and the reason(s) why credit(s)/grade(s) should be provided as requested. Any pertinent documentation in support of the request should be submitted.

C. The decision of the superintendent as to the award of credits or grades shall be a final decision by the school district and shall not be appealable by the student or student’s parent or guardian except as set forth in Section IX.D. below.

D. If a student disputes the number of credits granted by the school district for a particular postsecondary enrollment course, or advanced academic credit course, the student may appeal the school district’s decision to the Commissioner. The decision of the Commissioner shall be final.

E. At any time during the process, the building principal or superintendent may ask for course descriptions, syllabi, or work samples from a course where content of the course is in question for purposes of determining alignment with graduation requirements or the number of credits to be granted. Students will not be provided credit until requested documentation is available for review, if requested.

Legal References: Minn. Stat. § 120B.02 (Educational Expectations and Graduation Requirements for Minnesota’s Students)
Minn. Stat. § 120B.021 (Required Academic Standards)
Minn. Stat. § 120B.11 (School District Process for Reviewing Curriculum, Instruction, and Student Achievement Goals; Striving for Comprehensive Achievement and Civic Readiness)
Minn. Stat. § 120B.14 (Advanced Academic Credit)
Minn. Stat. § 123B.02 (General Powers of Independent School Districts)
Minn. Stat. § 123B.445 (Nonpublic Education Council)
Minn. Stat. § 124D.03, Subd. 9 (Enrollment Options Program)
Minn. Stat. § 124D.09 (Postsecondary Enrollment Options Act)
Minn. Stat. § 124D.094 (Online Instruction Act)
Minn. Rules Parts 3501.0660 (Academic Standards for Language Arts)
Minn. Rules Parts 3501.0700-3501.0745 (Academic Standards for Mathematics)
Minn. Rules Parts 3501.0820 (Academic Standards for the Arts)
Minn. Rules Parts 3501.0900-3501.0960 (Academic Standards in Science)
Minn. Rules Parts 3501.1200-3501.1210 (Academic Standards for English Language Development)
Minn. Rules Parts 3501.1300-3501.1345 (Academic Standards for Social Studies)
Minn. Rules Parts 3501.1400-3501.1410 (Academic Standards for Physical Education)

Cross References: MSBA/MASA Model Policy 104 (School District Mission Statement)
MSBA/MASA Model Policy 601 (School District Curriculum and Instruction Goals)
MSBA/MASA Model Policy 613 (Graduation Requirements)
MSBA/MASA Model Policy 614 (School District Testing Plan and Procedure)
MSBA/MASA Model Policy 615 (Testing Accommodations, Modifications, and Exemptions for IEPs, Section 504 Plans, and LEP Students)
MSBA/MASA Model Policy 616 (School District System Accountability)
MSBA/MASA Model Policy 618 (Assessment of Student Achievement)
MSBA/MASA Model Policy 624 (Online Instruction)

Section 700 NON-INSTRUCTIONAL OPERATIONS & BUSINESS SERVICES

701 VIDEOTAPING ON SCHOOL BUSES

Revised: May 11, 2011
A. Purpose

The transportation of students to and from school is an important function of the school district and transportation by the school district is a privilege and not a right for an eligible student. The behavior of students on the bus is a significant factor in the safety and efficiency of school bus transportation. Student misbehavior increases the potential risks of injury. Therefore, the school district believes that video recording student passengers on the school bus will encourage good behavior and, as a result, promote safety. The purpose of this policy is to establish a school bus video recording system.

B. General Statement of Policy

1. Placement

a. Each and every school bus owned, leased, contracted, and/or operated by the school district shall be equipped with a fully enclosed box for placement and operation of a video camera and conspicuously placed signs notifying riders that their conversations or actions may be recorded on tape.

b. A video camera will not necessarily be installed in each and every school bus owned, leased, contracted, and/or operated by the school district, but cameras may be rotated from bus to bus without prior notice to students.

c. Video cameras will be placed on a particular school bus, to the extent possible, where the school district has received complaints of inappropriate behavior.

2. Use of Video Recording

a. A video recording of the actions of student passengers may be used by the school district as evidence in any disciplinary action brought against any student arising out of the students conduct on the bus.

b. A video recording will be released to the public only in conformance with the Minnesota Government Data Practices Act, Minn. Stat Ch 13 and the Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act, 20 USC 1232g and the rules and/or regulations promulgated thereunder.

c. Video recording will be viewed by school district personnel on a random basis and/or when discipline problems on the bus have been brought to the attention of the school district.

d. A video recording will be retained by the school district, until relouped or until the conclusion of disciplinary proceedings in which the video recording is used for evidence.

702 VENDING MACHINES

A. Purpose

The purpose of this policy is to establish procedures to govern vending machines installed in school facilities in the school district.

B. General Statement of Policy

It is the policy of the school district to contract for, supervise, maintain, and account for the proceeds from vending machines located in school facilities in a manner that is fair, that maximizes the revenues from those machines; that allows those revenues to be included in the budget of the facility in which they are generated; and that establishes controls to avoid fraud, theft or the appearance of impropriety.

C. Authorization

Automatic vending machines for the dispensing of food, beverages or other approved items are authorized in any school facility in the school district provided that all contracts for such vending machines must be approved by the school board as provided in this policy.

D. Supervision, Approval, and Location

1. All vending machines shall be under the supervision of the school principal or other person in charge of the facility in which the machine is located. That administrator shall be responsible to supervise the machine in compliance with this policy and any applicable laws.

2. The items to be dispensed from a vending machine located in a school facility shall be approved by the principal or other person in charge of that facility. All food, beverages or other items approved shall be appropriate to the school setting. Machines dispensing cigarettes or tobacco products are not authorized under any circumstances. In the event a written complaint is filed with the superintendent regarding the approval or disapproval of any item, the school board, after proper review, shall make the final determination.

3. Vending machines may be approved that will dispense items only during certain hours, through the use of timers or otherwise. Vending machines should not be operated in competition with the school cafeteria or food service. The principal or other person in charge of the school facility may regulate the hours of operation of any machine.

4. Vending machines shall be located to meet any applicable building, fire or life/safety codes, and provide convenience of operation, accessibility, and ease of maintenance. The principal or other person in charge of the facility shall review the location of each machine with appropriate maintenance and food service staff.

E. Contract Approval

1. All contracts for the purchase or rental of vending machines shall be considered by the school board on a facility-by-facility basis.

2. If it is estimated that the aggregate receipts from all vending machines located in a school facility will be $10,000 or more in a fiscal year, the contract for any vending machine in that facility must be awarded after the receipt of sealed bids and compliance with Minn. State 123B.52.

3. If it is estimated that the aggregate receipts from all vending machines located in a school facility will be less than $10,000 in a fiscal year, the contract for any vending machine in that facility may be awarded after the receipt of two or more quotations after taking into consideration conformity with the specifications, terms of delivery, other conditions imposed in the call for quotations and compliance with Minn. State 123B.52.

4. The contracting process shall be conducted in compliance with Minn. State 123B.52. A record shall be kept of all bids or quotations received with the names, amounts, and successful bidder indicated. All bids and quotations shall be kept on file as a public record for a period of at least one year after their receipt.

5. Any bid or quotation must specify all commissions to be paid from the machine and any other non-commission amounts to be paid as a result of the award of the contract. The non-commission amounts include, but are not limited to, cash payment, in-kind payment, equipment donations, scholarship contributions, bonus payments or other payments or contributions of any kind or nature. The non commission amounts shall be reduced to a cash equivalency and shall be specified on the bid or quotation as an additional amount to be paid for the award of the contract.

6. If a contract contains a provision allowing exclusivity, such as all machines in the building carrying only a certain manufacturers brand of pop, that provision must be reviewed by the administration prior to requesting bids or quotations to ensure that it does not conflict with other contracts of the school district.

7. All contracts for vending machines must be approved by the school board. Any contract not made in compliance with this policy shall be void. Any district employee signing an unauthorized contract may be subject to personal liability thereon and may be disciplined for said action.

8. All vending machines are to be installed at the expense of the facility in which located. All financial responsibility for the maintenance and repair of machines shall remain with the individual facility in which located to the extent not addressed in the contract.

9. No teacher, administrator, school district employee or school board member shall be interested, directly or indirectly, in a vending machine contract with the school district or personally benefit financially therefrom.

F. Accounting

1. Proceeds from vending machine sales and contracts shall be under the control of the school board, shall be accounted for in one of the regular school district funds, and must be accounted for and reported in compliance with UFARS.

2. An amount equal to the amount of the proceeds from the machines in each facility shall be included in the budget of the facility or activity in which the proceeds are generated. That amount may be expended in accordance with established expenditure procedures.

703 VIDEO SURVEILLANCE OTHER THAN ON BUSES

Revised: May 11, 2011
A. Purpose

Maintaining the health, welfare, and safety of students, staff, and visitors while on school district property, and the protection of school district property are important functions of the school distinct. The behavior of individuals who come on to school property is a significant factor in maintaining order and discipline and protecting students, staff, visitors, and school district property. The school board recognizes the value of video/electronic surveillance systems in monitoring activity on school property in furtherance of protecting the health, welfare, and safety of students, staff, visitors, and school district property.

B. General Statement of Policy

1. Placement

a. School district buildings and grounds may be equipped with video cameras.

b. Video surveillance may occur in any school district building or on any school district property.

c. Video surveillance will normally not be used in bathrooms or locker rooms, although these areas may be placed under surveillance by individuals of the same sex as the occupants of the bathrooms or locker rooms. Video surveillance in bathrooms or locker rooms will only be utilized in extreme situations, with extraordinary controls, and only as expressly approved by the superintendent.

2. Use Of Video Recording

a. Video recording will be viewed by school district personnel on a random basis and/or when problems have been brought to the attention of the school district.

b. A video recording will be released only in conformance with the MN Government Data Practices Act, Minn. Stat Ch 13 and the Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act, 20 USC 1232g and the rules and/or regulations promulgated thereunder.

704 STUDENT TRANSPORTATION SAFETY POLICY

Replacement Policy: September 11, 2008
Revised: May 11, 2011
A. Purpose

The purpose of this policy is to provide safe transportation for students and to educate students on safety issues and the responsibilities of school bus ridership.

B. Plan For Student Transportation Safety Training

1. School Bus Safety Week:

The school district may designate a school bus safety week. The National School Bus Safety Week is the third week in October.

2. Student Training :

a. The school district shall provide students enrolled in grades kindergarten (K) through 10 with age-appropriate school bus safety training of the following concepts:

i. transportation by school bus is a privilege, not a right;
ii. school district policies for student conduct and school bus safety;
iii. appropriate conduct while on the bus;
iv. the danger zones surrounding a school bus;
v. procedures for safely boarding and leaving a school bus;
vi. procedures for safe vehicle lane crossing; and
vii. school bus evacuation and other emergency procedures.

b. All students in grades K through 6 who are transported by school bus and are enrolled during the first or second week of school must receive the school bus safety training by the end of the third week of school. All students in grades 7 through 10 who are transported by school bus and are enrolled during the first or second week of school must receive the school bus safety training or receive bus safety instruction materials by the end of the sixth week of school, if they have not previously received school bus 709-1 training. Students in grades K through 10 who enroll in a school after the second week of school, are transported by school bus, and have not received training in their previous school districts shall undergo school bus safety training or receive bus safety instructional materials within four weeks of their first day of attendance.

c. The school district and a nonpublic school with students transported by school bus at public expense must provide students enrolled in grades K through 3 school bus safety training twice during the school year.

d. Students taking driver’s training instructional classes must receive training in the laws and proper procedures for operating a motor vehicle in the vicinity of a school bus as required by Minn. Stat. § 169.446, Subd. 2.

e. The school district and a nonpublic school with students transported by school bus at public expense must conduct a school bus evacuation drill at least once during the school year.

f. The school district will make reasonable accommodations in training for students known to speak English as a second language and students with disabilities.

g. The school district may provide kindergarten students with school bus safety training before the first day of school.

h. The school district may provide student safety education for bicycling and pedestrian safety for students in grades K through 5.

i. The school district shall adopt and make available for public review a curriculum for transportation safety education.

j. Nonpublic school students transported by the school district will receive school bus safety training by their nonpublic school. The nonpublic schools may use the school district’s school transportation safety education curriculum. Upon request by the school district superintendent, the nonpublic school must certify to the school district’s school transportation safety director that all students enrolled in grades K through 10 have received the appropriate training.

C. Conduct On School Buses and Consequences for Misbehavior

1. Riding the school bus is a privilege, not a right. The school district’s general student behavior rules are in effect for all students on school buses; including nonpublic and charter school students.

2. Consequences for school bus/bus stop misconduct will be imposed by the school district under adopted administrative discipline procedures. In addition, all school bus/bus stop misconduct will be reported to the school district’s transportation safety director. Serious misconduct may be reported to local law enforcement.

a. School Bus and Bus Stop Rules.
The school district school bus safety rules are to be posted on every bus. If these rules are broken, the school district’s discipline procedures are to be followed. In most circumstances, consequences are progressive and may include suspension of bus privileges. It is the school bus driver’s responsibility to report unacceptable behavior to the school district’s Transportation Office/School Office.

b. Rules at the Bus Stop
i. Get to your bus stop five minutes before your scheduled pick up time. The school bus driver will not wait for late students.
ii. Respect the property of others while waiting at your bus stop.
iii. Keep your arms, legs, and belongings to yourself.
iv. Use appropriate language.
v. Stay away from the street, road, or highway when waiting for the bus.
vi. Wait until the bus stops before approaching the bus.
vii. After getting off the bus, move away from the bus.
viii. If you must cross the street, always cross in front of the bus where the driver can see you. Wait for the driver to signal to you before crossing the street.
ix. No fighting, harassment, intimidation, or horseplay.
x. No use of alcohol, tobacco, or drugs.

c. Rules on the Bus
i. Immediately follow the directions of the driver.
ii. Sit in your seat facing forward.
iii. Talk quietly and use appropriate language.
iv. Keep all parts of your body inside the bus.
v. Keep your arms, legs, and belongings to yourself.
vi. No fighting, harassment, intimidation, or horseplay.
vii. Do not throw any object.
viii. No eating, drinking, or use of alcohol, tobacco, or drugs. i
ix. Do not bring any weapons or dangerous objects on the school bus.
x. Do not damage the school bus.

d. Consequences

i. Consequences for school bus/bus stop misconduct will apply to all regular and late routes. Decisions regarding a student’s ability to ride the bus in connection with cocurricular and extracurricular events (for example, field trips or competitions) will be in the sole discretion of the school district. Parents or guardians will be notified of any suspension of bus privileges.

(a) Elementary (K-6)
1st offense – warning
2nd offense – 3 school-day suspension from riding the bus
3rd offense – 5 school-day suspension from riding the bus
4th offense – 10 school-day suspension from riding the bus/meeting with parent

Further offenses – individually considered. Students may be suspended for longer periods of time, including the remainder of the school year.

(b) Secondary (7-12)
1st offense – warning
2nd offense – 5 school-day suspension from riding the bus
3rd offense – 10 school-day suspension from riding the bus
4th offense – 20 school-day suspension from riding the bus/meeting with parent
5th offense – suspended from riding the bus for the remainder of the school year

Note: When any student goes 60 transportation days without a report, the student’s consequences may start over at the first offense.

(c) Other Discipline: Based on the severity of a student’s conduct, more serious consequences may be imposed at any time. Depending on the nature of the offense, consequences such as suspension or expulsion from school also may result from school bus/bus stop misconduct.

(d) Records: Records of school bus/bus stop misconduct will be forwarded to the individual school building and will be retained in the same manner as other student discipline records. Reports of student misbehavior on a school bus or in a bus-loading or unloading area that causes an immediate and substantial danger to the student or surrounding persons or property will be provided by the school district to the Department of Public Safety in accordance with state and federal law.

(e) Vandalism/Bus Damage: Students damaging school buses will be responsible for the damages. Failure to pay such damages (or make arrangements to pay) within two weeks may result in the loss of bus privileges until damages are paid.

(f) Notice: School bus and bus stop rules and consequences for violations of these rules will be reviewed with students annually and copies of these rules will be made available to students. School bus rules are to be posted on each school bus.

(g) Criminal Conduct: In cases involving criminal conduct (for example, assault, weapons, drug possession, or vandalism), the appropriate school district personnel and local law enforcement officials will be informed.

D. Parent and Guardian Involvement

1. Parent and Guardian Notification: The school district school bus and bus stop rules will be provided to each family. Parents and guardians are asked to review the rules with their children.

2. Parents/Guardians Responsibilities for Transportation Safety Parents/Guardians are responsible to:

a. Become familiar with school district rules, policies, regulations, and the principles of school bus safety, and thoroughly review them with their children;

b. Support safe riding and walking practices, and recognize that students are responsible for their actions;

c. Communicate safety concerns to their school administrators;

d. Monitor bus stops, if possible;

e. Have their children to the bus stop five minutes before the bus arrives;

f. Have their children properly dressed for the weather; and

g. Have a plan in case the bus is late.

E. School Bus Driver Duties and Responsibilities

1. School bus drivers shall have a valid Class A, B, or C Minnesota driver’s license with a school bus endorsement. A person possessing a valid driver’s license, without a school bus endorsement, may drive a type III vehicle set forth in Sections G.2. and G.3., below. Drivers with a valid Class D driver’s license, without a school bus endorsement, may operate a “type A-I” school bus as set forth in Section G.4., below.

2. The school district shall conduct mandatory drug and alcohol testing of all school district bus drivers and bus driver applicants in accordance with state and federal law and school district policy.

3. A school bus driver, with the exception of a driver operating a type A-1 school bus or type III vehicle, who has a commercial driver’s license and who is convicted of a criminal offense, a serious traffic violation, or of violating any other state or local law relating to motor vehicle traffic control, other than a parking violation, in any type of motor vehicle in a state or jurisdiction other than Minnesota, shall notify the Minnesota Division of Driver and Vehicle Services (“Division”) of the conviction within 30 days of the conviction. For purposes of this paragraph, a “serious traffic violation” means a conviction of any of the following offenses:

a. excessive speeding, involving any single offense for any speed of 15 miles per hour or more above the posted speed limit;

b. reckless driving;

c. improper or erratic traffic lane changes;

d. following the vehicle ahead too closely;

e. a violation of state or local law, relating to motor vehicle traffic control, arising in connection with a fatal accident;

f. driving a commercial vehicle without obtaining a commercial driver’s license or without having a commercial driver’s license in the driver’s possession.

4. A school bus driver, with the exception of a driver operating a type A-1 school bus or type III vehicle, who has a commercial driver’s license and who is convicted of violating, in any type of motor vehicle, a Minnesota state or local law relating to motor vehicle traffic control, other than a parking violation, shall notify the person’s employer of the conviction within 30 days of conviction. The notification shall be in writing and shall contain all the information set forth in form: Notification to Employer of Moving Violation (see appendix).

5. A school bus driver, with the exception of a driver operating a type A-1 school bus or type III vehicle, who has a Minnesota commercial driver’s license suspended, revoked, or cancelled by the state of Minnesota or any other state or jurisdiction and who loses the right to operate a commercial vehicle for any period or who is disqualified from operating a commercial motor vehicle for any period shall notify the person’s employer of the suspension, revocation, cancellation, lost privilege, or disqualification. Such notification shall be made before the end of the business day following the day the employee received notice of the suspension, revocation, cancellation, lost privilege, or disqualification. The notification shall be in writing and shall contain all the information set forth in form: Notification to Employer of Suspension, Revocation, Cancellation or Disqualification (see appendix)

6. A person who operates a type III vehicle and who sustains a conviction as described in Section G.3.a.vii. (i.e., driving while impaired offenses), G.3.a.viii. (i.e., felony, controlled substance, criminal sexual conduct offenses, or offenses for surreptitious observation, indecent exposure, use of minor in a sexual performance, or possession of child pornography or display of pornography to a minor), or G.3.a.ix. (multiple moving violations) while employed by the entity that owns, leases, or contracts for the school bus, shall report the conviction to the person’s employer within ten days of the date of the conviction. The notification shall be in writing and shall contain all the information set in form: Type III School Bus Driver Notification to Employer of Violation (see appendix). This provision does not apply to a school district employee whose normal duties do not include operating a type III vehicle.

F. School Bus Driver Training

1. Training

a. All new school bus drivers shall be provided with pre-service training, including in-vehicle (actual driving) instruction, before transporting students and shall meet the competency testing specified in the Minnesota Department of Public Safety Model School Bus Driver Training Manual. All school bus drivers shall receive in-service training annually. For purposes of this section, “annually” means at least once every 380 days from the initial or previous evaluation and at least once every 380 days from the initial or previous license verification. The school district shall retain on file an annual individual school bus driver “evaluation certification” form for each school district driver as contained in the Model School Bus Driver Training Manual. [Note: The Model School Bus Driver Training Manual is available online through the Minnesota Department of Public Safety State Patrol web page.]

b. All bus drivers operating a type III vehicle will be provided with annual training and certification as set forth in Section G.3.a.ii., below, by either the school district or the entity from whom such services are contracted by the school district.

2. Evaluation

School bus drivers with a Class D license will be evaluated annually and all other bus drivers will be assessed periodically for the following competencies:

a. Safely operate the type of school bus the driver will be driving;

b. Understand student behavior, including issues relating to students with disabilities;

c. Ensure orderly conduct of students on the bus and handling incidents of misconduct appropriately;

d. Know and understand relevant laws, rules of the road, and local school bus safety policies;

e. Handle emergency situations; and

f. Safely load and unload students.

The evaluation must include completion of an individual “school bus driver evaluation form” (road test evaluation) as contained in the Model School Bus Driver Training Manual.

[Note: The school district may use alternative assessments rather than those set forth in the Model School Bus Driver Training Manual for bus driver training competencies with the approval of the Commissioner of Public Safety. A driver also may receive at least eight hours of school bus in-service training in any year as an alternative to being assessed for bus driver competencies after the initial year of being assessed for bus driver competencies.]

G. Operating Rules and Procedures

1. General Operating Rules

a. School buses shall be operated in accordance with state traffic and school bus safety laws and the procedures contained in the Minnesota Department of Public Safety Model School Bus Driver Training Manual. [Note: The Model School Bus Driver Training Manual is available online through the Minnesota Department of Public Safety State Patrol web page.]

b. Only students assigned to the school bus by the school district shall be transported. The number of students or other authorized passengers transported in a school bus shall not be more than the legal capacity for the bus. No person shall be allowed to stand when the bus is in motion.

c. The parent/guardian may designate, pursuant to school district policy, a day care facility, respite care facility, the residence of a relative, or the residence of a person chosen by the parent or guardian as the address of the student for transportation purposes. The address must be in the attendance area of the assigned school and meet all other eligibility requirements.

d. Bus drivers must minimize, to the extent practical, the idling of school bus engines and exposure of children to diesel exhaust fumes.

e. To the extent practical, the school district will designate school bus loading/unloading zones at a sufficient distance from school air-intake systems to avoid diesel fumes from being drawn into the systems. [Note: A school district is not required to comply with Section G.1.e. if the school board determines that alternative locations block traffic, impair student safety, or are not cost effective.]

f. A bus driver may not operate a school bus while communicating over, or otherwise operating, a cellular phone for personal reasons, whether handheld or hands free, when the vehicle is in motion. For purposes of this paragraph, “school bus” has the meaning given in Minn. Stat. § 169.11. Subd. 71. In addition, “school bus” also includes type III vehicles when driven by employees or agents of the school district. “Cellular phone” means a cellular, analog, wireless, or digital telephone capable of sending or receiving telephone or text messages without an access line for service.

2. Type III Vehicles

a. Type III vehicles are restricted to passenger cars, station wagons, vans, and buses having a maximum manufacturer’s rated seating capacity of 10 or fewer people including the driver and a gross vehicle weight rating of 10,000 pounds or less. A van or bus converted to a seating capacity of 10 or fewer and placed in service on or after August 1, 1999, must have been originally manufactured to comply with the passenger safety standards.

b. Type III vehicles must be painted a color other than national school bus yellow.

c. Type III vehicles shall be state inspected in accordance with legal requirements.

d. A type III vehicle cannot be older than 12 years old unless excepted by state and federal law.

e. If a type III vehicle is school district owned, the school district name will be clearly marked on the side of the vehicle. The type III vehicle must not have the words “school bus” in any location on the exterior of the vehicle or in any interior location visible to a motorist.

f. A “type III vehicle” must not be outwardly equipped and identified as a type A, B, C, or D bus.

g. Eight-lamp warning systems and stop arms must not be installed or used on type III vehicles.

h. Type III vehicles must be equipped with mirrors as required by law.

i. Any type III vehicle may not stop traffic and may not load or unload before making a complete stop and disengaging gears by shifting into neutral or park. Any type III vehicle used to transport students must not load or unload so that a student has to cross the road, except where not possible or impractical, then the driver or assistant must escort a student across the road. If the driver escorts the student across the road, then the motor must be stopped, the ignition key removed, the brakes set, and the vehicle otherwise rendered immobile.

j. Any type III vehicle used to transport students must carry emergency equipment including:

i. Fire extinguisher. A minimum of one 10BC rated dry chemical type fire extinguisher is required. The extinguisher must be mounted in a bracket, and must be located in the driver’s compartment and be readily accessible to the driver and passengers. A pressure indicator is required and must be easily read without removing the extinguisher from its mounted position.

ii. First aid kit and body fluids cleanup kit. A minimum of a ten-unit first aid kit and a body fluids cleanup kit is required. They must be contained in removable, moisture- and dust-proof containers mounted in an accessible place within the driver’s compartment and must be marked to indicate their identity and location.

iii. A type III vehicle must contain at least three red reflectorized triangle road warning devices. Liquid burning “pot type” flares are not allowed.

iv. Passenger cars and station wagons may carry a fire extinguisher, a first aid kit, and warning triangles in the trunk or trunk area of the vehicle if a label in the driver and front passenger area clearly indicates the location of these items.

k. Students will not be regularly transported in private vehicles that are not state inspected as type III vehicles. Only emergency, unscheduled transportation may be conducted in vehicles with a seating capacity of 10 or fewer without meeting the requirements for a type III vehicle. Also, parents may use a private vehicle to transport their own children under a contract with the district. The school district has no system of inspection
for private vehicles.

l. All drivers of type III vehicles will be licensed drivers and will be familiar with the use of required emergency equipment. The school district will not knowingly allow a person to operate a type III vehicle if the person has been convicted of an offense that disqualifies the person from operating a school bus.

3. Type III Vehicle Driven by Employees with a Class D Driver’s License

a. The holder of a Class A, B, C, or D driver’s license, without a school bus endorsement, may operate a type III vehicle, described above, under the following conditions:

i. The operator is an employee of the entity that owns, leases, or contracts for the school bus, which may include the school district.

ii. The operator’s employer, which may include the school district, has adopted and implemented a policy that provides for annual training and certification of the operator in:

(a) safe operation of a type III vehicle;

(b) understanding student behavior, including issues relating to students with disabilities;

(c) encouraging orderly conduct of students on the bus and handling incidents of misconduct appropriately;

(d) knowing and understanding relevant laws, rules of the road, and local school bus safety policies;

(e) handling emergency situations;

(f) proper use of seat belts and child safety restraints;

(g) performance of pretrip vehicle inspections; and

(h) safe loading and unloading of students, including, but not limited to:

(1) utilizing a safe location for loading and unloading students at the curb, on the nontraffic side of the roadway, or at off-street loading areas, driveways, yards, and other areas to enable the student to avoid hazardous conditions;

(2) refraining from loading and unloading students in a vehicular traffic lane, on the shoulder, in a designated turn lane, or a lane adjacent to a designated turn lane;

(3) avoiding a loading or unloading location that would require a student to cross a road, or ensuring that the driver or an aide personally escort the student across the road if it is not reasonably feasible to avoid such a location; and

(4) placing the type III vehicle in “park” during loading and unloading; and

(i) compliance with paragraph E. 6. concerning reporting convictions to the employer within ten days of the date of conviction.

iii. A background check or background investigation of the operator has been conducted that meets the requirements under Minn. Stat. § 122A.18, Subd. 8, or Minn. Stat. § 123B.03 for school district employees; Minn. Stat. § 144.057 or Minn. Stat. Ch. 245C for day care employees; or Minn. Stat. § 171.321, Subd. 3, for all other persons operating a type A or type III vehicle under this section.

iv. Operators shall submit to a physical examination as required by Minn. Stat. § 171.321, Subd. 2.

v. The operator’s employer requires preemployment drug and alcohol testing of applicants for operator positions. Current operators must comply with the employer’s policy under Minn. Stat. § 181.951, Subds. 2, 4, and 5.

vi. The operator’s driver’s license is verified annually by the entity that owns, leases, or contracts for the school bus.

vii. A person who sustains a conviction, as defined under Minn. Stat. §609.02, of violating Minn. Stat. § 169A.25, § 169A.26, § 169A.27 (driving while impaired offenses), or § 169A.31 (alcohol related school bus driver offenses), or whose driver’s license is revoked under Minn. Stat. §§ 169A.50 to 169A.53 of the implied consent law, or who is convicted of violating or whose driver’s license is revoked under a similar statute or ordinance of another state, is precluded from operating a type III vehicle for five years from the date of conviction.

viii. A person who has ever been convicted of a disqualifying offense as defined in Minn. Stat. § 171.3215, Subd.1(c), (i.e., felony, controlled substance, criminal sexual conduct offenses, or offenses for surreptitious observation, indecent exposure, use of minor in a sexual performance, or possession of child pornography or display of pornography to a minor) may not operate a type III vehicle.

ix. A person who sustains a conviction, as defined under Minn. Stat. § 609.02, of a moving offense in violation of Minn. Stat. Ch. 169 within three years of the first of three other moving offenses is precluded from operating a type III vehicle for one year from the date of the last conviction.

x. Students riding the type III vehicle must have training required under Minn. Stat. § 123B.90, Subd. 2 (See Section B.2., above).

xi. Documentation of meeting the requirements listed in this section must be maintained under separate file at the business location for each type III vehicle operator. The school district or any other entity that owns, leases, or contracts for the type III vehicle operating under this section is responsible for maintaining these files for inspection.

b. The type III vehicle must bear a current certificate of inspection issued under Minn. Stat. § 169.451.

c. An employee of the school district who is not employed for the sole purpose of operating a type III vehicle may, in the discretion of the school district, be exempt from paragraphs G.3.a.iv. (physical examination),and G.3.a.v. (drug and alcohol testing), above.

4. Type A-I “Activity” Buses Driven by Employees with Class D Driver’s License

a. The holder of a Class D driver’s license, without a school bus endorsement, may operate a type A-I school bus or a Multifunctional School Activity Bus (MFSAB) under the following conditions:

i. The operator is an employee of the school district or an independent contractor with whom the school district contracts for the school bus and is not solely hired to provide transportation services under this paragraph.

ii. The operator drives the school bus only from points of origin to points of destination, not including home-to-school trips to pick up or drop off students.

iii. The operator is prohibited from using the eight-light system if the vehicle is so equipped.

iv. The operator has submitted to a background check and physical examination as required by Minn. Stat. § 171.321, Subd. 2.

v. The operator has a valid driver’s license and has not sustained a conviction of a disqualifying offense as set forth in Minn. Stat. § 171.02, Subd. 2a(h) – 2a(j).

vi. The operator has been trained in the proper use of child safety restraints as set forth in the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration’s “Guideline for the Safe Transportation of Preschool Age Children in School Buses,” if child safety restraints are used by passengers, in addition to the training required in Section F., above.

vii. The bus has a gross vehicle weight rating of 14,500 pounds or less and is designed to transport 15 or fewer passengers, including the driver.

b. The school district shall maintain annual certification of the requirements listed in this section for each Class D license operator.

c. A school bus operated under this section must bear a current certificate of inspection.

d. The word “School” on the front and rear of the bus must be covered by a sign that reads “Activities” when the bus is being operated under authority of this section.

H. School District Emergency Procedures

1. If possible, school bus drivers or their supervisors shall call “911” or the local emergency phone number in the event of a serious emergency.

2. School bus drivers shall meet the emergency training requirements contained in Unit III “Crash & Emergency Preparedness” of the Minnesota Department of Public Safety Model School Bus Driver Training Manual. This includes procedures in the event of a crash (accident). [Note: The Model School Bus Driver Training Manual is available online through the Minnesota Department of Public Safety State Patrol web page.]

3. School bus drivers and bus assistants for special education students requiring special transportation service because of their handicapping condition shall be trained in basic first aid procedures, shall within one month after the effective date of assignment participate in a program of in-service training on the proper methods for dealing with the specific needs and problems of students with disabilities, assist students with disabilities on and off the bus when necessary for their safe ingress and egress from the bus; and ensure that protective safety devices are in use and fastened properly.

4. Emergency Health Information shall be maintained on the school bus for students requiring special transportation service because of their handicapping condition. The information shall state:

a. the student’s name and address;

b. the nature of the student’s disabilities;

c. emergency health care information; and

d. the names and telephone numbers of the student’s physician, parents, guardians, or custodians, and some person other than the student’s parents or custodians who can be contacted in case of an emergency.

I. School District Vehicle Maintenance Standards

1. All school vehicles shall be maintained in safe operating conditions through a systematic preventive maintenance and inspection program adopted or approved by the school district.

2. All school vehicles shall be state inspected in accordance with legal requirements.

3. A copy of the current daily pre-trip inspection report must be carried in the bus. Daily pre-trip inspections shall be maintained on file in accordance with the school district’s record retention schedule. Prompt reports of defects to be immediately corrected will be submitted.

4. Daily post-trip inspections shall be performed to check for any children or lost items remaining on the bus and for vandalism.

J School Transportation Safety Director

The school board has designated an individual to serve as the school district’s school transportation safety director. The school transportation safety director shall have day-today responsibility for student transportation safety, including transportation of nonpublic school children when provided by the school district. The school transportation safety director will assure that this policy is periodically reviewed to ensure that it conforms to law. The school transportation safety director shall certify annually to the school board that each school bus driver meets the school bus driver training competencies required by Minn. Stat. § 171.321, Subd. 4. The transportation safety director also shall annually verify or ensure that the private contractor utilized by the school has verified the validity of the driver’s license of each employee who regularly transports students for the school district in a type A, B, C, or D school bus, type III vehicle, or MFSAB with the National Driver’s Register or the Department of Public Safety. Upon request of the school district superintendent or the superintendent of the school district where nonpublic students are transported, the school transportation safety director also shall certify to the superintendent that students have received school bus safety training in accordance with state law. The name, address and telephone number of the school transportation safety director are on file in the school district office. Any questions regarding student transportation or this policy may be addressed to the school transportation safety director.

K. Student Transportation Safety Committee

The school board may establish a student transportation safety committee. The chair of the student transportation safety committee is the school district’s school transportation safety director. The school board shall appoint the other members of the student transportation safety committee. Membership may include parents, school bus drivers, representatives of school bus companies, local law enforcement officials, other school district staff, and representatives from other units of local government.

L. Guidelines for Use of School Car

The following guidelines will be used by the director of transportation in determining the use of school vehicles:

1. School vehicles should be used in such a way that the largest number of staff and students can be transported the longest distance.

2. School vehicles should be used when a sufficient amount of planning has taken place prior to its use. This basically means lead time for reserving the vehicle.

3. There should be a minimum of one week lead time in requesting use of the school vehicle.

4. Emergency use of school vehicles will be granted every consideration.

5. If more district vehicles are requested than district vehicles available, the administration will determine who uses the district’s vehicles.

M. Activity Bus

The district will provide activity buses at both schools and charge each student that rides it a fee of fifty cents (.50) per day.

Adopted: January 11, 2023

712 EXTRACURRICULAR TRANSPORTATION

I. PURPOSE
The purpose of this policy is to make clear to students, parents, and staff the school district’s
policy regarding extracurricular transportation.

II. GENERAL STATEMENT OF POLICY
The determination as to whether to provide transportation for students, spectators, or
participants to and from extracurricular activities shall be made solely by the school district
administration. This determination shall include, but is not limited to, the decision to provide
transportation, the persons to be transported, the type or method to be utilized, all
transportation scheduling and coordination, and any other transportation arrangements or
decisions. Employees who are involved in extracurricular activities shall be advised by the
administration as to the transportation arrangements made, if any.

III. ARRANGEMENT OF EXTRACURRICULAR TRANSPORTATION
School district employees shall not undertake independent arrangement, scheduling, or
coordination of transportation for extracurricular activities unless specifically directed or
approved by the school district administration. All transportation arrangements made by a
school district employee must be approved by a building administrator. If the school district
makes no arrangements for extracurricular transportation, students who wish to participate
are responsible for arranging for or providing their own transportation.

IV. NO EMPLOYEE TRANSPORTATION OF STUDENTS WITH PERSONAL VEHICLES
An employee must not use a personal vehicle to transport one or more students except as
provided herein. However, employees may make appropriate transportation arrangements for
students as necessary in an emergency or other unforeseeable circumstance.
In a nonemergency situation, an employee must get prior, written approval from the
administration before transporting a student in a personal vehicle. If a school vehicle is
available, the employee will use the school vehicle. The administration has the sole discretion
to make a final determination as to the appropriate use of a personal vehicle to transport one
or more students.
If any emergency transportation arrangements are made by employees pursuant to this
section, the relevant facts and circumstances shall be reported to the administration as soon
thereafter as practicable.
All vehicles used to transport students shall be properly registered and insured.

[Note: This policy provides that employees may use a personal vehicle to transport
students in an emergency or other unforeseeable circumstance. An “emergency or other
unforeseeable circumstance” does not include situations where regular transportation is
available or scheduled.
For example, if a scheduled extracurricular event occurs outside of the school district and
the school district transports a team or group of students to and from the event, an
employee would be prohibited by law from using a personal vehicle to transport some
students to the event. In contrast, if a student attending this same event became ill or
injured and required immediate transportation home or to a health care facility, the exigent
need to transport one student would not constitute regular or scheduled transportation. An
employee would have authority to transport the student in a personal vehicle under these
circumstances, if using a vehicle that is properly registered and insured. The expectation of
the school district is that the employee would immediately contact administration about
these circumstances to ensure oversight of the employee’s use of this exception.
Nonregular and nonscheduled transportation also would include situations where some
notice may be provided of the need for transportation to a nonscheduled event for which
transportation generally is not provided by the school district. For example, a group of
students may participate in a scheduled debate competition for which regular school district
transportation is provided. Two students advance to a regional competition the following
day. Transportation would not have been scheduled to the regional competition as the
students’ advancement was not predicted. These circumstances may justify an employee’s
use of a personal vehicle to transport the two students to the regional competition, if the
vehicle is properly registered and insured. Because the employee has sufficient time to
contact an administrator, advance written permission by an administrator would be
expected for the purpose of overseeing that the reasons for an employee using a personal
vehicle comply with the requirements of the law.]

V. FEES
In its discretion, the school district may charge fees for transportation of students to and from
extracurricular activities conducted at locations other than school, where attendance is
optional.

705 CHARGING SCHOOL LUNCHES

It is the policy of ISD #363 that full priced and/or reduced meals will NOT be charged if an individual has accrued charges of $5.00 or greater in his/her lunch account.

706 ESTABLISHMENT AND ADOPTION OF SCHOOL DISTRICT BUDGET

Revised: May 11, 2011
Revised: November 14, 2012

I. Purpose

The purpose of this policy is to establish lines of authority and procedures for the establishment of the school district’s revenue and expenditure budgets.

II. General Statement of Policy

The policy of this school district is to establish its revenue and expenditure budgets in accordance with the applicable provisions of law. Budget planning is an integral part of program planning so that the annual budget will effectively express and implement school board goals and the priorities of the school district.

III. Requirement

A. The superintendent or such other school official as designated by the superintendent or the school board shall each year prepare preliminary revenue and expenditure budgets for review by the school board or its designated committee or committees. The preliminary budgets shall be accompanied by such written commentary as may be necessary for them to be clearly understood by the members of the school board and the public. The school board shall review the projected revenues and expenditures for the school district for the next fiscal year and make such adjustments in the expenditure budget as necessary to carry out the education program within the revenues projected.

B. The school district must maintain separate accounts to identify revenues and expenditures for each building. Expenditures shall be reported in compliance with Minn. Stat. § 123B.76

C. Prior to July 1 of each year, the school board shall approve and adopt its initial revenue and expenditure budgets for the next school year. The adopted expenditure budget document shall be considered the school board’s expenditure authorization for that school year. No funds may be expended for any purpose in any school year prior to the adoption of the budget document which authorizes that expenditure for that year, or prior to the adoption of an amendment to that budget document by the school board to authorize that expenditure for that year.

D. The school district shall publish its adopted revenue and expenditure budgets for the current year, the actual revenues, expenditures and fund balances for the prior year, and the projected fund balances for the current year in the form prescribed by the Commissioner within one week of the acceptance of the final audit by the school board, or November 30, whichever is earlier. A statement shall be included in the publication that the compete budget in detail may be inspected by any resident of the school district upon request to the superintendent. A summary of this information and the address of the school district’s official website where the information can be found must be published in a newspaper of general circulation in the school district. At the same time as this publication, the school district shall publish the other information required by Minn. Stat. § 123B.10.

E. At the public hearing on the adoption of the school district’s proposed property tax levy, the school board shall review its current budget and the proposed property taxes payable in the following calendar year.

F. The school district must also post the materials specified in Paragraph III . D. above on the school district’s official website, including a link to the school district’s report card on the Minnesota Department of Education’s website, and publish a summary of information and the address of the school district’s website where the information can be found in a qualified newspaper of general circulation in the district.

G. The board shall review monthly cash reports showing the financial condition of the school district as of the last day of the preceding month. Such other financial records as may be determined necessary by either the board or the administration shall be presented periodically.

IV. Implementation

A. The school board places the responsibility for administering the adopted budget with the superintendent. The superintendent may delegate duties related thereto to other school officials, but maintains the ultimate responsibility for this function.

B. The program-oriented budgeting system will be supported by a program-oriented accounting structure organized and operated on a fund basis as provided for in Minnesota statues through the Uniform Financial Accounting and Reporting Standards for Minnesota School Districts (UFARS).

C. The superintendent or the superintendents designee is authorized to make payments of claims or salaries authorized by the adopted or amended budget prior to school board approval.

D. Supplies and capital equipment can be ordered prior to budget adoption only by authority of the school board. If additional personnel are provided in the proposed budget, actual hiring may not occur until the budget is adopted unless otherwise approved by the school board. Other funds to be expended in a subsequent school year may not be encumbered prior to budget adoption unless specifically approved by the school board.

E. The school district shall make such reports to the Commissioner as required relating to initial allocations of revenue, reallocations of revenue and expenditures of funds.

706.1 MODIFICATION OF SCHOOL DISTRICT BUDGET

A. Purpose

The purpose of this policy is to establish procedures for the modification of the school district’s adopted revenue and expenditure budgets.

B. General Statement of Policy

It is the policy of this school district to modify its revenue and expenditure budgets in accordance with the applicable provisions of law.

C. Requirement

1. The school district’s adopted expenditure budget shall be considered the school board’s expenditure authorization for that school year.

2. If revisions or modifications in the adopted expenditure budget are determined to be advisable by the administration, the superintendent shall recommend the proposed changes to the school board. The proposed changes shall be accompanied by sufficient and appropriate background information on the revenue and policy issues involved to allow the school board to make an informed decision. A school board member may also propose modifications on that board members own motion, provided, however, the school board member is encouraged to review the proposed modifications with the superintendent prior to their being proposed so that the administration may prepare necessary background materials for the school board prior to its consideration of those proposed modifications.

3. If sufficient funds are not included in the expenditure budget in a particular fund to allow the proposed expenditure, funds for this purpose may not be expended from that fund prior to the adoption of an expenditure budget amendment by the school board to authorize that expenditure for that school year. An amended expenditure shall not exceed the projected revenues available for that purpose in that fund.

4. The school district’s revenue budget shall be amended from time to time during a fiscal year to reflect updated or revised revenue estimates. The superintendent shall make recommendations to the school board for appropriate revisions. If necessary, the school board shall also make necessary revisions in the expenditure budget if it appears that expenditures would otherwise exceed revenues and fund balances in a fund.

707 ACCOUNTING

A. Purpose

The purpose of this policy is to adopt the Uniform Financial Accounting and Reporting Standards for Minnesota School Districts provided for in guidelines adopted by the Minnesota Department of Education.

B. General Statement of Policy

It is the policy of this school district to comply with the Uniform Financial Accounting and Reporting Standards for Minnesota School Districts.

C. Maintenance of Books and Accounts

The school district shall maintain its books and records and do its accounting in compliance with the Uniform Accounting and Reporting Standards for Minnesota School Districts (UFARS) provided for in the guidelines adopted by the Minnesota Department of Education and in compliance with applicable state laws and rules relating to reporting of revenues and expenditures.

D. Permanent Funds Transfers

Unless otherwise authorized pursuant to Minn. Stat. 123B.80, as amended, or any other law, fund transfers shall be made in compliance with UFARS and permanent fund transfers shall only be made in compliance with Minn. Stat. 123B.79, as amended.

E. Reporting

The school board shall provide for an annual audit of the books and records of the school district to assure compliance of its records with UFARS. The school district shall also, on or before October 1 of each year, provide for the publication of the financial information specified in Minn. Stat. 123B.10.

708 ANNUAL AUDIT

A. Purpose

The purpose of this policy is to provide for an annual audit of the books and records of the school district in order to comply with law, to provide a permanent record of the financial position of the school district, and to provide guidance to the school district to correct any errors and discrepancies in its practices.

B. General Statement of Policy

It is the policy of this school district to comply with all laws relating to the annual audit of the books and records of the school district.

C. Requirement

1. The school board shall appoint independent certified public accountants to audit, examine and report upon the books and records of the school district. The school board may enter into a contract with a person or firm to provide the agreed upon services.

2. After the close of each fiscal year, the books, records and accounts of the school district shall be audited by said independent certified public accountants in accordance with applicable standards and legal requirements. The superintendent and members of the administration shall cooperate with the auditors.

3. The school district shall, prior to September 15 of each year, submit unaudited financial data for the preceding year to the Commissioner for the Department of Education (the Commissioner) on forms prescribed by the Commissioner. The report shall also include those items required by Minn. Stat. 123B.14, Subd 7.

4. The school district shall, prior to November 30 of each year, provide to the Commissioner audited financial data for the preceding fiscal year. The school district shall, prior to December 31 of each year, provide the Commissioner and the State Auditor an audited financial statement in a form that will allow comparison with and correction of material differences in the unaudited data. The audited financial statement must also provide a statement of assurance pertaining to compliance with uniform financial accounting and reporting standards and a copy of the management letter submitted to the school district by its auditor.

5. The audit must be conducted in compliance with generally accepted governmental auditing standards, the Federal Single Audit Act and the Minnesota Legal Compliance Guide issued by the Office of the State Auditor.

6. The school board must approve the audit report by resolution or require a further or amended report.

7. The administration shall report to the school board regarding any actions necessary to correct any deficiencies or exceptions noted in the audit.

8. The accounts and records of the school district shall also be subject to audit and inspection by the State Auditor to the extent provided in Minn. Stat. Ch. 6.

709 DEVELOPMENT AND MAINTENANCE OF AN INVENTORY OF FIXED ASSETS AND A FIXED ASSET ACCOUNTING SYSTEM

Revised: May 11, 2011
A. Purpose

The purpose of this policy is to provide for the development and maintenance of an inventory of the fixed assets of the school district and the establishment and maintenance of a fixed asset accounting system.

B. General Statement of Policy

The policy of the school district is that a fixed asset accounting system and an inventory of fixed assets be developed and maintained. Fixed assets having a value of $2,000.00 or more will be inventoried.

C. Development of Inventory and Accounting System

The superintendent or such other school official as designated by the superintendent or the school board shall be responsible for the development and maintenance of an inventory of the fixed assets of the school district, and for the establishment and maintenance of a formal fixed asset accounting system. The accounting system shall be operated in compliance with the applicable provisions of the Uniform Financial Accounting and Reporting Standards for Minnesota School Districts (UFARS). In addition, the inventory shall specify the location of all continued abstracts showing the conveyance of the property to the school district; certificates of title showing title to the property in the school district; title insurance policies; surveys; and other property records relating to the real property of the school district.

D. Report

The administration shall annually update the property records of the school district and provide an inventory of the fixed assets of the school district to the school board.

710 FUND BALANCE POLICY

New Policy: September 14, 2005
Revised: June 8, 2011

I. PURPOSE

The purpose of this policy is to create new fund balance classifications to allow for more useful fund balance reporting and for compliance with the reporting guidelines specified in Statement No. 54 of the Governmental Accounting Standards Board (GASB).

II. GENERAL STATEMENT OF POLICY

The policy of this school district is to comply with GASB Statement No. 54. To the extent a specific conflict occurs between this policy and the provisions of GASB Statement No. 54, the GASB Statement shall prevail.

III. DEFINITIONS

A. “Assigned” fund balance amounts are comprised of unrestricted funds constrained by the school district’s intent that they be used for specific purposes, but that do not meet the criteria to be classified as restricted or committed. In funds other than the general fund, the assigned fund balance represents the remaining amount that is not restricted or committed. The assigned fund balance category will cover the portion of a fund balance that reflects the school district’s intended use of those resources. The action to assign a fund balance may be taken after the end of the fiscal year. An assigned fund balance cannot be a negative number.

B. “Committed” fund balance amounts are comprised of unrestricted funds used for specific purposes pursuant to constraints imposed by formal action of the school board and that remain binding unless removed by the school board by subsequent formal action. The formal action to commit a fund balance must occur prior to fiscal year end; however, the specific amounts actually committed can be determined in the subsequent fiscal year. A committed fund balance cannot be a negative number.

C. “Enabling legislation” means legislation that authorizes a school district to assess, levy, charge, or otherwise mandate payment of resources from external providers and includes a legally enforceable requirement that those resources be used only for the specific purposes listed in the legislation.

D. “Fund balance” means the arithmetic difference between the assets and liabilities reported in a school district fund.

E. “Nonspendable” fund balance amounts are comprised of funds that cannot be spent because they are not in spendable form or are legally or contractually required to be maintained intact. They include items that are inherently unspendable, such as, but not limited to, inventories, prepaid items, long-term receivables, non-financial assets held for resale, or the permanent principal of endowment funds.


F. “Restricted” fund balance amounts are comprised of funds that have legally enforceable constraints placed on their use that either are externally imposed by resource providers or creditors (such as through debt covenants), grantors, contributors, voters, or laws or regulations of other governments, or are imposed by law through constitutional provisions or enabling legislation.

G. “Unassigned” fund balance amounts are the residual amounts in the general fund not reported in any other classification. Unassigned amounts in the general fund are technically available for expenditure for any purpose. The general fund is the only fund that can report a positive unassigned fund balance. Other funds would report a negative unassigned fund balance should the total of nonspendable, restricted, and committed fund balances exceed the total net resources of that fund.

H. “Unrestricted” fund balance is the amount of fund balance left after determining both nonspendable and restricted net resources. This amount can be determined by adding the committed, assigned, and unassigned fund balances.

IV. CLASSIFICATION OF FUND BALANCES

The school district shall classify its fund balances in its various funds in one or more of the following five classifications: nonspendable, restricted, committed, assigned, and unassigned.

V. MINIMUM FUND BALANCE

The school district will strive to maintain a minimum unassigned general fund balance of 3 months of operating expenses.

VI. ORDER OF RESOURCE USE

If resources from more than one fund balance classification could be spent, the school district will strive to spend resources from fund balance classifications in the following order (first to last): restricted, committed, assigned, and unassigned.

VII. COMMITTING FUND BALANCE

A majority vote of the school board is required to commit a fund balance to a specific purpose and subsequently to remove or change any constraint so adopted by the board.

VIII. ASSIGNING FUND BALANCE

The school board, by majority vote, may assign fund balances to be used for specific purposes when appropriate. The board also delegates the power to assign fund balances to the Superintendent. Assignments so made shall be reported to the school board on a monthly basis, either separately or as part of ongoing reporting by the assigning party if other than the school board.

An appropriation of an existing fund balance to eliminate a projected budgetary deficit in the subsequent year’s budget in an amount no greater than the projected excess of expected expenditures over expected revenues satisfies the criteria to be classified as an assignment of fund balance.

X. REVIEW

The school board will conduct an annual review of the sufficiency of the minimum unassigned general fund balance level.

711 REWARDS

New Policy: February 8, 2006

A. Purpose

The purpose of this policy is to authorize the school board to offer rewards to persons who provide accurate and reliable information leading to the conviction of a person who has committed or conspired to commit a crime against students or school employees, volunteers, or school board members as a result of their affiliation with the school district, or against school district property.

B. General Statement of Policy

The school board believes that, in certain circumstances, the offering of a reward may lead to the receipt of information that would solve or prevent a crime against students, school employees, volunteers, school board members, or school district property. The school board also believes that the fact that the school board may offer a reward may have a deterrent effect on the commission of such crimes.

C. Approval of Offering of Rewards

The school board shall approve the offering of any rewards by the school district. The approval shall specify the amount of the reward and the crime to which it is applicable. The approval may relate to a specific incident or to a continuing category of crime, i.e., assault of a teacher, damage to school property, etc.

D. Establishment of Procedures

The superintendent shall develop directives and procedures to address the timing and method of payment of any reward earned by an information provider. The information provided must have led to the conviction of the person who committed or conspired to commit the crime for which the reward was offered.

712 Purchasing Procurement Policy

New Policy: 10/6/2022

I. Purpose
The purpose of this policy is to ensure compliance with District procurements of
all supplies, materials, equipment, furnishings and services as regulated by
federal and state programs.

II. GENERAL STATEMENT OF POLICY

A. Under the direction of the School Board, the District Operates a centralized
purchasing system administered by the District Business Office. The District
Business Office is responsible for procuring supplies, equipment and services
necessary to provide instructional programs for students and staff

B. It is the policy of the District to ensure that all disbursements of District
funds are properly reviewed and authorized and consistent with sound
financial management principles. In order to meet these goals and
objectives, all disbursements of District funds shall be subject to the
purchasing procedures.

C. For an expenditure of public funds to qualify as a lawful expenditure, it serve
  a public purpose. A public purpose as defined in this policy means:
     i. The activity will benefit the community as a body.
     ii. The activity directly relates to functions of government.
     iii. The activity does not have, as its primary objective, the benefit
of private interest.
     iv. Specific or implied authority for the expenditure must exist.

III. PURCHASING ADMINISTRATION
The School Board has the ultimate authority and approval over the District Purchases.
The School Board authorizes administration to establish procedures for compliance
with this policy and terms, conditions and specifications of contracts and purchase
orders are being fulfilled according to the agreement of the contract.

A. The school district’s procedures must avoid acquisition of unnecessary or
duplicative items. Consideration should be given to consolidating procurements
to obtain a more economical purchase.

B. The school district must award contracts only to responsible vendors possessing
the ability to perform successfully under the terms and conditions of a proposed
procurement.

C. The school district must maintain records sufficient to detail the history of the
procurement. These records will include the rationale for the method of
procurement and value exchanged.

D. The school district will be responsible for the settlement of all contractual and
administrative issues arising out of procurements.

IV. DISTRICT CREDIT CARD USE

A. Staff members that requests to purchase items using the District credit card
need to sign out the card using the ISD #363 Credit Card log with approval
from District administration. Upon completion of the log, the credit card will be
given to the staff member and itemized receipts outlining any items procured
need to be returned to the District’s business office.

SECTION 800 BUILDING & SITES

801 BUILDINGS AND GROUNDS MAINTENANCE

The care, custody, and safekeeping of all school property shall be the responsibility of the administration. The superintendent and principals shall establish such procedures and employ such means from time to time as may be necessary to:

1. Provide accurate information in regard to the nature, condition, location, and value of all school property.

2. Safeguard school property against loss, damage or undue depreciation.

3. Recover and restore to usefulness any school property which may be lost, stolen or damaged.

4. Do all things necessary to insure the proper maintenance and safekeeping of school property.

MSBA/MASA Model Policy 802
Orig. 1995
Rev. 2024

802     DISPOSITION OF OBSOLETE EQUIPMENT AND MATERIAL

[NOTE: The provisions of this policy substantially reflect statutory requirements.]

I.         PURPOSE

The purpose of this policy is to provide guidelines for the superintendent to assist in timely disposition of obsolete equipment and material.

II.        GENERAL STATEMENT OF POLICY

Effective use of school building space, and consideration for safety of personnel, will at times require disposal of obsolete equipment and material.

III.      DEFINITION

A.         “Contract” means an agreement entered into by the school district for the sale of supplies, materials, or equipment.

B.         “Official newspaper” is a regular issue of a qualified legal newspaper.

IV.       MANNER OF DISPOSITION

A.         Authorization

The superintendent shall be authorized to dispose of obsolete equipment and materials by selling it at a fair price consistent with the procedures outlined in this policy.   Any sale exceeding the minimum amount for which bids are required must first be specifically authorized by the school board.  The superintendent shall be authorized to properly dispose of used books, materials, and equipment deemed to have little or no value.

B.         Contracts Over $175,000

1.         If the value of the equipment or materials is estimated to exceed $175,000, sealed bids shall be solicited by two weeks’ published notice in the official newspaper.  This notice shall state the time and place of receiving bids and contain a brief description of the subject matter.  Additional publication in the official newspaper or elsewhere may be made as the school board shall deem necessary.

2.         The sale shall be awarded to the highest responsible bidder, be duly executed in writing, and be otherwise conditioned as required by law.

3.         A record shall be kept of all bids, with names of bidders and amounts of bids, and an indication of the successful bid.  A bid containing an alteration or erasure of any price contained in the bid which is used in determining the highest responsible bid shall be rejected unless the alteration or erasure is corrected by being crossed out and the correction printed in ink or typewritten adjacent thereto and initialed in ink by the person signing the bid.

4.         In the case of identical high bids from two or more bidders, the school board may, at its discretion, utilize negotiated procurement methods with the tied high bidders so long as the price paid does not go below the high tied bid price.  In the case where only a single bid is received, the school board may, at its discretion, negotiate a mutually agreeable contract with the bidder so long as the price paid does not fall below the original bid.  If no satisfactory bid is received, the board may readvertise.

5.         All bids obtained shall be kept on file for a period of at least one year after their receipt.  Every contract made without compliance with the foregoing provisions shall be void.

6.         Data submitted by a business to a school in response to a request for bids are private until opened.  Once opened, the name of the bidder and the dollar amount specified become public; all other data are private until completion of the selection process, meaning the school has completed its evaluation and ranked the responses.  After completion of the selection process, all data submitted by all bidders are public except trade secret data.  If all responses are rejected prior to completion of the selection process, all data remain private, except the name of the bidder and the dollar amount specified which were made public at the bid opening for one year from the proposed opening date or until resolicitation results in completion of the selection process or until a determination is made to abandon the purchase, whichever occurs sooner, at which point the remaining data becomes public.  Data created or maintained by the school district as part of the selection or evaluation process are protected as nonpublic data until completion of the selection or evaluation process.  At that time, the data are public with the exception of trade secret data.

C.         Contracts From $25,000 to $175,000

If the amount of the sale is estimated to exceed $25,000 but not to exceed $175,000, the contract may be made either upon sealed bids in the manner directed above or by direct negotiation, by obtaining two or more quotations for the purchase or sale when possible, and without advertising for bids or otherwise complying with the requirements of competitive bidding notice.  All quotations obtained shall be kept on file for a period of at least one year after receipt.

D.         Contracts $25,000 or Less

If the amount of the sale is estimated to be $25,000 or less, the contract may be made either upon quotation or in the open market, in the discretion of the school board.  The sale in the open market may be by auction.   If the contract is made on quotation, it shall be based, so far as practicable, on at least two quotations which shall be kept on file for a period of at least one year after receipt.

E.         Electronic Sale of Surplus Supplies, Materials, and Equipment

Notwithstanding the other procedural requirements of this policy, the school district may contract to sell supplies, materials, and equipment which is surplus, obsolete, or unused through an electronic selling process in which purchasers compete to purchase the supplies, materials, or equipment at the highest purchase price in an open and interactive environment.

F.         Notice of Quotation

Notice of procedures to receive quotations shall be given by publication or other means as appropriate to provide reasonable notice to the public.

G.         Sales to Employees

No officer or employee of the school district shall sell or procure for sale or possess or control for sale to any other officer or employee of the school district any property or materials owned by the school district unless the property and materials are not needed for public purposes and are sold to a school district employee after reasonable public notice, at a public auction or by sealed response, if the employee is not directly involved in the auction or sale process.   Reasonable notice shall include at least one week’s published or posted notice.  A school district employee may purchase no more than one motor vehicle from the school district at any one auction.  This section shall not apply to the sale of property or materials acquired or produced by the school district for sale to the general public in the ordinary course of business.  Nothing in this section shall prohibit an employee of the school district from selling or possessing for sale public property if the sale or possession for sale is in the ordinary course of business or the normal course of the employee’s duties.

H.         Exceptions for Surplus School Computers

1.         A school district may bypass the requirements for competitive bidding and is not subject to any other laws relating to school district contracts if it is disposing of surplus school computer and related equipment, including a tablet device, by conveying the property and title to:

            a.         another school district;

            b.         the state department of corrections;

            c.         the board of trustees of Minnesota State Colleges and Universities;

            d.         the family of a student residing in the district whose total family income meets the federal definition of poverty; or

            e.         a charitable organization under section 501(c)(3) of the Internal Revenue Code that is registered with the attorney general’s office for educational use.

2.         If surplus school computers are not disposed of as described in Paragraph 1., upon adoption of a written resolution of the school board, when updating or replacing school computers, including tablet devices, used primarily by students, the school district may sell or give used computers or tablets to qualifying students at the price specified in the written resolution.   A student is eligible to apply to the school board for a computer or tablet under this subdivision if the student is currently enrolled in the school and intends to enroll in the school in the year following the receipt of the computer or tablet.  If more students apply for computers or tablets than are available, the school must first qualify students whose families are eligible for free or reduced-price meals and then dispose of the remaining computers or tablets by lottery.

Legal References:     Minn. Stat. § 13.591 (Business Data)

Minn. Stat. § 15.054 (Sale or Purchase of State Property; Penalty)

                                  Minn. Stat. § 123B.29 (Sale of School Building at Auction)

Minn. Stat. § 123B.52 (Contracts)

                                  Minn. Stat. § 471.345 (Uniform Municipal Contracting Law)

Minn. Stat. § 471.85 (Property Transfer; Public Corporations)

Minn. Stat. § 645.11 (Published Notice)

 

Cross References:      MSBA School Law Bulletin “F” (School District Contract and Bidding Procedures)

803 SECURITY

Building checks are to be made during the heating season on Saturdays and Sundays and at such other times as is necessary or required by the superintendent. The building check is to be accomplished by the custodians, who will be paid up to two (2) hours for this duty providing he/she is on duty for two hours. A building check shall consist of:

1. Checking all entrances to the building to determine that they are secure;

2. Checking all boilers to see that they are functioning properly;

3. Checking for running water;

4. Checking internal areas: audiovisual storage, office areas, kitchen.

804 SCHOOL CLOSING PROCEDURE

A. When School is in Session:

1. And weather conditions become severe enough to make regular dismissal hazardous, the building principal will check weather and road conditions and make his/her recommendation regarding dismissal to the superintendent. The superintendent shall make the final decision regarding early dismissal. The criterion to dismiss early shall be the safety of students and employees. In the event that the superintendent is not available, the decision to close early shall be made by the principal.

2. When the decision to dismiss early is made, the administration office will notify the mechanic/driver in regard to time and any other pertinent information. If possible, the decision to dismiss early will be made by 12:00 noon.

3. Students are to remain in their classrooms until they are dismissed and the buses arrive. Teachers will remain in their classrooms with these students. Teachers who are not responsible for a class when the emergency is declared shall monitor the hallways and other parts of the building to insure that all students leave the building and to promote an orderly dismissal. Employees are to remain at the school until dismissed by the principal. Under no circumstances will school activities be held without the expressed approval of the principal when school has been dismissed early.

4. When weather conditions are such that some or all of the buses are not able to drive all or part of their regular routes, students affected will remain in their classrooms. In the event the students are returned to school, they are required to report to the office.

5. Immediately after it is determined that a bus emergency exists, a complete accounting of all detained students will be submitted to the office. The school cook will report to the principal’s office and prepare appropriate menus. The principal will report to the superintendent’s office any medical problems and the arrangements for living conditions such as sanitation and sleeping accommodations. The principal is also responsible for establishing a suitable routine of activities to accommodate the students and staff detained and to ensure that there is proper supervision of students at all times.

6. Teachers shall be responsible for those students in their classrooms. In the event they have no students in their classrooms, they are to report to the principal’s office for assignment.

B. When School is Not in Session

1. When school is not in session and weather conditions become severe enough to make transportation hazardous, the mechanic/driver will make a recommendation regarding school closing to the superintendent. The superintendent shall make the final decision. The criterion to close school shall be the safety of students and employees. In the event the superintendent is not available, the decision to close school shall be made by the principal. If neither the superintendent nor the principal is available, the mechanic/driver will make the final decision. In NORTHOME, when the decision to close school is made, the mechanic/driver will confer with the administration and then the calling tree system goes into effect wherein each employee calls the people assigned to him/her on the current calling chart (tree). In INDUS, the principal notifies the drivers directly and otherwise fulfills the functions herein assigned to the mechanic/driver in Northome. The principal also will notify the head cook, head custodian, secretary, and radio station(s) serving the immediate area as soon as the decision is made, preferably before 7:00 a.m.

2. Custodian, mechanic, and secretarial personnel are expected to report to their respective buildings when the weather becomes such that roads are passable, and they can arrive safely. Teachers, cooks, aides, and bus drivers are not expected to report unless requested to by administration. Classified employees see Article VIII Section 8.

C. Cold Weather Policy

School will be closed by administrative decision.

Adopted: June 8, 2001
Revised: September 8, 2021

805 CRISIS MANAGEMENT POLICY

I. PURPOSE
The purpose of this Model Crisis Management Policy is to act as a guide for school
district and building administrators, school employees, students, school board members,
and community members to address a wide range of potential crisis situations in the
school district. For purposes of this Policy, the term, “school districts,” shall include
charter schools. The step-by-step procedures suggested by this Policy will provide
guidance to each school building in drafting crisis management plans to coordinate
protective actions prior to, during, and after any type of emergency or potential crisis
situation. Each school district should develop tailored building-specific crisis
management plans for each school building in the school district, and sections or
procedures may be added or deleted in those crisis management plans based on building
needs.
The school district will, to the extent possible, engage in ongoing emergency planning
within the school district and with emergency responders and other relevant community
organizations. The school district will ensure that relevant emergency responders in the
community have access to their building-specific crisis management plans and will
provide training to school district staff to enable them to act appropriately in the event of
a crisis.

II. GENERAL INFORMATION
A. The Policy and Plans
The school district’s Crisis Management Policy has been created in consultation
with local community response agencies and other appropriate individuals and
groups that would likely be involved in the event of a school emergency. It is
designed so that each building administrator can tailor a building-specific crisis
management plan to meet that building’s specific situation and needs.
The school district’s administration and/or the administration of each building
shall present tailored building-specific crisis management plans to the school
board for review and approval. The building-specific crisis management plans
will include general crisis procedures and crisis-specific procedures. Upon
approval by the school board, such crisis management plans shall be an addendum
to this Crisis Management Policy. This Policy and the plans will be maintained
and updated on an annual basis.

B. Elements of the District Crisis Management Policy
  1. 1. General Crisis Procedures. The Crisis Management Policy
includes general crisis procedures for securing buildings, classroom
evacuation, building evacuation, campus evacuation, and sheltering. The
Policy designates the individual(s) who will determine when these actions
will be taken. These district-wide procedures may be modified by
building administrators when creating their building-specific crisis
management plans. A communication system will be in place to enable the
designated individual to be contacted at all times in the event of a potential
crisis, setting forth the method to contact the designated individual, the
provision of at least two designees when the contact person is unavailable,
and the method to convey contact information to the appropriate staff
persons. The alternative designees may include members of the
emergency first responder response team. A secondary method of
communication should be included in the plan for use when the primary
method of communication is inoperable. Each building in the school
district will have access to a copy of the Comprehensive School Safety
Guide (2011 Edition) to assist in the development of building-specific
crisis management plans.
All general crisis procedures will address specific procedures for the safe
evacuation of children and employees with special needs such as physical,
sensory, motor, developmental, and mental health challenges.
[Note: More specific information on planning for children with special
needs can be found in the Comprehensive School Safety Guide (2011
Edition) and United States Department of Education’s document
entitled, “Practical Information on Crisis Planning, a Guide for Schools
and Communities.” A website link is provided in the resource section of
this Policy.]
     a. Lock-Down Procedures. Lock-down procedures will be used in
situations where harm may result to persons inside the school
building, such as a shooting, hostage incident, intruder, trespass,
disturbance, or when determined to be necessary by the building
administrator or his or her designee. The building administrator
or designee will announce the lock-down over the public address
system or other designated system. Code words will not be used.
Provisions for emergency evacuation will be maintained even in
the event of a lock-down. Each building administrator will submit
lock-down procedures for their building as part of the
building-specific crisis management plan.
[Note: State law requires a minimum of five school lock-down
drills each school year. See Minn. Stat. § 121A.035.]
     b. Evacuation Procedures. Evacuations of classrooms and buildings
shall be implemented at the discretion of the building administrator
or his or her designee. Each building’s crisis management plan
will include procedures for transporting students and staff a safe
distance from harm to a designated safe area until released by the
building administrator or designee. Safe areas may change based
upon the specific emergency situation. The evacuation procedures
should include specific procedures for children with special needs,
including children with limited mobility (wheelchairs, braces,
crutches, etc.), visual impairments, hearing impairments, and other
sensory, developmental, or mental health needs. The evacuation
procedures should also address transporting necessary medications
for students that take medications during the school day.
[Note: State law requires a minimum of five school fire drills,
consistent with Minn. Stat. § 299F.30, and one school tornado
drill each school year. See Minn. Stat. § 121A.035.]
     c. Sheltering Procedures. Sheltering provides refuge for students,
staff, and visitors within the school building during an emergency.
Shelters are safe areas that maximize the safety of inhabitants.
Safe areas may change based upon the specific emergency. The
building administrator or his or her designee will announce the
need for sheltering over the public address system or other
designated system. Each building administrator will submit
sheltering procedures for his or her building as part of the
building-specific crisis management plan.
  2. Crisis-Specific Procedures. The Crisis Management Policy includes
crisis-specific procedures for crisis situations that may occur during the
school day or at school-sponsored events and functions. These
district-wide procedures are designed to enable building administrators to
tailor response procedures when creating building-specific crisis
management plans.
  3. School Emergency Response Teams
     a. Composition. The building administrator in each school building
will select a school emergency response team that will be trained
to respond to emergency situations. All school emergency response
team members will receive on-going training to carry out the
building’s crisis management plans and will have knowledge of
procedures, evacuation routes, and safe areas. For purposes of
student safety and accountability, to the extent possible, school
emergency response team members will not have direct
responsibility for the supervision of students. Team members must
be willing to be actively involved in the resolution of crises and be
available to assist in any crisis situation as deemed necessary by
the building administrator. Each building will maintain a current
list of school emergency response team members which will be
updated annually. The building administrator, and his or her
alternative designees, will know the location of that list in the
event of a school emergency. A copy of the list will be kept on
file in the school district office, or in a secondary location in single
building school districts.
  b. b. Leaders. The building administrator or his or her designee
will serve as the leader of the school emergency response team and
will be the primary contact for emergency response officials. In the
event the primary designee is unavailable, the designee list should
include more than one alternative designee and may include
members of the emergency response team. When emergency
response officials are present, they may elect to take command and
control of the crisis. It is critical in this situation that school
officials assume a resource role and be available as necessary to
emergency response officials.

III. PREPARATION BEFORE AN EMERGENCY
A. Communication
  1. District Employees. Teachers generally have the most direct contact with
students on a day-to-day basis. As a result, they must be aware of their
role in responding to crisis situations. This also applies to non-teaching
school personnel who have direct contact with students. All staff shall be
aware of the school district’s Crisis Management Policy and their own
building’s crisis management plan. Each school’s building-specific crisis
management plan shall include the method and dates of dissemination of
the plan to its staff. Employees will receive a copy of the relevant
building-specific crisis management plans and shall receive periodic
training on plan implementation.
  2. Students and Parents. Students and parents shall be made aware of the
school district’s Crisis Management Policy and relevant tailored crisis
management plans for each school building. Each school district’s
building-specific crisis management plan shall set forth how students and
parents are made aware of the district and school-specific plans. Students
shall receive specific instruction on plan implementation and shall
participate in a required number of drills and practice sessions throughout
the school year.

B. Planning and Preparing for Fire
  1. Designate a safe area at least 50 feet away from the building to enable
students and staff to evacuate. The safe area should not interfere with
emergency responders or responding vehicles and should not be in an area
where evacuated persons are exposed to any products of combustion.
(Depending on the wind direction, where the building on fire is located,
the direction from which the fire is arriving, and the location of fire
equipment, the distance may need to be extended.)
[Note: Evacuation areas at least 50 feet from school buildings are
recommended but not mandated by statute or rule. Evacuation areas
should be selected based on safety and the individual school site’s
proximity to streets, traffic patterns, and other hazards.]
  2. Each building’s facility diagram and site plan shall be available in
appropriate areas of the building and shall identify the most direct
evacuation routes to the designated safe areas both inside and outside of
the building. The facility diagram and site plan must identify the location
of the fire alarm control panel, fire alarms, fire extinguishers, hoses, water
spigots, and utility shut offs.
  3. Teachers and staff will receive training on the location of the primary
emergency evacuation routes and alternate routes from various points in
the building. During fire drills, students and staff will practice evacuations
using primary evacuation routes and alternate routes.
  4. Certain employees, such as those who work in hazardous areas in the
building, will receive training on the locations and proper use of fire
extinguishers and protective clothing and equipment.
  5. Fire drills will be conducted periodically without warning at various times
of the day and under different circumstances, e.g., lunchtime, recess, and
during assemblies. State law requires a minimum of five fire drills each
school year, consistent with Minn. Stat. § 299F.30. See Minn. Stat. §
121A.035.
[Note: The State Fire Marshal advises schools to defer fire drills during
the winter months.]
  6. A record of fire drills conducted at the building will be maintained in the
building administrator’s office.
  7. The school district will have prearranged sites for emergency sheltering
and transportation as needed.
  8. The school district will determine which staff will remain in the building
to perform essential functions if safe to do so (e.g., switchboard, building
engineer, etc.). The school district also will designate an administrator or
his or her designee to meet local fire or law enforcement agents upon their
arrival.

C. Facility Diagrams and Site Plans
All school buildings will have a facility diagram and site plan that includes the
location of primary and secondary evacuation routes, exits, designated safe areas
inside and outside of the building, and the location of fire alarm control panel, fire
alarms, fire extinguishers, hoses, water spigots, and utility shut offs. All facility
diagrams and site plans will be updated regularly and whenever a major change is
made to a building. Facility diagrams and site plans will be maintained by the
building administrator and will be easily accessible and on file in the school
district office. Facility diagrams and site plans will be provided to first
responders, such as fire and law enforcement personnel.

D. Emergency Telephone Numbers
Each building will maintain a current list of emergency telephone numbers and
the names and addresses of local, county, and state personnel who may be
involved in a crisis situation. The list will include telephone numbers for local
police, fire, ambulance, hospital, the Poison Control Center, county and state
emergency management agencies, local public works departments, local utility
companies, the public health nurse, mental health/suicide hotlines, and the county
welfare agency. A copy of this list will be kept on file in the school district
office, or at a secondary location for single building school districts, and updated
annually.
School district employees will receive training on how to make emergency
contacts, including 911 calls, when the school district’s main telephone number
and location is electronically conveyed to emergency personnel instead of the
specific building in need of emergency services.
School district plans will set forth a process to internally communicate an
emergency, using telephones in classrooms, intercom systems, or two-way radios,
as well as the procedure to enable the staff to rapidly convey emergency
information to a building designee. Each plan will identify a primary and
secondary method of communication for both internal and secondary use. It is
recommended that the plan include several methods of communication because
computers, intercoms, telephones, and cell phones may not be operational or may
be dangerous to use during an emergency.

E. Warning and Notification Systems
The school district shall maintain a warning system designed to inform students,
staff, and visitors of a crisis or emergency. This system shall be maintained on a
regular basis under the maintenance plan for all school buildings. The school
district should consider an alternate notification system to address the needs of
staff and students with special needs, such as vision or hearing.
The building administrator shall be responsible for informing students and
employees of the warning system and the means by which the system is used to
identify a specific crisis or emergency situation. Each school’s building-specific
crisis management plan will include the method and frequency of dissemination
of the warning system information to students and employees.

F. Early School Closure Procedures
The superintendent will make decisions about closing school or buildings as early
in the day as possible. The early school closure procedures will set forth the
criteria for early school closure (e.g., weather-related, utility failure, or a crisis
situation), will specify how closure decisions will be communicated to staff,
students, families, and the school community (designated broadcast media, local
authorities, e-mail, or district or school building web sites), and will discuss the
factors to be considered in closing and reopening a school or building.
Early school closure procedures also will include a reminder to parents and
guardians to listen to designated local radio and TV stations for school closing
announcements, where possible.

G. Media Procedures
The superintendent has the authority and discretion to notify parents or guardians
and the school community in the event of a crisis or early school closure. The
superintendent will designate a spokesperson who will notify the media in the
event of a crisis or early school closure. The spokesperson shall receive training
to ensure that the district is in strict compliance with federal and state law relative
to the release of private data when conveying information to the media.
H. Behavioral Health Crisis Intervention Procedures
Short-term behavioral health crisis intervention procedures will set forth the
procedure for initiating behavioral health crisis intervention plans. The procedures
will utilize available resources including the school psychologist, counselor,
community behavioral health crisis intervention, or others in the community.
Counseling procedures will be used whenever the superintendent or the building
administrator determines it to be necessary, such as after an assault, a hostage
situation, shooting, or suicide. The behavioral health crisis intervention
procedures shall include the following steps:
  1. Administrator will meet with relevant persons, including school
psychologists and counselors, to determine the level of intervention
needed for students and staff.
  2. Designate specific rooms as private counseling areas.
  3. Escort siblings and close friends of any victims as well as others in need of
emotional support to the counseling areas.
  4. Prohibit media from interviewing or questioning students or staff.
  5. Provide follow-up services to students and staff who receive counseling.
  6. 6. Resume normal school routines as soon as possible.

I. Long-Term Recovery Intervention Procedures
Long-term recovery intervention procedures may involve both short-term and
long-term recovery planning:
  1. Physical/structural recovery.
  2. Fiscal recovery.
  3. Academic recovery.
  4. Social/emotional recovery.

IV. SAMPLE PROCEDURES INCLUDED IN THIS POLICY
Sample procedures for the various hazards/emergencies listed below are attached  to this
Policy for use when drafting specific crisis management plans. Additional sample
procedures may be found in the Response section of the Comprehensive School Safety
Guide (2011 Edition). After approval by the school board, an adopted procedure will
become an addendum to the Crisis Management Policy.

A. Fire

B. Hazardous Materials

C. Severe Weather: Tornado/Severe Thunderstorm/Flooding

D. Medical Emergency

E. Fight/Disturbance

F. Assault

G. Intruder

H. Weapons

I. Shooting

J. Hostage

K. Bomb Threat

L. Chemical or Biological Threat

M. Checklist for Telephone Threats

N. Demonstration

O. Suicide

P. Lock-down Procedures

Q. Shelter-In-Place Procedures

R. Evacuation/Relocation

S. Media Procedures

T. Post-Crisis Procedures

U. U. School Emergency Response Team

V. Emergency Phone Numbers

W. Highly Contagious Serious Illness or Pandemic Flu

 

V. MISCELLANEOUS PROCEDURES

A. Chemical Accidents
Procedures for reporting chemical accidents shall be posted at key locations such
as chemistry labs, art rooms, swimming pool areas, and janitorial closets.

B. Visitors
The school district shall implement procedures mandating visitor sign in and
visitors in school buildings. See MSBA/MASA Model Policy 903 (Visitors to
School District Buildings and Sites).
The school district shall implement procedures to minimize outside entry into
school buildings except at designated check-in points and assure that all doors are
locked prior to and after regular building hours.

C. Student Victims of Criminal Offenses at or on School Property
The school district shall establish procedures allowing student victims of criminal
offenses on school property the opportunity to transfer to another school within
the school district.

D. Radiological Emergencies at Nuclear Generating Plants [OPTIONAL]
School districts within a 10 mile radius of the Monticello or Prairie Island nuclear
power plants will implement crisis plans in the event of an accident or incident at
the power plant.
Questions relative to the creation or implementation of such plans will be directed
to the Minnesota Department of Public Safety.

806 AUTOMATED EXTERNAL DEFIBRILLATOR (AED)

Revised Feb 10, 2005
Revised: June 8, 2011

A. Purpose
The purpose of this policy is to make an automated external defibrillator (AED) available and outline the procedure for implementing this service.

B. Statement of Policy

1. The South Koochiching/Rainy River School District welcomes the opportunity in cooperation with our local emergency medical services, to make an automated external defibrillator available for the benefit of the school community.

2. The AED shall be used in emergency situations warranting its use by individuals specifically trained in its use.

C. Procedures

1. The District will have a written, medical prescription on file for the use of the AED in each school and/or school events. The prescription shall be in the AED file in the school nurse’s office.

2. The school nurse will serve as the AED project coordinator with the following responsibilities:

a. Shall annually route copies of the current AED policy and procedures, which will indicate the type of device, intended use area, plan for maintenance and testing, and the location of the device to:

i. 911 call receiving center. If someone calls for a person down, dispatch can tell the caller where the closest AED is located.

ii. Medical Director for Northome – Jill Cease,NP

iii. Medical Director for Indus – To Be Named at a Later Date

b. Monitor to assure the district is in compliance with the current AED policy and procedure and communicate concerns to the medical director and school administration.

c. Work with the medical director and school administration on any needed revisions to the AED policy and procedure.

d. Coordinate training of emergency responders, acquisition of necessary equipment, and assign staff (and alternates) to complete equipment inspections.

e. Provide record of staff members’ CPR/AED & blood borne pathogen training status and written records documenting equipment readiness.

f. Provide an orientation to the student body as to the placement of AED’s in the school.

g. Inform the public about the AED placement in the schools.

3. The AED will be stored in an accessible non-locking alarmed cabinet in a central location as determined by the school safety officer, school nurse, and administration.

a. When there are unique circumstances that may deem it appropriate to have the AED on standby at a school event, authorized users may request permission from the school nurse or building administrator to temporarily relocate the AED. When doing so, the authorized user must securely place a sign on the AED cabinet that clearly identifies the location of the AED, specifying the date and time the AED was removed, and the date and time the AED will be returned. The name of the user, who must have current certification on the proper use of the AED and agrees to assume responsibility for the removal from its storage cabinet, must also be on the sign. The location of the next nearest AED should also be noted. It is that user’s responsibility to return the AED to the cabinet at the appropriate time and set the alarm.

4. The public will be informed of the presence of the AED. The district will publicize that the AED is available when hosting school events. Multiple signs will be displayed throughout the building that the building is AED equipped.

5. Individuals trained in AED use and CPR are permitted to use the AED in the event of an emergency. In the event that a trained individual is not available, an untrained, willing individual may use the AED if needed. Requirements for the frequency of recurrent training will be as specified by the issuing organization of the individual employee’s certification.

6. American Heart Association (AHA) procedures for the proper use of the AED will be followed.

7. Ongoing education is essential:

a. Employees

i. Initial Training
Trained employees must complete training adequate to provide basic first-aid, CPR and AED that will be provided on site. AED training must be a course approved by the state and reflect current AHA procedures for proper use. Trained employees will also be trained in universal precautions against blood borne pathogens. The trained employees shall be offered hepatitis B vaccination free of charge. The school nurse shall maintain training records for the trained employees.

ii. Refresher Training:
Trained employees will re-new first-aid and AED training at least every two years.

b. Volunteer responders should obtain documented renewal training at least once every two years. Volunteer responders are encouraged to periodically refresh their AED skills.

8. Evaluation process for assuring AED readiness and effective use of the AED:

a. The AED will perform a self-diagnostic test every 24 hours that includes a check of battery strength and an evaluation of the internal components.

b. A volunteer, assigned by the AED Program Coordinator or designee, will perform a monthly AED check following the procedure checklist. The procedure checklist will be initialed at the completion of the monthly check. The procedure checklist will be posted with the AED.

c. If the OK icon is NOT present on the readiness display, contact the AED Program Coordinator or designee immediately.

i. If the battery icon is visible, the battery or charge pak charging unit needs to be replaced. You may continue to use the AED if needed.

ii. If the wrench icon is visible, the AED needs service. You may attempt to use the AED if needed.

iii. If the message CALL SERVICE appears, the AED is not usable. Continue to provide CPR until another AED is brought to the victim or EMS arrives to take over care.

d. If the expiration date on the electrode is near, notify the AED Program Coordinator or designee immediately.

9. Procedure following the use of the AED:

a. AED coordinator/school nurse will be notified that the AED was used (see AED Usage Form in appendix) and is responsible for getting the AED back in service. The school nurse will:

i. Initiate the retrieval of data from the AED’s memory. This should not prevent the use of the AED on another victim if circumstances do not allow data retrieval prior to initiating treatment on another victim.

ii. Restock all necessary AED supplies.

iii. Clean AED according to manufacturer’s recommendations.

b. A formal review and evaluation of all situations involving the use of the AED will be called by the building principal or school nurse, which will include the following individuals:

i. First responders at the scene

ii. Medical director

iii. School administrator

iv. Any other person identified and designated by school administration

c. A review will be conducted. Emotional support and/or counseling may be suggested for those involved in the incident. The review could include:

i. School nurse and building administration

ii. Responders at the scene

iii. Student witnesses

iv. Others as indicated

807 HEALTH AND SAFETY POLICY

Adopted May 9, 2012

I. PURPOSE

The purpose of this policy is to assist the school district in promoting health and safety, reducing injuries, and complying with federal, state, and local health and safety laws and regulations.

II. GENERAL STATEMENT OF POLICY

A. The policy of the school district is to implement a health and safety program that includes plans and procedures to protect employees, students, volunteers, and members of the general public who enter school district buildings and grounds. The objective of the health and safety program will be to provide a safe and healthy learning environment; to increase safety awareness; to help prevent accidents, illnesses, and injuries; to reduce liability; to assign duties and responsibilities to school district staff to implement and maintain the health and safety program; to establish written procedures for the identification and management of hazards or potential hazards; to train school district staff on safe work practices; and to comply with all health and safety, environmental, and occupational health laws, rules, and regulations.

 

B. All school district employees have a responsibility for maintaining a safe and healthy environment within the school district and are expected to be involved in the health and safety program to the extent practicable. For the purpose of implementing this policy, the school district will form a health and safety advisory committee to be appointed by the superintendent. The advisory committee will provide recommendations to the administration regarding plans and procedures to implement this policy and to establish procedures for identifying, analyzing, and controlling hazards, minimizing risks, and training school district staff on safe work practices. The committee will also recommend procedures for investigating accidents and enforcement of workplace safety rules. Each recommendation shall include estimates of annual costs of implementing and maintaining that proposed recommendation.

 

III. PROCEDURES

 

A. Based upon recommendations from the health and safety advisory committee and subject to the budget adopted by the school board to implement or maintain these recommendations, the administration will adopt and implement written plans and procedures for identification and management of hazards or potential hazards existing within the school district in accordance with federal, state, and local laws, rules, and regulations. Written plans and procedures will be maintained, updated, and reviewed by the school board on an annual basis and shall be an addendum to this policy. The administration shall identify in writing a contact person to oversee compliance with each specific plan or procedure.

 

B. To the extent that federal, state, and local laws, rules, and regulations do not exist for identification and management of hazards or potential hazards, the health and safety advisory committee shall evaluate other available resources and generally accepted best practice recommendations. Best practices are techniques or actions which, through experience or research, have consistently proven to lead to specific positive outcomes.

 

C. The school district shall monitor and make good faith efforts to comply with any new or amended laws, rules, or regulations to control potential hazards.

 

IV. PROGRAM AND PLANS

 

A. For the purpose of implementing this policy, the administration will, within the budgetary limitations adopted by the school board, implement a health and safety program that includes specific plan requirements in various areas as identified by the health and safety advisory committee. Areas that may be considered include, but are not limited to, the following:

 

1. Asbestos

2. Fire and Life Safety

3. Lighting

4. Structural Safety

5. Combustible and Hazardous Materials Storage

6. Indoor Air Quality

7. Mechanical Ventilation

8. Mold Cleanup and Abatement

9. Accident and Injury Reduction Program: Model AWAIR Program for Minnesota Schools

10. Infectious Waste/Bloodborne Pathogens

11. Community Right to Know

12. Compressed Gas Safety

13. Confined Space Standard

14. Electrical Safety

15. First Aid/CPR/AED

16. Food Safety Inspection

17. Forklift Safety

18. Hazardous Waste

19. Hearing Conservation

20. Hoist/Lift/Elevator Safety

21. Integrated Pest Management

22. Laboratory Safety Standard/Chemical Hygiene Plan

23. Lead

24. Control of Hazardous Energy Sources (Lockout/Tagout)

25. Machine Guarding

26. Mercury

27. Personal Protection Equipment (PPE)

28. Playground Safety

29. Radon

30. Respiratory Protection

31. Underground and Above Ground Storage Tanks

32. Welding/Cutting/Brazing

33. Chlorine

34. Ladder/Fall Protection

35. Laboratory Safety

36. Other areas determined to be appropriate by the health and safety advisory committee.

 

If a risk is not present in the school district, the preparation of a plan or procedure for that risk will not be necessary.

 

B. The administration shall establish procedures to ensure, to the extent practicable, that all employees are properly trained and instructed in job procedures, crisis response duties, and emergency response actions where exposure or possible exposure to hazards and potential hazards may occur.

 

C. The administration shall conduct or arrange safety inspections and drills. Any identified hazards, unsafe conditions, or unsafe practices will be documented and corrective action taken to the extent practicable to control that hazard, unsafe condition, or unsafe practice.

 

D. Communication from employees regarding hazards, unsafe or potentially unsafe working conditions, and unsafe or potentially unsafe practices is encouraged in either written or oral form. No employee will be retaliated against for reporting hazards or unsafe or potentially unsafe working conditions or practices.

 

E. The administration shall conduct periodic workplace inspections to identify potential hazards and safety concerns.

 

F. In the event of an accident or a near miss, the school district shall promptly cause an accident investigation to be conducted in order to determine the cause of the incident and to take action to prevent a similar incident. All accidents and near misses must be reported to an immediate supervisor as soon as possible.

 

V. BUDGET

 

The superintendent shall be responsible to provide for periodic school board review and approval of the various plan requirements of the health and safety program, including current plan requirements and related written plans and procedures and recommendations for additional plan requirements proposed to be adopted. The superintendent, or such other school official as designated by the superintendent, each year shall prepare preliminary revenue and expenditure budgets for the school district’s health and safety program. The preliminary budgets shall be accompanied by such written commentary as may be necessary for them to be clearly understood by the members of the school board and the public. The school board shall review the projected revenues and expenditures for this program and make such adjustments within the expenditure budget to carry out the current program and to implement new recommendations within the revenues projected and appropriated for this purpose. No funds may be expended for the health and safety program in any school year prior to the adoption of the budget document authorizing that expenditure for that year, or prior to the adoption of an amendment to that budget document by the school board to authorize that expenditure for that year. The health and safety program shall be implemented, conducted, and administered within the fiscal restraints of the budget so adopted.

 

VI. ENFORCEMENT

 

Enforcement of this policy is necessary for the goals of the school district’s health and safety program to be achieved. Within applicable budget limitations, school district employees will be trained and receive periodic reviews of safety practices and procedures, focusing on areas that directly affect the employees’ job duties. Employees shall participate in practice drills. Willful violations of safe work practices may result in disciplinary action in accordance with applicable school district policies.

SECTION 900 COMMUNITY RELATIONS

901 RELATIONS WITH THE COMMUNITY

The Board of Education of District #363 believes that great mutual benefit can be derived by cordial relationships between the schools and the general community. Consequently, the following policies are established.

902 VISITORS TO THE SCHOOL

It is the policy of this school district that ALL visitors to the schools register at the general office immediately upon entering the building between 8:00 a.m. and 4:00 p.m.

The principal’s office will, at the discretion of the principal or his/her designated representative, issue a visitor’s permit. Any person who is not a student or employee of the school district who is in the building without a visitor’s permit is unauthorized and will be directed to the principal’s office or asked to leave the building. If the unauthorized visitor refuses to follow this course of action, the local police should be called.

In general, the criteria to be followed in issuing a visitor’s pass shall be:

1. Visitors are not allowed to visit the teacher’s classrooms without prior approval of the principal.

2. Teachers will not be required to leave their classrooms to meet with a visitor except under emergency conditions as determined by the principal.

3. A teacher will not be required to meet with a visitor against his/her wishes unless specifically directed to do so by the principal.

There will be, at the entrance of each building, a sign notifying all visitors that they are to register at the general office.

903 PUBLIC COMPLAINTS

. Principal

3. Superintendent

4. School Board

Any complaint about school personnel will be investigated by the administration before consideration and action by the board.

904 COMMUNITY USE OF SCHOOL FACILITIES

(5/11/06)

School facilities shall be used as community centers for the integration of the American community and the encouragement of family participation in wholesome, character-building activities conducive to good citizenship. Such use shall be scheduled so as not to interfere with the regular instructional or extra-curricular program.

In order to assure a close relationship between the school and the community, it shall be the policy of the board to grant and encourage maximum use of school facilities to responsible and properly organized groups for the purpose of education, recreation, and entertainment.

The authorized representative of the board may approve the use of school facilities by non-school organizations except for those activities which result in personal or corporate gain. Charges will be made according to the schedule of fees approved by the board. The superintendent shall establish such rules and regulations as needed to implement this policy as well as to assure the preservation of school property.

A. Who May Use the Facilities (Users shall be responsible for damage).

1. Since the school buildings exist primarily for the education of the students, all student use of the facilities shall have first priority.

2. Meetings of the professional and nonprofessional staff will have second priority.

3. Religious groups and other social or civic young people’s groups for elementary or high school age students not officially connected with school will be next in order of priority.

4. Adult religious, veterans’ fraternal, civic and social groups within the boundaries of the district will be next in order.

5. Adult organizations and groups involving people outside the school district shall have next priority, with administrative approval.

6. Private parties or functions are next in priorities.

7. Any area not covered by the above must be considered and approved by official action of the board. Such requests must be submitted for consideration at the regular meeting of the board, prior to the event.

B. Rules and Regulations for Public and Private Organizations

Service organizations are generally defined as those the primary function of which is service and not profit and whose membership is nondiscriminatory and open to the general public. Examples of service organizations are the PTAs, church groups, 4-H, Scouts, Commercial Club and political parties. Private organizations are those organizations the primary objective of which is business and profit. Examples of such organizations would be any private or public business group.

1. A master schedule or date book shall be kept in the principal’s office and it shall be the official record for all scheduled events. Events will be scheduled on a “first come, first served” basis, once the preceding list of priorities has been considered.

2. Any group or individual who wants to use the school’s facilities needs to complete the Facility Use Forms & Agreement form (see appendix). This form should be turned in to the school office at least two weeks before the date of the event .

3. Rental fees are to be paid in advance. A receipt will be issued and this receipt is to be shown to the janitor for admittance to the rooms or facilities used. Janitors may refuse to open the building for anyone not having such a receipt.

4. Full reimbursement will be made in case an event is canceled.

5. When the school building is being used by an organization which is not related to the school, the board will authorize a reliable adult to supervise the activities and monitor the building. A qualified janitor will open and close the building and patrol the building during its use. The cost of supervision by the authorized adult will be paid by the sponsoring organization in advance.

C. Rental of School Facilities

An advance deposit of costs as calculated by district business manager shall be required upon final arrangements for facility use. The following rate schedule is established:

Commons Without Kitchen No Charge (Must pay janitor salary, if appropriate)

Commons With Kitchen $5.00

Classrooms No Charge (Must pay janitor salary, if appropriate)

Gymnasium $25.00

Extra Custodian To be paid according to current Classified Contract.

Generally, there will be no custodial charge for use of facilities when custodians are on duty at the time as part of their regular schedule. A charge will be made, however, if custodial time is required for setting up or cleaning up.


Cook To be paid according to current Classified Contract.

Any time the kitchen is used for cooking, a school cook must be present.


Supervisor $20.00/hour

D. Rental Agreement

Any organization renting school facilities shall be required to complete and sign a rental agreement releasing the school district from all liability in connection with the use of the facility. (See the appendix for the Facility Use Forms and Agreement). Users shall be responsible for damage.

905 BAD CHECK POLICY

Revised: December 14, 2005

It is the policy of School District #363 to recover the original amount of any NSF (insufficient funds) check plus any bank fees incurred by the District for each check returned due to insufficient funds.

906 COMMUNITY USE OF SCHOOL BLEACHERS

The use of school bleachers is allowed but bleachers will only be loaned to organized groups, with that group signing loan papers and being liable for any damages. (See appendix for Bleacher Use: Indemnification and Hold Harmless Agreement form).

907 FREE MATERIALS DISTRIBUTION IN SCHOOLS

Commercial organizations offer many materials for use by teachers in the classroom. Some of these materials are of high educational value with little or no advertising emphasis. Other materials, however, are primarily advertising and have only limited educational value.

In general, supplementary printed materials from commercial, political, religious or other non-school organizations should have the approval of the superintendent before being used in the schools. This approval may be given to materials which are of obvious educational quality, which supplement and enrich text and reference book materials for definite school courses, which are timely and up-to-date and which promote American democratic principles and moral values.

Advertising materials of commercial, political or religious nature should not be displayed or distributed in the schools or on the school grounds. Pupils may not be used as the agents for distributing non-school materials to the homes without the approval of the superintendent.

Teachers may use special aids (non-printed materials) such as models, cuts, films, slides, pictures, charts, and exhibits for educational purposes with the approval of the principal, although such materials may bear the name of commercial business firm which may have provided the aid. Educational films secured from or through commercial sources shall be approved by the principal prior to their use in the schools.

908 PUBLIC GIFTS TO SCHOOLS

The board may accept on behalf of and for the school district any bequest or gift of money or property for a purpose deemed by the board to be suitable and to utilize such money or property so designated.

All gifts shall be given to the school district as a whole and not to a particular school. At the discretion of the superintendent, the gift may be used in a particular school.

Any gifts presented to the school district must be accompanied by a letter from the donor for official action and recognition by the board.

To be acceptable, a gift must satisfy the following: it must…

1. Have a purpose consistent with those of the school board.

2. Be offered by a donor acceptable to the board.

3. Not add to the staff load.

4. Not begin a program which the board would be unwilling to continue when gift or grant funds would be exhausted.

5. Not bring undesirable or hidden costs to the school system.

6. Place no restrictions on the school program.

7. Not be inappropriate or harmful to the best education of pupils.

8. Not imply endorsement of any business or product.

9. Not be in conflict with any provision of the school code or public law.

10. Become school property.

A letter of appreciation signed by the chairperson of the board and by the superintendent shall be sent to the donor.

909 RELATIONS WITH OTHER ENTITIES

Revised: March 10, 2004

A. Local Government

The board is an independent body and has no statutory relationship to other governmental bodies. It will, however, cooperate with other governing agencies, both educational and civic, to achieve the goal of all governmental bodies, namely, the best interests of the youth of the district. While the board will maintain complete autonomy at all times, it will, in cases where it deems it to the best interest of the youth and taxpayers, work cooperatively with the agencies in the community.

B. First Responders

Independent School District #363 appreciates the efforts made by the First Responders of the community in readily assisting the school and community in times of emergencies. To show appreciation and to encourage First Responder attendance at school district extra curricular activities, it is the policy of ISD #363 to give free passes (two per event) to First Responders to attend athletic or extra curricular activities.

C. Planning Authorities

The superintendent shall establish procedures to effect compliance with the state law requiring planning commission review of all plans for real property acquisition, new building construction, and improvements to buildings.

D. Parents’ Organizations

The Board of District #363 recognizes the valuable services performed by the National Congress of PTSA and its state and local divisions. The objectives of the PTSA are:

1. To promote the welfare of children and youth in home, school, church, and community.

2. To raise the standards of home life.

3. To secure adequate laws for the care and protection of children and youth.

4. To bring into closer relation the home and the school that parents and teacher may cooperate intelligently in the training of the child.

5. To develop between educators and the general public such united efforts as will secure for every child the highest advantages in physical, mental, social, and spiritual education.

6. The board further suggests that the district PTSA and groups with whom they cooperate maintain a close liaison with the school board, administration, and staff and maintain recognition of established school district policies.

910 PUBLIC’S RIGHT TO KNOW

In today’s world of increasing news emphasis on education, the people have become more aware of public education and more interested in the education process. A good relationship with the communications media is necessary if the story of the schools is to be told successfully.

The board supports the right of the people to know about the programs and services of the schools by making every effort to disseminate information. It is the responsibility of each school and staff member to facilitate dissemination of information by helping all news media representatives to obtain available information as accurately, quickly, and conveniently as possible. Good judgment and keen understanding are of paramount importance.

A. School Sponsored Information Media

Publications issued by and in the name of the schools shall reflect the high regard and aspirations of our people for their schools. There must be no compromise with quality of editorial content and format. The exercise of appropriate economy in materials and production is also expected so long as the main purpose of the publication is not jeopardized.

All publications shall include the name of the board, superintendent’s name and the phrase “an equal opportunity employer” either above or below South Koochiching-Rainy River Public Schools and also the date of the publication.

B. News Media Relations

The board encourages a policy of sound relations with the press and other communication media in the community and surrounding area. The superintendent and principals shall plan for periodic releases to the press and other communication media which will provide information to the community concerning its schools and various phases of the school program.

911 TITLE I PARENTAL INVOLVEMENT POLICY

Revised: July 13, 2011

I. PURPOSE

The purpose of this policy is to encourage and facilitate involvement by parents of students participating in Title I in the educational programs and experiences of students. The policy shall provide the framework for organized, systematic, ongoing, informed and timely parental involvement in relation to decisions about the Title I services within the school district. The involvement of parents by the school district shall be directed toward both public or private school children whose parents are school district residents or whose children attend school within the boundaries of the school district.

II. GENERAL STATEMENT OF POLICY

A. It is the policy of the school district to plan and implement, with meaningful consultation with parents of participating children, programs, activities and procedures for the involvement of those parents in its Title I programs.

B. It is the policy of the school district to fully comply with 20 U.S.C. § 6318 which requires the school district to develop jointly with, agree upon with, and distribute to parents of children participating in Title I programs written parental involvement policies.

III. DEVELOPMENT OF DISTRICT LEVEL POLICY

The school board will direct the administration to develop jointly with, agree upon with, and distribute to, parents of participating children a written parental involvement policy that will be incorporated into the school district’s Title I plan. The policy will establish the expectations for parental involvement and describe how the school district will:

A. Involve parents in the joint development of the school district’s Title I plan and the process of school review and improvement;

B. Provide the coordination, technical assistance, and other support necessary to assist schools in planning and implementing effective parental involvement activities to improve student academic achievement and school performance;

C. Build the schools’ and parents’ capacity for strong parental involvement;

D. Coordinate and integrate parental involvement strategies with similar strategies under other programs, such as Head Start, Early Reading First, Even Start, the Parents as Teachers Program, the Home Instruction Program for Preschool Youngsters, and state-administered preschool programs;

E. Conduct, with the involvement of parents, an annual evaluation of the content and effectiveness of the parental involvement policy in improving the academic quality of the schools served, including identifying barriers to greater participation by parents, and, particularly, with parents who are economically disadvantaged, disabled, have limited literacy or English proficiency, or who are of a racial or ethnic minority;

F. Use the findings of such evaluations to design strategies for more effective parental involvement and to revise, if necessary, the district-level and school-level parental involvement policies; and

G. Involve parents in the activities of the schools.

IV. DEVELOPMENT OF SCHOOL LEVEL POLICY

The school board will direct the administration of each school to develop (or amend an existing parental involvement policy) jointly with, and distribute to, parents of participating children a written parental involvement policy, agreed upon by such parents, that shall describe the means for carrying out the federal requirements of parental involvement.

A. The policy will describe the means by which each school with a Title I program will:

1. Convene an annual meeting, at a convenient time, to which all parents of participating children shall be invited and encouraged to attend, to inform parents of their school’s participation in Title I programs, and to explain to parents of participating children the program, its requirements, and their right to be involved;

2. Offer a flexible number of meetings, transportation, child care, or home visits, as such services relate to parental involvement;

3. Involve parents in an organized, ongoing, and timely way, in the planning, review, and improvement of the parental involvement programs, including the school parental involvement policy and the joint development of the school-wide program plan, unless the school already has a program for involving parents in the planning and design of its programs that would adequately involve parents of participating children;

4. Provide parents of participating children with: timely information about Title I programs; if requested by parents, opportunities for regular meetings to formulate suggestions, share experiences with other parents and to participate, as appropriate, in decisions relating to their child’s education; and to respond to any such suggestions as soon as practicably possible; and

5. If the school-wide program plan is not satisfactory to the parents of participating children, submit any parent’s comments on the plan when it is submitted to the school district.

B. As a component of this policy, each school shall jointly develop with parents a school/parent compact which outlines how parents, staff, and students will share the responsibility for improved student academic achievement and the means by which the school and parents will build and develop a partnership to help children achieve the state’s high standards. The compact shall:

1. Describe the school’s responsibility to provide high-quality curriculum and instruction in a supportive and effective learning environment that enables participating students to meet state student academic achievement standards;

2. Describe the ways each parent will be responsible for supporting his or her child’s learning by monitoring school attendance and homework completion, monitoring television watching, volunteering in his or her child’s classroom, and participating, as appropriate, in decisions relating to his or her child’s education and use of extracurricular time.

3. Address the importance of communication between teachers and parents on an on-going basis through the use of:

a. Annual parent-teacher conferences to discuss the compact and the child’s achievement;

b. Frequent progress reports to the parents; and

c. Reasonable access to staff, opportunities to volunteer, participate in the child’s class, and observe in the child’s classroom.

C. To ensure effective involvement of parents and to support a partnership among the school, parents, and community to improve student academic achievement, the policy will describe how each school and the school district will:

1. Provide assistance to participating parents in understanding such topics as the state’s academic content standards and state academic achievement standards, state and local academic assessments, Title I requirements, and how to monitor a child’s progress and work with educators to improve the achievement of their children;

2. Provide materials and training to assist parents in working with their children to improve their children’s achievement, including coordinating necessary literacy training and using technology, as appropriate, to foster parental involvement;

3. Educate school staff, with the assistance of parents, in the value and utility of contributions of parents and in how to reach out to, communicate with, and work with parents as equal partners, implement and coordinate parent programs, and build ties between parents and school;

4. Coordinate and integrate parental involvement programs and activities with Head Start, Reading First, Early Reading First, Even Start, the Home Instruction Programs for Preschool Youngsters, the Parents as Teachers Program, public preschool programs, and other programs, to the extent feasible and appropriate;

5. Ensure, to the extent practicable, that information about school and parent meetings, programs, and activities is sent home in a format and in a language the parents can understand; and

6. Provide such other reasonable support for parental involvement activities as requested by parents.

D. The policy will also describe the process to be taken if the school district and school choose to:

1. Involve parents in the development of training for school staff to improve the effectiveness of such training;

2. Provide necessary literacy training with funds received under Title I programs if all other funding has been exhausted;

3. Pay reasonable and necessary expenses associated with parental involvement activities, including transportation and child care costs, to enable parents to participate in meetings and training sessions;

4. Train and support parents to enhance the involvement of other parents;

5. Arrange meetings at a variety of times or have in-home conferences between teachers or other educators, who work directly with participating children, and parents who are unable to attend such conferences at school in order to maximize parental opportunities for involvement and participation in school-related activities;

6. Adopt and implement model approaches to improving parental involvement;

7. Develop appropriate roles for community-based organizations and business in parental involvement activities; and

8. Establish a district-wide or school site parent advisory council to provide advice on all matters related to parental involvement in Title I programs.

E. To carry out the requirements of parental involvement, the school district and schools will provide full opportunities for the participation of parents with limited English proficiency or with disabilities, including providing information and school profiles in a language and form that is understandable by the parents.

F. The school district and each school shall assist parents and parent organizations by informing such parents and parent organizations of the existence and purpose of such centers.

The policies will be updated periodically to meet the changing needs of parents and the school.

Adopted: November 11, 2020

912 POLITICAL CAMPAIGNS AND ACTIVITIES

I. PURPOSES
The purpose of this policy is to recognize the participation of students and employees in
political issues. Further, the purpose of this policy is to establish guidelines for the
participation of students and employees in political campaigns, partisan or non-partisan
election activities, and the distribution of political or partisan materials.

II. GENERAL STATEMENT OF POLICY
A. The school district will maintain neutrality as to all political campaigns
and issues. The school district will not expend public funds or resources to
advocate for particular candidates or for only one side of a controversial question.
However, the school district may expend reasonable amounts to apprise voters in
the school district of facts pertinent to an election, bond issue, or referendum.

B. The school district recognizes the rights of students and employees to
participate in political campaigns and political issues, elections, and public
service and the right of students to pursue an education conducted in a suitable
academic environment free from disruption.

C. To protect First Amendment rights, while at the same time preserving the
integrity of the education objectives and responsibilities of the school district, the
school board adopts the following guidelines.

III. DEFINITIONS

A. “Distribution” means circulation or dissemination of material by means of
handing out free copies, selling or offering copies for sale, accepting donations for
copies, or posting or displaying material. This includes, but is not limited to,
posting on a wall, bulletin board, or other building surface, or anywhere on school
district property; leaving items to be picked up by interested persons; directly
giving items to persons; or placing items in rooms in a school district building.

B. “Nonschool-sponsored material” or “unofficial material” includes all
materials or objects intended for distribution, except school newspapers,
employee newsletters, literary magazines, yearbooks, and other publications
funded and/or sponsored or authorized by the school. Examples of
nonschool-sponsored material include, but are not limited to, leaflets, brochures,
buttons, badges, fliers, petitions, posters, and underground newspapers, whether
written by students or employees.

C. “Nonschool person” means any person who is not a currently enrolled
student or a current employee of the school district.

D. “Political materials” include, but are not limited to, any paper, handbill,
poster, booklet, brochure, advertisement, sample ballot, display, or audio or video
presentation, that pertains to a political candidate or political issue.

E. “Political issue” is an issue that is the subject of a public referendum
which is being debated by political candidates or organizations.

F. “Political candidate” is a person who seeks nomination or election to
partisan or nonpartisan public or party office or who has filed as candidate for
election.

G. A “political activity” is an act that is of a nature, done with intent, or
done in a way, to influence or tend to directly or indirectly influence, voting at a
primary or an election or, if it is done because a person is about to vote, has voted,
or has refrained from voting at a primary or an election.

H. “School activities” means any activity sponsored by the school including,
but not limited to, classroom work, library activities, physical education classes,
official assemblies and other similar gatherings, school athletic contests, band
concerts, school plays, and in-school lunch periods.

I. “Work hours” for school district employees refer to the period between the
time an employee is scheduled to begin work and the end of the employee’s
assigned work day (excluding the employee’s lunch and break periods), and any
paid overtime hours or extra-duty hours for which the employee has volunteered
or been assigned.

IV. PROCEDURES

A. Political Activities of Employees in General
  1. Employees of the school district, while acting in the capacity of a
school district employee, shall not engage in any political activity during
the school day, during work hours, or at school activities.
  2. School district employees shall be free to engage in political
activities outside of the school day, work hours, or school activities and to
campaign and run for political office. Employees shall not allow such
political activities to interfere with the proper performance of their school
duties and shall not use school time, supplies, or equipment in these
activities.
  3. A school district employee or official shall not use his or her
official authority or influence to compel a person to take part in a political
activity, to pay or promise to pay a political contribution, or apply for
membership in or become a member in a political organization.
  4. Teachers or other school district employees may not use or recruit
students during the school day, during work hours, or at school activities
for either distribution of political materials or other political activities.
  5. School district employees, while acting in the capacity of a school
district employee, shall refrain from any conduct that is intended to be or
that reasonably could be perceived as endorsing or opposing specific
political issues or political candidates.
  6. The implementation of and compliance with this policy shall be
coordinated by the Superintendent. All inquiries regarding school district
elections referendum candidates and campaigns shall be referred to the
Superintendent.

B. Distribution of Political Materials
  1. The distribution of political materials on school district property by
nonschool persons is governed by Policy 904, Distribution of Materials on
School District Property by Nonschool Persons.
  2. The distribution of political materials on school district property by
students and employees is governed by Policy 505, Distribution of
Nonschool-sponsored Materials on School Premises by Students and
Employees.
  C. School District Property, Facilities, and Activities
Nonpublic forums. All school district property and facilities are
nonpublic forums that are designated as reserved for their intended
purpose of education and education-related activities. Political activities
will not be allowed in such nonpublic forums unless it is part of approved
curriculum. Further, reasonable time, place, and manner restrictions may
be imposed in such a nonpublic forum.
Public forums by designation. The building principal, with approval
of the superintendent and the school board, may designate specific
property or facilities of the school district as limited public forums
open for certain expressive activity such as political speech. The
open character of such property or facilities will not be retained
indefinitely. Further, reasonable time, place, and manner restrictions
may be imposed. The building principal and the superintendent are
responsible for establishing the time, place, and manner restrictions
and for ensuring equality of treatment toward all candidates and issues
when such a designated public forum is created.

V. VIOLATION OF POLICY

A. Violation of this policy by a student will be halted, and appropriate
disciplinary action will be taken in accordance with the school district’s student
discipline policy and/or any governing statute.

B. Violation of this policy by an employee will be halted, and appropriate
disciplinary action will be taken, in accordance with any individual contract,
collective bargaining agreement, school district policies and procedures, and/or
governing statute.

C. Any other party violating this policy will be requested to leave the school
property immediately and, if necessary, the police will be called. In addition,
other action may be taken, if appropriate.

VI. IMPLEMENTATION/NOTICE OF POLICY

A. A copy of this policy will be available in school buildings. The policy
will be noted in student handbooks and available to students, staff, employees and
community members in school buildings and the administrative office.

B. The school district will develop a method of discussing the policy with
students and employees.

C. The school district administration may develop any additional guidelines
and procedures necessary to implement his policy. Such additional guidelines
shall be submitted to the school board for approval. Upon approval, such
guidelines and procedures shall be an addendum to this policy.

Skip to content